INOTEK PHARMACEUTICALS CORP (Form: 10-K, Received: 03/31/2015 16:35:28)

Inotek Pharmaceuticals Corporation

/s/ David P. Southwell

David P. Southwell

President, Chief Executive Officer and Director

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, DC 20549

FORM 10-K

(Mark One)

x	ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2014

¨	TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from to

Commission File Number: 001-36829

Inotek Pharmaceuticals Corporation

(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)

Delaware

04-3475813

(State or Other Jurisdiction of

Incorporation or Organization)

(IRS Employer

Identification No.)

131 Hartwell Avenue, Suite 105

Lexington, MA

02421

(Address of Principal Executive Offices)

(Zip Code)

(781) 676-2100

(Registrant’s Telephone Number, Including Area Code)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:


Title of each class		Name of each exchange on which registered
Common Stock, $0.01 par value		NASDAQ Global Market

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes ¨ No x

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act. Yes ¨ No x

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes ¨ No x

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes x No ¨

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):


Large accelerated filer	¨	Accelerated filer	¨
Non-accelerated filer	¨ (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)	Smaller reporting company	x

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes ¨ No x

The aggregate market value of the registrant’s voting and non-voting common stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant (without admitting that any person whose shares are not included in such calculation is an affiliate) computed by reference to the price at which the common stock was last sold on March 24, 2015 was $26.1 million. The registrant has provided this information as of March 24, 2015 because our common stock was not publicly traded as of the last business day of its most recently completed second fiscal quarter.

As of March 30, 2015 there were 16,327,003 shares of common stock, $0.01 par value per share, outstanding.

Table of Contents


		Page
PART I.
Item 1.	Business		1
Item 1A.	Risk Factors		40
Item 1B.	Unresolved Staff Comments		80
Item 2.	Properties		81
Item 3.	Legal Proceedings		81
Item 4.	Mine Safety Disclosures		81

PART II.
Item 5.	Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities		82
Item 6.	Selected Financial Data		83
Item 7.	Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations		84
Item 7A.	Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk		96
Item 8.	Financial Statements and Supplementary Data		97
Item 9.	Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure		97
Item 9A.	Controls and Procedures		97
Item 9B.	Other Information		97

PART III
Item 10.	Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance		98
Item 11.	Executive Compensation		98
Item 12.	Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters		98
Item 13.	Certain Relationships and Related Transactions and Director Independence		98
Item 14.	Principal Accountant Fees and Services		98

PART IV
Item 15.	Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules		99

Signatures			100

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This Annual Report on Form 10-K contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties, as well as assumptions that, if they never materialize or prove incorrect, could cause our results to differ materially from those expressed or implied by such forward-looking statements. We make such forward-looking statements pursuant to the safe harbor provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 and other federal securities laws. All statements other than statements of historical facts contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K are forward-looking statements. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by words such as “anticipate,” “believe,” “contemplate,” “continue,” “could,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intend,” “may,” “plan,” “potential,” “predict,” “project,” “seek,” “should,” “target,” “will,” “would,” or the negative of these words or other comparable terminology. These forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, statements about:

•

our anticipated cash needs and our estimates regarding our capital requirements and our needs for additional financing;

•

the February 2015 offering of common stock and convertible notes due 2020 and our expectations related to the use of proceeds therefrom;

•

federal, state, and non-U.S. regulatory requirements, including regulation of our current or any other future product candidates by the FDA;

•

the success, timing and cost of our planned Phase 2 clinical trials and anticipated Phase 3 program for trabodenoson as a monotherapy and Phase 2 program for our fixed-dose combination, or FDC, product candidate, including statements regarding the timing of initiation and completion of the trials;

•

the timing of and our ability to submit regulatory filings with the FDA and to obtain and maintain FDA or other regulatory authority approval of, or other action with respect to, our product candidates;

•

our commercialization, marketing and manufacturing capabilities and strategy, including with respect to our planned sales force in the United States and our partnering and collaboration efforts outside the United States;

•

third-party payor reimbursement for our current product candidates or any other potential products;

•

our expectations regarding the clinical efficacy of our product candidates and results of our clinical trials;

•

the glaucoma patient market size and the rate and degree of market adoption of our product candidates by ophthalmologists, optometrists and patients;

•

the timing, cost or other aspects of the commercial launch of our product candidates and potential future sales of our current product candidates or any other potential products;

•

our expectations regarding licensing, acquisitions and strategic operations;

•

the potential advantages of our product candidates;

•

our competitors and their product candidates, including our expectations regarding those competing product candidates;

•

our ability to protect and enforce our intellectual property rights, including our patented and trade secret protected proprietary rights in our product candidates; and

•

anticipated trends and challenges in our business and the markets in which we operate.

We caution you that the foregoing list may not contain all of the forward-looking statements made in this Form 10-K.

Any forward-looking statements in this Annual Report on Form 10-K reflect our current views with respect to future events or to our future financial performance and involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and

other factors that may cause our actual results, performance or achievements to be materially different from any future results, performance or achievements expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements. Factors that may cause actual results to differ materially from current expectations include, among other things, those listed under Part I, Item 1A. Risk Factors and elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Given these uncertainties, you should not place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements. Except as required by law, we assume no obligation to update or revise these forward-looking statements for any reason, even if new information becomes available in the future.

This Annual Report on Form 10-K also contains estimates, projections and other information concerning our industry, our business, and the markets for certain diseases, including data regarding the estimated size of those markets, and the incidence and prevalence of certain medical conditions. Information that is based on estimates, forecasts, projections, market research or similar methodologies is inherently subject to uncertainties and actual events or circumstances may differ materially from events and circumstances reflected in this information. Unless otherwise expressly stated, we obtained this industry, business, market and other data from reports, research surveys, studies and similar data prepared by market research firms and other third parties, industry, medical and general publications, government data and similar sources.

PART I

Item 1. Business

Overview

We are a clinical-stage biopharmaceutical company focused on the discovery, development and commercialization of therapies for glaucoma. Glaucoma is a disease of the eye that is typically characterized by structural evidence of optic nerve damage, vision loss and elevated intraocular pressure, or IOP. Our lead product candidate, trabodenoson , is a first-in-class selective adenosine mimetic that we rationally designed to lower IOP by restoring the eye’s natural pressure control mechanism. We developed this molecule to selectively stimulate a particular adenosine subreceptor in the eye with the effect of augmenting the intrinsic function of the eye’s trabecular meshwork, or TM. The TM regulates the pressure inside the eye and is also the main outflow path for the fluid inside of the eye that often builds up pressure in patients with glaucoma. We believe that by restoring the natural function of the TM and this outflow path, rather than changing the fundamental dynamics of pressure regulation in the eye, trabodenoson ’s mechanism of action should result in a lower risk of unintended side effects and long term safety issues than other mechanisms of action. Additionally, trabodenoson ’s unique mechanism of action in the TM should complement the activity of existing glaucoma therapies that exert their IOP-lowering effects on different parts of the in-flow and out-flow system of the eye.

In February 2015, we completed our initial public offering (the “IPO”) of 6,667,000 shares of our common stock at a price of $6.00 per share and concurrent offering of $20.0 million aggregate principal amount of our 5.0% Convertible Senior Notes due 2020 (the “2020 Notes”). In March 2015, the underwriters exercised 299,333 shares of common stock at $6.00 per share and $1.0 million of the 2020 Notes pursuant to their overallotment options. We received net proceeds of approximately $36.6 million, after deducting underwriting discounts and offering-related costs, from our equity issuances and approximately $18.9 million in net proceeds, after deducting underwriting discounts and offering-related costs, from our debt issuances.

Our product pipeline includes trabodenoson monotherapy delivered in an eye drop formulation, as well as a fixed dose combination, or FDC, of trabodenoson with latanoprost given once-daily, or QD. Latanoprost is the leading prostaglandin analog, or PGA. We are also evaluating the potential of trabodenoson to slow the loss of vision associated with glaucoma and degenerative retinal diseases. Statistically significant results for the primary endpoint of our completed Phase 2 clinical trial indicate that trabodenoson monotherapy has IOP-lowering effects in line with existing therapies, with a favorable safety and tolerability profile at all doses tested. Our completed Phase 2 trial of trabodenoson co-administered with latanoprost demonstrated IOP-lowering in patients who have previously had inadequate responses to treatment with latanoprost . These patients represent PGA poor-responders, as evidenced by persistently elevated IOP at levels that typically require the addition of a second drug to further lower IOP.

We are planning an End-of-Phase 2 meeting with the U.S. Food and Drug Administration, or FDA, for trabodenoson monotherapy in the first half of 2015. We expect to initiate a Phase 3 program for trabodenoson monotherapy in mid-2015, which will consist of two Phase 3 pivotal trials and a long-term safety study. Based on our estimates of the rate of patient enrollment and assuming commencement in mid-2015, we expect to report top-line data from the first pivotal Phase 3 trial in late 2016 or early 2017. If the primary objectives of our Phase 3 program are met, we plan to submit a New Drug Application, or NDA, to the FDA for marketing approval of trabodenoson for the treatment of glaucoma in the United States. We plan to submit a marketing authorization application, or MAA, in Europe after filing our NDA for approval of trabodenoson in the United States.

According to IMS Health, sales of glaucoma drugs in 2013 were approximately $2.0 billion in the United States and $5.6 billion worldwide. According to the British Journal of Ophthalmology, there were an estimated 2.8 million Americans with glaucoma in 2010. Once glaucoma develops, it is a chronic condition that requires life-long treatment. PGAs are the most widely prescribed drug class for glaucoma and include the most widely prescribed glaucoma drug, latanoprost. When PGA monotherapy is insufficient to control IOP or is poorly tolerated, non-PGA products, such as beta blockers, alpha agonists and carbonic anhydrase inhibitors, are generally

used either as an add-on therapy to the PGA or as an alternative monotherapy. Both PGAs and non-PGAs can cause adverse effects in the eye. In addition, non-PGA drugs can have adverse effects in the rest of the body and have been shown to have poor tolerability profiles. As a result, we believe there is a significant unmet need for a treatment that effectively lowers IOP by restoring outflow and the natural pressure control by the TM, that has a favorable safety and tolerability profile, and that works effectively in combination with other treatments.

Additionally, no existing treatments offer the potential to directly treat the underlying cause of glaucoma associated vision loss: the death of retinal ganglion cells, or RGCs, the nerve tissue in the retina that relays the visual signal to the brain. We believe that a drug with the potential to make these cells more resilient to the stress caused by glaucoma would achieve broad market acceptance as the treatment preferred among patients and physicians.

We own worldwide rights to all indications for our current product candidates and have patents and pending patent applications related to the composition of matter, pharmaceutical compositions and methods of use for trabodenoson , certain of which extend to 2031 with respect to our issued patents and 2034 with respect to our pending patent applications. If trabodenoson receives marketing approval in the United States, we plan to commercialize it by establishing our own specialty sales force in the United States.

Our Strategy

Our goal is to become a leading biopharmaceutical company focused on the discovery, development and commercialization of novel therapies to treat glaucoma. The key elements of our strategy are as follows:

•

Complete clinical development and seek marketing approval for our lead product candidate, trabodenoson monotherapy . In 2012, we completed a Phase 2 trial of trabodenoson monotherapy, which demonstrated statistically significant IOP-lowering and a favorable safety profile. We are planning an End-of-Phase 2 meeting with the FDA in the first half of 2015 to discuss our Phase 3 program for trabodenoson monotherapy and to confirm the design and endpoints for the Phase 3 pivotal trials. Based on our estimates of the rate of patient enrollment and assuming commencement in mid-2015, we expect to have top-line data from the first of two pivotal trials in the program in late 2016 or early 2017. If the primary objectives of our Phase 3 program are met, we plan to submit an NDA to the FDA for marketing approval of trabodenoson monotherapy for the treatment of glaucoma in the United States. We plan to submit an MAA in Europe after filing our NDA for approval of trabodenoson monotherapy in the United States.

•

Complete clinical development and seek marketing approval of a fixed-dose combination product that includes both trabodenoson and latanoprost . As many as half of glaucoma patients, typically those with more severe disease, require two or more glaucoma drugs to sufficiently reduce their IOP. The initial treatment for glaucoma patients is usually the use of a prescription eye drop from the PGA drug class. However, as PGAs are often unable to lower IOP sufficiently to reach the patient’s medically targeted level, non-PGA products are used either as an add-on therapy to the PGA or as an alternative monotherapy in place of PGAs. There are currently no FDC products approved for use in the United States that include a PGA. We intend to formulate and conduct clinical development in order to seek marketing approval for an FDC product that includes both trabodenoson and latanoprost , the best-selling PGA. We believe that the favorable safety and tolerability profile and complementary mechanism of action of trabodenoson could, if approved, make an FDC with latanoprost a highly effective, well-tolerated and more convenient QD regimen for treating glaucoma in patients who have a less functional TM and therefore need additional help lowering their IOP. Our completed Phase 2 trial of trabodenoson co-administered with the PGA, latanoprost , demonstrated IOP-lowering in patients who have previously had inadequate responses to the PGA, latanoprost . These patients represent PGA poor-responders, as evidenced by persistently elevated IOP at levels that typically require the addition of a second drug to further lower IOP.

•

Establish a specialty sales force to maximize the commercial potential of trabodenoson in the United States . We have retained worldwide commercial rights to trabodenoson . If trabodenoson receives marketing approval in the United States, we plan to commercialize it by establishing a glaucoma-

focused specialty sales force of approximately 150 people targeting ophthalmologists and optometrists throughout the United States. For markets outside the United States, we intend to explore partnership opportunities through collaboration and licensing arrangements.

•

Evaluate the potential of trabodenoson to slow the loss of vision associated with glaucoma and degenerative retinal diseases or for additional ophthalmic indications. Based on an animal model that indicated trabodenoson ’s potential to directly protect RGCs, the nerve tissue in the retina that relays the visual signal to the brain, we plan to conduct clinical trials to measure the rate of vision loss over time, rather than IOP control, in patients treated with trabodenoson . Should the results of these trials be positive, we plan to seek labeling indicative of trabodenoson ’s potential to change the course of glaucoma-related vision loss, beyond that of IOP-lowering effect alone. In addition, this effect, if proven, could address the subset of glaucoma patients that do not have high IOPs, but still suffer from vision loss over time. We are also evaluating other potential indications where therapy with trabodenoson may be beneficial. To begin this process, we will be conducting pre-clinical and proof-of-concept trials for optic neuropathies and degenerative retinal diseases starting in the second half of 2015.

Glaucoma Overview

Glaucoma is a disease of the eye in which damage to the optic nerve leads to progressive, irreversible vision loss. Its characteristics can include structural evidence of optic nerve damage, vision loss and elevated IOP.

Physiology of the Eye

The eye is a fibrous sack which must stay “inflated” with a fluid known as aqueous humor that maintains the eye’s form at the proper pressure in order to maintain its shape and effectively convey light to the retina where the light stimulus is then relayed to the brain and converted into a visual image. To maintain the eye’s pressure—and therefore its shape—and as a means to provide nutrients to eye tissue, aqueous humor is constantly produced inside the eye by a tissue known as the ciliary body. The ciliary body sits just behind the iris, which is the colored part of the eye. Aqueous humor flows forward through a hole in the center of the iris, called the pupil, and down into the angle defined by the front of the iris and the back of the cornea, which is the clear covering on the front of the eye. This angle is the same angle referred to in Primary Open Angle Glaucoma, or POAG, the most common form of glaucoma. Below is a diagram depicting certain parts of the eye, including the ciliary body, iris and the angle defined by the front of the iris and the back of the cornea:

LOGO

In this angle, around the outer rim of the iris, is the TM, a natural, pressure-regulating drain. It is here that in a healthy, well-functioning eye, approximately 70% of the aqueous humor exits and flows into a drainage canal known as Schlemm’s canal, which empties back into the venous drainage system. The remaining approximately 30% of the aqueous humor leaves the eye through a secondary pathway called the uveoscleral pathway. The diagram below reflects the TM and the uveoscleral pathway, the two pathways for the aqueous humor to leave the eye.

LOGO

Development of High IOP and its Effects on Glaucoma

In a typical glaucoma patient, not enough aqueous humor exits the eye, creating excess pressure and compressing the retina, the layer of tissue covering the inside of the back half of the eye that actually converts light into nerve impulses. For people to “see,” these impulses—the visual signal—must be relayed through the optic nerve back to the brain for processing. The cells in the retina require nutrients and oxygen that are delivered via blood vessels entering and exiting the eye through the same opening as the nerve fibers carrying the visual signal. However, when IOP is too high, it is more difficult to pump blood, enriched in oxygen and nutrients, into the retina. The diagram below reflects the anatomy of the eye and how elevated IOP can impair the nerve tissue in the retina and the optic nerve head.

LOGO

The deprivation of blood supply to the retina may damage RGCs, the nerve tissue in the retina that relays the visual signal to the brain. These RGCs have long tails called axons that extend back to the brain to carry the visual image. The optic nerve is a bundle of these axons extending to the vision processing center of the brain. When an RGC dies, one of the connections between the retina and the brain is lost, and like most cases when a nerve is damaged or cut—like in a spinal cord injury—there is no known way to repair the damage and, as a result, some portion of vision is permanently lost. Therefore, the root cause of vision loss in glaucoma is not high IOP per se, but the impact of high IOP on the retina, and specifically the RGCs.

Clinical Definition of Glaucoma

The two key elements to the clinical definition of glaucoma are structural evidence of optic nerve damage and vision loss. Common risk factors include age, family history, corneal thickness and high IOP, commonly measured in millimeters of mercury, or mmHg. Currently, the only known way to treat glaucoma and slow the progression of vision loss is to reduce IOP. While treatment approaches are based on an assessment of the patient’s risk factors for vision loss, elevated IOP is by far the best understood contributor to development of glaucoma. We believe that the general treatment patterns in the figure below, relative to a patient’s IOP, are typical.

LOGO

The Ocular Hypertension Treatment Study, or the OHTS Study, was a large, randomized academic trial published in 2002 that followed a total of 1,636 participants who initially had no evidence of glaucoma-related damage. The OHTS Study found that higher IOPs generally indicate a higher risk for progression to glaucoma. An IOP of 10 to 21 mmHg is generally considered in the normal range. Individuals with IOPs greater than 21 and up to 25 mmHg will often not be prescribed drug therapy unless they have evidence of both structural changes and some vision loss, or some combination of these and other risk factors for future vision loss. In fact, the United Kingdom’s National Institute of Health and Care Excellence Guidelines, or NICE Guidelines, for the treatment of suspected glaucoma (structural changes but without vision loss) plus elevated IOP, does not recommend treatment of eyes with corneal thickness of 555-590 nm and IOP of 25 mmHg or below. Drug treatment is much more common when patients have IOPs greater than 25 mmHg.

Glaucoma Market

According to the British Journal of Ophthalmology, there were an estimated 2.8 million Americans with glaucoma in 2010. According to the Archives of Ophthalmology, that number will reach approximately 3.4 million by 2020. Approximately 120,000 of these patients are suffering from blindness as a result of destruction to their optic nerve. Glaucoma can affect patients of all ages and ethnicities. However, according to the Archives of Ophthalmology, the prevalence rate (the proportion of people in the population that have glaucoma) increases with age. The most significant increases in prevalence rates occur above 55 years of age. The prevalence in the population aged 65 years and younger is approximately twice that of the population 55 years or younger. Glaucoma is a chronic condition with no known cure and as a result patients are typically

treated for the rest of their lives. Patients with glaucoma report decreased quality-of-life, difficulties with daily functioning, including driving, and are more likely to report falls and motor vehicle collisions.

According to IMS Health, in 2013, 31.2 million prescriptions were written for glaucoma medications in the United States. According to IMS Health, approximately two-thirds of these prescriptions were for generic drugs, including latanoprost and timolol , which are the top two selling drugs for the treatment of glaucoma. Due to the lack of innovation in medications for glaucoma, most of the drugs used to treat glaucoma are generic drugs. Sales of glaucoma drugs in 2012 were approximately $1.9 billion in the United States and $5.5 billion worldwide. In 2013, sales of glaucoma drugs were approximately $2.0 billion in the United States and $5.6 billion worldwide, and IMS Health projects U.S. sales to be $3.1 billion in 2018, an increase of approximately 54% over 2013 sales.

Existing Glaucoma Treatments

The initial treatment for glaucoma patients is typically the use of a prescription PGA eye drop. According to IMS Health, prescriptions for PGAs make up more than half of all prescriptions for glaucoma medications. The PGAs’ primary mechanism of action for treating glaucoma is thought to be increasing fluid outflow through the uveoscleral pathway. A number of adverse effects are known to occur in all drugs in the PGA class and, as a result, these side effects are assumed to be associated with the mechanism of action. Most notable of these side effects is eye redness, or conjunctival hyperemia.

When PGAs are insufficient to control IOP or are poorly tolerated, non-PGA products are used either as an add-on therapy to the PGA or as an alternative monotherapy in place of a PGA. Non-PGAs can include a beta-blocker, an alpha (adrenergic) agonist or a carbonic anhydrase inhibitor alone. FDC products containing these non-PGAs are dominated by beta-blocker combinations, including a beta-blocker combined with an alpha agonist (Combigan ^® ) and a beta-blocker combined with a carbonic anhydrase inhibitor (Cosopt ^® or generic equivalent). A third non-PGA FDC includes an alpha agonist and a carbonic anhydrase inhibitor (Simbrinza ^® ). Non-PGA drugs generally have poorer tolerability in the eye than PGA drugs, and some have systemic adverse effects that limit the patient population in which they can be used safely. Moreover, their IOP-lowering effect is generally less than that of PGAs and the vast majority of non-PGAs are required to be dosed multiple times daily.

The existing classes of treatment available for glaucoma each have varying mechanisms of action, levels of IOP-lowering, side effects and other adverse effects, as described in the following table.

Summary of Existing Glaucoma Treatments:


Drug Classification *(Generic Names)*	Mechanism of Action*	IOP Reduction**	Known Side Effects*	Other Precautions, Warnings, Contraindications and Adverse Effects*

Prostaglandin analog Xalatan (latanoprost) Travatan ( travoprost) Lumigan (bimatoprost)	Increase uveoscleral and/or trabecular outflow	6-8 mmHg (25%-33%)	- Eye redness (conjunctival hyperemia) - Visual disturbances (blurred vision, loss of visual acuity) - Itching (pruritis) - Burning - Stinging - Eye pain - Darkening of the eyelids (periocular hyperpigmentation) - Permanent eye (iris) color change	- Macular edema - History of herpetic keratitis - Ocular edema


Drug Classification *(Generic Names)*	Mechanism of Action*	IOP Reduction**	Known Side Effects*	Other Precautions, Warnings, Contraindications and Adverse Effects*

Beta-adrenergic antagonist, or beta-blocker timolol	Decrease aqueous production	N/A mmHg (20%-25%)	- Burning - Stinging - Eye lid swelling (Blepharitis) - Corneal inflammation (keratitis) - Itching (pruritis) - Eye pain - Dry eyes, foreign body sensation - Visual disturbances - Drooping eye lids (ptosis) - Swelling of retina (cystoid macular edema)	- Muscle weakness - Anaphylaxis - Severe respiratory and cardiac reactions - Contraindicated in bronchial asthma (or history of), severe chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, sinus bradycardia (slower heart rate), second or third degree atrioventricular block, overt cardiac failure, cardiogenic shock
Alpha-adrenergic agonist, or alpha agonist brimonidine	Decrease aqueous production; increase uveoscleral outflow	2-6 mmHg (20%-25%)	- Allergic conjunctivitis - Eye redness (conjunctival hyperemia) - Itchy eyes (eye pruritis)	- Severe cardiovascular disease - Depression - Cerebral or coronary insufficiency - High blood pressure (orthostatic hypertension) - Contraindicated in patients on monoamine oxidase inhibitor therapy
Carbonic anhydrase inhibitor dorzolamide brinzolamide	Decrease aqueous production	3-5 mmHg (15%-20%)	- Bitter taste - Burning - Stinging - Allergic conjunctivitis - Corneal inflammation (superficial punctate keratitis)	- Conjunctivitis - Eye lid reactions - Sulfonamide allergy

*	According to FDA-approved labeling.

**	mmHg, according to FDA-approved labeling; % from baseline, according to American Academy of Ophthalmology Glaucoma Panel.

The chart below illustrates the respective proportions of glaucoma prescriptions issued in 2013 by class, according to IMS Health.

LOGO

Glaucoma Treatments Currently in Development.

We believe there are currently two leading classes of new drugs in clinical development for glaucoma: Rho kinase inhibitors and adenosine mimetics.

A Rho kinase inhibitor recently entered Phase 3 clinical trials and is the furthest along of the potential new glaucoma therapies: Aerie Pharmaceuticals, Inc.’s AR-13324. Like with PGAs, conjunctival hyperemia has been reported with the Rho kinase inhibitor class.

Adenosine mimetics are compounds that mimic or simulate some of the actions or effects of adenosine, a naturally-occurring molecule with many, diverse biologic effects. There are four known subreceptors that are specific to adenosine: A1, A2a, A2b and A3. Stimulation of these specific subreceptors have markedly different results. In the adenosine mimetic group, there are compounds targeting three different adenosine subreceptors: A1, A2a and A3. We believe that A1 selectivity is necessary for optimal IOP-lowering effect. To our knowledge, the two compounds being developed by other companies that were selective for the A2a subreceptor have been discontinued from clinical development for glaucoma. A third compound being developed that we believe targets both the A1 (IOP-lowering) and the A3 (IOP-increasing) subreceptors is still being studied. We believe that because this third compound is dosed orally, the isolation of its pharmacologic effects solely to the eye is challenging. We believe we are the only company to be developing an adenosine mimetic highly selective for the A1 subreceptor for ophthalmic indications.

Market Opportunity

Since 1996, there have been no new drug classes approved in the United States for glaucoma. As a result, there are persistent inadequacies in the tools that ophthalmologists use to manage patients with glaucoma. Thus, we believe there is a need for an innovative glaucoma treatment that offers:

•

significant IOP-lowering;

•

a favorable safety and tolerability profile;

•

a novel mechanism of action that complements existing therapies;

•

convenient dosing; and

•

specific protective activity in the retina.

Our Solution— Trabodenoson

Trabodenoson is a first-in-class selective adenosine mimetic that is designed to lower IOP with a mechanism of action that we believe augments the natural function of the TM. In addition, by enhancing a naturally occurring process to make the eye function more like that of a younger, healthier eye, rather than changing the fundamental dynamics of pressure regulation in the eye, we believe there is a lower risk of unintended side effects that could result in safety or tolerability issues in the long term. We believe trabodenoson enhances metabolic activity in the TM, which helps clear the pathway for the aqueous humor, the fluid in the eye, to flow out of the eye, thereby lowering IOP. We believe that trabodenoson ’s mechanism of action improves the function of the eye, and that trabodenoson has the potential to be used as a monotherapy in place of current glaucoma treatments. In addition, we expect that trabodenoson ’s purported mechanism of action in the TM should complement the activity of all currently-approved glaucoma drugs that work in other ways to lower IOP.

We believe the following elements of trabodenoson ’s product profile will drive its adoption, if approved, in the glaucoma market:

•

Meaningful IOP-Lowering. After four weeks of monotherapy treatment in a Phase 2 clinical trial in glaucoma patients who had discontinued any other medications, trabodenoson (500 mcg) lowered IOP by an average of 4.0 to 7.0 mmHg from study baseline and 3.5 to 5.0 mmHg from diurnal baseline,

over the dosing interval. Moreover, IOP-lowering at week four was significantly better than IOP-lowering at week two. IOP-lowering for currently-approved glaucoma therapies, according to their FDA-approved labels, ranges from 2-8 mmHg. A similar trend in improvement of IOP with increasing treatment time was observed in our recently completed Phase 2 trial of trabodenoson co-administered with latanoprost in a population of PGA poor-responders.

•

Favorable Safety Profile. In four completed trabodenoson clinical trials over a wide range of doses, no patients have withdrawn due to a trabodenoson -related side effect in the eye. In our multiple-dose Phase 2 monotherapy clinical trial, we did not observe side effects in the eye that would indicate a tolerability problem at any of the doses tested. Specifically, there was no change in the background rate of conjunctival hyperemia in the patient population when treatment with trabodenoson was initiated or continued for up to four weeks, even at the highest dose tested. Furthermore, in our most recently completed multiple-dose Phase 2 trial of trabodenoson co-administered with latanoprost in a population of PGA poor-responders, there also was no change in the rate of hyperemia from study baseline after four, eight or 12 weeks of treatment. No systemic effects of the drug have been identified, despite rigorous monitoring including cardiac and renal function, when administered as an eye drop. We believe this safety profile could be important in the potential for trabodenoson to become a preferred treatment alternative for patients that experience undesired side effects with existing therapies.

•

Unique, Complementary Mechanism of Action. We believe that trabodenoson ’s mechanism of action augments a naturally occurring process by clearing the path for aqueous humor outflow in the TM. We expect that this mechanism of action should complement all currently-approved glaucoma drugs which work in other ways to lower IOP, including by reducing aqueous humor production and increasing outflow through the uveoscleral pathway. This complementary mechanism was confirmed in patients already receiving latanoprost therapy in a recently completed multiple-dose Phase 2 trial. In this Phase 2 trial of trabodenoson co-administered with latanoprost in a population of PGA poor-responders, patients on latanoprost experienced an additional 5.5 mmHg IOP lowering from their study baseline and 4.3 mmHg from their diurnal baseline after 12 weeks treatment (eight weeks BID plus four weeks QD). These results make trabodenoson , with its favorable safety profile, a candidate to add to other glaucoma medications when a further reduction of the IOP is desirable.

•

Convenient Dosing. Current Phase 2 clinical data indicate that QD dosing with trabodenoson in PGA poor-responders is well tolerated and lowers IOP significantly. We believe a QD dosing regimen minimizes the burden on patients to remember to take their medication, thus, we believe, potentially improving compliance with the therapy. If confirmed and approved in our Phase 3 program, QD dosing would make trabodenoson easier to use than most non-PGA products, and trabodenoson ’s dosing frequency would match the best-in-class PGAs, which would facilitate an FDC with a PGA that could be dosed QD.

We believe that trabodenoson ’s efficacy, complementary mechanism of action, dosing and safety profile make it well suited for use in an FDC with a PGA, which could be an effective and convenient option for patients currently using two or more glaucoma drugs to lower IOP.

Trabodenoson Discovery—Background

Adenosine is a naturally occurring molecule that has a broad array of biological effects. Its effects are mediated through activity at four known adenosine-specific subreceptors: A1, A2a, A2b and A3. These subreceptors are present throughout the body on the cells of different tissues, and at different concentrations. When adenosine binds and activates these different subreceptors, it can cause many diverse effects.

In 1995, a study was published in the Journal of Pharmacology and Experimental Therapeutics describing how adenosine mimetics can lower IOP by activating adenosine A1 subreceptors in rabbits. In 2001, an animal study published by the University of Pennsylvania School of Medicine confirmed that stimulation of A1 lowered IOP, but that stimulating A2a or A3 subreceptors increased IOP.

Our scientists began a rational deconstruction of this complex biology in order to isolate the protective activity of adenosine and to incorporate it into novel therapeutics. Beginning with the structure of adenosine, we created a series of molecules to bind with, and therefore induce the biological effects associated with stimulation of a single adenosine subreceptor. In this way, the undesired biological actions of native adenosine were systematically removed, one by one by eliminating the activity at non-target subreceptors. This rational drug design process relied heavily on our understanding of structure activity relationships, which relate the variation in the structure of the adenosine mimetics and their ability to bind and activate ideally just one adenosine subreceptor. Ultimately, a number of molecules emerged from these efforts with isolated and specialized activity, including some adenosine mimetics that only targeted the A1 subreceptor, leading to the discovery of trabodenoson .

The high affinity binding of trabodenoson to the A1 subreceptor is shown by the small Ki in the table below, and its selectivity for this IOP-lowering activity is indicated by much higher Ki’s for A2a and A3 receptors where its binding is relatively weak.

Trabodenoson is a Potent and Selective A1 Adenosine Mimetic

A1
(Ki, nM)

A2a
(Ki, nM)

A3
(Ki, nM)

Selectivity Ratios

Compound

A1/A2a

A1/A3

Trabodenoson

0.97

4,690

704

4,835x

725x

Trabodenoson’s key characteristics include:

Potency—Ki in single-digit nM range (0.97nM);

High Selectivity—over A2a> 1000-fold and A3>500-fold;

Ease of Fat Solubility—allowing corneal penetration so it can reach the TM; and

A high compatibility with the often sensitive tissues in the front of the eye.

We believe that trabodenoson is the only adenosine mimetic with high selectivity for the single desired target of action, the A1 subreceptor, and that stimulation of this subreceptor in the TM effects a meaningful improvement in the metabolic activity in the TM that helps to clear the pathway for the aqueous humor to flow out of the eye, lowering IOP. This metabolic activity takes the form of an increase or up-regulation of proteases—such as Protease A or MMP-2—that digests and removes accumulated proteins that can block the healthy flow of the aqueous humor out of an eye with glaucoma. This metabolic activity is a naturally occurring or endogenous process that is enhanced by treatment with trabodenoson . We believe this process does not radically change the way the TM controls eye pressure, but rather restores the natural process of pressure control in the TM, which is different from other therapies that decrease aqueous humor production or increase the permeability of the eye to increase outflow.

Product Pipeline

Our product pipeline includes trabodenoson , as a monotherapy delivered in an eye drop formulation, as well as an FDC that includes trabodenoson plus latanoprost in an eye drop formulation, which we refer to as our FDC product candidate. We are also evaluating the potential for trabodenoson to directly target optic neuropathies and degenerative retinal diseases. The following table summarizes key information about our product development programs.

LOGO

Trabodenoson

Our first product candidate, trabodenoson , is a monotherapy dosed in an eye drop. Our clinical trials have shown that trabodenoson has significant IOP-lowering effects, convenient dosing and also has a favorable safety profile when compared to the currently available glaucoma treatments, such as PGAs and non-PGAs.

Trabodenoson-Latanoprost Fixed-Dose Combination

As many as half of glaucoma patients, typically those with more severe disease, need to use two or more glaucoma drugs to sufficiently reduce their IOP. Despite this market need, an FDC product containing a PGA plus a non-PGA has not yet been approved in the United States. The available FDC products increase IOP-lowering but also have unpleasant tolerability challenges in the eye, as well as the adverse effects, safety warnings, precautions and contraindications that the two individually-dosed drugs carry in their FDA-approved package inserts. We believe the reason no FDC containing a PGA has gained FDA approval is because the modest incremental benefit in IOP-lowering seen when a non-PGA is added to a PGA is too small in the context of the added side effects and clinical risks that come with the combined drugs. In contrast, based on our completed Phase 2 study in which trabodenoson therapy was co-administered with latanoprost , we believe that an FDC containing a PGA and trabodenoson will provide significant incremental efficacy while adding very few side effects or clinical risks to the profile of the PGA alone. We believe such a product would be well received in the glaucoma market, especially for use in patients with higher IOPs that currently use two or more glaucoma drugs to lower IOP.

Our second product candidate is a combination of trabodenoson with a PGA, latanoprost , to create an FDC. While our FDC product candidate has not yet been formulated as an FDC or administered to humans, we expect that trabodenoson will not adversely affect the safety profile of latanoprost , or any other currently-approved PGA, because of its favorable safety and tolerability profile from our completed Phase 2 trial in which trabodenoson and latanoprost were co-administered. We believe that trabodenoson ’s mechanism for lowering IOP complements the mechanism of action of latanoprost and other PGAs, which work primarily on the secondary uveoscleral outflow, because trabodenoson is believed to act through the TM, the largest aqueous humor outflow path in the eye. In fact, our IOP-lowering studies in cynomolgus monkeys have shown that IOP-lowering is significantly better when the eye is treated with both trabodenoson and latanoprost , as compared to treatment with latanoprost alone. Our completed Phase 2 trial of trabodenoson co-administered with latanoprost also demonstrated IOP-lowering in patients who have previously had inadequate responses to latanoprost .

These patients represent PGA poor-responders, as evidenced by persistently elevated IOP at levels that typically require the addition of a second drug to further lower IOP. The safety profile of trabodenoson co-administered with latanoprost is similar to that of trabodenoson monotherapy. Moreover, trabodenoson had a sufficiently long duration of action, allowing it to be effectively dosed QD in conjunction with latanoprost . Assuming the trabodenoson safety profile remains favorable, a trabodenoson - latanoprost FDC therapy could present a much improved risk/benefit profile over other combinations of currently-approved PGAs and non-PGAs.

Trabodenoson for Optic Neuropathy and Degenerative Retinal Diseases

The neuroprotective potential of trabodenoson is supported by the basic biology of adenosine, which has shown that the stimulation of the A1 receptor can protect tissues of the central nervous system. A pre-clinical study of the impact of high IOP on RGCs showed that trabodenoson could protect this key population of cells in the retina through a mechanism independent of IOP lowering. The loss of RGCs results in the irreversible vision loss associated with glaucoma. While we have not yet conducted a formal program of studies to prove neuroprotection, we plan to study the potential of trabodenoson monotherapy and our FDC product candidate to slow the loss of vision significantly more than attributable to IOP lowering alone, either in glaucoma patients or in other rarer forms of optic neuropathies.

In a pre-clinical model, designed to screen molecules for their potential to treat dry age-related macular degeneration, or dry-AMD, trabodenoson eye drops prevented the loss of cells in the outer retina that result from the exposure to intense blue light. The cells preserved include rods and cones, known as photoreceptors, and retinal pigmented epithelial cells which support the rods and cones. Of note, the retinal pigmented epitelial cells are known to express the A1 receptor. The rods and cones are two of several types on neurons in the retina, which along with the retinal ganglion cells, relay the visual signal to the brain. Additional pre-clinical work is required to confirm the potential of trabodenoson to treat dry-AMD. We are planning pre-clinical and proof-of-concept trials for optic neuropathies and degenerative retinal diseases beginning in the second half of 2015. However, once proof of concept has been established, the accrued clinical experience with trabodenoson in glaucoma will accelerate initiation of a clinical evaluation of the drug in dry-AMD.

Clinical Data and Development Strategy

Our planned Phase 3 program for trabodenoson as a monotherapy is expected to incorporate both the FDA-acceptable clinical endpoint of IOP, and to include studies with three months of treatment, both of which are well-known and accepted standards for pivotal trials for glaucoma. We are planning an End-of-Phase 2 meeting with the FDA in the first half of 2015 to discuss our Phase 3 program for trabodenoson monotherapy and to confirm the design and endpoints for the Phase 3 pivotal trials. We plan to start our Phase 3 program for trabodenoson monotherapy in mid-2015, and we expect to report top-line data from the first pivotal trial in the program in 2016 or early 2017. If the primary objectives of our Phase 3 program are met, we plan to submit an NDA. We are planning to commence our Phase 3 program for the FDC of trabodenoson and latanoprost in 2017.

Clinical Results

Trabodenoson Phase 2 Tolerability, Safety and Efficacy of Monotherapy in Glaucoma Patients

In 2012, we completed a successful Phase 2 dose-ranging clinical trial in 144 patients with OHT (ocular hypertension with no visual field loss) or POAG, which demonstrated a clear dose response to trabodenoson . Statistically significant results for the primary endpoint of our Phase 2 clinical trials indicate that trabodenoson has IOP-lowering effects in line with existing therapies, with a favorable safety and tolerability profile at all doses tested. The trial was randomized, double-masked, placebo-controlled, and evaluated the efficacy, tolerability, safety, and pharmacokinetics of trabodenoson over two or four weeks of BID dosing with eye drops. Separate groups of patients received trabodenoson doses of 50, 100 or 200 mcg for two weeks, or 500 mcg for four weeks, and their IOP-lowering efficacy and safety data were compared to groups of patients dosed

concurrently with placebo eye drops, also BID. To enter the trial, otherwise healthy patients had to have elevated IOPs (greater than or equal to 24 mmHg and less than or equal to 34 mmHg) when off of all glaucoma drugs, and a diagnosis of either OHT or POAG.

The primary efficacy endpoint was IOP (measured throughout the day). The primary efficacy analysis calculated the reduction in IOP from the patients’ IOP at the beginning of the study (recorded before active drug was administered at the study 8 AM baseline). A second analysis calculated the reduction in IOP from a time-matched diurnal baseline. The IOP drop from baseline for each dose group (50, 100, 200 and 500 mcg) was then compared statistically to the IOP drop of a matched placebo group treated concurrently.

Safety evaluations included recording of withdrawals or terminations and adverse events. In each patient, the treated eye was evaluated at regular intervals with internal eye exams (including pupil dilation with slit lamp examination of the inside of the eye) and external eye examinations (of the outside surface of the eye, eye lids and surrounding tissue). Visual function was also assessed. Overall health was assessed by physical examination, vital signs (including heart rate and blood pressure), electrocardiograms, or ECGs, for heart function and analysis of urine and blood samples (clinical chemistry), and plasma samples were collected to analyze the pharmacokinetic parameters, such as the half-life of any drug detected in the systemic circulation.

Results

Patient Population: The characteristics of the patients in the dose groups were similar, including their ages, baseline IOPs, and diagnoses (OHT or POAG). The table below reflects information regarding the demographics of the patient populations that participated in the study, and shows that both diagnoses groups had similar baseline IOPs, and that groups treated with trabodenoson had characteristics that were similar to the placebo groups to which they were compared.

Baseline Demographics and IOP


			Trabodenoson Dose
	Placebo		50 mcg		100 mcg		200 mcg		500 mcg		Total Active
Mean Age		59		56.6		55.6		53.8		57.6		56.3
n		59		17		17		17		34		85
Baseline IOP (mmHg)		26.6		26.1		25.6		26.1		26.2		26
OHT n(%)		22(37.3)		6(35.3)		8(47.1)		6(35.3)		14(41.2)		34(40.0)
Baseline IOP (mmHg)		26.7		27.2		25		27.1		26.3		26.3
POAG n(%)		37(62.7)		11(64.7)		9(52.9)		11(64.7)		20(58.8)		51(60.0)
Baseline IOP (mmHg)		26.5		25.5		26.1		25.5		26.1		25.9

Efficacy

Both the 200 mcg dose and the 500 mcg doses at day 14, and the 500 mcg dose at day 28, met the primary endpoint demonstrating statistically significant improvements in IOP relative to the matched placebo (p<0.05 indicating a greater than 95% probability that the result was not a random event). Moreover, a clear increase in IOP-lowering efficacy was seen with increasing doses of trabodenoson (i.e. a dose response), and the most efficacious trabodenoson dose tested was the highest dose of 500 mcg. Trabodenoson ’s primary efficacy endpoint (IOP drop from baseline) measured after four weeks of treatment (at day 28) had improved significantly from the same endpoint when measured after two weeks of treatment (at day 14). This improvement with treatment time was statistically significant (p=0.016). In the figure below, a clear trend for increasing IOP-lowering efficacy with increasing dose is evident. For the 500 mcg dose, the statistically significant increase in efficacy between day 14 and day 28 is illustrated on the right side of the figure.

LOGO

On average, doubling doses between 50 and 500 mcg increases IOP lowering from diurnal baseline by approximately 0.7 mmHg.

The IOP-lowering at the highest and most efficacious dose (500 mcg) was evaluated in various patient sub-populations to gain a sense of the ability to generalize the results over a diverse patient population. The figure below compares the IOP drop from study baseline (the primary endpoint analysis) for all patients (far left) to various sub-populations to the right of that. All of these patient subgroups responded to trabodenoson ’s IOP-lowering effect.

LOGO

When we rationally designed trabodenoson , our primary objective was to restore pressure regulation in eyes with high IOP, a risk factor for glaucoma. A healthy eye has a natural circadian rhythm that dictates a pattern of IOP over the day. We found that this pattern, or the shape of the IOP circadian rhythm curve throughout the day, is relatively unchanged by trabodenoson treatment, except that the overall IOP during the day is reduced by trabodenoson treatment as intended. We believe this indicates that the TM has been restored to an improved function resulting in a more normal average pressure, and that this normal daily IOP pattern indicates that the fundamental biology of pressure management in the eye has been preserved. The natural daily changes in IOP still exist, but at a significantly lower average pressure that we believe is less damaging to RGCs and the optic nerve. The figure below shows diurnal IOP for the highest dose tested and the placebo group at day 28, and the average daily drop from study baseline.

LOGO

Furthermore, after 28 days of BID dosing, the IOP-lowering effect persisted for an additional 24 hours after the last dose of medication, which we believe indicates the potential for trabodenoson monotherapy to be dosed QD.

Safety and Tolerability

There were no serious adverse events or patients that withdrew due to safety findings that occurred once the drug was given. There were no signs of systemic safety issues in any of the non-ocular examinations, ECG evaluations or laboratory tests performed. Systemically, administration of trabodenoson eye drops was found to be well-tolerated. There were no changes noted from internal eye examinations or visual testing during drug treatment. The rate of conjunctival hyperemia in patients treated with trabodenoson was unchanged from the placebo run-in period (study baseline). There was no maximum tolerated dose determined because all doses tested were well-tolerated.

Trabodenoson Phase 2 Co-Administered with Latanoprost in Glaucoma Patients

In October 2014, we received top line results from a Phase 2 trial in patients with POAG or OHT, in which trabodenoson eye drops were co-administered with latanoprost eye drops. The objective of the study was to evaluate the safety and additional IOP-lowering effect of trabodenoson when added either BID or QD to latanoprost . This trial enrolled 101 patients who had IOPs of greater than or equal to 24 mmHg despite one month of previous treatment with latanoprost . These patients are considered PGA poor-responders, as evidenced by persistently elevated IOP at levels that typically require the addition of a second drug to further lower IOP. The trial was randomized, double-masked, placebo- and active- controlled.

Following four weeks of latanoprost eye drops, otherwise healthy patients with an IOP greater than 24 mmHg and a diagnosis of either OHT or POAG were randomized for Part 1 of the study. In Part 1, the study arm consisted of BID-dosed trabodenoson (1.5%; 500 mcg nominal dose) plus latanoprost 0.005%, at the approved dose, QD. The control arm consisted of timolol 0.5%, an approved BID dose plus latanoprost 0.005% QD. Patients in both arms were treated for a total of eight weeks in Part 1 of the study to evaluate the additive effects of trabodenoson BID to latanoprost QD, with an active control consisting of timolol BID.

At the end of Part 1, after eight weeks of treatment, patients began Part 2 of the study. In Part 2, the study arm was switched to a QD dose of trabodenoson (3.0%, 1,000 mcg nominal dose) plus latanoprost 0.005% QD, and patients in the control arm were switched to placebo QD plus latanoprost 0.005% QD. Part 2 was designed to measure the additive effects of trabodenoson QD to latanoprost QD over an additional four weeks. The number of patients planned for enrollment was ~100 (50 patients per arm) for Part 1 and ~80 (40 patients per arm) for Part 2. This trial is outlined below.

LOGO

The primary efficacy endpoint was IOP, measured throughout the day. The efficacy analyses calculated the reduction in IOP from the patients’ IOP at study baseline and diurnal baseline (recorded after taking latanoprost for four weeks but before trabodenoson or timolol were added). In Part 1, these IOP drops from baseline, on latanoprost, were compared to the IOP drops of the control arm treated concurrently with timolol . In Part 2, the IOP drop from baseline in patients receiving trabodenoson QD plus latanoprost QD was compared to patients receiving placebo QD plus latanoprost QD.

Safety evaluations included recording of withdrawals or terminations and adverse events, or AEs. In each patient, both eyes were evaluated at regular intervals with internal eye exams (including pupil dilation with slit lamp examination of the inside of the eye) and external eye examinations (of the outside surface of the eye, eye lids and surrounding tissue). Visual function was also assessed. Overall health was assessed by physical examination, vital signs (including heart rate and blood pressure), electrocardiograms, or ECGs, for heart function and analysis of urine and blood samples (clinical chemistry). Plasma samples were collected to analyze the pharmacokinetic parameters, such as the half-life of any drug detected in the systemic circulation.

Results

Patient Population: The characteristics of the patients in the dose groups were similar, including their age, and baseline IOPs, which were not adequately controlled following a four-week run-in using latanoprost therapy. The table below includes information on the demographics of the patients that participated in the study.

Baseline Demographics and IOP


	Part 1				Part 2
ITT population	*Trabodenoson* BID		*Timolol* BID		*Trabodenoson* QD		Placebo QD
n		50		51		37		43
Mean Age		62		61		63		61
Baseline IOP using latanoprost (mmHg)		25.71		25.86		25.68		25.86
OHT n (%)		23 (46%)		13 (25.5%)		15 (40.5%)		12 (28%)
Baseline IOP using latanoprost (mmHg)		25.78		25.65		25.93		25.29
POAG n (%)		27 (54%)		38 (74.5%)		22 (59.5%)		31 (72%)
Baseline IOP using latanoprost (mmHg)		25.65		25.93		25.50		26.08

Discontinuations:

In Part 1, there were four discontinuations due to either protocol violations or exclusionary criteria (three patients were in the trabodenoson group and one was in the timolol group). In Part 2, there were two discontinuations; one was discontinued due to an AE and the other did not to return during follow-up, but provided no explanation (both were in the placebo group).

Efficacy

After eight weeks of BID dosing in Part 1, patients treated with trabodenoson co-administered with latanoprost experienced further mean reductions of IOP of 3.4 and 4.9 mmHg from diurnal and study baselines, respectively, beyond the IOP-lowering of latanoprost . After switching to QD trabodenoson in Part 2, and treating for an additional four weeks, QD dosing with trabodenoson resulted in a mean reduction in IOP of 4.3 and 5.8 mmHg from diurnal and study baseline, respectively, from the IOP on latanoprost alone. At the end of Part 2 (after 12 weeks), the IOP-lowering seen in the Study Eye (the eye treated with trabodenoson) was statistically significantly greater than the IOP drop of the patient’s Control Eye (the patient’s other eye that only received QD latanoprost ).

In Part 1 the IOP drop at the end of 8 weeks of treatment, in this population of latanoprost poor-responders, was less than timolol BID (0.5%) which dropped pressure 6.1 and 7.6 mmHg, on average from diurnal and study baselines, respectively.

LOGO

In Part 2 of the trial, QD trabodenoson lowered IOP an additional 4.3 and 5.8 mmHg from diurnal and study baseline, respectively, beyond the effect of latanoprost alone in this population of latanoprost poor-responders.

Consistency of Results across Phase II Studies

Mean reductions in IOP from study baseline ranging from 5.0 mmHg after four weeks of BID treatment to 5.8 mmHg after four weeks of QD treatment in the trial were similar to the 6.5 mmHg IOP reduction seen at the end of the four week Trabodenoson Phase 2 Tolerability, Safety and Efficacy of Monotherapy in Glaucoma Patients trial (the monotherapy trial). In the monotherapy trial, patients received only trabodenoson . The patients in the 2014 additivity trial represented a different patient population than those studied in the monotherapy trial. These patients had inadequate responses to latanoprost, as evidenced by persistently high IOP, despite latanoprost treatment for four weeks prior to randomization. This patient population typically requires the addition of a second drug to their PGA therapy to further lower IOP. Patients in the monotherapy trial, by contrast, were removed from all glaucoma medications, and thus represented a typical patient population studied in a Phase 3 glaucoma trial. Despite these differences in the patient populations, the efficacy of trabodenoson was consistent across trials, suggesting that trabodenoson ’s mechanism of action is effective across a wide-range of glaucoma disease severity.

LOGO

Both OHT and POAG patients responded to trabodenoson with POAG subjects showing the largest IOP drops.

LOGO

Safety and Tolerability

With the exception of a single patient who received placebo plus latanoprost , no patients dropped out of the trial as a result of a drug-related adverse effect or due to drug intolerability. Trabodenoson was well tolerated in the eye, with no drug related hyperemia detectable by ocular exam at four, eight or 12 weeks. Mild hyperemia seen on the first day of dosing in a minority of patients was back to baseline by the 1 week post dose ocular exams. Trabodenoson had no detectable systemic effects in any of the non-ocular examinations, ECG evaluations or laboratory tests performed. Overall adverse events were similar in the BID phase ( Trabodenoson 36%; Timolol 29%), with the trabodenoson rate dropping to 26% without the first-day hyperemias, and were also similar in the QD phase ( Trabodenoson 16%; Placebo 14%) between treatment groups. However, timolol (dosed in one eye only) had systemic adverse events associated with systemic beta blockade, including: dizziness, headache, fatigue and symptomatic sinus bradycardia.

Patients randomized to timolol also had lower pulse rates than in the trabodenoson group (the pulse rate was measured 30 minutes and one hour after dosing). This difference was statistically significant in the overall data (p=0.033) as well as at the individual time points (p=0.041 and p=0.030 at the 30 minute and one hour post-dose time points, respectively).

The pulse rates for both groups are shown in the boxplot below, which includes the minimum and maximum values, median (white line), and the boundaries of the upper and lower quartiles (top and bottom of the box).

LOGO

Trabodenoson Repeat-Dose Safety and Tolerability in Adult Healthy Volunteers

We conducted a randomized, double-masked, placebo-controlled, dose-escalation trial in healthy volunteers, aged 35-65, with the primary objective of characterizing the safety and tolerability profile of trabodenoson and identifying a maximum tolerated dose (a dose that was associated with limiting or intolerable side effects).

Ten subjects were assigned to each of seven consecutive cohorts (six to active trabodenoson and four to matched placebo). Cohorts 1 through 6 consisted of sequential, escalating doses (200, 400, 800, 1600, 2400 and 3200 mcg of trabodenoson ) which were given topically to a single eye, BID, for 14 days. The 3200 mcg dose was the highest dose that could be administered to a single eye at one time due to, among others, the limitations

of the formulation. Cohort 7 included eight step-wise escalating doses of trabodenoson , given in both eyes. Doses given to this cohort ranged from 200-3200 mcg in a single eye and totaled 1800-6400 mcg for both eyes combined. Dose escalation to the next dose level proceeded only after masked review of the safety data from the preceding dose level.

Systemic safety assessments included: adverse events, other medications used, physical examinations, vital signs, clinical laboratory tests of blood and urine samples, extensive monitoring of cardiac function and health (12-lead ECG tracings, continuous cardiac monitoring and cardiac troponin concentrations), lung function testing (FEV ₁ ), sleep (Karolinska Sleepiness Scale), kidney function and withdrawals or terminations. No systemic safety signals were found at any of the doses tested.

Ocular safety assessments included vision tests (visual acuity), IOP measurements, as well as internal and external eye examinations. No significant changes were seen in IOP measurements and examination of the periorbital area, eyelids, eyelashes, pupils, cornea, iris and sclera. The only ocular finding was short-lived, self-limited conjunctival hyperemia that was dose-related, usually mild in severity, decreased with continuing exposure, and was not accompanied by evidence that it was related to inflammation, such as persistent anterior chamber cells or flare. The incidence of clinically significant eye redness reported as an adverse event was extremely low (1 of 42) in subjects randomized to trabodenoson .

Early Terminations and Withdrawals

Three subjects randomized to placebo were terminated early from the study for reasons unrelated to the study drug. Only one subject assigned to active study drug was withdrawn. The study subject’s laboratory tests revealed findings consistent with gallbladder disease (chronic cholecystitis), so the subject was withdrawn from the clinical trial (without unmasking the subject’s treatment assignment) and referred for a surgical consult resulting in the subject having chronic gallbladder stones removed.

Pharmacokinetic Data

The pharmacokinetics data indicated that the exposure to trabodenoson generally increased in a dose-dependent manner. At the highest three doses, there were no apparent increases in systemic exposure with increasing dose. This plateau effect suggests that little additional drug is absorbed into systemic circulation following doses above 4800 mcg (2400 mcg per eye), as reflected in the figure below.

LOGO

Conclusions

In conclusion, no safety or tolerability issues were identified in either the eye or the body as a whole. Due to the lack of clinically significant findings following in depth safety testing for systemic and ocular effects of trabodenoson , no maximum tolerated dose could be identified. Systemic exposure to trabodenoson appeared to be limited above ocular doses totaling 4800 mcg, indicating an apparent limitation to the amount of drug that can be delivered to the body by dosing in the eye.

Trabodenoson Monotherapy Tolerability, Safety and Efficacy

We conducted a Phase 1/2 multi-center, randomized, double-masked, placebo-controlled, dose-escalation trial in 70 adults with POAG and OHT with the primary objective of characterizing the safety and tolerability of increasing doses of a pilot formulation of trabodenoson monotherapy.

Subjects were sequentially assigned to one of seven consecutive cohorts (eight to active trabodenoson and four to matched placebo); consisting of sequential, escalating single-doses of 2.5, 7.5, 20, 60, 180, 350 or 700 mcg of trabodenoson given topically to a single study eye.

Efficacy (IOP-lowering), tolerability, safety and pharmacokinetics assessments were performed following study drug administration, and dose escalation from one cohort to the next cohort proceeded only after masked review of the safety data from the preceding cohort.

Conclusions

In conclusion, trabodenoson monotherapy ophthalmic solution up to and including 700 mcg were well-tolerated. This preliminary formulation of trabodenoson demonstrated activity at lowering IOP following single doses of 350 mcg and 700 mcg in patients with POAG or OHT.

Development Plans

Upon completion of our Phase 2 trials and meeting with the FDA, we plan to continue developing trabodenoson as a monotherapy and an FDC with latanoprost , along with the neuroprotective potential of both to slow the loss of vision significantly more than attributable to IOP-lowering alone either in glaucoma patients or other rarer forms of optic neuropathy. The figure below shows our plans for upcoming clinical trials.

LOGO

Trabodenoson

We are planning an End-of-Phase 2 meeting with the FDA in the first half of 2015 to discuss our Phase 3 program for trabodenoson monotherapy and to confirm the design and endpoints for the Phase 3 pivotal trials. This program is scheduled to begin in mid-2015, when the manufacturing (in accordance with the current Good Manufacturing Practices, or cGMP), packaging and labeling of the study drug are complete. The preliminary design for the program, which is to be confirmed by the FDA, is expected to include doses and dose frequencies based on the Phase 2 clinical data. The two Phase 3 pivotal efficacy trials are expected to include between 700 and 1,500 patients, depending on the design and number of dosing arms in the study, and are expected to include patients with glaucoma and baseline IOPs in the mid-20s mmHg. Determination of the ultimate study design and its confirmation with the FDA could result in a significant range of costs for the Phase 3 pivotal trials. Following a run-in period, the trials are expected to run for at least 12 weeks of active treatment with the primary endpoint of IOP-lowering over the day.

The FDA expects that a total of at least 1,500 patients will be exposed to at least a single dose of trabodenoson , and the complete submission package must also contain safety data from at least 300 patients treated with trabodenoson for at least six months, and at least 100 patients treated for at least a year. These longer-term treatments will be accomplished in a long-term safety trial conducted at the highest anticipated trabodenoson dose, and are expected to begin in early 2017 when the long-term ocular toxicity studies of six and

nine month durations are available to support the longer dosing time. This long-term safety trial represents the first opportunity for us to study the rate of vision loss over a longer time. If the enrollment projections are met, the first data from our Phase 3 program is anticipated in late 2016 or early 2017. We are planning to complete the long-term safety study in early 2018. If the primary objectives of our Phase 3 program are met, we plan to submit an NDA to the FDA for marketing approval of trabodenoson for the treatment of glaucoma in the United States.

Fixed-Dose Combination of Trabodenoson and Latanoprost

We are also developing an FDC of trabodenoson and latanoprost . Upon successful completion of our formulation efforts and stability studies, we will commence manufacturing of clinical supplies to support further clinical trials. We have not filed a separate investigational new drug application, or IND, for the FDC, as we expect to be able to rely on the existing trabodenoson IND. Similarly, we have not conducted a Phase 1 trial for the FDC as we were able to rely on the safety and tolerability data generated in our completed trials for trabodeonson as a monotherapy.

The results of the Phase 2 trial that evaluated the efficacy and safety of the combination of latanoprost and trabodenoson , at two dose levels, and when given QD and BID, will inform the design and format of the next study which will be structured to evaluate the safety and efficacy of various dose combinations and dosing patterns of an FDC of latanoprost and trabodenoson , which we still need to formulate. Once FDC clinical supplies are available, we believe that the FDA will allow us to continue the Phase 2 development using several FDC formulations with various dose combinations. However, the commencement of our Phase 2 program for the FDC product candidate will depend on successful development and cGMP manufacturing of stable FDC dosage forms. We expect to initiate our Phase 2 program in late 2016 and plan to start our Phase 3 FDC program in late 2017. We expect our FDC product candidate to benefit many patients with higher IOPs and more severe disease that typically require more aggressive medical treatment. For this reason, the patient population for the FDC program is expected to carry a higher disease burden. As with the monotherapy product development, the FDA requirements for long-term dosing data (at least 300 patients treated with the FDC for at least six months, and at least 100 patients treated for at least a year) will require the program to include a long-term safety study.

Neuroprotection and Degenerative Retinal Diseases

We plan to study the neuroprotective potential of trabodenoson monotherapy and our FDC product candidate to slow the loss of vision significantly more than attributable to IOP-lowering alone either in glaucoma patients or other rarer forms of optic neuropathy. While supported by the basic biology of adenosine, we have not yet conducted a formal program of studies to prove neuroprotection and have not filed an IND related to this program. This evaluation may include longer longitudinal studies in glaucoma patients, as potentially smaller patient groups with rapidly-progressing optic nerve damage. Although treatment times will be measured in years rather than months, this effort can run in parallel to the normal development trials, or may be included in the objectives of the planned long-term safety trials. The regulatory path for such an indication is thus far uncharted, so significant regulatory as well as clinical risk is anticipated for such a program and close interaction with regulatory agencies will be required. Due to the speculative nature of the development, it is difficult at this time to predict if or when an NDA submission in support of neuroprotection indication may be submitted. We also plan to start pre-clinical and proof-of-concept trials for optic neuropathies and degenerative retinal diseases beginning in the second half of 2015.

Competition

The pharmaceutical industry is characterized by rapidly advancing technologies, intense competition and a strong emphasis on proprietary products. While we believe that our experience and scientific knowledge provide us with competitive advantages, we face competition from established branded and generic pharmaceutical companies, such as Novartis International AG and its subsidiary Alcon Labs, Allergan Inc., Bausch + Lomb, Inc. (now a unit of Valeant Pharmaceuticals International, Inc.), Merck & Co., Inc., Santen Inc., Aerie Pharmaceuticals, Inc. and smaller biotechnology and pharmaceutical companies, as well as from academic

institutions, government agencies and private and public research institutions, which may in the future develop products to treat glaucoma. Any product candidates that we successfully develop and commercialize will compete with existing therapies and new therapies that may become available in the future. We believe that the key competitive factors affecting the success of our product candidates, if approved, are likely to be efficacy, safety, convenience, price, tolerability and the availability of coverage and adequate reimbursement from governmental authorities and other third-party payors.

Many of our competitors have significantly greater financial resources and expertise in research and development, manufacturing, preclinical testing, conducting clinical trials, obtaining regulatory approvals and marketing approved products than we do. Glaukos Corporation recently commercialized a trabecular micro-bypass stent that is implanted in the eye during cataract surgery and allows fluid to flow from the anterior of the eye into the collecting channels, bypassing the TM. In addition, early-stage companies that are also developing glaucoma treatments, such as Aerie Pharmaceuticals, Inc., which is developing a Rho kinase/norepinephrine transport inhibitor, may prove to be significant competitors. We expect that our competitors will continue to develop new glaucoma treatments, which may include eye drops, oral treatments, surgical procedures, implantable devices or laser treatments.

Other early-stage companies may also compete through collaborative arrangements with large and established companies. Mergers and acquisitions in the pharmaceutical and biotechnology industries may result in even more resources being concentrated among a smaller number of our competitors. These competitors also compete with us in recruiting and retaining qualified scientific and management personnel and establishing clinical trial sites and patient registration for clinical trials, as well as in acquiring technologies complementary to, or necessary for, our programs.

Our commercial opportunity could be reduced or eliminated if our competitors develop and commercialize products that are safer, more effective, have fewer adverse effects, are more convenient or are less expensive than any products that we may develop. Our competitors also may obtain FDA or other regulatory approval for their products more rapidly than we may obtain approval for ours. In addition, our ability to compete may be affected because in many cases physicians, insurers or other third-party payors may encourage the use of generic products. The market for glaucoma prescriptions is highly competitive and is currently dominated by generic drugs, such as latanoprost and timolol , and additional products are expected to become available on a generic basis over the coming years. If any of our product candidates are approved, we expect that they will be priced at a premium over competitive generic products and consistent with other branded glaucoma drugs.

Manufacturing

Trabodenoson is a small molecule that is capable of being manufactured in reliable and reproducible synthetic processes from readily available starting materials. We believe the chemistry used to manufacture trabodenoson is amenable to a scale up and does not require unusual equipment in the manufacturing process. We do not currently operate manufacturing facilities for clinical or commercial production of our product candidates. We currently rely on third-party manufacturers to produce the active pharmaceutical ingredient and final drug product for our clinical trials. We manage such production with all our vendors on a purchase order basis in accordance with applicable master service and supply agreements. We do not have long-term agreements with these manufacturers or any other third-party suppliers. Latanoprost and timolol , used in our clinical trials, are available in commercial quantities from multiple reputable third-party manufacturers. We intend to procure quantities on a purchase order basis for our clinical and commercial production. If any of our existing third-party suppliers should become unavailable to us for any reason, we believe that there are a number of potential replacements, although we might experience a delay in our ability to obtain alternative suppliers. We also do not have any current contractual relationships for the manufacture of commercial supplies of our product candidates if they are approved. With respect to commercial production of our product candidates in the future, we plan to outsource production of the active pharmaceutical ingredients and final drug product manufacturing if they are approved for marketing by the applicable regulatory authorities.

We expect to continue to develop drug candidates that can be produced in a cost effective manner at contract manufacturing facilities. However, should a supplier or manufacturer on which we have relied to produce a product candidate provide us with a faulty product or such product is later recalled, we would likely experience delays and additional costs, each of which could be significant.

Intellectual Property

Our success depends in part on our ability to obtain and maintain proprietary protection for our products and product candidates, technology and know-how, to operate without infringing the proprietary rights of others and to prevent others from infringing our proprietary rights.

We own a patent portfolio covering the trabodenoson compound that includes issued patents in the United States, Europe, Japan, and several other countries. These composition of matter patents are scheduled to expire by early 2026 in the United States and by mid-2025 abroad. We also own an issued U.S. patent and have pending patent applications in Europe and Japan relating to the use of trabodenoson for reducing IOP. The issued U.S. patent and the pending foreign patent applications, if issued, are scheduled to expire by 2030. A detailed freedom-to-operate analysis has been conducted and we are not aware of any third party rights or impediments to commercializing trabodenoson for use in ophthalmic indications in the United States or Europe.

Our patent portfolio includes issued U.S. patents relating to combinations of trabodenoson with carbonic anhydrase inhibitors and beta blockers.

We are also pursuing patent applications in the United States and abroad relating to:

•

combinations of trabodenoson with PGAs, carbonic anhydrase inhibitors or beta blockers, in patent applications which, if issued, are scheduled to expire by 2031;

•

polymorphs of trabodenoson , in patent applications which, if issued, are scheduled to expire by 2033;

•

formulations of trabodenoson , in patent applications which, if issued, are scheduled to expire by 2034; and

•

ocular neuroprotective uses of trabodenoson , in patent applications which, if issued, are scheduled to expire by 2034.

As we advance the development of our trabodenoson products and clinical development we continue to look at opportunities to file additional patent applications covering new and innovative developments to ensure we have a patent portfolio that is multifaceted. For such additional applications, we will continue to seek patent protection in the United States and other jurisdictions that are important in the ophthalmic markets.

In addition to our patents and patent applications, we keep certain of our proprietary information as trade secrets, which we seek to protect by confidentiality agreements with our employees and third parties, and by seeking to maintain the physical security of our premises and physical and electronic security of our information technology systems.

Government Regulation

FDA Regulation and Marketing Approval

In the United States, the FDA regulates drugs under the Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act, or FDCA, and related regulations. Drugs are also subject to other federal, state and local statutes and regulations. Failure to comply with the applicable United States regulatory requirements at any time during the product development process, approval process or after approval may subject an applicant to administrative or judicial sanctions and

non-approval of product candidates. These sanctions could include the imposition by the FDA or an Institutional Review Board, or IRB, of a clinical hold on trials, the FDA’s refusal to approve pending applications or related supplements, withdrawal of an approval, untitled or warning letters, product recalls, product seizures, total or partial suspension of production or distribution, injunctions, fines, restitution, disgorgement, civil penalties or criminal prosecution. Such actions by government agencies could also require us to expend a large amount of resources to respond to the actions. Any agency or judicial enforcement action could have a material adverse effect on us.

The FDA and comparable regulatory agencies in state and local jurisdictions and in foreign countries impose substantial requirements upon the clinical development, manufacture and marketing of pharmaceutical products. These agencies and other federal, state and local entities regulate research and development activities and the testing, manufacture, quality control, safety, effectiveness, labeling, packaging, storage, distribution, record keeping, approval, post-approval monitoring, advertising, promotion, sampling and import and export of our products. Our drugs must be approved by the FDA through the NDA process before they may be legally marketed in the United States. See “The NDA Approval Process” below.

The process required by the FDA before drugs may be marketed in the United States generally involves the following:

•

completion of non-clinical laboratory tests, animal studies and formulation studies conducted according to Good Laboratory Practices, or GLP, or other applicable regulations;

•

submission of an IND, which allows clinical trials to begin unless FDA objects within 30 days;

•

adequate and well-controlled human clinical trials to establish the safety and efficacy of the proposed drug for its intended use or uses conducted in accordance with FDA regulations and Good Clinical Practices, or GCP, which are international ethical and scientific quality standards meant to ensure that the rights, safety and well-being of trial participants are protected and that the roles of clinical trial sponsors, administrators, and monitors are well defined;

•

preparation and submission to the FDA of an NDA;

•

review of the product by an FDA advisory committee, where appropriate or if applicable;

•

satisfactory completion pre-approval inspection of manufacturing facilities and clinical trial sites at which the product, or components thereof, are produced to assess compliance with cGMP requirements and of selected clinical trial sites to assess compliance with GCP requirements; and

•

FDA approval of an NDA which must occur before a drug can be marketed or sold.

Preclinical Studies

Preclinical studies include laboratory evaluation of the purity and stability of the manufactured drug substance or active pharmaceutical ingredient and the formulated drug or drug product, as well as in vitro and animal studies to assess the safety and activity of the drug for initial testing in humans and to establish a rationale for therapeutic use. The conduct of preclinical studies is subject to federal regulations and requirements, including GLP regulations. The results of the preclinical tests, together with manufacturing information, analytical data, any available clinical data or literature and plans for clinical studies, among other things, are submitted to the FDA as part of an IND.

Companies usually must complete some long-term preclinical testing, such as animal tests of reproductive adverse events and carcinogenicity, and must also develop additional information about the chemistry and physical characteristics of the drug and finalize a process for manufacturing the drug in commercial quantities in accordance with cGMP requirements. The manufacturing process must be capable of consistently producing quality batches of the drug candidate and, among other things, the manufacturer must develop methods for

testing the identity, strength, quality and purity of the final drug product. Additionally, appropriate packaging must be selected and tested and stability studies must be conducted to demonstrate that the drug candidate does not undergo unacceptable deterioration over its shelf life.

IND and Clinical Trials

Clinical trials involve the administration of the investigational product to human subjects under the supervision of qualified investigators in accordance with GCP requirements. Clinical trials are conducted under written study protocols detailing, among other things, the objectives of the study, the parameters to be used in monitoring safety and the effectiveness criteria to be evaluated. Prior to commencing the first clinical trial, an initial IND, which contains the results of preclinical testing along with other information, such as information about product chemistry, manufacturing and controls and a proposed protocol, must be submitted to the FDA. The IND automatically becomes effective 30 days after receipt by the FDA unless the FDA within the 30-day time period raises concerns or questions about the conduct of the clinical trial and imposes a clinical hold. A clinical hold may also be imposed at any time while the IND is in effect. In such a case, the IND sponsor must resolve any outstanding concerns with the FDA before the clinical trial may begin. Accordingly, submission of an IND may or may not result in the FDA allowing clinical trials to commence.

A sponsor who wishes to conduct a clinical trial outside the United States may, but need not, obtain FDA authorization to conduct the clinical trial under an IND. If a foreign clinical trial is not conducted under an IND, the sponsor may submit data from the clinical trial to the FDA in support of an NDA or IND so long as the clinical trial is conducted in compliance with GCP, and the FDA is able to validate the data from the study through an onsite inspection if the agency deems it necessary.

A separate submission to the existing IND must be made for each successive clinical trial to be conducted during product development. Further, an independent IRB for each site proposing to conduct the clinical trial must review and approve the study for any clinical trial before it commences at that site. Informed written consent must also be obtained from each trial subject. Regulatory authorities, including the FDA, an IRB, a data safety monitoring board or the sponsor, may suspend or terminate a clinical trial at any time on various grounds, including a finding that the participants are being exposed to an unacceptable health risk or that the clinical trial is not being conducted in accordance with FDA requirements.

For purposes of NDA approval, human clinical trials are typically conducted in sequential phases that may overlap:

•

Phase 1– the drug is initially given to healthy human subjects or patients and tested for safety, dosage tolerance, absorption, metabolism, distribution and excretion. These trials may also provide early evidence on effectiveness. During Phase 1 clinical trials, sufficient information about the investigational drug’s pharmacokinetics and pharmacologic effects may be obtained to permit the design of well-controlled and scientifically valid Phase 2 clinical trials.

•

Phase 2– trials are conducted in a limited number of patients in the target population to identify possible adverse effects and safety risks, to determine the efficacy of the product for specific targeted diseases and to determine dosage tolerance and optimal dosage. Multiple Phase 2 clinical trials may be conducted by the sponsor to obtain information prior to beginning larger and more expensive Phase 3 clinical trials.

•

Phase 3– when Phase 2 evaluations demonstrate that a dosage range of the product appears effective and has an acceptable safety profile, and provide sufficient information for the design of Phase 3 trials, Phase 3 trials are undertaken to provide statistically significant evidence of clinical efficacy and to further test for safety in an expanded patient population at multiple clinical trial sites. They are performed after preliminary evidence suggesting effectiveness of the drug has been obtained, and are intended to further evaluate dosage, effectiveness and safety, to establish the overall benefit-risk relationship of the investigational drug and to provide an adequate basis for product labeling and approval by the FDA. In most cases, the FDA requires two adequate and well-controlled Phase 3 clinical trials to demonstrate the efficacy of the drug.

All clinical trials must be conducted in accordance with FDA regulations, GCP requirements and their protocols in order for the data to be considered reliable for regulatory purposes. Progress reports detailing the results of the clinical trials must be submitted at least annually to the FDA and more frequently if serious adverse events occur. Phase 1, Phase 2 and Phase 3 clinical trials may not be completed successfully within any specified period, or at all.

An investigational drug product that is a combination of two different drugs in a single dosage form must comply with an additional rule that requires that each component make a contribution to the claimed effects of the drug product and the dosage of each component (amount, frequency, duration) is such that the combination is safe and effective for a significant patient population requiring such concurrent therapy as defined in the labeling of the drug product. This typically requires larger studies that test the drug against each of its components. In addition, typically, if a drug product is intended to treat a chronic disease, as is the case with our products, safety and efficacy data must be gathered over an extended period of time, which can range from six months to three years or more.

Government regulation may delay or prevent marketing of product candidates or new drugs for a considerable period of time and impose costly procedures upon our activities.

Disclosure of Clinical Trial Information

Sponsors of clinical trials of FDA-regulated products, including drugs, are required to register and disclose certain clinical trial information. Information related to the product, patient population, phase of investigation, study sites and investigators, and other aspects of the clinical trial is then made public as part of the registration. Sponsors are also obligated to discuss the results of their clinical trials after completion. Disclosure of the results of these trials can be delayed until the new product or new indication being studied has been approved. Competitors may use this publicly available information to gain knowledge regarding the progress of development programs.

The NDA Approval Process

In order to obtain approval to market a drug in the United States, a marketing application must be submitted to the FDA that provides data establishing to the FDA’s satisfaction the safety and effectiveness of the investigational drug for the proposed indication. Each NDA submission requires a substantial user fee payment unless a waiver or exemption applies. The application includes all relevant data available from pertinent non-clinical or preclinical studies and clinical trials, including negative or ambiguous results as well as positive findings, together with detailed information relating to the product’s chemistry, manufacturing, controls and proposed labeling, among other things. Data can come from company-sponsored clinical trials intended to test the safety and effectiveness of a use of a product, or from a number of alternative sources, including studies initiated by investigators that meet GCP requirements.

During the development of a new drug, sponsors are given opportunities to meet with the FDA at certain points. These points may be prior to submission of an IND, at the end of Phase 1 or 2, and before an NDA is submitted. Meetings at other times may be requested. These meetings can provide an opportunity for the sponsor to share information about the data gathered to date, for the FDA to provide advice and for the sponsor and the FDA to reach agreement on the next phase of development. Sponsors typically use the end of Phase 2 meetings to discuss their Phase 2 clinical results and present their plans for the pivotal Phase 3 trials that they believe will support approval of the new drug.

The results of product development, non-clinical studies and clinical trials, along with descriptions of the manufacturing process, analytical tests conducted on the chemistry of the drug, proposed labeling and other relevant information are submitted to the FDA as part of an NDA requesting approval to market the product. The FDA reviews all NDAs submitted to ensure that they are sufficiently complete for substantive review before it

accepts them for filing. It may request additional information rather than accept a NDA for filing. In this event, the NDA must be resubmitted with the additional information. The resubmitted application also is subject to review before the FDA accepts it for filing. The FDA has 60 days from its receipt of an NDA to conduct an initial review to determine whether the application will be accepted for filing based on the agency’s threshold determination that the application is sufficiently complete to permit substantive review. If the NDA submission is accepted for filing, the FDA reviews the NDA to determine, among other things, whether the proposed product is safe and effective for its intended use, and whether the product is being manufactured in accordance with cGMP to assure and preserve the product’s identity, strength, quality and purity. The FDA has agreed to specific performance goals on the review of NDAs and seeks to review standard NDAs in 12 months from submission of the NDA. The review process may be extended by the FDA for three additional months to consider certain late-submitted information or information intended to clarify information already provided in the submission. After the FDA completes its initial review of an NDA, it will communicate to the sponsor that the drug will either be approved, or it will issue a complete response letter to communicate that the NDA will not be approved in its current form and inform the sponsor of changes that must be made or additional clinical, non-clinical or manufacturing data that must be received before the application can be approved, with no implication regarding the ultimate approvability of the application or the timing of any such approval, if ever. If or when those deficiencies have been addressed to the FDA’s satisfaction in a resubmission of the NDA, the FDA will issue an approval letter. FDA has committed to reviewing such resubmissions in two to six months depending on the type of information included. The FDA may refer applications for novel drug products or drug products that present difficult questions of safety or efficacy to an advisory committee, typically a panel that includes clinicians and other experts, for review, evaluation and a recommendation as to whether the application should be approved and, if so, under what conditions. The FDA is not bound by the recommendations of an advisory committee, but it considers such recommendations carefully when making decisions.

Before approving an NDA, the FDA typically will inspect the facilities at which the product is manufactured. The FDA will not approve the product unless it determines that the manufacturing processes and facilities are in compliance with cGMP requirements and adequate to assure consistent production of the product within required specifications. Additionally, before approving an NDA, the FDA may inspect one or more clinical sites to assure compliance with GCP. If the FDA determines that the application, manufacturing process or manufacturing facilities are not acceptable, it typically will outline the deficiencies and often will request additional testing or information. This may significantly delay further review of the application. If the FDA finds that a clinical site did not conduct the clinical trial in accordance with GCP, the FDA may determine the data generated by the clinical site should be excluded from the primary efficacy analyses provided in the NDA. Additionally, notwithstanding the submission of any requested additional information, the FDA ultimately may decide that the application does not satisfy the regulatory criteria for approval.

The FDA may require, or companies may pursue, additional clinical trials after a product is approved. These so-called Phase 4 trials may be made a condition to be satisfied for continuing drug approval. The results of Phase 4 trials can confirm the effectiveness of a product candidate and can provide important safety information. In addition, the FDA has authority to require sponsors to conduct post-marketing trials to specifically address safety issues identified by the agency. See “Post-Marketing Requirements” below.

The FDA also has authority to require a Risk Evaluation and Mitigation Strategy, or a REMS, from manufacturers to ensure that the benefits of a drug outweigh its risks. A sponsor may also voluntarily propose a REMS as part of the NDA submission. The need for a REMS is determined as part of the review of the NDA. Based on statutory standards, elements of a REMS may include “Dear Doctor letters,” a medication guide, more elaborate targeted educational programs, and in some cases elements to assure safe use, or ETASU. ETASU can include, but are not limited to, special training or certification for prescribing or dispensing, dispensing only under certain circumstances, special monitoring and the use of patient registries. These elements are negotiated as part of the NDA approval, and in some cases the approval date may be delayed. Once adopted, REMS are subject to periodic assessment and modification.

Changes to some of the conditions established in an approved application, including changes in indications, labeling, manufacturing processes or facilities, require submission and FDA approval of a new NDA or NDA supplement before the change can be implemented. An NDA supplement for a new indication typically requires clinical data similar to that in the original application, and the FDA uses the same procedures and actions in reviewing NDA supplements as it does in reviewing NDAs.

Even if a product candidate receives regulatory approval, the approval may be limited to specific disease states, patient populations and dosages, or might contain significant limitations on use in the form of warnings, precautions or contraindications, or in the form of onerous risk management plans, restrictions on distribution, or post-marketing trial requirements. Further, even after regulatory approval is obtained, later discovery of previously unknown problems with a product may result in restrictions on the product or even complete withdrawal of the product from the market. Delay in obtaining, or failure to obtain, regulatory approval for our products, or obtaining approval but for significantly limited use, would harm our business. In addition, we cannot predict what adverse governmental regulations may arise from future United States or foreign governmental action.

The Hatch-Waxman Amendments

Under the Drug Price Competition and Patent Term Restoration Act of 1984, referred to as the Hatch-Waxman Amendments, a portion of a product’s U.S. patent term that was lost during clinical development and regulatory review by the FDA may be restored by returning up to five years of patent life for a patent that covers a new product or its use. This period is generally one-half the time between the effective date of an IND (falling after issuance of the patent) and the submission date of an NDA, plus the time between the submission date of an NDA and the approval of that application, provided the sponsor acted with diligence. Patent term restorations, however, cannot extend the remaining term of a patent beyond a total of 14 years from the date of product approval and only one patent applicable to an approved drug may be extended and the extension must be applied for prior to expiration of the patent. The USPTO, in consultation with the FDA, reviews and approves the application for any patent term extension or restoration.

Market Exclusivity

Market exclusivity provisions under the FDCA also can delay the submission or the approval of certain competing applications. The FDCA provides a five-year period of non-patent marketing exclusivity within the United States to the first applicant to gain approval of an NDA for a new chemical entity. A drug is a new chemical entity if the FDA has not previously approved any other new drug containing the same active moiety, which is the molecule or ion responsible for the action of the drug substance. During the exclusivity period, the FDA may not accept for review an Abbreviated New Drug Application, or ANDA, or a 505(b)(2) NDA submitted by another company for another version of such drug where the applicant does not own or have a legal right of reference to all the data required for approval. However, an application may be submitted after four years if it contains a certification of patent invalidity or non-infringement to one of the patents listed with the FDA by the innovator NDA holder. The FDCA also provides three years of marketing exclusivity for an NDA, 505(b)(2) NDA or supplement to an existing NDA if new clinical investigations, other than bioavailability studies, that were conducted or sponsored by the applicant are deemed by the FDA to be essential to the approval of the application, for example, for new indications, dosages or strengths of an existing drug. This three-year exclusivity covers only the conditions associated with the new clinical investigations and does not prohibit the FDA from approving ANDAs for drugs containing the original active agent. Five-year and three-year exclusivity will not delay the submission or approval of a full NDA; however, an applicant submitting a full NDA would be required to conduct or obtain a right of reference to all of the non-clinical studies and adequate and well-controlled clinical trials necessary to demonstrate safety and effectiveness.

Pediatric exclusivity is another type of non-patent marketing exclusivity in the United States and, if granted, provides for the attachment of an additional six months of marketing protection to the term of any existing regulatory exclusivity, including the non-patent exclusivity. This six-month exclusivity may be granted if an NDA sponsor submits pediatric data that fairly respond to a written request from the FDA for such data.

Post-Marketing Requirements

Following approval of a new product, a pharmaceutical company and the approved product are subject to continuing regulation by the FDA, including, among other things, monitoring and recordkeeping activities, reporting to the applicable regulatory authorities of adverse experiences with the product, providing the regulatory authorities with updated safety and efficacy information, product sampling and distribution requirements, and complying with promotion and advertising requirements, which include, among others, standards for direct-to-consumer advertising, restrictions on promoting drugs for uses or in patient populations that are not described in the drug’s approved labeling, or off-label use, limitations on industry-sponsored scientific and educational activities and requirements for promotional activities involving the internet. Although physicians may, in their independent professional medical judgment, prescribe legally available drugs for off-label uses, manufacturers may not market or promote such off-label uses. Modifications or enhancements to the product or its labeling or changes of the site of manufacture are often subject to the approval of the FDA and other regulators, who may or may not grant approval or may include a lengthy review process.

Prescription drug advertising is subject to federal, state and foreign regulations. In the United States, the FDA regulates prescription drug promotion, including direct-to-consumer advertising. Prescription drug promotional materials must be submitted to the FDA in conjunction with their first use. Any distribution of prescription drug products and pharmaceutical samples must comply with the U.S. Prescription Drug Marketing Act, or the PDMA, a part of the FDCA.

In the United States, once a product is approved, its manufacturing is subject to comprehensive and continuing regulation by the FDA. The FDA regulations require that products be manufactured in specific approved facilities and in accordance with cGMP. We rely, and expect to continue to rely, on third parties for the production of clinical and commercial quantities of our products in accordance with cGMP regulations. cGMP regulations require among other things, quality control and quality assurance as well as the corresponding maintenance of records and documentation and the obligation to investigate and correct any deviations from cGMP. Drug manufacturers and other entities involved in the manufacture and distribution of approved drugs are required to register their establishments with the FDA and certain state agencies, and are subject to periodic unannounced inspections by the FDA and certain state agencies for compliance with cGMP and other laws. Accordingly, manufacturers must continue to expend time, money and effort in the area of production and quality control to maintain cGMP compliance. These regulations also impose certain organizational, procedural and documentation requirements with respect to manufacturing and quality assurance activities. NDA holders using contract manufacturers, laboratories or packagers are responsible for the selection and monitoring of qualified firms, and, in certain circumstances, qualified suppliers to these firms. These firms and, where applicable, their suppliers are subject to inspections by the FDA at any time, and the discovery of violative conditions, including failure to conform to cGMP, could result in enforcement actions that interrupt the operation of any such product or may result in restrictions on a product, manufacturer, or holder of an approved NDA, including, among other things, recall or withdrawal of the product from the market.

In addition, the manufacturer and/or sponsor under an approved NDA are subject to annual product and establishment fees. These fees are typically increased annually.

The FDA also may require post-marketing testing, also known as Phase 4 testing, REMS to monitor the effects of an approved product or place conditions on an approval that could restrict the distribution or use of the product. Discovery of previously unknown problems with a product or the failure to comply with applicable FDA requirements can have negative consequences, including adverse publicity, judicial or administrative enforcement, untitled or warning letters from the FDA, mandated corrective advertising or communications with doctors, withdrawal of approval, and civil or criminal penalties, among others. Newly discovered or developed safety or effectiveness data may require changes to a product’s approved labeling, including the addition of new warnings and contraindications, and also may require the implementation of other risk management measures. Also, new government requirements, including those resulting from new legislation, may be established, or the FDA’s policies may change, which could delay or prevent regulatory approval of our products under development.

Coverage and Reimbursement

Sales of any products for which we receive regulatory approval for commercial sale will depend in part on the availability of reimbursement from third-party payors, including government healthcare program administrative authorities, managed care organizations, private health insurers, and other entities. Patients who are prescribed medications for the treatment of their conditions, and their prescribing physicians, generally rely on third-party payors to reimburse all of part of the costs associated with their prescription drugs. Patients are unlikely to use our products unless coverage is provided and reimbursement is adequate to cover a significant portion of the cost of our products. Therefore, our products, once approved, may not obtain market acceptance unless coverage is provided and reimbursement is adequate to cover a significant portion of the cost of our products.

The process for determining whether a third-party payor will provide coverage for a drug product typically is separate from the process for setting the price of a drug product or for establishing the reimbursement rate that the payor will pay for the drug product once coverage is approved. Third-party payors may limit coverage to specific drug products on an approved list, also known as a formulary, which might not include all of the FDA-approved drugs for a particular indication. A decision by a third-party payor not to cover our product candidates could reduce physician utilization of our products once approved. Moreover, a third-party payor’s decision to provide coverage for a drug product does not imply that an adequate reimbursement rate will be approved. Adequate third-party reimbursement may not be available to enable us to maintain price levels sufficient to realize an appropriate return on our investment in product development. Additionally, coverage and reimbursement for drug products can differ significantly from payor to payor. One third-party payor’s decision to cover a particular drug product or service does not ensure that other payors will also provide coverage for the medical product or service, or will provide coverage at an adequate reimbursement rate. As a result, the coverage determination process will require us to provide scientific and clinical support for the use of our products to each payor separately and will be a time-consuming process.

The containment of healthcare costs has become a priority of federal, state and foreign governments, and the prices of drugs have been a focus in this effort. Third-party payors are increasingly challenging the prices charged for drug products and medical services, examining the medical necessity and reviewing the cost effectiveness of drug products and medical services, in addition to questioning safety and efficacy. If these third-party payors do not consider our products to be cost-effective compared to other available therapies, they may not cover our products after FDA approval or, if they do, the level of payment may not be sufficient to allow us to sell our products at a profit.

In particular, our success may depend on our ability to obtain coverage and adequate reimbursement through Medicare Part D plans for our products that obtain regulatory approval. The Medicare Part D program provides a voluntary prescription drug benefit to Medicare beneficiaries. Under Part D, Medicare beneficiaries may enroll in prescription drug plans offered by private entities which will provide coverage of outpatient prescription drugs. Part D plans include both stand-alone prescription drug benefit plans and prescription drug coverage as a supplement to Medicare Advantage plans. Unlike Medicare Part A and B, Part D coverage is not standardized. In general, Part D prescription drug plan sponsors have flexibility regarding coverage of Part D drugs, and each drug plan can develop its own drug formulary that identifies which drugs it will cover and at what tier or level. However, Part D prescription drug formularies must include drugs within each therapeutic category and class of covered Part D drugs, though not necessarily all the drugs in each category or class, with certain exceptions. Any formulary used by a Part D prescription drug plan must be developed and reviewed by a pharmacy and therapeutic committee. Government payment for some of the costs of prescription drugs may increase demand for products for which we receive regulatory approval. However, any negotiated prices for our future products covered by a Part D prescription drug plan will likely be discounted, thereby lowering the net price realized on our sales to pharmacies. Moreover, while the Part D program applies only to drug benefits for Medicare beneficiaries, private payors often follow Medicare coverage policy and payment limitations in setting their own payment rates. Any reduction in payment that results from Medicare Part D may result in a similar reduction in payments from non-government payors.

The American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009 provides funding for the federal government to compare the effectiveness of different treatments for the same illness. A plan for the research will be developed by the Department of Health and Human Services, the Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality and the National Institutes for Health, and periodic reports on the status of the research and related expenditures will be made to Congress. Although the results of the comparative effectiveness studies are not intended to mandate coverage policies for public or private payors, it is not clear what effect, if any, the research will have on the sales of our product candidates, if any such product or the condition that it is intended to treat is the subject of a study. It is also possible that comparative effectiveness research demonstrating benefits in a competitor’s product could adversely affect the sales of our product candidates, once approved. If third-party payors do not consider our products to be cost-effective compared to other available therapies, they may not cover our products after approval as a benefit under their plans or, if they do, the level of payment may not be sufficient to allow us to sell our products on a profitable basis.

In addition, in some foreign countries, the proposed pricing for a drug must be approved before it may be lawfully marketed. The requirements governing drug pricing vary widely from country to country. For example, the European Union provides options for its member states to restrict the range of medicinal products for which their national health insurance systems provide reimbursement and to control the prices of medicinal products for human use. A member state may approve a specific price for the medicinal product or it may instead adopt a system of direct or indirect controls on the profitability of the company placing the medicinal product on the market. There can be no assurance that any country that has price controls or reimbursement limitations for pharmaceutical products will allow favorable reimbursement and pricing arrangements for any of our products. Historically, products launched in the European Union do not follow price structures of the United States and generally tend to be significantly lower.

Anti-Kickback and False Claims Laws and Other Regulatory Matters

In the United States, among other things, the research, manufacturing, distribution, sale and promotion of drug products and medical devices are potentially subject to regulation and enforcement by various federal, state and local authorities in addition to the FDA, including the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services, other divisions of the United States Department of Health and Human Services (e.g., the Office of Inspector General), the Drug Enforcement Administration, the Consumer Product Safety Commission, the Federal Trade Commission, the Occupational Safety & Health Administration, the Environmental Protection Agency, state Attorneys General and other state and local government agencies. Our current and future business activities, including for example, sales, marketing and scientific/educational grant programs must comply with healthcare regulatory laws, including the Federal Anti-Kickback Statute, the Federal False Claims Act, as amended, the privacy regulations promulgated under the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act, or HIPAA, as amended, physician payment transparency laws, and similar state laws. Pricing and rebate programs must comply with the Medicaid Drug Rebate Program requirements of the Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1990, as amended, and the Veterans Health Care Act of 1992, as amended. If products are made available to authorized users of the Federal Supply Schedule of the General Services Administration, additional laws and requirements apply. The handling of any controlled substances must comply with the U.S. Controlled Substances Act and Controlled Substances Import and Export Act. Products must meet applicable child-resistant packaging requirements under the U.S. Poison Prevention Packaging Act. All of these activities are also potentially subject to federal and state consumer protection and unfair competition laws.

The distribution of pharmaceutical products is subject to additional requirements and regulations, including extensive record-keeping, licensing, storage and security requirements intended to prevent the unauthorized sale of pharmaceutical products.

The Federal Anti-Kickback Statute makes it illegal for any person, including a prescription drug manufacturer (or a party acting on its behalf) to knowingly and willfully solicit, receive, offer, or pay any remuneration that is intended to induce the referral of business, including the purchasing, leasing, ordering or

arranging for or recommending the purchase, lease or order of, any good, facility, item or service for which payment may be made, in whole or in part, under a federal healthcare program, such as Medicare or Medicaid. The term “remuneration” has been broadly interpreted to include anything of value. The Federal Anti-Kickback Statute has been interpreted to apply to arrangements between pharmaceutical manufacturers on one hand and prescribers, purchasers and formulary managers on the other. Although there are a number of statutory exceptions and regulatory safe harbors protecting some common activities from prosecution, the exceptions and safe harbors are drawn narrowly. Practices that involve remuneration that may be alleged to be intended to induce prescribing, purchases or recommendations may be subject to scrutiny if they do not qualify for an exception or safe harbor. Failure to meet all of the requirements of a particular applicable statutory exception or regulatory safe harbor does not make the conduct per se illegal under the Federal Anti-Kickback Statute. Instead, the legality of the arrangement will be evaluated on a case-by-case basis based on a cumulative review of all of its facts and circumstances. Additionally, the intent standard under the Federal Anti-Kickback Statute was amended by the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, as amended by the Health Care Education and Reconciliation Act, or collectively the ACA, to a stricter standard such that a person or entity no longer needs to have actual knowledge of the statute or specific intent to violate it in order to have committed a violation. In addition, the ACA codified case law that a claim including items or services resulting from a violation of the Federal Anti-Kickback Statute constitutes a false or fraudulent claim for purposes of the Federal False Claims Act. Violations of this law are punishable by up to five years in prison, criminal fines, administrative civil money penalties, and exclusion from participation in federal healthcare programs. In addition, many states have adopted laws similar to the Federal Anti-Kickback Statute. Some of these state prohibitions apply to the referral of patients for healthcare services reimbursed by any insurer, not just federal healthcare programs such as Medicare and Medicaid. Due to the breadth of these federal and state anti-kickback laws, and the potential for additional legal or regulatory change in this area, it is possible that our future business activities, including our sales and marketing practices and/or our future relationships with ophthalmologists and optometrists might be challenged under anti-kickback laws, which could harm us.

The Federal False Claims Act prohibits anyone from, among other things, knowingly presenting, or causing to be presented, for payment to federal programs (including Medicare and Medicaid) claims for items or services, including drugs, that are false or fraudulent. This statute has been interpreted to prohibit presenting claims for items or services not provided as claimed, or claims for medically unnecessary items or services. Although we would not submit claims directly to payors, manufacturers can be held liable under these laws if they are deemed to “cause” the submission of false or fraudulent claims by, for example, providing inaccurate billing or coding information to customers or promoting a product off-label. In addition, our future activities relating to the reporting of wholesaler or estimated retail prices for our products, the reporting of prices used to calculate Medicaid rebate information and other information affecting federal, state and third-party reimbursement for our products, and the sale and marketing of our products, are subject to scrutiny under this law. For example, pharmaceutical companies have been found liable under the Federal False Claims Act in connection with their off-label promotion of drugs. Penalties for a False Claims Act violation include three times the actual damages sustained by the government, plus mandatory civil penalties of between $5,500 and $11,000 for each separate false claim, the potential for exclusion from participation in federal healthcare programs, and, although the Federal False Claims Act is a civil statute, conduct that results in a False Claims Act violation may also implicate various federal criminal statutes. If the government were to allege that we were, or convict us of, violating these false claims laws, we could be subject to a substantial fine and may suffer a decline in our stock price. In addition, private individuals have the ability to bring actions under the Federal False Claims Act and certain states have enacted laws modeled after the Federal False Claims Act.

Similarly, the civil monetary penalties statute imposes penalties against any person or entity who, among other things, is determined to have presented or caused to be presented a claim to a federal health program that the person knows or should know is for an item or service that was not provided as claimed or is false or fraudulent.

Additionally, HIPAA created new federal criminal statutes that prohibit knowingly and willfully executing, or attempting to execute, a scheme to defraud any healthcare benefit program, including private third-party

payors and knowingly and willfully falsifying, concealing or covering up a material fact or making any materially false, fictitious or fraudulent statement in connection with the delivery of or payment for healthcare benefits, items or services.

There are also an increasing number of state laws that require manufacturers to make reports to states on pricing and marketing information. Many of these laws contain ambiguities as to what is required to comply with the laws. In addition, as discussed below, a similar federal requirement requires certain manufacturers to track and report to the federal government certain payments provided to physicians and teaching hospitals made in the previous calendar year. These laws may affect our sales, marketing and other promotional activities by imposing administrative and compliance burdens on us. In addition, given the lack of clarity with respect to these laws and their implementation, our reporting actions could be subject to the penalty provisions of the pertinent state and federal authorities.

In addition, we may be subject to data privacy and security regulation by both the federal government and the states in which we conduct our business. HIPAA, as amended by the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act, or HITECH, and their respective implementing regulations, including the final omnibus rule published on January 25, 2013, imposes specified requirements relating to the privacy, security and transmission of individually identifiable health information. Among other things, HITECH makes HIPAA’s privacy and security standards directly applicable to business associates, defined as independent contractors or agents of covered entities that create, receive, maintain or transmit protected health information in connection with providing a service for or on behalf of a covered entity. HITECH also created four new tiers of civil monetary penalties and gave state attorneys general new authority to file civil actions for damages or injunctions in federal courts to enforce the federal HIPAA laws and seek attorneys’ fees and costs associated with pursuing federal civil actions. In addition, state laws govern the privacy and security of health information in certain circumstances, many of which differ from each other in significant ways and may not have the same effect, thus complicating compliance efforts.

The failure to comply with regulatory requirements subjects us to possible legal or regulatory action. Depending on the circumstances, failure to meet applicable regulatory requirements can result in significant criminal, civil and/or administrative penalties, damages, fines, disgorgement, exclusion from participation in federal healthcare programs, such as Medicare and Medicaid, injunctions, recall or seizure of products, total or partial suspension of production, denial or withdrawal of product approvals, refusal to allow us to enter into supply contracts, including government contracts, contractual damages, reputational harm, administrative burdens, diminished profits and future earnings, and the curtailment or restructuring of our operations, any of which could adversely affect our ability to operate our business and our results of operations.

We plan to develop a comprehensive compliance program that establishes internal controls to facilitate adherence to the law and program requirements to which we will or may become subject because we intend to commercialize products that could be reimbursed under a federal healthcare program and other governmental healthcare programs.

Changes in law or the interpretation of existing law could impact our business in the future by requiring, for example: (i) changes to our manufacturing arrangements; (ii) additions or modifications to product labeling; (iii) the recall or discontinuation of our products; or (iv) additional record-keeping requirements. If any such changes were to be imposed, they could adversely affect the operation of our business.

Affordable Health Care Act and Other Reform Initiatives

In the United States and some foreign jurisdictions, there have been, and likely will continue to be, a number of legislative and regulatory changes and proposed changes regarding the healthcare system directed at broadening the availability of healthcare and containing or lowering the cost of healthcare.

In March 2010, the ACA, was enacted. The ACA includes measures that have or will significantly change the way healthcare is financed by both governmental and private insurers. Among the provisions of the ACA of greatest importance to the pharmaceutical industry are the following:

•

The Medicaid Drug Rebate Program requires pharmaceutical manufacturers to enter into and have in effect a national rebate agreement with the Secretary of the Department of Health and Human Services in exchange for state Medicaid coverage of most of the manufacturer’s drugs. ACA made several changes to the Medicaid Drug Rebate Program, including increasing pharmaceutical manufacturers’ rebate liability by raising the minimum basic Medicaid rebate on most branded prescription drugs and biologic agents to 23.1% of average manufacturer price, or AMP, and adding a new rebate calculation for “line extensions” (i.e., new formulations, such as extended release formulations) of solid oral dosage forms of branded products, as well as potentially impacting their rebate liability by modifying the statutory definition of AMP.

•

The ACA expanded the types of entities eligible to receive discounted 340B pricing, although, with the exception of children’s hospitals, these newly eligible entities will not be eligible to receive discounted 340B pricing on orphan drugs used in orphan indications. In addition, because 340B pricing is determined based on AMP and Medicaid drug rebate data, the revisions to the Medicaid rebate formula and AMP definition described above could cause the required 340B discounts to increase. The ACA imposed a requirement on manufacturers of branded drugs and biologic agents to provide a 50% discount off the negotiated price of branded drugs dispensed to Medicare Part D beneficiaries in the coverage gap (i.e., “donut hole”).

•

The ACA imposed an annual, nondeductible fee on any entity that manufactures or imports certain branded prescription drugs and biologic agents, apportioned among these entities according to their market share in certain government healthcare programs, although this fee would not apply to sales of certain products approved exclusively for orphan indications.

•

The ACA included the Federal Physician Payments Sunshine Act, which required pharmaceutical manufacturers to track certain financial arrangements with physicians and teaching hospitals, including any “transfer of value” provided, as well as any ownership or investment interests held by physicians and their immediate family members. Covered manufacturers were required to begin collecting data on August 1, 2013 and submit reports on aggregate payment data to the government for the first reporting period (August 1, 2013— December 31, 2013) by March 31, 2014, and were required to report detailed payment data for the first reporting period and submit legal attestation to the completeness and accuracy of such data by June 30, 2014. Thereafter, covered manufacturers must submit reports by the 90th day of each subsequent calendar year. The information reported was made publicly available on a searchable website in September 2014.

•

The ACA established a new Patient-Centered Outcomes Research Institute to oversee, identify priorities in, and conduct comparative clinical effectiveness research, along with funding for such research. The research conducted by the Patient-Centered Outcomes Research Institute may affect the market for certain pharmaceutical products.

•

The ACA created the Independent Payment Advisory Board which has the authority to recommend certain changes to the Medicare program to reduce expenditures by the program that could result in reduced payments for prescription drugs. Under certain circumstances, these recommendations will become law unless Congress enacts legislation that will achieve the same or greater Medicare cost savings.

•

The ACA established the Center for Medicare and Medicaid Innovation within CMS to test innovative payment and service delivery models to lower Medicare and Medicaid spending, potentially including prescription drug spending. Funding has been allocated to support the mission of the Center for Medicare and Medicaid Innovation through 2019.

Many of the details regarding the implementation of the ACA are yet to be determined, and at this time, it remains unclear the full effect that the ACA would have on our business.

Other legislative changes have been proposed and adopted in the United States since the ACA was enacted. In August 2011, the Budget Control Act of 2011, among other things, created measures for spending reductions by Congress. A Joint Select Committee on Deficit Reduction, tasked with recommending a targeted deficit reduction of at least $1.2 trillion for the years 2013 through 2021, was unable to reach required goals, thereby triggering the legislation’s automatic reduction to several government programs. This includes aggregate reductions of Medicare payments to providers up to 2% per fiscal year, which went into effect in April 2013 and will remain in effect through 2024 unless additional Congressional action is taken. In January 2013, President Obama signed into law the American Taxpayer Relief Act of 2012, which, among other things, further reduced Medicare payments to several providers, including hospitals, imaging centers and cancer treatment centers, and increased the statute of limitations period for the government to recover overpayments to providers from three to five years. Any reduction in reimbursement from Medicare or other government programs may result in a similar reduction in payments from private payors, which may adversely affect our future profitability.

European Union Drug Development

In the European Union, our products will also be subject to extensive regulatory requirements. As in the United States, medicinal products can only be marketed if an MAA from the competent regulatory agencies has been obtained, and the various phases of preclinical and clinical research in the European Union are subject to significant regulatory controls. Although the EU Clinical Trials Directive 2001/20/EC has sought to harmonize the EU clinical trial regulatory framework, setting out common rules for the control and authorization of clinical trials in the EU, the EU Member States have transposed and applied the provisions of the Directive differently. This has led to significant variations in the member state regimes. Under the current regime, before a clinical trial can be initiated it must be approved by two distinct bodies in each of the EU countries where the trial is to be conducted: the National Competent Authority, or NCA, and one or more Ethics Committees, or ECs. In addition, all serious adverse reactions to the investigated drug that occur during the clinical trial must be reported to the NCA and ECs of the Member State where they occurred.

The EU clinical trials legislation is currently undergoing a revision process mainly aimed at making more uniform and streamlining the clinical trials authorization process, simplifying adverse event reporting procedures, improving the supervision of clinical trials and increasing the transparency of clinical trials.

European Union Drug Review Approval

In the European Economic Area, or EEA, which is comprised of the 28 Member States of the European Union plus Norway, Iceland and Liechtenstein, medicinal products can only be commercialized after obtaining an MAA. There are two types of MAAs: the Community MAA, which is issued by the European Commission through the Centralized Procedure based on the opinion of the Committee for Medicinal Products for Human Use, or CHMP, a body of the EMA, and which is valid throughout the entire territory of the EEA; and the National MAA, which is issued by the competent authorities of the Member States of the EEA and only authorized marketing in that Member State’s national territory and not the EEA as a whole.

The Centralized Procedure is mandatory for certain types of products, such as biotechnology medicinal products, orphan medicinal products and medicinal products containing a new active substance indicated for the treatment of AIDS, cancer, neurodegenerative disorders, diabetes, auto-immune and viral diseases. The Centralized Procedure is optional for products containing a new active substance not yet authorized in the EEA, or for products that constitute a significant therapeutic, scientific or technical innovation or which are in the interest of public health in the EU. The National MAA is for products not falling within the mandatory scope of the Centralized Procedure. Where a product has already been authorized for marketing in a Member State of the EEA, this National MAA can be recognized in another Member States through the Mutual Recognition Procedure. If the product has not received a National MAA in any Member State at the time of application, it can be approved simultaneously in various Member States through the Decentralized Procedure. Under the Decentralized Procedure an identical dossier is submitted to the competent authorities of each of the Member

States in which the MAA is sought, one of which is selected by the applicant as the Reference Member State, or RMS. If the RMS proposes to authorize the product, and the other Member States do not raise objections, the product is granted a national MAA in all the Member States where the authorization was sought. Before granting the MAA, the EMA or the competent authorities of the Member States of the EEA make an assessment of the risk-benefit balance of the product on the basis of scientific criteria concerning its quality, safety and efficacy.

Other Regulations

We are also subject to numerous federal, state and local laws relating to such matters as safe working conditions, manufacturing practices, environmental protection, fire hazard control and disposal of hazardous or potentially hazardous substances. We may incur significant costs to comply with such laws and regulations now or in the future.

Employees

As of March 30, 2015, we had five employees.

Corporate Information

We were incorporated in Delaware in 1999. Our principal executive offices are located at 131 Hartwell Avenue, Suite 105 Lexington, MA 02421, and our telephone number is (781) 676-2100. We completed our initial public offering of common stock and an offering of 5.0% convertible senior notes due 2020 in February 2015 and our common stock is listed on the NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol “ITEK.”

Research and Development

For the year ended December 31, 2014, our research and development expenses were $5.6 million.

Item 1A. Risk Factors

We operate in an industry that involves numerous risks and uncertainties. You should carefully consider the following information about these risks, together with the other information appearing elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, including our financial statements and related notes hereto. The occurrence of any of the following risks could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and future growth prospects. The risks and uncertainties described below may change over time and other risks and uncertainties, including those that we do not currently consider material, may impair our business In these circumstances, the market price of our common stock could decline.

Risks Related to Our Financial Position and Need for Additional Capital

We currently have no source of revenue and may never become profitable.

We are a clinical-stage biopharmaceutical company with a limited operating history. Our ability to generate revenue and become profitable depends upon our ability to successfully complete the development of our product candidates for the treatment of glaucoma and obtain the necessary regulatory approvals for our product candidates. We have never been profitable, have no products approved for commercial sale and to date have not generated any revenue from product sales. Even if we receive regulatory approval for the sale of our product candidates, we do not know when such product candidates will generate revenue, if at all. Our ability to generate product revenue depends on a number of factors, including our ability to:

•

successfully complete clinical development, and receive regulatory approval, for our product candidates, including trabodenoson monotherapy and trabodenoson with latanoprost as an FDC;

•

set an acceptable price for our product candidates and obtain coverage and adequate reimbursement from third-party payors;

•

establish sales, marketing and distribution systems for our product candidates;

•

add operational, financial and management information systems and personnel, including personnel to support our clinical, manufacturing and planned future commercialization efforts;

•

have commercial quantities of our product candidates manufactured at acceptable cost levels;

•

successfully market and sell our product candidates in the United States and enter into partnerships or other arrangements to commercialize our product candidates outside the United States; and

•

maintain, expand and protect our intellectual property portfolio.

In addition, because of the numerous risks and uncertainties associated with product development, we are unable to predict the timing or amount of increased expenses, or when, or if, we will be able to achieve or maintain profitability. In addition, our expenses could increase beyond expectations if we are required by the FDA and comparable non-U.S. regulatory authorities, or other regulatory authorities to perform studies or clinical trials in addition to those that we currently anticipate. Even if our product candidates are approved for commercial sale, we anticipate incurring significant costs associated with the commercial launch of these products.

Our ability to become and remain profitable depends on our ability to generate revenue. Even if we are able to generate revenues from the sale of our product candidates, we may not become profitable and may need to obtain additional funding to continue operations. If we fail to become profitable or are unable to sustain profitability on a continuing basis, then we may be unable to continue our operations at planned levels and be forced to reduce our operations. Even if we do achieve profitability, we may not be able to sustain or increase profitability on a quarterly or annual basis. Our failure to become and remain profitable would decrease the value of our company and could impair our ability to raise capital, expand our business or continue our operations.

We have a history of net losses and anticipate that we will continue to incur net losses for the foreseeable future.

We have a history of losses and anticipate that we will continue to incur net losses for the foreseeable future. Our net losses were $9.5 million, $7.6 million, and $6.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively. Investment in pharmaceutical product development is highly speculative because it entails substantial upfront expenditures and significant risk that a product candidate will fail to gain regulatory approval or become commercially viable. We have devoted most of our financial resources to research and development, including our non-clinical development activities and clinical trials. We are not currently generating revenues, and we cannot estimate with precision the extent of our future losses. We do not currently have any products that are available for commercial sale and we may never generate revenue from selling products or achieve profitability. We expect to continue to incur substantial and increasing losses through the projected commercialization of our product candidates. None of our product candidates have been approved for marketing in the United States and may never receive such approval. As a result of these factors, we are uncertain when or if we will achieve profitability and, if so, whether we will be able to sustain it. Our ability to produce revenue and achieve profitability is dependent on our ability to complete the development of our product candidates, obtain necessary regulatory approvals, and have our products manufactured and successfully marketed. We cannot assure you that we will be profitable even if we successfully commercialize our products. Failure to become and remain profitable may adversely affect the market price of our common stock and our ability to raise capital and continue operations.

We have financed our operations with a combination of private and public grants and contracts and equity and preferred stock offerings. From 1997 to 2004, we have received non-dilutive funding totaling over $50 million through federal and private grants and contracts. Since 2004, we have raised additional equity capital with funding from biotechnology and pharmaceutical investors. In February 2004, we completed the sale of approximately $20 million of Series A preferred stock. In October 2005, we completed the sale of $35 million of

Series B preferred stock. In October of 2007, we completed the sale of approximately $24 million of Series C preferred stock. In June 2011, we completed the sale of an aggregate of approximately $23.5 million of Series AA preferred stock in four separate closings during the preceding year. In February 2013, we completed the sale of approximately $3.5 million of convertible promissory notes in three separate closings during the preceding eight months. In July 2013, we completed the sale of an additional approximately $13.5 million of Series AA preferred stock, including the conversion of the convertible promissory notes, in two separate closings during the previous two months. In December 2014, we completed the issuance and sale of $2.0 million of subordinated convertible promissory notes. Our product candidates will require the completion of regulatory review, significant marketing efforts and substantial investment before they can provide us with any revenue.

In February 2015, we completed our IPO of 6,667,000 shares of our common stock at a price of $6.00 per share and our concurrent offering of the 2020 Notes. In March 2015, the underwriters exercised 299,333 shares of common stock at $6.00 per share and $1.0 million of the 2020 Notes pursuant to their overallotment options. We received net proceeds of approximately $36.6 million, after deducting underwriting discounts and offering-related costs, from our equity issuances and approximately $18.9 million in net proceeds, after deducting underwriting discounts and offering-related costs, from our debt issuances.

We expect our research and development expenses to continue to be significant in connection with our product development activities, including our planned Phase 2 clinical trials and our planned Phase 3 programs. In addition, if we obtain regulatory approval for our product candidates, we expect to incur increased sales and marketing expenses. As a result, we expect to continue to incur significant and increasing operating losses and negative cash flows for the foreseeable future. These losses have had and will continue to have a material adverse effect on our stockholders’ deficit, financial position, cash flows and working capital.

We will need to obtain additional financing to fund our operations and, if we are unable to obtain such financing, we may be unable to complete the development and commercialization of our primary product candidates.

Our operations have consumed substantial amounts of cash since inception. At December 31, 2014, our cash and cash equivalents were $3.6 million. We believe that the net proceeds from the initial offering of our common stock and the concurrent offering of convertible notes due 2020, together with existing cash and cash equivalents, will be sufficient to fund our projected operating requirements for the next 18 months. We will need to obtain additional financing to conduct additional trials for the approval of our drug candidates if requested by regulatory bodies, and complete the development of any additional product candidates we might acquire. Moreover, our fixed expenses such as rent, interest expense and other contractual commitments are substantial and are expected to increase in the future.

Adequate additional funding may not be available to us on acceptable terms, or at all. If we are unable to raise capital when needed or on attractive terms, we would be forced to delay, reduce or eliminate our research and development programs or future potential commercialization efforts. Our forecast of the period of time through which our financial resources will be adequate to support our operating requirements is a forward-looking statement and involves risks and uncertainties, and actual results could vary as a result of a number of factors, including the factors discussed elsewhere in this “Risk Factors” section. We have based this forecast on a number of assumptions that may prove to be wrong, and changing circumstances beyond our control may cause us to consume capital more rapidly than we currently anticipate.

Our future funding requirements will depend on many factors, including, but not limited to:

•

the progress, timing, scope and costs of our clinical trials, including the ability to enroll patients in our planned and potential future clinical trials in a timely manner;

•

the time and cost necessary to obtain regulatory approvals that may be required by regulatory authorities;

•

our ability to successfully commercialize our product candidates;

•

the amount of sales and other revenues from product candidates that we may commercialize, if any, including the selling prices for such product candidates and the availability of coverage and adequate reimbursement from third parties;

•

selling and marketing costs associated with our product candidates, including the cost and timing of expanding our marketing and sales capabilities;

•

the terms and timing of any potential future collaborations, licensing or other arrangements that we may establish;

•

cash requirements of any future acquisitions and/or the development of other product candidates;

•

the costs of operating as a public company;

•

the time and cost necessary to respond to technological and market developments;

•

the costs of maintaining and expanding our existing intellectual property rights; and

•

the costs of filing, prosecuting, defending and enforcing any patent claims and other intellectual property rights.

Until we can generate a sufficient amount of revenue, we may finance future cash needs through public or private equity offerings, license agreements, debt financings, collaborations, strategic alliances, marketing or distribution arrangements or a combination thereof. Additional funds may not be available when we need them on terms that are acceptable to us, or at all. General market conditions or the market price of our common stock may not support capital raising transactions such as an additional public or private offering of our common stock or other securities. In addition, our ability to raise additional capital may be dependent upon our stock being quoted on The NASDAQ Global Market, or NASDAQ, or upon obtaining shareholder approval. There can be no assurance that we will be able to satisfy the criteria for continued listing on NASDAQ or that we will be able to obtain shareholder approval if it is necessary. If adequate funds are not available, we may be required to delay or reduce the scope of or eliminate one or more of our research or development programs or our commercialization efforts.

We may seek to access the public or private capital markets whenever conditions are favorable, even if we do not have an immediate need for additional capital at that time. In addition, if we raise additional funds through collaborations, strategic alliances or marketing, distribution or licensing arrangements with third parties, we may have to relinquish valuable rights to our technologies, future revenue streams or product candidates or to grant licenses on terms that may not be favorable to us. Our inability to obtain additional funding when we need it could seriously harm our business.

Additional capital that we may need to operate or expand our business may not be available. In addition, the agreements that govern our existing indebtedness contain covenants that restrict our ability to incur additional indebtedness and incur certain liens, for example.

We may require additional capital to operate or expand our business. The indenture governing our convertible notes due 2020 contains covenants that, among other things, restricts our and our future subsidiaries’ ability to take specific actions, even if we believe them to be in our best interest. These covenants include restrictions on our ability and the ability of our subsidiaries to (i) incur additional indebtedness and issue certain types of preferred stock, other than certain permitted indebtedness and preferred stock; and (ii) incur liens, other than certain permitted liens. Any debt financing obtained by us in the future could involve further restrictive covenants, which may make it more difficult for us to obtain additional capital and pursue business opportunities. Moreover, we may not redeem the existing notes pursuant to the indenture governing the notes prior to maturity though the indenture does not limit our ability to make open-market purchases or tender offers for the notes at any time.

If we raise additional funds through the issuance of equity or convertible securities, the percentage ownership of holders of our common stock could be significantly diluted and these newly issued securities may have rights, preferences or privileges senior to those of holders of our common stock. Furthermore, volatility in the credit or equity markets may have an adverse effect on our ability to obtain debt or equity financing or the cost of such financing. If we do not have funds available to enhance our solution, maintain the competitiveness of our technology and pursue business opportunities, this could have an adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial condition.

Risks Related to Development, Regulatory Approval and Commercialization

We depend substantially on the success of our product candidates, particularly trabodenoson monotherapy and trabodenoson FDC, which are still in development. If we are unable to successfully develop and commercialize our product candidates, or experience significant delays in doing so, our business will be materially harmed.

Our business and the ability to generate revenue related to product sales, if ever, will depend on the successful development, regulatory approval and commercialization of our product candidates trabodenoson monotherapy and trabodenoson FDC, which are still in development, and other potential products we may develop or license. We have invested a significant portion of our efforts and financial resources in the development of our existing product candidates. The success of our product candidates will depend on several factors, including:

•

successful completion of clinical trials, and the supporting non-clinical toxicology, formulation development, and manufacturing of supplies for the clinical program in accordance with current Good Manufacturing Practices, or cGMP;

•

receipt of regulatory approvals from the FDA and other applicable regulatory authorities outside the United States;

•

establishment of arrangements with third-party manufacturers;

•

obtaining and maintaining patent and trade secret protection and regulatory exclusivity;

•

protecting our rights in our intellectual property;

•

launching commercial sales of our product candidates, if and when approved;

•

acceptance of any approved product by the medical community and patients;

•

obtaining coverage and adequate reimbursement from third-party payors for product candidates, if and when approved;

•

effectively competing with other products; and

•

achieving a continued acceptable safety profile for our product candidates following regulatory approval, if and when received.

If we do not achieve one or more of these factors in a timely manner or at all, we could experience significant delays or an inability to successfully develop and commercialize our product candidates, which would materially harm our business and we may not be able to earn sufficient revenues and cash flows to continue our operations.

Our product candidates are trabodenoson as a monotherapy and as an FDC consisting of trabodenoson with a prostaglandin analog, or PGA. We have no other product candidates in our near term product pipeline. As a result, we are substantially dependent on the successful development and commercialization of trabodenoson . If the results of our chronic toxicology program were to identify a safety problem, or if our upcoming pivotal trials of trabodenoson monotherapy or our upcoming continuing Phase 2 program for the FDC product candidate were to demonstrate lack of efficacy in lowering intraocular pressure, or IOP, or any safety issues related to trabodenoson , our development strategy would be materially and adversely affected.

We have not obtained regulatory approval for any of our product candidates in the United States or in any other country.

We currently do not have any product candidates that have gained regulatory approval for sale in the United States or in any other country, and we cannot guarantee that we will ever have marketable products. Our business is substantially dependent on our ability to complete the development of, obtain regulatory approval for and successfully commercialize product candidates in a timely manner. We cannot commercialize product candidates in the United States without first obtaining regulatory approval to market each product from the FDA; similarly, we cannot commercialize product candidates outside of the United States without obtaining regulatory approval from comparable foreign regulatory authorities. We have completed a Phase 2 trial in which we tested trabodenoson co-administered with latanoprost . We are planning an End-of-Phase 2 meeting with the FDA for trabodenoson monotherapy in the first half of 2015 and expect to initiate a pivotal Phase 3 program in mid-2015, which will consist of two Phase 3 pivotal trials and a long-term safety study. We cannot predict whether any of our future trials, including our planned long-term safety trial of trabodenoson , will be successful or whether regulators will agree with our conclusions regarding the preclinical studies and clinical trials we have conducted to date. Moreover, determination of the ultimate study design and its confirmation with the FDA could result in a significant range of costs for the Phase 3 pivotal trials.

Before obtaining regulatory approvals for the commercial sale of any product candidate for a target indication, we must demonstrate in preclinical studies and well-controlled clinical trials, and, with respect to approval in the United States, to the satisfaction of the FDA, that the product candidate is safe and effective for use for that target indication and that the manufacturing facilities, processes and controls are adequate. In the United States, we have not submitted a New Drug Application, or NDA, for any of our product candidates. An NDA must include extensive preclinical and clinical data and supporting information to establish the product candidate’s safety and effectiveness for each desired indication. The NDA must also include significant information regarding the chemistry, manufacturing and controls for the product. Obtaining approval of an NDA is a lengthy, expensive and uncertain process, and approval may not be obtained. If we submit an NDA to the FDA, the FDA must decide whether to accept or reject the submission for filing. We cannot be certain that any submissions will be accepted for filing and review by the FDA.

Regulatory authorities outside of the United States, such as in Europe and Japan and in emerging markets, also have requirements for approval of drugs for commercial sale with which we must comply prior to marketing in those areas. Regulatory requirements can vary widely from country to country and could delay or prevent the introduction of our product candidates. Clinical trials conducted in one country may not be accepted by regulatory authorities in other countries, and obtaining regulatory approval in one country does not mean that regulatory approval will be obtained in any other country. Approval processes vary among countries and can involve additional product testing and validation and additional administrative review periods. Seeking non-U.S. regulatory approval could require additional non-clinical studies or clinical trials, which could be costly and time consuming. The non-U.S. regulatory approval process may include all of the risks associated with obtaining FDA approval. For all of these reasons, we may not obtain non-U.S. regulatory approvals on a timely basis, if at all.

The process to develop, obtain regulatory approval for and commercialize product candidates is long, complex and costly both inside and outside of the United States, and approval is never guaranteed. Even if our product candidates were to successfully obtain approval from the regulatory authorities, any approval might significantly limit the approved indications for use, or require that precautions, contraindications, or warnings be included on the product labeling, or require expensive and time-consuming post-approval clinical trials or surveillance as conditions of approval. Following any approval for commercial sale of our product candidates, certain changes to the product, such as changes in manufacturing processes and additional labeling claims, will be subject to additional FDA review and approval. Also, regulatory approval for any of our product candidates may be withdrawn. If we are unable to obtain regulatory approval for our product candidates in one or more jurisdictions, or any approval contains significant limitations, our target market will be reduced and our ability to realize the full market potential of our product candidates will be harmed. Furthermore, we may not be able to obtain sufficient funding or generate sufficient revenue and cash flows to continue the development of any other product candidate in the future.

Regulatory approval may be substantially delayed or may not be obtained for one or all of our product candidates if regulatory authorities require additional time or studies to assess the safety and efficacy of our product candidates.

We may be unable to initiate or complete development of our product candidates on schedule, if at all. To complete the studies for our product candidates we will require additional funding. In addition, if regulatory authorities require additional time or studies to assess the safety or efficacy of our product candidates, we may not have or be able to obtain adequate funding to complete the necessary steps for approval for any or all of our product candidates. Preclinical studies and clinical trials required to demonstrate the safety and efficacy of our product candidates are time consuming and expensive and together take several years or more to complete. Delays in regulatory approvals or rejections of applications for regulatory approval in the United States, Europe, Japan or other markets may result from many factors, including:

•

our inability to obtain sufficient funds required for a clinical trial;

•

requests from regulatory authorities for additional analyses, reports, data, non-clinical and preclinical studies and clinical trials;

•

questions from regulatory authorities regarding interpretations of data and results and the emergence of new information regarding our product candidates or other products;

•

clinical holds, other regulatory objections to commencing or continuing a clinical trial or the inability to obtain regulatory approval to commence a clinical trial in countries that require such approvals;

•

failure to reach agreement with the FDA or comparable non-US regulatory authorities regarding the scope or design of our clinical trials;

•

our inability to enroll a sufficient number of patients who meet the inclusion and exclusion criteria in our clinical trials. For example, we are seeking patients with elevated levels of IOP for our clinical trials, which are more difficult to find;

•

our inability to conduct the clinical trial in accordance with regulatory requirements or our clinical protocols;

•

our inability to reach agreements on acceptable terms with prospective contract research organizations, or CROs, and trial sites, the terms of which can be subject to extensive negotiation and may vary significantly among different CROs and trial sites;

•

our inability to identify and maintain a sufficient number of sites, many of which may already be engaged in other clinical trial programs, including some that may be for the same indications targeted by our product candidates;

•

any determination that a clinical trial presents unacceptable health risks;

•

lack of adequate funding to continue the clinical trial due to unforeseen costs or other business decisions;

•

our inability to obtain approval from Institutional Review Boards, or IRBs, to conduct clinical trials at their respective sites;

•

our inability to manufacture in a timely manner or obtain from third parties sufficient quantities or quality of the product candidates or other materials required for a clinical trial;

•

difficulty in maintaining contact with patients after treatment, resulting in incomplete data; and

•

unfavorable or inconclusive results of clinical trials and supportive non-clinical studies, including unfavorable results regarding the effectiveness of product candidates during clinical trials.

Changes in regulatory requirements and guidance may also occur and we may need to amend clinical trial protocols submitted to applicable regulatory authorities to reflect these changes. Amendments may require us to resubmit clinical trial protocols to IRBs for re-examination, which may impact the costs, timing or successful completion of a clinical trial.

As a result of our planned End-of-Phase 2 meeting with the FDA for trabodenoson in the first half of 2015, the FDA may require us to conduct additional clinical trials before we commence our Phase 3 pivotal trials and long-term safety study or they may require us to increase the size of or change the design of our planned pivotal trials. In addition, if the FDA requires us to change the design of our planned pivotal trials, the actual costs of these trials may be greater than what we estimated based on our current expectations regarding the design of these trials. If we are required to conduct additional clinical trials or other studies with respect to any of our product candidates beyond those that we initially contemplated, if we are unable to successfully complete our clinical trials or other studies or if the results of these studies are not positive or are only modestly positive, we may be delayed in obtaining regulatory approval for that product candidate, we may not be able to obtain regulatory approval at all or we may obtain approval for indications that are not as broad as intended. Our product development costs will also increase if we experience delays in testing or approvals and we may not have sufficient funding to complete the testing and approval process. Significant clinical trial delays could allow our competitors to bring products to market before we do and impair our ability to commercialize our products if and when approved. If any of this occurs, our business will be materially harmed.

We have not yet successfully formulated, and may be unable to formulate or manufacture our fixed-dose combination product candidate in a way that is suitable for clinical or commercial use. Any such delay or failure could materially harm our commercial prospects, result in higher costs and deprive us of product candidate revenues.

We recently completed a Phase 2 trial to evaluate the efficacy, tolerability and safety of trabodenoson when co-administered with commercially-available latanoprost eye drops. However, we have not yet formulated our FDC product candidate to include these two drugs in a single combination dose, and we may never be able to formulate or manufacture our FDC product candidate in a way that is suitable for clinical or commercial use. Any delay or failure to develop a suitable product formulation or manufacturing process for our FDC product candidate could materially harm our commercial prospects, result in higher costs or deprive us of potential product revenues.

Failure can occur at any stage of clinical development. If the clinical trials for our product candidates are unsuccessful, we could be required to abandon development.

A failure of one or more clinical trials can occur at any stage of testing for a variety of reasons. The outcome of preclinical testing and early clinical trials may not be predictive of the outcome of later clinical trials, and interim results of a clinical trial do not necessarily predict final results. In addition, adverse events may occur or other risks may be discovered in any clinical trials that will cause us to suspend or terminate our clinical trials. In some instances, there can be significant variability in safety and/or efficacy results between different trials of the same product candidate due to numerous factors, including changes in or adherence to trial protocols, differences in size and type of the patient populations and the rates of dropout among clinical trial participants. To date, we have only exposed 233 clinical trial subjects to trabodenoson . The FDA expects that a total of at least 1,500 patients will be exposed to at least a single dose of trabodenoson before submission of an NDA, and the complete NDA submission package must also contain safety data from at least 300 patients treated with trabodenoson for at least six months, and at least 100 patients treated for at least a year. Our future clinical trial results therefore may not demonstrate safety and efficacy sufficient to obtain regulatory approval for our product candidates. Moreover, we still need to evaluate the long-term safety effects of our product candidates, the results of which could adversely affect our clinical development program.

Flaws in the design of a clinical trial may not become apparent until the clinical trial is well-advanced. We have limited experience in designing clinical trials and may be unable to design and execute a clinical trial to support regulatory approval. In addition, clinical trials often reveal that it is not practical or feasible to continue development efforts. Further, we have never submitted an NDA for any product candidates.

We may voluntarily suspend or terminate our clinical trials if at any time we believe that they present an unacceptable risk to participants. Further, regulatory agencies, IRBs or data safety monitoring boards may at any

time order the temporary or permanent discontinuation of our clinical trials or request that we cease using investigators in the clinical trials if they believe that the clinical trials are not being conducted in accordance with applicable regulatory requirements, or that they present an unacceptable safety risk to participants.

If the results of our clinical trials for our current product candidates or clinical trials for any future product candidates do not achieve the primary efficacy endpoints or demonstrate unexpected safety issues, the prospects for approval of our product candidates will be materially adversely affected. Moreover, preclinical and clinical data are often susceptible to varying interpretations and analyses, and many companies that believed their product candidates performed satisfactorily in preclinical studies and clinical trials have failed to achieve similar results in later clinical trials, including longer term trials, or have failed to obtain regulatory approval of their product candidates. Many compounds that initially showed promise in clinical trials or earlier stage testing have later been found to cause undesirable or unexpected adverse effects that have prevented further development of the compound. In addition, we have typically only tested our product candidates in a single eye, which may not accurately predict the efficacy or safety of our product candidates when dosed in both eyes. Our planned Phase 3 pivotal trials of trabodenoson monotherapy may not produce the results that we expect. Our planned clinical trials are also designed to test the use of trabodenoson in combination with latanoprost as an add-on therapy. Accordingly, the efficacy of our primary product candidates may not be similar or correspond directly to their efficacy when used as a monotherapy. Our current product candidates remain subject to the risks associated with clinical drug development as indicated above.

In addition to the circumstances noted above, we may experience numerous unforeseen events that could cause our clinical trials to be delayed, suspended or terminated, or which could delay or prevent our ability to receive regulatory approval or commercialize our product candidates, including:

•

clinical trials of our product candidates may produce negative or inconclusive results, and we may decide, or regulators may require us, to conduct additional clinical trials or implement a clinical hold;

•

the number of patients required for clinical trials of our product candidates may be larger than we anticipate, enrollment in these clinical trials may be slower than we anticipate or participants may drop out of these clinical trials at a higher rate than we anticipate;

•

our third-party contractors may fail to comply with regulatory requirements or meet their contractual obligations to us in a timely manner, or at all;

•

regulators or IRBs may not authorize us or our investigators to commence a clinical trial or conduct a clinical trial at a prospective trial site;

•

we may have delays in reaching or fail to reach agreement on acceptable clinical trial contracts or clinical trial protocols with prospective trial sites;

•

we may elect or be required to suspend or terminate clinical trials of our product candidates based on a finding that the participants are being exposed to health risks;

•

the cost of clinical trials of our product candidates may be greater than we anticipate;

•

the supply or quality of our product candidates or other materials necessary to conduct clinical trials of our product candidates may be insufficient or inadequate; and

•

our product candidates may have undesirable adverse effects or other unexpected characteristics.

If we elect or are required to suspend or terminate a clinical trial of any of our product candidates, our commercial prospects will be adversely impacted and our ability to generate product revenues may be delayed or eliminated.

Our product candidates may have undesirable adverse effects, which may delay or prevent regulatory approval or, if approval is received, require our products to be taken off the market, require them to include safety warnings or otherwise limit their sales.

Unforeseen adverse effects from any of our product candidates could arise either during clinical development or, if approved, after the approved product has been marketed. In particular, we are aware of the known potential of adenosine and adenosine-like drugs to affect the heart if present in the systematic circulation at high enough levels.

Any undesirable adverse effects that may be caused by our product candidates could interrupt, delay or halt clinical trials and could result in the denial of regulatory approval by the FDA and comparable non-U.S. regulatory authorities for any or all targeted indications, and in turn prevent us from commercializing our product candidates and generating revenues from their sale. In addition, if any of our product candidates receives regulatory approval and we or others later identify undesirable adverse effects caused by the product, we could face one or more of the following consequences:

•

regulatory authorities may require the addition of labeling statements, such as a “black box” warning or a contraindication, or other labeling changes;

•

regulatory authorities may withdraw their approval of the product;

•

regulatory authorities may seize the product;

•

we may be required to change the way that the product is administered, conduct additional clinical trials or recall the product;

•

we may be subject to litigation or product liability claims, fines, injunctions, or criminal penalties; and

•

our reputation may suffer.

Any of these events could prevent us from achieving or maintaining market acceptance of the affected product or could substantially increase the costs and expenses of commercializing such product, which in turn could delay or prevent us from generating significant revenues from its sale.

Trabodenoson is an adenosine mimetic. Adenosine is used therapeutically to manage cardiovascular arrhythmias, such as paroxysmal supraventricular tachycardia, a type of accelerated heart rate. All of our data to date reflects that trabodenoson does not have systemic effects, including no impact on the cardiovascular system when dosed in the eye. However, we are still conducting additional trials for trabodenoson and systemic effects may arise in future trials. Furthermore, if trabodenoson has the perception of having potential adverse effects because it is an adenosine mimetic, it may be negatively viewed by ophthalmologists and optometrists, patients, patient advocacy groups, third-party payors and the medical community which would adversely affect the market acceptance of our product candidates. In addition, the use of our product candidates outside the indications cleared for use, or off-label use, or the use of our product candidate in an inappropriate manner, may increase the risk of injury to patients. Clinicians may use our products for off-label uses, as the FDA does not restrict or regulate a clinician’s choice of treatment within the practice of medicine. Off-label use of our products may increase the risk of product liability claims against us. Product liability claims are expensive to defend and could divert our management’s attention and result in substantial damage awards against us.

If our product candidates receive regulatory approval, we will be subject to ongoing regulatory requirements and we may face future development, manufacturing and regulatory difficulties.

Our product candidates, if approved, will also be subject to ongoing regulatory requirements for labeling, packaging, storage, advertising, promotion, sampling, record-keeping, submission of safety and other post-market approval information, importation and exportation. In addition, approved products, manufacturers and manufacturers’ facilities are required to comply with extensive FDA and European Medicines Agency, or EMA, requirements and the requirements of other similar agencies, including ensuring that quality control and manufacturing procedures conform to cGMP requirements. As such, we and our potential future contract manufacturers will be subject to continual review and periodic inspections to assess compliance with cGMPs. Accordingly, we and others with whom we work will be required to expend time, money and effort in all areas of regulatory compliance, including manufacturing, production and quality control. We will also be required to report certain adverse reactions and production problems, if any, to the FDA, EMA and other similar foreign agencies and to comply with certain requirements concerning advertising and promotion for our product candidates. Promotional communications with respect to prescription drugs also are subject to a variety of legal and regulatory restrictions and must be consistent with the information in the product’s approved labeling. Accordingly, once approved, we may not promote our products, if any, for indications or uses for which they are not approved.

If a regulatory agency discovers previously unknown problems with a product, such as adverse events of unanticipated severity or frequency, or problems with the facility where the product is manufactured, or disagrees with the promotion, marketing or labeling of a product, it may impose restrictions on that product or us, including requiring withdrawal of the product from the market. If our product candidates fail to comply with applicable regulatory requirements, a regulatory agency may:

•

issue warning letters or untitled letters;

•

require product recalls;

•

mandate modifications to promotional materials or require us to provide corrective information to healthcare practitioners;

•

require us or our potential future collaborators to enter into a consent decree or permanent injunction, which can include shutdown of manufacturing facilities, imposition of various fines, reimbursements for inspection costs, required due dates for specific actions and penalties for noncompliance;

•

impose other administrative or judicial civil or criminal penalties or pursue criminal prosecution;

•

withdraw regulatory approval;

•

refuse to approve pending applications or supplements to approved applications filed by us or by our potential future collaborators;

•

impose restrictions on operations, including costly new manufacturing requirements; or

•

seize or detain products.

If we are unable to effectively establish a direct sales force in the United States, our business may be harmed.

We currently do not have an established sales organization and do not have a marketing or distribution infrastructure. To achieve commercial success for any approved product, we must either develop a sales and marketing organization or outsource these functions to third parties. If trabodenoson receives marketing approval in the United States, we plan to commercialize it by establishing a glaucoma-focused specialty sales force of approximately 150 people targeting high-prescribing ophthalmologists and optometrists throughout the United States. We will need to incur significant additional expenses and commit significant additional time and management resources to establish and train a sales force to market and sell our products. We may not be able to successfully establish these capabilities despite these additional expenditures.

Factors that may inhibit our efforts to successfully establish a sales force include:

•

our inability to compete with other pharmaceutical companies to recruit, hire, train and retain adequate numbers of effective sales and marketing personnel with requisite knowledge of our target market;

•

the inability of sales personnel to obtain access to adequate numbers of ophthalmologists and optometrists to prescribe any future approved products;

•

unforeseen costs and expenses associated with creating an independent sales and marketing organization; and

•

a delay in bringing products to market after efforts to hire and train our sales force have already commenced.

In the event we are unable to successfully market and promote our products, our business may be harmed.

We currently intend to explore the licensing of commercialization rights or other forms of collaboration outside of the United States, which will expose us to additional risks of conducting business in international markets.

The non-U.S. markets are an important component of our growth strategy. If we fail to obtain licenses or enter into collaboration arrangements with selling parties, or if these parties are not successful, our revenue-generating growth potential will be adversely affected. Moreover, international business relationships subject us to additional risks that may materially adversely affect our ability to attain or sustain profitable operations, including:

•

efforts to enter into collaboration or licensing arrangements with third parties in connection with our international sales, marketing and distribution efforts may increase our expenses or divert our management’s attention from the acquisition or development of product candidates;

•

changes in a specific country’s or region’s political and cultural climate or economic condition;

•

differing regulatory requirements for drug approvals and marketing internationally, which could result in our being required to conduct additional clinical trials or other studies before being able to successfully commercialize our product candidates in any jurisdiction outside the United States;

•

difficulty of effective enforcement of contractual provisions in local jurisdictions;

•

potentially reduced protection for intellectual property rights;

•

potential third-party patent rights in countries outside of the United States;

•

unexpected changes in tariffs, trade barriers and regulatory requirements;

•

economic weakness, including inflation, or political instability, particularly in non-U.S. economies and markets, including several countries in Europe;

•

compliance with tax, employment, immigration and labor laws for employees traveling abroad;

•

the effects of applicable foreign tax structures and potentially adverse tax consequences;

•

foreign currency fluctuations, which could result in increased operating expenses and reduced revenue, and other obligations incidental to doing business in another country;

•

workforce uncertainty in countries where labor unrest is more common than in the United States;

•

the potential for so-called parallel importing, which is what happens when a local seller, faced with high or higher local prices, opts to import goods from a foreign market (with low or lower prices) rather than buying them locally;

•

failure of our employees and contracted third parties to comply with Office of Foreign Asset Control rules and regulations and the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act;

•

production shortages resulting from any events affecting raw material supply or manufacturing capabilities abroad; and

•

business interruptions resulting from geo-political actions, including war and terrorism, or natural disasters, including earthquakes, volcanoes, typhoons, floods, hurricanes and fires.

These and other risks may materially adversely affect our ability to attain or sustain revenue from international markets.

We face competition from established branded and generic pharmaceutical companies and if our competitors are able to develop and market products that are preferred over our products, our commercial opportunity will be reduced or eliminated.

The development and commercialization of new drug products is highly competitive. We face competition from established branded and generic pharmaceutical companies, smaller biotechnology and pharmaceutical

companies, as well as from academic institutions, government agencies and private and public research institutions, which may in the future develop products to treat glaucoma. Any product candidates that we successfully develop and commercialize will compete with existing therapies and new therapies that may become available in the future. Many of our competitors have significantly greater financial resources and expertise in research and development, manufacturing, preclinical testing, conducting clinical trials, obtaining regulatory approvals and marketing approved products than we do. Glaukos Corporation recently commercialized a trabecular micro-bypass stent that is implanted in the eye during cataract surgery and allows fluid to flow from the anterior of the eye into the collecting channels, bypassing the TM. In addition, early-stage companies that are also developing glaucoma treatments may prove to be significant competitors, such as Aerie Pharmaceuticals, Inc., which is developing a Rho kinase/norepinephrine transport inhibitor. We expect that our competitors will continue to develop new glaucoma treatments, which may include eye drops, oral treatments, surgical procedures, implantable devices or laser treatments. Other early-stage companies may also compete through collaborative arrangements with large and established companies. Mergers and acquisitions in the pharmaceutical and biotechnology industries may result in even more resources being concentrated among a smaller number of our competitors. Our commercial opportunity will be reduced or eliminated if our competitors develop and commercialize products that are safer, more effective, have fewer adverse effects, are more convenient or are less expensive than our product candidates. The market for glaucoma prescriptions is highly competitive and is currently dominated by generic drugs, such as latanoprost and timolol , and additional products are expected to become available on a generic basis over the coming years. If any of our product candidates are approved, we expect that they will be priced at a premium over competitive generic products and consistent with other branded glaucoma drugs.

If our competitors market products that are more effective, safer, have fewer side effects or are less expensive than our product candidates or that reach the market sooner than our potential future products, if any, we may not achieve commercial success.

The commercial success of our product candidates will depend on the degree of market acceptance among ophthalmologists and optometrists, patients, patient advocacy groups, third-party payors and the medical community.

Our product candidates may not gain market acceptance among ophthalmologists and optometrists, patients, patient advocacy groups, third-party payors and the medical community. There are a number of available therapies marketed for the treatment of glaucoma. Some of these drugs are branded and subject to patent protection, but most others, including latanoprost and many beta blockers, are available on a generic basis. Many of these approved drugs are well established therapies and are widely accepted by ophthalmologists and optometrists, patients and third-party payors. Insurers and other third-party payors may also encourage the use of generic products. Additionally, in patients with normal tension glaucoma whose IOP falls into the normal range, IOP is generally much more difficult to reduce. In these patients, trabodenoson may offer little or no clinical benefit, which may ultimately limit its utility in this subpopulation of glaucoma patients. The degree of market acceptance of our product candidates will depend on a number of factors, including:

•

the market price, affordability and patient out-of-pocket costs of our product candidates relative to other available products, which are predominantly generics;

•

the effectiveness of our product candidates as compared with currently available products and any products that may be approved in the future;

•

patient willingness to adopt our product candidates in place of current therapies;

•

varying patient characteristics including demographic factors such as age, health, race and economic status;

•

changes in the standard of care for the targeted indications for any of our product candidates;

•

the prevalence and severity of any adverse effects or perception of any potential side effects;

•

limitations or warnings contained in a product candidate’s FDA-approved labeling;

•

limitations in the approved clinical indications for our product candidates;

•

relative convenience and ease of administration;

•

the strength of our selling, marketing and distribution capabilities;

•

the quality of our relationship with patient advocacy groups;

•

sufficient third-party coverage and reimbursement; and

•

product liability claims.

In addition, the potential market opportunity for our product candidates is difficult to precisely estimate. Our estimates of the potential market opportunity for our product candidates include several key assumptions based on our industry knowledge, industry publications, third-party research reports and other surveys. If any of these assumptions proves to be inaccurate, then the actual market for our product candidates could be smaller than our estimates of our potential market opportunity. If the actual market for our product candidates is smaller than we expect, our product revenue may be limited, and it may be more difficult for us to achieve or maintain profitability. If we fail to achieve market acceptance of our product candidates in the United States and abroad, our revenue will be more limited and it will be more difficult to achieve profitability.

If we fail to obtain and sustain coverage and an adequate level of reimbursement for our product candidates by third-party payors, potential future sales would be materially adversely affected.

The course of treatment for glaucoma patients primarily includes older drugs, and the leading products for the treatment of glaucoma currently in the market, including latanoprost and timolol , are available as generic brands. There will be no commercially viable market for our product candidates without coverage and adequate reimbursement from third-party payors, and any coverage and reimbursement policy may be affected by future healthcare reform measures. We cannot be certain that coverage and adequate reimbursement will be available for our product candidates or any other future product candidates we develop. Additionally, even if there is a commercially viable market, if the level of reimbursement is below our expectations, our anticipated revenue and gross margins will be adversely affected.

Third-party payors, such as government or private healthcare insurers, carefully review and increasingly question and challenge the coverage of and the prices charged for drugs. Reimbursement rates from private health insurance companies vary depending on the company, the insurance plan and other factors. Reimbursement rates may be based on reimbursement levels already set for lower cost drugs and may be incorporated into existing payments for other services. A current trend in the U.S. healthcare industry is toward cost containment. Large public and private payors, managed care organizations, group purchasing organizations and other similar organizations are exerting increasing influence on decisions regarding the use of, and reimbursement levels for, particular treatments. Such third-party payors, including Medicare, may question the coverage of, and challenge the prices charged for, medical products and services, and many third-party payors limit coverage of or reimbursement for newly approved healthcare products. In particular, third-party payors may limit the covered indications. Cost-control initiatives could decrease the price we might establish for our product candidates, which could result in product revenues being lower than anticipated. We believe our drugs will be priced significantly higher than existing generic drugs and consistently with current branded drugs. Patients who are prescribed medications for the treatment of their conditions, and their prescribing physicians, generally rely on third-party payors to reimburse all or part of the costs associated with their prescription drugs. Patients are unlikely to use our products unless coverage is provided and reimbursement is adequate to cover a significant portion of the cost of our products. If we are unable to show a significant benefit relative to existing generic drugs, Medicare, Medicaid and private payors may not be willing to cover or provide adequate reimbursement for our drugs, which would significantly reduce the likelihood of them gaining market acceptance. In the United States, no uniform policy requirement for coverage and reimbursement for drug products exists among third-party payors. Therefore, coverage and reimbursement for drug products can differ significantly from payor to payor.

We expect that private insurers will consider the efficacy, cost effectiveness, safety and tolerability of our product candidates in determining whether to approve coverage and set reimbursement levels for such products. Obtaining these approvals can be a time consuming and expensive process. Our business and prospects would be materially adversely affected if we do not receive approval for coverage and reimbursement of our product candidates from private insurers on a timely or satisfactory basis. Limitations on coverage and reimbursement could also be imposed by government payors, such as the local Medicare carriers, fiscal intermediaries, or Medicare Administrative Contractors. Further, Medicare Part D, which provides a pharmacy benefit to certain Medicare patients, does not require participating prescription drug plans to cover all drugs within a class of products. Our business could be materially adversely affected if private or governmental payors, including Medicare Part D prescription drug plans were to limit access to, or deny or limit reimbursement of, our product candidates or other potential products.

Reimbursement systems in international markets vary significantly by country and by region, and reimbursement approvals must be obtained on a country-by-country basis. In some foreign markets, prescription pharmaceutical pricing remains subject to continuing governmental control even after initial approval is granted. For example, reimbursement in the European Union must be negotiated on a country-by-country basis and in many countries the product cannot be commercially launched until reimbursement is approved. The negotiation process in some countries can exceed 12 months. To obtain reimbursement or pricing approval in some countries, we may be required to conduct a clinical trial that compares the cost-effectiveness of our products to other available therapies.

If the prices for our product candidates decrease or if governmental and other third-party payors do not provide coverage and adequate reimbursement levels, our revenue, potential for future cash flows and prospects for profitability will suffer.

Governments outside the United States tend to impose strict price controls, which may adversely affect our revenues, if any.

The pricing of prescription pharmaceuticals is also subject to governmental control outside of the United States. In these countries, pricing negotiations with governmental authorities can take considerable time after the receipt of marketing approval for a product. To obtain reimbursement or pricing approval in some countries, we may be required to conduct a clinical trial that compares the cost-effectiveness of our product candidates to other available therapies. If reimbursement of our products is unavailable or limited in scope or amount, or if pricing is set at unsatisfactory levels, our business could be harmed, possibly materially.

If we are found in violation of federal or state “fraud and abuse” laws or other healthcare laws, we may face penalties, which may adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operation.

In the United States, we are subject to various federal and state healthcare “fraud and abuse” laws, including anti-kickback laws, false claims laws and other laws intended, among other things, to reduce fraud and abuse in federal and state healthcare programs. The Federal Anti-Kickback Statute makes it illegal for any person, including a prescription drug manufacturer (or a party acting on its behalf), to knowingly and willfully solicit, receive, offer or pay any remuneration that is intended to induce the referral of business, including the purchase, lease, order or arranging for or recommending the purchase, lease or order of any good, facility, item or service for which payment may be made, in whole or in part, under a federal healthcare program, such as Medicare or Medicaid. Although we seek to structure our business arrangements in compliance with all applicable requirements, these laws are broadly written, and it is often difficult to determine precisely how the law will be applied in specific circumstances. Accordingly, it is possible that our practices may be challenged under the Federal Anti-Kickback Statute. The Federal False Claims Act prohibits anyone from, among other things, knowingly presenting or causing to be presented for payment to the government, including the federal healthcare programs, claims for reimbursed drugs or services that are false or fraudulent. This statute has been interpreted to prohibit presenting claims for items or services that were not provided as claimed, or claims for medically

unnecessary items or services. Many states have similar false claims laws. Cases have been brought under false claims laws alleging that off-label promotion of pharmaceutical products or the provision of kickbacks have resulted in the submission of false claims to governmental healthcare programs. In addition, private individuals have the ability to bring actions on behalf of the government under the Federal False Claims Act as well as under the false claims laws of several states. Under the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, or HIPAA, we are prohibited from, among other things, knowingly and willfully executing a scheme to defraud any healthcare benefit program, including private payors, or knowingly and willfully falsifying, concealing or covering up a material fact or making any materially false, fictitious or fraudulent statement in connection with the delivery of or payment for healthcare benefits, items or services to obtain money or property of any healthcare benefit program.

Additionally, the federal Physician Payments Sunshine Act within the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, as amended by the Health Care Education and Reconciliation Act, or collectively the ACA, and its implementing regulations, require that certain manufacturers of drugs, devices, biologics and medical supplies to report annually information related to certain payments or other transfers of value provided to physicians and teaching hospitals, and certain ownership and investment interests held by physicians and their immediate family members.

Many states have adopted laws similar to the aforementioned laws, some of which apply to the referral of patients for healthcare services reimbursed by any source, not just governmental payors. In addition, some states have passed laws that require pharmaceutical companies to comply with the April 2003 U.S. Department of Health and Human Services Office of Inspector General Compliance Program Guidance for Pharmaceutical Manufacturers and/or the Pharmaceutical Research and Manufacturers of America’s Code on Interactions with Healthcare Professionals. Several states also impose other marketing restrictions or require pharmaceutical companies to make marketing or price disclosures to the state. There are ambiguities as to what is required to comply with these state requirements and if we fail to comply with an applicable state law requirement we could be subject to penalties.

Law enforcement authorities are increasingly focused on enforcing these laws, and it is possible that some of our practices may be challenged under these laws. Efforts to ensure that our business arrangements with third parties will comply with applicable healthcare laws and regulations will involve substantial costs. It is possible that the government could allege violations of, or convict us of violating, these laws. If we are found in violation of one of these laws, we could be subject to significant civil, criminal and administrative penalties, damages,

fines, disgorgement, individual imprisonment, exclusion from governmental funded federal or state healthcare programs, contractual damages, reputational harm, diminished profits and future earnings, and the curtailment or restructuring of our operations. Were this to occur, our business, financial condition and results of operations and cash flows may be materially adversely affected.

Recently enacted and future legislation may increase the difficulty and cost of commercializing our product candidates and may affect the prices we may obtain.

In the United States and some foreign jurisdictions, there have been a number of legislative and regulatory changes and proposed changes regarding the healthcare system that could prevent or delay regulatory approval of our product candidates, restrict or regulate post-marketing activities and affect our ability to profitably sell our product candidates for which we obtain regulatory approval.

In March 2010, President Obama signed into law the ACA, a sweeping law intended to broaden access to health insurance, reduce or constrain the growth of healthcare spending, enhance remedies against healthcare fraud and abuse, add new transparency requirements for healthcare and health insurance industries, impose new taxes and fees on the health industry and impose additional health policy reforms. The ACA increased manufacturers’ rebate liability under the Medicaid Drug Rebate Program by increasing the minimum rebate amount for both branded and generic drugs and revised the definition of average manufacturer price, or AMP, which may also increase the amount of Medicaid drug rebates manufacturers are required to pay to states. The legislation also expanded Medicaid drug rebates, which previously had been payable only on fee-for-service utilization, to Medicaid managed care utilization, and created an alternative rebate formula for certain new formulations of certain existing products that is intended to increase the rebates due on those drugs. Further, the ACA imposed a significant annual fee on companies that manufacture or import branded prescription drug products and requires manufacturers to provide a 50% discount off the negotiated price of branded drugs dispensed to beneficiaries in the Medicare Part D coverage gap, referred to as the “donut hole.” Substantial new provisions affecting compliance have also been enacted, including the Physician Payments Sunshine Act, as described above. Although it is too early to determine the full effect of the ACA, the new law appears likely to continue the downward pressure on pharmaceutical pricing, especially under the Medicare program, and may also increase our regulatory burdens and operating costs.

Other legislative changes have been proposed and adopted in the United States since the ACA was enacted. In August 2011, the Budget Control Act of 2011, among other things, created measures for spending reductions by Congress. A Joint Select Committee on Deficit Reduction, tasked with recommending a targeted deficit reduction of at least $1.2 trillion for the years 2013 through 2021, was unable to reach the required goals, thereby triggering the legislation’s automatic reduction to several government programs. This includes aggregate reductions of Medicare payments to providers up to 2% per fiscal year, which went into effect in April 2013 and will remain in effect through 2024 unless additional Congressional action is taken. In January 2013, President Obama signed into law the American Taxpayer Relief Act of 2012, which, among other things, further reduced Medicare payments to several providers, including hospitals, imaging centers and cancer treatment centers, and increased the statute of limitations period for the government to recover overpayments to providers from three to five years. Any reduction in reimbursement from Medicare or other government programs may result in a similar reduction in payments from private payors, which may adversely affect our future profitability.

Legislative and regulatory proposals have been introduced at both the state and federal level to expand post-approval requirements and restrict sales and promotional activities for pharmaceutical products. We are not sure whether additional legislative changes will be enacted, or whether the FDA regulations, guidance or interpretations will be changed, or what the impact of such changes on the marketing approvals of our product candidates, if any, may be. In addition, increased scrutiny by the U.S. Congress of the FDA’s approval process may significantly delay or prevent marketing approval, as well as subject us to more stringent product labeling and post-marketing approval testing and other requirements.

There have been, and likely will continue to be, legislative and regulatory proposals at the foreign, federal and state levels directed at broadening the availability of healthcare and containing or lowering the cost of healthcare. We cannot predict whether future healthcare initiatives will be implemented at the federal or state level or in countries outside of the United States in which we may do business in the future, or the effect any future legislation or regulation will have on us.

If we face allegations of noncompliance with the law and encounter sanctions, our reputation, revenues and liquidity may suffer, and our products could be subject to restrictions or withdrawal from the market.

Any government investigation of alleged violations of law could require us to expend significant time and resources in response, and could generate negative publicity. Any failure to comply with ongoing regulatory requirements may significantly and adversely affect our ability to commercialize and generate revenues from our products. If regulatory sanctions are applied or if regulatory approval is withdrawn, the value of our company and our operating results will be adversely affected. Additionally, if we are unable to generate revenues from our product sales, our potential for achieving profitability will be diminished and the capital necessary to fund our operations will be increased.

We may not be able to identify additional therapeutic opportunities for our product candidates or to expand our portfolio of products.

We may explore other therapeutic opportunities with trabodenoson and seek to commercialize a portfolio of new ophthalmic drugs in addition to our product candidates that we are currently developing. We have no potential products in our research and development pipeline other than those potential products that are formulations of trabodenoson or that apply trabodenoson for the treatment of glaucoma, other neuropathies and degenerative retinal diseases.

Research programs to pursue the development of our product candidates for additional indications and to identify new potential products and disease targets require substantial technical, financial and human resources whether or not we ultimately are successful. Our research programs may initially show promise in identifying potential indications and/or potential products, yet fail to yield results for clinical development for a number of reasons, including:

•

the research methodology used may not be successful in identifying potential indications and/or potential products;

•

product candidates may, after further study, be shown to have harmful adverse effects or other characteristics that indicate they are unlikely to be effective drugs; or

•

it may take greater human and financial resources to identify additional therapeutic opportunities for our product candidates or to develop suitable potential products through internal research programs and clinical trials than we will possess, thereby limiting our ability to diversify and expand our product portfolio.

Because we have limited financial and managerial resources, we focus on research programs and product candidates for specific indications. As a result, we may forego or delay pursuit of opportunities with other potential products or for other indications that later prove to have greater commercial potential or a greater likelihood of success. Our resource allocation decisions may cause us to fail to capitalize on viable commercial products or profitable market opportunities.

Accordingly, there can be no assurance that we will ever be able to identify additional therapeutic opportunities for our product candidates or to develop suitable potential products through internal research programs, which could materially adversely affect our future growth and prospects.

Risks Related to Our Reliance on Third Parties

We currently depend on third parties to conduct some of the operations of our clinical trials and other portions of our operations, and we may not be able to control their work as effectively as if we performed these functions ourselves.

We rely on third parties, such as contract research organizations, or CROs, clinical data management organizations, medical institutions and clinical investigators, to oversee and conduct our clinical trials, and to perform data collection and analysis of our product candidates. We expect to rely on these third parties to conduct clinical trials of any other potential products that we develop. These parties are not our employees and we cannot control the amount or timing of resources that they devote to our program. In addition, any CRO that we retain will be subject to the FDA’s regulatory requirements or similar foreign standards and we do not have control over compliance with these regulations by these providers. Our agreements with third-party service providers are on trial-by-trial and project-by-project bases. Typically, we may terminate the agreements with notice and occasionally the third party service provider may terminate the agreement without notice. Typically, we are responsible for the third party’s incurred costs and occasionally we have to pay cancellation fees. If any of our relationships with our third-party CROs terminate, we may not be able to enter into arrangements with alternative CROs or to do so on commercially reasonable terms. We also rely on other third parties to store and distribute drug supplies for our clinical trials. Any performance failure on the part of our distributors could delay clinical development or regulatory approval of our product candidates or commercialization of our product candidates, producing additional losses and depriving us of potential product revenue.

Our reliance on these third parties for clinical development activities reduces our control over these activities but does not relieve us of our responsibilities, and we remain responsible for ensuring that each of our clinical trials is conducted in accordance with the general investigational plan, the protocols for the trial and the FDA’s regulations and international standards, referred to as Good Clinical Practice, or GCP, requirements, for conducting, recording and reporting the results of clinical trials to assure that data and reported results are credible and accurate and that the rights, integrity and confidentiality of trial participants are protected. Preclinical studies must also be conducted in compliance with other requirements, such as Good Laboratory Practice, or GLP, and the Animal Welfare Act. Managing performance of third-party service providers can be difficult, time consuming and cause delays in our development programs. We currently have a small number of employees, which limits the internal resources we have available to identify and monitor our third-party providers.

Furthermore, these third parties may conduct clinical trials for competing drugs or may have relationships with other entities, some of which may be our competitors. As such, the ability of these third parties to provide services to us may be limited by their work with these other entities. The use of third-party service providers requires us to disclose our proprietary information to these parties, which could increase the risk that this information will be misappropriated.

If these third parties do not successfully carry out their contractual duties or obligations and meet expected deadlines, if they need to be replaced or if the quality or accuracy of the clinical data they obtain is compromised due to the failure to adhere to our clinical protocols according to regulatory requirements or for other reasons, our financial results and the commercial prospects for our current product candidates or our other potential products could be harmed, our costs could increase and our ability to obtain regulatory approval and commence product sales could be delayed.

We have no manufacturing capacity or experience and anticipate continued reliance on third-party manufacturers for the development and commercialization of our product candidates in accordance with manufacturing regulations.

We do not currently, nor currently intend to, operate manufacturing facilities for clinical or commercial production of our product candidates. We have no experience in drug formulation, and we lack the resources and

the capabilities to manufacture our product candidates and potential products on a clinical or commercial scale. We do not intend to develop facilities for the manufacture of product candidates for clinical trials or commercial purposes in the foreseeable future. We currently rely on third-party manufacturers to produce the active pharmaceutical ingredient and final drug product for our clinical trials. We manage such production with all our vendors on a purchase order basis in accordance with applicable master service and supply agreements. We do not have long-term agreements with any of these or any other third-party suppliers. To the extent we terminate our existing supplier arrangements in the future and seek to enter into arrangements with alternative suppliers, we might experience a delay in our ability to obtain adequate supply for our clinical trials and commercialization. We also do not have any current contractual relationships for the manufacture of commercial supplies of any of our product candidates if and when they are approved. Our third-party manufacturers have made only a limited number of lots of our product candidates to date and have not made any commercial lots. The manufacturing processes for our product candidates have never been tested at commercial scale, and the process validation requirement has not yet been satisfied for any product candidate. These manufacturing processes and the facilities of our third-party manufacturers will be subject to inspection and approval by the FDA before we can commence the manufacture and sale of our product candidates, and thereafter on an ongoing basis. Some of our third-party manufacturers have never been inspected by the FDA and have not been through the FDA approval process for a commercial product. Some of our third-party manufacturers are subject to FDA inspection from time to time. Failure by these third-party manufacturers to pass such inspections and otherwise satisfactorily complete the FDA approval regimen with respect to our product candidates may result in regulatory actions such as the issuance of FDA Form 483 inspectional observations, warning letters or injunctions or the loss of operating licenses. Based on the severity of the regulatory action, our clinical or commercial supply of our product candidates could be interrupted or limited, which could have a material adverse effect on our business.

With respect to commercial production of our product candidates in the future, we plan on outsourcing production of the active pharmaceutical ingredients and final product manufacturing if and when approved for marketing by the applicable regulatory authorities. This process is difficult and time consuming and we can give no assurance that we will enter commercial supply agreements with any contract manufacturers on favorable terms or at all.

Reliance on third-party manufacturers entails risks, including:

•

manufacturing delays if our third-party manufacturers give greater priority to the supply of other products over our product candidates or otherwise do not satisfactorily perform according to the terms of their agreements with us;

•

the possible termination or nonrenewal of the agreement by the third party at a time that is costly or inconvenient for us;

•

the possible breach of the manufacturing agreement by the third party;

•

product loss due to contamination, equipment failure or improper installation or operation of equipment or operator error;

•

the failure of the third-party manufacturer to comply with applicable regulatory requirements; and

•

the possible misappropriation of our proprietary information, including our trade secrets and know-how.

Our manufacturers may not perform as agreed or may not remain in the contract manufacturing business. In the event of a natural disaster, business failure, strike or other difficulty, we may be unable to replace a third-party manufacturer in a timely manner and the production of our product candidates and potential products could be interrupted, resulting in delays and additional costs. We may also have to incur other charges and expenses for products that fail to meet specifications and undertake remediation efforts.

If third-party manufacturers fail to comply with manufacturing regulations, our financial results and financial condition will be adversely affected.

Before a third party can begin the commercial manufacturing of our product candidates and potential products, their manufacturing facilities, processes and quality systems must be in compliance with applicable

regulations. Due to the complexity of the processes used to manufacture pharmaceutical products and product candidates, any potential third-party manufacturer may be unable to initially pass federal, state or international regulatory inspections in a cost effective manner. If contract manufacturers fail to pass such inspection, our commercial supply of drug substance will be significantly delayed and may result in significant additional costs. In addition, pharmaceutical manufacturing facilities are continuously subject to inspection by the FDA and comparable non-U.S. regulatory authorities, before and after product approval, and must comply with cGMP. Our contract manufacturers may encounter difficulties in achieving quality control and quality assurance and may experience shortages in qualified personnel. In addition, contract manufacturers’ failure to achieve and maintain high manufacturing standards in accordance with applicable regulatory requirements, or the incidence of manufacturing errors, could result in patient injury, product liability claims, product shortages, product recalls or withdrawals, delays or failures in product testing or delivery, cost overruns or other problems that could seriously harm our business. If a third-party manufacturer with whom we contract is unable to comply with manufacturing regulations, we may also be subject to fines, unanticipated compliance expenses, recall or seizure of our products, product liability claims, total or partial suspension of production and/or enforcement actions, including injunctions, and criminal or civil prosecution. These possible sanctions could materially adversely affect our financial results and financial condition.

Furthermore, changes in the manufacturing process or procedure, including a change in the location where the product is manufactured or a change of a third-party manufacturer, will require prior FDA review and/or approval of the manufacturing process and procedures in accordance with the FDA’s regulations, or comparable foreign requirements. This review may be costly and time consuming and could delay or prevent us from conducting our clinical trials or launching a product. The new facility will also be subject to pre-approval inspection. In addition, we have to demonstrate that the product made at the new facility is equivalent to the product made at the former facility by physical and chemical methods, which are costly and time consuming. It is also possible that the FDA may require clinical testing as a way to prove equivalency, which would result in additional costs and delay.

Any collaboration arrangement that we may enter into in the future may not be successful, which could adversely affect our ability to develop and commercialize our current and future product candidates.

We plan to seek collaboration arrangements with pharmaceutical or biotechnology companies for the development or commercialization of our current and future product candidates outside of the United States. We will face, to the extent that we decide to enter into collaboration agreements, significant competition in seeking appropriate collaborators. Moreover, collaboration arrangements are complex and time consuming to negotiate, document and implement. We may not be successful in our efforts to establish and implement collaborations or other alternative arrangements should we choose to enter into such arrangements, and the terms of the arrangements may not be favorable to us. If and when we collaborate with a third party for development and commercialization of a product candidate, we can expect to relinquish some or all of the control over the future success of that product candidate to the third party. The success of our collaboration arrangements will depend heavily on the efforts and activities of our collaborators. Collaborators generally have significant discretion in determining the efforts and resources that they will apply to these collaborations. To the extent such collaborators have programs that are competitive with our product candidates, they may decide to focus time and resources on development of those programs rather than our product candidates.

Disagreements between parties to a collaboration arrangement regarding clinical development and commercialization matters can lead to delays in the development process or commercializing the applicable product candidate and, in some cases, termination of the collaboration arrangement. These disagreements can be difficult to resolve if neither of the parties has final decision making authority. Collaborations with pharmaceutical or biotechnology companies and other third parties often are terminated or allowed to expire by the other party. Any such termination or expiration would adversely affect us financially and could harm our business reputation.

If we are not able to establish collaborations, we may have to alter our development and commercialization plans.

The development and potential commercialization of our product candidates will require substantial additional cash to fund expenses. For some of our product candidates, we may decide to collaborate with pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies for the development and potential commercialization of those product candidates.

We face significant competition in seeking appropriate collaborators. Whether we reach a definitive agreement for collaboration will depend, among other things, upon our assessment of the collaborator’s resources and expertise, the terms and conditions of the proposed collaboration and the proposed collaborator’s evaluation of a number of factors. Those factors may include the design or results of clinical trials, the likelihood of approval by the FDA or similar regulatory authorities outside the United States, the potential market for the subject product candidate, the costs and complexities of manufacturing and delivering such product candidate to patients, the potential of competing products, the existence of uncertainty with respect to our ownership of technology, which can exist if there is a challenge to such ownership without regard to the merits of the challenge, and industry and market conditions generally. The collaborator may also consider alternative product candidates or technologies for similar indications that may be available to collaborate on and whether such collaboration could be more attractive than the one with us for our product candidates. We may also be restricted under future license agreements from entering into agreements on certain terms with potential collaborators. Collaborations are complex and time-consuming to negotiate and document. In addition, there have been a significant number of recent business combinations among large pharmaceutical companies that have resulted in a reduced number of potential future collaborators.

If we are unable to reach agreements with suitable collaborators on a timely basis, on acceptable terms, or at all, we may have to curtail the development of a product candidate, reduce or delay its development program or one or more of our other development programs, delay its potential commercialization or reduce the scope of any sales or marketing activities, or increase our expenditures and undertake development or commercialization activities at our own expense. If we elect to fund and undertake development or commercialization activities on our own, we may need to obtain additional expertise and additional capital, which may not be available to us on acceptable terms or at all. If we fail to enter into collaborations and do not have sufficient funds or expertise to undertake the necessary development and commercialization activities, we may not be able to further develop our product candidates or bring them to market and generate product revenue.

Risks Related to Intellectual Property

We may not be able to protect our proprietary technology in the marketplace.

We depend on our ability to protect our proprietary technology. We rely largely on trade secret and patent laws, and confidentiality, licensing and other agreements with employees and third parties, all of which offer only limited protection. Our success depends in large part on our ability and any future licensee’s ability to obtain and maintain patent protection in the United States and other countries with respect to our proprietary technology and products. We believe we will continue to be able to obtain, through prosecution of our current pending patent applications, adequate patent protection for our proprietary drug technology. If we are compelled to spend significant time and money protecting or enforcing our patents or patent applications, designing around patents held by others or licensing or acquiring, potentially for large fees, patents or other proprietary rights held by others, our business and financial prospects may be harmed. If we are unable to effectively protect the intellectual property that we own, other companies may be able to offer the same or similar products for sale, which could materially adversely affect our competitive business position and harm our business prospects. Our patents may be challenged, narrowed, invalidated, or circumvented, which could limit our ability to stop competitors from marketing the same or similar products or limit the length of term of patent protection that we may have for our products.

The patent positions of pharmaceutical products are often complex and uncertain. The breadth of claims allowed in pharmaceutical patents in the United States and many jurisdictions outside of the United States is not

consistent. For example, in many jurisdictions the support standards for pharmaceutical patents are becoming increasingly strict. Some countries prohibit method of treatment claims in patents. Changes in either the patent laws or interpretations of patent laws in the United States and other countries may diminish the value of our intellectual property or create uncertainty. In addition, publication of information related to our current product candidates and potential products may prevent us from obtaining or enforcing patents relating to these product candidates and potential products, including, without limitation, composition-of-matter patents, which are generally believed to offer the strongest patent protection.

Our intellectual property consists of issued patents and pending patent applications related to our product candidates and other proprietary technology which cover compositions of matter, methods of use, combinations with other glaucoma products, formulations, polymorphs and the protection of the optic nerve. For trabodenoson , the composition patents are scheduled to expire in 2025 and 2026, in Europe and the United States, respectively. See “Business—Intellectual Property” included elsewhere in this annual report on Form 10-K for further information about our issued patents and patent applications.

Patents that we own or may license in the future do not necessarily ensure the protection of our product candidates for a number of reasons, including without limitation the following:

•

we may not have been the first to make the inventions covered by our patents or pending patent applications;

•

we may not have been the first to file patent applications for these inventions;

•

any patents issued to us may not cover our products as ultimately developed;

•

our pending patent applications may not result in issued patents, and even if they issue as patents, they may not provide us with any competitive advantages, or may be challenged and invalidated by third parties;

•

our patents may not be broad or strong enough to prevent competition from other products that are identical or similar to our product candidates;

•

there can be no assurance that the term of a patent can be extended under the provisions of patent term extension afforded by U.S. law or similar provisions in foreign countries, where available;

•

our patents, and patents that we may obtain in the future, may not prevent generic entry into the U.S. market for our trabodenoson and other product candidates;

•

we may be required to disclaim part of the term of one or more patents;

•

there may be prior art of which we are not aware that may affect the validity or enforceability of a patent claim;

•

there may be patents issued to third parties that will affect our freedom to operate;

•

if our patents are challenged, a court could determine that they are invalid or unenforceable;

•

there might be significant changes in the laws that govern patentability, validity and infringement of our patents that adversely affects the scope of our patent rights;

•

a court could determine that a competitor’s technology or product does not infringe our patents;

•

our patents could irretrievably lapse due to failure to pay fees or otherwise comply with regulations or could be subject to compulsory licensing; and

•

we may fail to obtain patents covering important products and technologies in a timely fashion or at all.

In addition, on September 16, 2011, the Leahy-Smith America Invents Act, or the Leahy-Smith Act, was signed into law. The Leahy-Smith Act includes a number of significant changes to U.S. patent law. These include provisions that affect the way patent applications will be prosecuted and may also affect patent litigation. The

United States Patent Office is currently developing regulations and procedures to govern administration of the Leahy-Smith Act, and many of the substantive changes to patent law associated with the Leahy-Smith Act have not yet become effective. Accordingly, it is not clear what, if any, impact the Leahy-Smith Act will have on the operation of our business. However, the Leahy-Smith Act, in particular the first-to-file provision, and its implementation could increase the uncertainties and costs surrounding the prosecution of our patent applications and the enforcement or defense of our issued patents, all of which could have a material adverse effect on our business and financial condition.

If we encounter delays in our development or clinical trials, the period of time during which we could market our product candidates under patent protection would be reduced.

Our competitors may seek to invalidate our patents.

Our competitors may be able to circumvent our patents by developing similar or alternative technologies or products in a non-infringing manner. Our competitors may seek to market generic versions of any approved products by submitting Abbreviated New Drug Applications, or ANDAs, to the FDA in which our competitors claim that our patents are invalid, unenforceable and/or not infringed. Alternatively, our competitors may seek approval to market their own products similar to or otherwise competitive with our products. In these circumstances, we may need to defend and/or assert our patents, including by filing lawsuits alleging patent infringement. In any of these types of proceedings, a court or other agency with jurisdiction may find our patents invalid and/or unenforceable. We may also fail to identify patentable aspects of our research and development before it is too late to obtain patent protection. Even if we have valid and enforceable patents, these patents still may not provide protection against competing products or processes sufficient to achieve our business objectives.

The issuance of a patent is not conclusive as to its inventorship, scope, ownership, priority, validity or enforceability. In that regard, third parties may challenge our patents in the courts or patent offices in the United States and abroad. Such challenges may result in loss of exclusivity or freedom to operate or in patent claims being narrowed, invalidated or held unenforceable, in whole or in part, which could limit our ability to stop others from using or commercializing similar or identical technology and products, or limit the duration of the patent protection of our technology and product candidates. In addition, given the amount of time required for the development, testing and regulatory review of new product candidates, patents protecting such candidates might expire before or shortly after such candidates are commercialized.

A significant portion of our intellectual property portfolio currently includes pending patent applications that have not yet issued as patents. If our pending patent applications fail to issue our business will be adversely affected.

Our commercial success will depend significantly on maintaining and expanding patent protection for our product candidates, as well as successfully defending our current and future patents against third-party challenges. As of December 31, 2014, we own at least 50 issued patents and have at least 40 pending patent applications in the United States and a number of foreign jurisdictions relating to our current product candidates and proprietary technology. See “Business—Intellectual Property” included elsewhere in this annual report on Form 10-K for further information about our issued patents and patent applications. Our intellectual property consists of patents and pending patent applications related to our product candidates and other proprietary technology which cover compositions of matter, methods of use, combinations with other glaucoma products, formulations, polymorphs and the protection of the optic nerve. For trabodenoson , the composition of matter patents are scheduled to expire in 2025 and 2026, in Europe and the United States, respectively.

There can be no assurance that our patent applications will issue as patents in the United States or foreign jurisdictions in which such applications are pending. Even if patents do issue on any of these applications, there can be no assurance that a third party will not challenge their validity or that we will obtain sufficient claim scope in those patents to prevent a third party from competing successfully with our products.

We may not be able to enforce our intellectual property rights throughout the world.

The laws of some foreign countries do not protect intellectual property rights to the same extent as the laws of the United States. Many companies have encountered significant problems in protecting and defending intellectual property rights in certain foreign jurisdictions. The legal systems of some countries, particularly developing countries, do not favor the enforcement of patents and other intellectual property protection, especially those relating to life sciences. To the extent we are able to obtain patents or other intellectual property rights in any foreign jurisdictions, it may be difficult for us to prevent infringement of our patents or misappropriation of these intellectual property rights. For example, some foreign countries have compulsory licensing laws under which a patent owner must grant licenses to third parties. In addition, many countries limit the enforceability of patents against third parties, including government agencies or government contractors. In these countries, patents may provide limited or no benefit.

Proceedings to enforce our patent rights in foreign jurisdictions could result in substantial costs and divert our efforts and attention from other aspects of our business. Accordingly, our efforts to protect our intellectual property rights in such countries may be inadequate. In addition, changes in the law and legal decisions by courts in the United States and foreign countries may affect our ability to obtain adequate protection for our technology and the enforcement of intellectual property.

Obtaining and maintaining our patent protection depends on compliance with various procedural, document submission, fee payment and other requirements imposed by governmental patent agencies, and our patent protection could be reduced or eliminated for non-compliance with these requirements.

The United States Patent and Trademark Office, or the USPTO, and various foreign governmental patent agencies require compliance with a number of procedural, documentary, fee payment and other provisions during the patent process. There are situations in which noncompliance can result in abandonment or lapse of a patent or patent application, resulting in partial or complete loss of patent rights in the relevant jurisdiction. In this event, competitors might be able to enter the market earlier than would otherwise have been the case.

We may infringe the intellectual property rights of others, which may prevent or delay our product development efforts and stop us from commercializing or increase the costs of commercializing our products.

Our commercial success depends significantly on our ability to operate without infringing the patents and other intellectual property rights of third parties. For example, there could be issued patents of which we are not aware that our product candidates or potential products infringe. There also could be patents that we believe we do not infringe, but that we may ultimately be found to infringe.

Moreover, patent applications are in some cases maintained in secrecy until patents are accepted or issued. The publication of discoveries in the scientific or patent literature frequently occurs substantially later than the date on which the underlying discoveries were made and patent applications were filed. Because patents can take many years to issue, there may be currently pending applications of which we are unaware that may later result in issued patents that our product candidates or potential products infringe. For example, pending applications may exist that claim or can be amended to claim subject matter that our product candidates or potential products infringe. Competitors may file continuing patent applications claiming priority to already issued patents in the form of continuation, divisional, or continuation-in-part applications, in order to maintain the pendency of a patent family and attempt to cover our product candidates.

Third parties may assert that we are employing their proprietary technology without authorization and may sue us for patent or other intellectual property infringement. These lawsuits are costly and could adversely affect our results of operations and divert the attention of managerial and scientific personnel. If we are sued for patent infringement, we would need to demonstrate that our product candidates, potential products or methods either do not infringe the claims of the relevant patent or that the patent claims are invalid or unenforceable, and we may

not be able to do this. Proving invalidity or unenforceability is difficult. For example, in the United States, proving invalidity requires a showing of clear and convincing evidence to overcome the presumption of validity enjoyed by issued patents. Even if we are successful in these proceedings, we may incur substantial costs and the time and attention of our management and scientific personnel could be diverted in pursuing these proceedings, which could have a material adverse effect on us. In addition, we may not have sufficient resources to bring these actions to a successful conclusion. If a court holds that any third-party patents are valid, enforceable and cover our products or their use, the holders of any of these patents may be able to block our ability to commercialize our products unless we acquire or obtain a license under the applicable patents or until the patents expire. We may not be able to enter into licensing arrangements or make other arrangements at a reasonable cost or on reasonable terms. Any inability to secure licenses or alternative technology could result in delays in the introduction of our products or lead to prohibition of the manufacture or sale of products by us. Even if we are able to obtain a license, it may be non-exclusive, thereby giving our competitors access to the same technologies licensed to us. We could be forced, including by court order, to cease commercializing the infringing technology or product. In addition, in any such proceeding or litigation, we could be found liable for monetary damages, including treble damages and attorneys’ fees if we are found to have willfully infringed a patent. A finding of infringement could prevent us from commercializing our product candidates or force us to cease some of our business operations, which could materially harm our business. Any claims by third parties that we have misappropriated their confidential information or trade secrets could have a similar negative impact on our business. In addition, any uncertainties resulting from the initiation and continuation of any litigation could have a material adverse effect on our ability to raise the funds necessary to continue our operations.

We may face claims of infringement, misappropriation or other violations of the rights of third-party intellectual property holders.

Pharmaceutical companies, biotechnology companies and academic institutions may compete with us in the commercialization of trabodenoson for use in ophthalmic indications and filing patent applications potentially relevant to our business. In order to contend with the strong possibility of third-party intellectual property conflicts, we periodically conduct freedom-to-operate studies, but such studies may not uncover all patents relevant to our business.

From time to time, we find it necessary or prudent to obtain licenses from third-party intellectual property holders. Where licenses are readily available at reasonable cost, such licenses are considered a normal cost of doing business. In other instances, however, we may use the results of freedom-to-operate studies to guide our early-stage research away from areas where we are likely to encounter obstacles in the form of third-party intellectual property. For example, where a third party holds relevant intellectual property and is a direct competitor, a license might not be available on commercially reasonable terms or available at all. We strive to identify potential third-party intellectual property issues in the early stages of research of our research programs, in order to minimize the cost and disruption of resolving such issues.

In spite of these efforts to avoid obstacles and disruptions arising from third-party intellectual property, it is impossible to establish with certainty that our products will be free of claims that we infringe, misappropriate or otherwise violate the rights of third-party intellectual property holders. Even with modern databases and online search engines, freedom-to-operate searches are imperfect and may fail to identify relevant patents and published applications. Even when a third-party patent is identified, we may conclude that we do not infringe the patent or that the patent is invalid. If the third-party patent owner disagrees with our conclusion and we continue with the business activity in question, patent litigation may result. We might decide to initiate litigation in an attempt to have a court declare the third-party patent invalid or non-infringed by our activity.

We may be subject to claims that we or our employees have misappropriated the intellectual property, including trade secrets, of a third party, or claiming ownership of what we regard as our own intellectual property.

Many of our employees were previously employed at universities, biotechnology companies or other pharmaceutical companies, including our competitors or potential competitors. Some of these employees,

including each member of our senior management, executed proprietary rights, non-disclosure and non-competition agreements in connection with such previous employment. Although we try to ensure that our employees do not use the intellectual property and other proprietary information or know-how of others in their work for us, we may be subject to claims that we or these employees have used or disclosed such intellectual property, including trade secrets or other proprietary information. Litigation may be necessary to defend against these claims. We are not aware of any threatened or pending claims related to these matters or concerning the agreements with our senior management, but litigation may be necessary in the future to defend against such claims. If we fail in defending any such claims, in addition to paying monetary damages, we may lose valuable intellectual property rights or personnel. Even if we are successful in defending against such claims, litigation could result in substantial costs and be a distraction to management.

In addition, while we typically require our employees, consultants and contractors who may be involved in the development of intellectual property to execute agreements assigning such intellectual property to us, we may be unsuccessful in executing such an agreement with each party who in fact develops intellectual property that we regard as our own, which may result in claims by or against us related to the ownership of such intellectual property. If we fail in prosecuting or defending any such claims, in addition to paying monetary damages, we may lose valuable intellectual property rights. Even if we are successful in prosecuting or defending against such claims, litigation could result in substantial costs and be a distraction to our management and scientific personnel.

We may be unable to adequately prevent disclosure of trade secrets and other proprietary information.

We rely on trade secrets to protect our proprietary know-how and technological advances, especially where we have not filed a patent application or where we do not believe patent protection is appropriate or obtainable. However, trade secrets are difficult to protect. We rely in part on confidentiality agreements with our employees, consultants, outside scientific collaborators, sponsored researchers and other advisors to protect our trade secrets and other proprietary information. However, any party with whom we have executed such an agreement may breach that agreement and disclose our proprietary information, including our trade secrets. Accordingly, these agreements may not effectively prevent disclosure of confidential information and may not provide an adequate remedy in the event of unauthorized disclosure of confidential information. Costly and time-consuming litigation could be necessary to enforce and determine the scope of our proprietary rights. In addition, others may independently discover our trade secrets and proprietary information. Further, the FDA, as part of its Transparency Initiative, a proposal by the FDA to increase disclosure and make data more accessible to the public, is currently considering whether to make additional information publicly available on a routine basis, including information that we may consider to be trade secrets or other proprietary information, and it is not clear at the present time how the FDA’s disclosure policies may change in the future, if at all. Failure to obtain or maintain trade secret protection could enable competitors to use our proprietary information to develop products that compete with our products or cause additional, material adverse effects upon our competitive business position and financial results.

Detecting the disclosure or misappropriation of a trade secret and enforcing a claim that a party illegally disclosed or misappropriated a trade secret is difficult, expensive and time-consuming, and the outcome is unpredictable. In addition, some courts inside and outside the United States are less willing or unwilling to protect trade secrets. If any of our trade secrets were to be lawfully obtained or independently developed by a competitor, we would have no right to prevent them, or those to whom they communicate it, from using that technology or information to compete with us. If any of our trade secrets were to be disclosed to or independently developed by a competitor, our competitive position would be harmed.

Any lawsuits relating to infringement of intellectual property rights brought by or against us will be costly and time consuming and may adversely impact the price of our common stock.

We may be required to initiate litigation to enforce or defend our intellectual property. These lawsuits can be very time consuming and costly. There is a substantial amount of litigation involving patent and other

intellectual property rights in the pharmaceutical industry generally. Such litigation or proceedings could substantially increase our operating expenses and reduce the resources available for development activities or any future sales, marketing or distribution activities.

In any infringement litigation, any award of monetary damages we receive may not be commercially valuable. Furthermore, because of the substantial amount of discovery required in connection with intellectual property litigation, there is a risk that some of our confidential information could be compromised by disclosure during litigation. Moreover, there can be no assurance that we will have sufficient financial or other resources to file and pursue such infringement claims, which typically last for years before they are resolved. Further, any claims we assert against a perceived infringer could provoke these parties to assert counterclaims against us alleging that we have infringed their patents. Some of our competitors may be able to sustain the costs of such litigation or proceedings more effectively than we can because of their greater financial resources. Uncertainties resulting from the initiation and continuation of patent litigation or other proceedings could have a material adverse effect on our ability to compete in the marketplace.

In addition, our patents and patent applications could face other challenges, such as interference proceedings, opposition proceedings, re-examination proceedings, and other forms of post-grant review. In the United States, for example, post-grant review has recently been expanded. Any of these challenges, if successful, could result in the invalidation of, or in a narrowing of the scope of, any of our patents and patent applications subject to challenge. Any of these challenges, regardless of their success, would likely be time consuming and expensive to defend and resolve and would divert our management and scientific personnel’s time and attention.

In addition, there could be public announcements of the results of hearings, motions or other interim proceedings or developments, and if securities analysts or investors perceive these results to be negative, it could have a material adverse effect on the market price of our common stock.

We will need to obtain FDA approval of any proposed product names, and any failure or delay associated with such approval may adversely affect our business.

Any name we intend to use for our product candidates will require approval from the FDA regardless of whether we have secured a formal trademark registration from the USPTO. The FDA typically conducts a review of proposed product names, including an evaluation of the potential for confusion with other product names. The FDA may also object to a product name if it believes the name inappropriately implies certain medical claims or contributes to an overstatement of efficacy. If the FDA objects to any of our proposed product names, we may be required to adopt an alternative name for our product candidates. If we adopt an alternative name, we would lose the benefit of our existing trademark applications for such product candidate and may be required to expend significant additional resources in an effort to identify a suitable product name that would qualify under applicable trademark laws, not infringe the existing rights of third parties and be acceptable to the FDA. We may be unable to build a successful brand identity for a new trademark in a timely manner or at all, which would limit our ability to commercialize our product candidates.

If we do not obtain additional protection under the Hatch-Waxman Amendments and similar foreign legislation extending the terms of our patents and obtaining data exclusivity for our product candidates, our business may be materially harmed.

Depending upon the timing, duration and specifics of FDA regulatory approval for our product candidates, one or more of our U.S. patents may be eligible for limited patent term restoration under the Drug Price Competition and Patent Term Restoration Act of 1984, referred to as the Hatch-Waxman Amendments. The Hatch-Waxman Amendments permit a patent restoration term of up to five years as compensation for patent term lost during product development and the FDA regulatory review process. Patent term restorations, however, cannot extend the remaining term of a patent beyond a total of 14 years from the date of product approval by the FDA.

The application for patent term extension is subject to approval by the USPTO, in conjunction with the FDA. It takes at least six months to obtain approval of the application for patent term extension. We may not be granted an extension because of, for example, failing to apply within applicable deadlines, failing to apply prior to expiration of relevant patents or otherwise failing to satisfy applicable requirements. Moreover, the applicable time period or the scope of patent protection afforded could be less than we request. If we are unable to obtain patent term extension or restoration or the term of any such extension is less than we request, the period during which we will have the right to exclusively market our product will be shortened and our competitors may obtain earlier approval of competing products, and our ability to generate revenues could be materially adversely affected.

Risks Related to Our Business Operations and Industry

We will need to significantly increase the size of our organization, and we may experience difficulties in managing growth.

We are currently a small company with five employees as of March 27, 2015, and we outsource to consultants or other organizations substantially all of our operations, including accounting, finance, research and development and conduct of clinical trials. In order to commercialize our product candidates, we will need to substantially increase our operations. We plan to continue to build our compliance, financial and operating infrastructure to ensure the maintenance of a well-managed company. We expect to significantly expand our employment base when we reach the full commercial stages of our current product candidates’ life cycle.

Future growth will impose significant added responsibilities on members of management, including the need to identify, recruit, maintain and integrate additional employees. In addition, to meet our obligations as a public company, we will need to increase our general and administrative capabilities. Our management, personnel and systems currently in place may not be adequate to support this future growth. Our future financial performance and our ability to commercialize our product candidates and to compete effectively will depend, in part, on our ability to manage any future growth effectively. To that end, we must be able to:

•

manage our clinical trials and the regulatory process effectively;

•

manage the manufacturing of product candidates and potential products for clinical and commercial use;

•

integrate current and additional management, administrative, financial and sales and marketing personnel;

•

develop a marketing and sales infrastructure;

•

hire new personnel necessary to effectively commercialize our product candidates;

•

develop our administrative, accounting and management information systems and controls; and

•

hire and train additional qualified personnel.

Product candidates that we may acquire or develop in the future may be intended for patient populations that are large. In order to continue development and marketing of these product candidates, if approved, we would need to significantly expand our operations. Our staff, financial resources, systems, procedures or controls may be inadequate to support our operations and our management may be unable to manage successfully future market opportunities or our relationships with customers and other third parties. In particular, we will need to build out our finance, accounting and reporting infrastructure to meet our reporting obligations as a public company. Because we have never had this infrastructure, there may be increased risk that we will not be able to adequately meet these reporting obligations in a timely manner.

In addition, we may in the future decide to move our primary office into a new facility to address our business needs. This potential relocation could disrupt our operations, resulting in slower realization of efficiencies and capacity which could be associated with our use of a new office space.

We are a clinical-stage company and it may be difficult for you to evaluate the success of our business to date and to assess our future viability.

We are a clinical-stage biopharmaceutical company focused on the discovery, development and commercialization of therapies for glaucoma. Our operations to date have been limited to organizing and staffing our company, business planning, raising capital, conducting research and developing our product candidates. We have not yet demonstrated our ability to successfully complete a pivotal Phase 3 clinical trial, obtain regulatory approval of a product candidate, manufacture a commercial scale product, or arrange for a third party to do so on our behalf, or conduct sales and marketing activities necessary for successful product commercialization. Consequently, any predictions about our future success or viability may not be as accurate as they could be if we had a longer operating history and more experience with late stage development and commercialization of product candidates.

In addition, as a new business, we may encounter unforeseen expenses, difficulties, complications, delays and other known and unknown factors. We will need to transition from a company with a product development focus to a company capable of supporting commercial activities. We may not be successful in such a transition.

We depend upon our key personnel and our ability to attract and retain employees.

Our future growth and success depend on our ability to recruit, retain, manage and motivate our employees. We are highly dependent on our senior management team and our scientific founders, as well as the other principal members of our management and scientific teams. Although we have formal employment agreements with our executive officers, these agreements do not prevent them from terminating their employment with us at any time. The loss of the services of any member of our senior management or scientific team or the inability to hire or retain experienced management personnel could adversely affect our ability to execute our business plan and harm our operating results.

Because of the specialized scientific and managerial nature of our business, we rely heavily on our ability to attract and retain qualified scientific, technical and managerial personnel. In particular, the loss of David P. Southwell, our President and Chief Executive Officer, Rudolf A. Baumgartner, M.D., our Executive Vice President and Chief Medical Officer, William K. McVicar, Ph.D., our Executive Vice President and Chief Scientific Officer or Dale Ritter, our Vice President—Finance, could be detrimental to us if we cannot recruit suitable replacements in a timely manner. We do not currently carry “key person” insurance on the lives of members of executive management. The competition for qualified personnel in the pharmaceutical field is intense. Due to this intense competition, we may be unable to continue to attract and retain qualified personnel necessary for the development of our business or to recruit suitable replacement personnel. In addition, we rely on consultants and advisors, including scientific and clinical advisors, to assist us in formulating our research and development and commercialization strategy. Our consultants and advisors may be employed by employers other than us and may have commitments under consulting or advisory contracts with other entities that may limit their availability to us.

Our disclosure controls and procedures may not prevent or detect all errors or acts of fraud.

We are subject to the periodic reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act. Our disclosure controls and procedures are designed to reasonably assure that information required to be disclosed by us in reports we file or submit under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to management, and recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the rules and forms of the Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC. We believe that any disclosure controls and procedures or internal controls and procedures, no matter how well conceived and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the objectives of the control system are met.

These inherent limitations include the realities that judgments in decision-making can be faulty, and that breakdowns can occur because of simple error or mistake. Additionally, controls can be circumvented by the

individual acts of some persons, by collusion of two or more people or by an unauthorized override of the controls. Accordingly, because of the inherent limitations in our control system, misstatements due to error or fraud may occur and not be detected.

If we engage in acquisitions in the future, we will incur a variety of costs and we may never realize the anticipated benefits of such acquisitions.

We may attempt to acquire businesses, technologies, services, products or other product candidates in the future that we believe are a strategic fit with our business. We have no present agreement regarding any material acquisitions. However, if we do undertake any acquisitions, the process of integrating an acquired business, technology, service, product candidates or potential products into our business may result in unforeseen operating difficulties and expenditures, including diversion of resources and management’s attention from our core business. In addition, we may fail to retain key executives and employees of the companies we acquire, which may reduce the value of the acquisition or give rise to additional integration costs. Future acquisitions could result in additional issuances of equity securities that would dilute the ownership of existing stockholders. Future acquisitions could also result in the incurrence of debt, actual or contingent liabilities or the amortization of expenses related to other intangible assets, any of which could adversely affect our operating results. In addition, we may fail to realize the anticipated benefits of any acquisition.

Our business is affected by macroeconomic conditions.

Various macroeconomic factors could adversely affect our business and the results of our operations and financial condition, including changes in inflation, interest rates and foreign currency exchange rates and overall economic conditions and uncertainties, including those resulting from current and future conditions in the global financial markets. For instance, if inflation or other factors were to significantly increase our business costs, it may not be feasible to pass through price increases to patients. Interest rates, the liquidity of the credit markets and the volatility of the capital markets could also affect the value of our investments and our ability to liquidate our investments in order to fund our operations.

Interest rates and the ability to access credit markets could also adversely affect the ability of patients, payors and distributors to purchase, pay for and effectively distribute our products. Similarly, these macroeconomic factors could affect the ability of our potential future contract manufacturers, sole-source or single-source suppliers or licensees to remain in business or otherwise manufacture or supply product. Failure by any of them to remain in business could affect our ability to manufacture products.

If product liability lawsuits are successfully brought against us, our insurance may be inadequate and we may incur substantial liability.

We face an inherent risk of product liability claims as a result of the clinical testing of our product candidates. We will face an even greater risk if we commercially sell our product candidates or any other potential products that we develop. We maintain product liability insurance with an aggregate limit of $10 million that cover our clinical trials and we plan to maintain insurance against product liability lawsuits for commercial sale of our product candidates. Historically, the potential liability associated with product liability lawsuits for pharmaceutical products has been unpredictable. Although we believe that our current insurance is a reasonable estimate of our potential liability and represents a commercially reasonable balancing of the level of coverage as compared to the cost of the insurance, we may be subject to claims in connection with our clinical trials and, in the future, commercial use of our product candidates, for which our insurance coverage may not be adequate, and the cost of any product liability litigation or other proceeding, even if resolved in our favor, could be substantial.

For example, we may be sued if any product we develop allegedly causes injury or is found to be otherwise unsuitable during clinical testing, manufacturing, marketing or sale. Any such product liability claims may

include allegations of defects in manufacturing, defects in design, a failure to warn of dangers inherent in the product, negligence, strict liability or a breach of warranties. Large judgments have been awarded in class action lawsuits based on drugs that had unanticipated adverse effects. Claims could also be asserted under state consumer protection acts. If we cannot successfully defend ourselves against product liability claims, we may incur substantial liabilities or be required to limit commercialization of our product candidates. Regardless of the merits or eventual outcome, liability claims may result in:

•

reduced resources of our management to pursue our business strategy;

•

decreased demand for our product candidates or potential products that we may develop;

•

injury to our reputation and significant negative media attention;

•

withdrawal of clinical trial participants;

•

termination of clinical trial sites or entire trial programs;

•

initiation of investigations by regulators;

•

product recalls, withdrawals or labeling, marketing or promotional restrictions;

•

significant costs to defend resulting litigation;

•

diversion of management and scientific resources from our business operations;

•

substantial monetary awards to trial participants or patients;

•

loss of revenue; and

•

the inability to commercialize any products that we may develop.

We will need to increase our insurance coverage if our product candidates receive marketing approval and we begin selling them. However, the product liability insurance we will need to obtain in connection with the commercial sales of our product candidates, if and when they receive regulatory approval, may be unavailable in meaningful amounts or at a reasonable cost. In addition, insurance coverage is becoming increasingly expensive. If we are unable to obtain or maintain sufficient insurance coverage at an acceptable cost or to otherwise protect against product liability claims, it could prevent or inhibit the development and commercial production and sale of our product candidates, if and when they obtain regulatory approval, which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and prospects.

Additionally, we do not carry insurance for all categories of risk that our business may encounter. Some of the policies we currently maintain include general liability, employment practices liability, auto, property, workers’ compensation, products liability and directors’ and officers’ insurance. We do not know, however, if we will be able to maintain insurance with adequate levels of coverage. Any significant uninsured liability may require us to pay substantial amounts, which would materially adversely affect our financial position, cash flows and results of operations.

Business interruptions could delay us in the process of developing our products and could disrupt our sales.

Our headquarters is located in Lexington, Massachusetts. We are vulnerable to natural disasters, such as severe storms and other events that could disrupt our business operations. We do not carry insurance for natural disasters and we may not carry sufficient business interruption insurance to compensate us for losses that may occur. Any losses or damages we incur could have a material adverse effect on our business operations.

Our business and operations would suffer in the event of system failures.

Despite the implementation of security measures, our internal computer systems, and those of our CROs and other third parties on which we rely, are vulnerable to damage from computer viruses, unauthorized access,

natural disasters, terrorism, war and telecommunication and electrical failures. If such an event were to occur and cause interruptions in our operations, it could result in a material disruption of our drug development programs. For example, the loss of clinical trial data from completed or ongoing or planned clinical trials could result in delays in our regulatory approval efforts and significantly increase our costs to recover or reproduce the data. To the extent that any disruption or security breach were to result in a loss of or damage to our data or applications, or inappropriate disclosure of confidential or proprietary information, we could incur liability and the further development of our product candidates could be delayed.

Our employees, independent contractors, principal investigators, consultants, commercial partners and vendors may engage in misconduct or other improper activities, including noncompliance with regulatory standards and requirements and insider trading, which could significantly harm our business.

We are exposed to the risk of fraud or other misconduct by employees and independent contractors, such as principal investigators, consultants, commercial partners and vendors. Misconduct by these parties could include failures to comply with the regulations of the FDA and comparable non-U.S. regulatory authorities, provide accurate information to the FDA and comparable non-U.S. regulatory authorities, comply with fraud and abuse and other healthcare laws in the United States and abroad, report financial information or data accurately or disclose unauthorized activities to us. In particular, sales, marketing and other business arrangements in the healthcare industry are subject to extensive laws intended to prevent fraud, misconduct, kickbacks, self-dealing and other abusive practices. These laws may restrict or prohibit a wide range of business activities, including, but not limited to, research, manufacturing, distribution, pricing, discounting, marketing and promotion, sales commission, customer incentive programs and other business arrangements. Misconduct could also involve the improper use of information obtained in the course of clinical trials, which could result in regulatory sanctions and serious harm to our reputation. We adopted a code of ethics, but it is not always possible to identify and deter employee and other third-party misconduct, and the precautions we take to detect and prevent this activity may not be effective in controlling unknown or unmanaged risks or losses or in protecting us from governmental investigations or other actions or lawsuits stemming from a failure to comply with these laws. If any such actions are instituted against us resulting from such misconduct those actions could have a significant impact on our business, including the imposition of significant civil, criminal and administrative penalties, damages, monetary fines, disgorgement, possible exclusion from participation in Medicare, Medicaid and other federal healthcare programs, contractual damages, reputational harm, diminished profits and future earnings and curtailment or restructuring of our operations, any of which could adversely affect our ability to operate.

We and our development partners, third-party manufacturers and suppliers use biological materials and may use hazardous materials, and any claims relating to improper handling, storage or disposal of these materials could be time consuming or costly.

We and our development partners, third-party manufacturers and suppliers may use hazardous materials, including chemicals and biological agents and compounds that could be dangerous to human health and safety or the environment. Our operations and the operations of our third-party manufacturers and suppliers also produce hazardous waste products. Federal, state and local laws and regulations govern the use, generation, manufacture, storage, handling and disposal of these materials and wastes. Compliance with applicable environmental laws and regulations may be expensive and current or future environmental laws and regulations may impair our product development efforts. In addition, we cannot entirely eliminate the risk of accidental injury or contamination from these materials or wastes. We do not carry specific biological or hazardous waste insurance coverage, and our property, casualty and general liability insurance policies specifically exclude coverage for damages and fines arising from biological or hazardous waste exposure or contamination. Accordingly, in the event of contamination or injury, we could be held liable for damages or be penalized with fines in an amount exceeding our resources, and our clinical trials or regulatory approvals could be suspended.

The availability of our common stock and securities linked to our common stock for sale in the future could reduce the market price of our common stock.

In the future, we may issue equity and equity-linked securities to raise cash for acquisitions or otherwise. We may also acquire interests in other companies by using a combination of cash and our common stock or just our common stock. We also will issue common stock upon conversions of the 2020 Notes and have the option to settle any interest make-whole payment applicable to conversion of the 2020 Notes in whole or in part in shares of our common stock. We may also issue preferred stock or additional securities convertible into our common stock or preferred stock. Any of these events may dilute your ownership interest in our Company and have an adverse effect on the price of our common stock.

Risks Related to Ownership of Our Common Stock

The market price of our common stock has been and may continue to be highly volatile

Our common stock is listed on NASDAQ. Since shares of our common stock were sold in our initial public offering in February 2015 at $6.00 per share, our closing stock price has reached a high of $6.10 and a low of $5.60 through March 27, 2015.

The trading price of our common stock is likely to continue to be volatile, and you can lose all or part of your investment in us. The following factors, in addition to other factors described in this “Risk Factors” section and elsewhere in this annual report on Form 10-K, may have a significant impact on the market price of our common stock:

•

announcements of regulatory approval or a complete response letter, or specific label indications or patient populations for its use, or changes or delays in the regulatory review process;

•

announcements of therapeutic innovations or new products by us or our competitors;

•

adverse actions taken by regulatory agencies with respect to our clinical trials, manufacturing supply chain or sales and marketing activities;

•

any adverse changes to our relationship with manufacturers or suppliers;

•

the results of our testing and clinical trials;

•

the results of our efforts to acquire or license additional product candidates;

•

variations in the level of expenses related to our existing product candidates or preclinical and clinical development programs;

•

any intellectual property infringement actions in which we may become involved;

•

announcements concerning our competitors or the pharmaceutical industry in general;

•

achievement of expected product sales and profitability;

•

manufacture, supply or distribution shortages;

•

actual or anticipated fluctuations in our quarterly or annual operating results;

•

changes in financial estimates or recommendations by securities analysts;

•

trading volume of our common stock;

•

sales of our common stock by us, our executive officers and directors or our stockholders in the future;

•

sales by us of securities linked to our common stock, such as the 2020 Notes;

•

general economic and market conditions and overall fluctuations in the U.S. equity markets;

•

changes in accounting principles; and

•

the loss of any of our key scientific or management personnel.

In addition, the stock market, in general, and small pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies have experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations that have often been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of these companies. Broad market and industry factors may negatively affect the market price of our common stock, regardless of our actual operating performance. Further, a significant decline in the financial markets and other related factors beyond our control may cause our stock price to decline rapidly and unexpectedly.

We may be subject to securities litigation, which is expensive and could divert management attention.

Our share price has been volatile, and in the past companies that have experienced volatility in the market price of their stock have been subject to securities class action litigation. We may be the target of this type of litigation in the future. Litigation of this type could result in substantial costs and diversion of management’s attention and resources, which could adversely impact our business. Any adverse determination in litigation could also subject us to significant liabilities.

Our existing principal stockholders, executive officers and directors own a significant percentage of our common stock and will be able to exert a significant control over matters submitted to our stockholders for approval.

As of March 30, 2015, our officers and directors, and stockholders who own more than 5% of our outstanding common stock in the aggregate beneficially owned approximately 74% of our common stock.

This significant concentration of share ownership may adversely affect the trading price for our common stock because investors often perceive disadvantages in owning stock in companies with controlling stockholders. As a result, these stockholders, if they acted together, could significantly influence all matters requiring approval by our stockholders, including the election of directors and the approval of mergers or other business combination transactions. These stockholders may be able to determine all matters requiring stockholder approval. The interests of these stockholders may not always coincide with our interests or the interests of other stockholders. This may also prevent or discourage unsolicited acquisition proposals or offers for our common stock that you may feel are in your best interest as one of our stockholders and they may act in a manner that advances their best interests and not necessarily those of other stockholders, including seeking a premium value for their common stock, and might affect the prevailing market price for our common stock.

Sales of a substantial number of shares of our common stock in the public market by our existing stockholders could cause our stock price to fall.

Sales of a substantial number of shares of our common stock or any of our securities linked to our common stock, such as the 2020 Notes, or the perception that these sales might occur, could depress the market price of our common stock and could impair our ability to raise capital through the sale of additional equity securities or equity-linked securities. Substantially all of our stockholders prior to our initial public offering are subject to lock-up agreements with the underwriters of our initial public offering that restrict the stockholders’ ability to transfer shares of our common stock for a period of 180 days after February 17, 2015. After our offering, and as of March 30, 2015 we had 16,327,003 outstanding shares of common stock and we have reserved 3.3 million shares of our common stock to be issued upon the conversion of the $21.0 million of 2020 Notes outstanding as of March 30, 2015. Subject to limitations, approximately 9.0 million shares of common stock will become eligible for sale upon expiration of the lock-up period. In addition, shares issued or issuable upon exercise of options and warrants vested as of the expiration of the lock-up period will be eligible for sale at that time. Sales of stock by these stockholders could have a material adverse effect on the trading price of our common stock.

Holders of an aggregate of 8.6 million shares of our common stock have rights, subject to certain conditions, to require us to file registration statements covering their shares or to include their shares in registration statements that we may file for ourselves or other stockholders. Registration of these shares under the Securities

Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, would result in the shares becoming freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act, except for shares held by our affiliates as defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. Any sales of securities by these stockholders could have a material adverse effect on the trading price of our common stock.

If securities or industry analysts do not publish or cease publishing research or reports about us, our business or our market, or if they adversely change their recommendations or publish negative reports regarding our business or our stock, our stock price and trading volume could decline.

The trading market for our common stock will be influenced by the research and reports that industry or securities analysts may publish about us, our business, our market or our competitors. We do not have any control over these analysts and we cannot provide any assurance that analysts will cover us or provide favorable coverage. If any of the analysts who may cover us adversely change their recommendation regarding our stock, or provide more favorable relative recommendations about our competitors, our stock price could decline. If any analyst who may cover us were to cease coverage of our company or fail to regularly publish reports on us, we could lose visibility in the financial markets, which in turn could cause our stock price or trading volume to decline.

Because we do not intend to declare cash dividends on our shares of common stock in the foreseeable future, stockholders must rely on appreciation of the value of our common stock for any return on their investment.

We currently anticipate that we will retain future earnings for the development, operation and expansion of our business and do not anticipate declaring or paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. In addition, the terms of any future debt agreements may preclude us from paying dividends. As a result, we expect that only appreciation of the price of our common stock, if any, will provide a return to investors for the foreseeable future.

If we are unable to substantially utilize our net operating loss carryforward, our financial results will be adversely affected.

As of December 31, 2014, we had net operating losses of approximately $77.1 million, which may be utilized against future federal and state income taxes. In general, a corporation that undergoes an “ownership change” is subject to limitations on its ability to utilize its pre-change net operating losses, or NOLs, to offset future taxable income. In general, an ownership change occurs if the aggregate stock ownership of certain stockholders (generally 5% stockholders, applying certain look-through and aggregation rules) increases by more than 50% over such stockholders’ lowest percentage ownership during the testing period (generally three years). Purchases of our common stock in amounts greater than specified levels, which are beyond our control, could create a limitation on our ability to utilize our NOLs for tax purposes in the future. Limitations imposed on our ability to utilize NOLs could cause U.S. federal and state income taxes to be paid earlier than would be paid if such limitations were not in effect and could cause such NOLs to expire unused, in each case reducing or eliminating the benefit of such NOLs. Furthermore, we may not be able to generate sufficient taxable income to utilize our NOLs before they expire. If any of these events occur, we may not derive some or all of the expected benefits from our NOLs. In addition, at the state level there may be periods during which the use of NOLs is suspended or otherwise limited, which would accelerate or may permanently increase state taxes owed.

The requirements associated with being a public company require significant company resources and management attention.

We are subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as amended, or the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, the listing requirements of the securities exchange on which our common stock is traded and other applicable securities rules and regulations. The Exchange Act requires that we file annual, quarterly and current reports with respect to our business and financial condition and maintain effective

disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting. In addition, subsequent rules implemented by the SEC and NASDAQ may also impose various additional requirements on public companies. As a result, we incur substantial legal, accounting and other expenses. Further, the corporate infrastructure demanded of a public company may divert management’s attention from implementing our growth strategy. We have made, and will continue to make, changes to our corporate governance standards, disclosure controls and financial reporting and accounting systems to meet our reporting obligations. However, the measures we take may not be sufficient to satisfy our obligations as a public company, which could subject us to delisting of our common stock, fines, sanctions and other regulatory action and potentially civil litigation.

We will incur significant costs as a result of operating as a public company, and our management is required to devote substantial time to compliance initiatives. Failure to build our finance infrastructure and improve our accounting systems and controls could impair our ability to comply with the financial reporting and internal controls requirements for publicly traded companies.

As a public company, we operate in an increasingly challenging regulatory environment. Once we no longer qualify as an “emerging growth company” under the JOBS Act, we will be required to comply with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and the related rules and regulations of the SEC, expanded disclosures, accelerated reporting requirements and more complex accounting rules. Our management and other personnel will need to devote a substantial amount of time to these compliance initiatives. Moreover, these rules and regulations will increase our legal and financial compliance costs and will make some activities more time-consuming and costly. For example, we expect these rules and regulations to make it more difficult and more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance and we may be required to incur substantial costs to maintain the same or similar coverage. We estimate that we will annually incur approximately $1.5 million to $2.5 million in expenses to ensure compliance with these requirements.

Section 404(a) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires annual management assessments of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting, starting with the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ending December 31, 2015 that we would expect to file with the SEC and we will be required to disclose material changes made in our internal controls and procedures on a quarterly basis. Company responsibilities required by the Sarbanes-Oxley Act include establishing corporate oversight and adequate internal control over financial reporting and disclosure controls and procedures. Effective internal controls are necessary for us to produce reliable financial reports and are important to help prevent financial fraud. However, our independent registered public accounting firm will not be required to attest to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act until the later of the year following our first annual report required to be filed with the SEC or the date we are no longer an “emerging growth company” as defined in the JOBS Act, because we are taking advantage of the exemptions contained in the JOBS Act.

To build the infrastructure to allow us to assess the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting, we will need to hire additional accounting personnel and improve our accounting systems, disclosure policies, procedures and controls. We are currently in the process of:

•

hiring additional accounting and financial staff with appropriate public company experience;

•

initiating plans to upgrade our computer systems, including hardware and software;

•

establishing more robust policies and procedures; and

•

enhancing internal controls and our financial statement review process.

If we are unsuccessful in building an appropriate accounting infrastructure, we may not be able to prepare and disclose, in a timely manner, our financial statements and other required disclosures, or comply with existing or new reporting requirements.

During the evaluation and testing process, if we identify one or more material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting, we will be unable to assert that our internal control over financial reporting is effective. We cannot assure you that there will not be material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting in the future. Any failure to maintain internal control over financial reporting could severely inhibit our ability to accurately report our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows. If we are unable to conclude that our internal control over financial reporting is effective, or if our independent registered public accounting firm determines we have a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting, we could lose investor confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports, the market price of our common stock could decline, and we could be subject to sanctions or investigations by NASDAQ, the SEC and comparable non-U.S. regulatory authorities. Failure to remedy any material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting, or to implement or maintain other effective control systems required of public companies, could also restrict our future access to the capital markets.

The recently enacted JOBS Act will allow us to postpone the date by which we must comply with some of the laws and regulations intended to protect investors and to reduce the amount of information we provide in our reports filed with the SEC, which could undermine investor confidence in our company and adversely affect the market price of our common stock.

For so long as we remain an “emerging growth company” as defined in the JOBS Act, we may take advantage of certain exemptions from various requirements that are applicable to public companies that are not “emerging growth companies” including:

•

the provisions of Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act requiring that our independent registered public accounting firm provide an attestation report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting;

•

the “say on pay” provisions (requiring a non-binding stockholder vote to approve compensation of certain executive officers) and the “say on golden parachute” provisions (requiring a non-binding stockholder vote to approve golden parachute arrangements for certain executive officers in connection with mergers and certain other business combinations) of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, or Dodd-Frank Act, and some of the disclosure requirements of the Dodd-Frank Act relating to compensation of its chief executive officer;

•

the requirement to provide detailed compensation discussion and analysis in proxy statements and reports filed under the Exchange Act, and instead provide a reduced level of disclosure concerning executive compensation; and

•

any rules that may be adopted by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board requiring mandatory audit firm rotation or a supplement to the auditor’s report on the financial statements.

We may take advantage of these exemptions until we are no longer an “emerging growth company.” We would cease to be an “emerging growth company” upon the earliest of: (i) December 31, 2020; (ii) the last day of the first fiscal year in which our annual gross revenues are $1 billion or more; (iii) the date on which we have, during the previous three-year period, issued more than $1 billion in non-convertible debt securities; or (iv) as of the end of any fiscal year in which the market value of our common stock held by non-affiliates exceeded $700 million as of the end of the second quarter of that fiscal year.

Although we are still evaluating the JOBS Act, we currently intend to take advantage of some, but not all, of the reduced regulatory and reporting requirements that will be available to us so long as we qualify as an “emerging growth company.” For example, we have irrevocably elected under Section 107 of the JOBS Act not to take advantage of the extension of time to comply with new or revised financial accounting standards available under Section 102(b) of the JOBS Act. Our independent registered public accounting firm will not be required to provide an attestation report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting so long as we qualify as an “emerging growth company,” which may increase the risk that weaknesses or deficiencies in our

internal control over financial reporting go undetected. Likewise, so long as we qualify as an “emerging growth company,” we may elect not to provide you with certain information, including certain financial information and certain information regarding compensation of our executive officers, that we would otherwise have been required to provide in filings we make with the SEC, which may make it more difficult for investors and securities analysts to evaluate our company. We cannot predict if investors will find our common stock less attractive because we may rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our common stock less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our common stock, and our stock price may be more volatile and may decline.

Some provisions of our charter documents, Delaware law and the indenture that govern our 2020 convertible notes may have anti-takeover effects that could discourage an acquisition of us by others, even if an acquisition would be beneficial to our stockholders, and may prevent attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management.

Provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our bylaws as well as provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law, or DGCL, could make it more difficult for a third party to acquire us or increase the cost of acquiring us, even if doing so would benefit our stockholders, including transactions in which stockholders might otherwise receive a premium for their shares. These provisions include:

•

establishing a classified board of directors such that not all members of the board are elected at one time;

•

allowing the authorized number of our directors to be changed only by resolution of our board of directors;

•

limiting the removal of directors by the stockholders;

•

authorizing the issuance of “blank check” preferred stock, the terms of which may be established and shares of which may be issued without stockholder approval;

•

prohibiting stockholder action by written consent, thereby requiring all stockholder actions to be taken at a meeting of our stockholders;

•

eliminating the ability of stockholders to call a special meeting of stockholders;

•

establishing advance notice requirements for nominations for election to the board of directors or for proposing matters that can be acted upon at stockholder meetings; and

•

requiring the approval of the holders of at least 75% of the votes that all our stockholders would be entitled to cast to amend or repeal our bylaws.

These provisions may frustrate or prevent any attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management by making it more difficult for stockholders to replace members of our board of directors, which is responsible for appointing the members of our management. In addition, we are subject to Section 203 of the DGCL, which generally prohibits a Delaware corporation from engaging in any of a broad range of business combinations with an interested stockholder for a period of three years following the date on which the stockholder became an interested stockholder, unless such transactions are approved by our board of directors. This provision could have the effect of delaying or preventing a change of control, whether or not it is desired by or beneficial to our stockholders.

In addition, the indenture that governs the 2020 Notes contains provisions that require us to make an offer to purchase the 2020 Notes at a price equal to 100% of the aggregate principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest upon the occurrence of, among other things, certain change of control transactions. The indenture that governs the 2020 Notes also contains provisions that increase the conversion rate for holders that elect to convert their notes in connection with, among other things, certain change of control transactions. These provisions could have the effect of delaying or preventing a change of control, whether or not it is desired by or beneficial to our stockholders.

Risks Related to our 2020 Convertible Notes

The future issuance of our common stock and securities linked to our common stock in the future could reduce the market price of our common stock.

Servicing our debt requires a significant amount of cash. We may not have sufficient cash flow from our business to make payments on our debt, and we may not have the ability to raise the funds necessary to make payments of any interest make-whole payment upon conversion in whole or in part in cash, to repay the principal amount of the 2020 Notes at maturity or to repurchase the 2020 Notes upon a fundamental change, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We currently have no source of revenue. Our ability to make scheduled payments of the principal of, to pay interest (including any applicable interest make-whole payments on the 2020 Notes we elect to pay in whole or in part in cash) on or to refinance our indebtedness, including the 2020 Notes, depends on our future performance, which is subject to economic, financial, competitive and other factors that may be beyond our control. Our business has not historically generated cash flow from operating activities and may not in the future generate cash flow from operating activities sufficient to service our debt and make necessary capital expenditures. If we are unable to generate such cash flow, we may be required to adopt one or more alternatives, such as selling assets, restructuring debt or obtaining additional equity capital on terms that may be onerous or highly dilutive. Our ability to refinance our indebtedness will depend on the capital markets and our financial condition at such time. We may not be able to engage in any of these activities or engage in these activities on desirable terms, which could result in a default on our debt obligations, including the 2020 Notes.

In addition, holders of the 2020 Notes have the right to require us to repurchase their 2020 Notes upon the occurrence of a “fundamental change” (as defined in the Convertible Senior Notes Prospectus) at a repurchase price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the 2020 Notes to be repurchased, plus accrued and unpaid interest. In addition, holders who convert on or after 150 days from the date of issuance of the 2020 Notes may also be entitled to receive under certain circumstances an interest make-whole payment. We may pay any interest make-whole payment in cash, shares of our common stock or a combination thereof, at our election. We may not have enough available cash or be able to obtain financing at the time we are required to repay the principal amount of the notes, make repurchases of the 2020 Notes surrendered therefor or pay the interest make-whole payment, if we elect to make such payment in whole or in part in cash. Our failure to repay the principal amount of the 2020 Notes, repurchase the 2020 Notes at a time when the repurchase is required by the indenture or pay the interest make-whole payment, if we elect to make such payment in whole or in part in cash, would constitute an event of default. If the repayment of any indebtedness were to be accelerated because of such event of default (whether under the 2020 Notes or otherwise), we may not have sufficient funds to repay the indebtedness and repay or repurchase the 2020 Notes. An event of default under the indenture may lead to an acceleration of the 2020 Notes. Any such acceleration could result in our bankruptcy. In a bankruptcy, the holders of the 2020 Notes would have a claim to our assets that is senior to the claims of our equity holders.

In addition, our significant indebtedness, combined with our other financial obligations and contractual commitments, could have other important consequences. For example, it could:

•

make us more vulnerable to adverse changes in general U.S. and worldwide economic, industry and competitive conditions and adverse changes in government regulation;

•

limit our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business and our industry;

•

place us at a disadvantage compared to our competitors who have less debt; and

•

limit our ability to borrow additional amounts for working capital and other general corporate purposes, including to fund possible acquisitions of, or investments in, complementary businesses, products, services and technologies.

Any of these factors could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. In addition, if we incur additional indebtedness, the risks related to our business and our ability to service or repay our indebtedness would increase.

The indenture governing the 2020 Notes contains restrictions that will limit our operating flexibility, and we may incur additional debt in the future that may include similar or additional restrictions.

The indenture governing the 2020 Notes contains covenants that, among other things, restrict our and our future subsidiaries’ ability to take specific actions, even if we believe them to be in our best interest. These covenants will include restrictions on our ability and the ability of our subsidiaries to:

•

incur additional indebtedness and issue certain types of preferred stock, other than certain permitted indebtedness and preferred stock; and

•

incur liens, other than certain permitted liens.

In addition, the indenture governing the 2020 Notes includes a covenant that limits our ability to merge or consolidate with other entities in certain circumstances. These covenants and restrictions limit our operational flexibility and could prevent us from taking advantage of business opportunities as they arise, growing our business or competing effectively. A breach of any of these covenants or other provisions in our debt agreements could result in an event of default, which if not cured or waived, could result in the 2020 Notes or such debt becoming immediately due and payable. This, in turn, could cause any of our other debt to become due and payable as a result of cross-default or cross-acceleration provisions contained in the agreements governing such other debt. In the event that some or all of our debt is accelerated and becomes immediately due and payable, we may not have the funds to repay, or the ability to refinance, such debt.

2020 Noteholders may employ a convertible arbitrage strategy with respect to the 2020 Notes that could adversely affect the price of our common stock

We expect that many investors in, and potential future purchasers of, the 2020 Notes will employ, or seek to employ, a convertible arbitrage strategy with respect to the 2020 Notes. Investors would typically implement such a strategy by selling short the common stock underlying the 2020 Notes and dynamically adjusting their short position while continuing to hold the 2020 Notes. Investors may also implement this type of strategy by entering into swaps on the common stock in lieu of or in addition to short selling the common stock. Any such strategy may have the effect of decreasing the trading price of our common stock.

The fundamental change repurchase feature of the indenture governing the 2020 Notes may delay or prevent an otherwise beneficial takeover attempt of us.

The indenture governing the 2020 Notes requires us to repurchase the 2020 Notes for cash upon the occurrence of a fundamental change of us and, in certain circumstances, to increase the conversion rate for a 2020 holder that converts its 2020 Notes in connection with a make-whole fundamental change. A takeover of us may trigger the requirement that we repurchase the notes and/or increase the conversion rate, which could make it more costly for a potential acquirer to engage in a combinatory transaction with us. Such additional costs may have the effect of delaying or preventing a takeover of us that would otherwise be beneficial to investors.

Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments

None.

Item 2. Properties

Our headquarters is located in Lexington, Massachusetts, and consists of approximately 2,300 square feet of leased office space under a lease that expires on March 31, 2015. We have leased approximately 3,500 square feet of leased office space in Lexington, Massachusetts under a lease that commences on April 1, 2015 and expires on September 30, 2015. We are in the process of obtaining permanent office space in the Lexington, Massachusetts area. We will require additional space and facilities as our business expands.

Item 3. Legal Proceedings

We are not a party to any material legal proceedings at this time. From time to time, we may be subject to various legal proceedings and claims that arise in the ordinary course of our business activities. Although the results of litigation and claims cannot be predicted with certainty, we do not believe we are party to any claim or litigation the outcome of which, if determined adversely to us, would individually or in the aggregate be reasonably expected to have a material adverse effect on our business. Regardless of the outcome, litigation can have an adverse impact on us because of defense and settlement costs, diversion of management resources and other factors.

Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures

Not applicable.

PART II

Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

Market Information

On February 18, 2015, our common stock began trading on the Nasdaq Global Select Market under the symbol “ITEK”. Prior to that time, there was no public market for our common stock. Shares sold in our initial public offering were priced at $6.00 per share. The following table shows the high and low closing sale prices per share of our common stock as reported on the Nasdaq Global Select Market for the period indicated:


2015	High		Low
February 18, 2015 to March 26, 2015	$	6.10	$	5.60

On March 27, 2015, the closing price for our common stock as reported on the NASDAQ Global Market was $5.74.

Stockholders

As of March 23, 2015, there were 56 stockholders of record, which excludes stockholders whose shares were held in nominee or street name by brokers.

Dividend Policy

We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our capital stock. We currently intend to retain all available funds and any future earnings, if any, to fund the development and expansion of our business and we do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Any future determination to pay cash dividends will be made at the discretion of our board of directors. In addition, the terms of our outstanding indebtedness restrict our ability to pay cash dividends, and any future indebtedness that we may incur could preclude us from paying cash dividends. Investors should not purchase our common stock with the expectation of receiving cash dividends.

Securities authorized for issuance under equity compensation plans

Information about our equity compensation plans is incorporated herein by reference to Item 12 of Part III of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

Set forth below is information regarding securities sold by us during the year ended December 31, 2014 that were not registered under the Securities Act. Also included is the consideration, if any, received by us for the securities and information relating to the section of the Securities Act, or rule of the Securities and Exchange Commission, under which exemption from registration was claimed.

In December 2014, we sold an aggregate of $2.0 million of subordinated convertible promissory notes to existing stockholders (the “2014 Bridge Notes”). The 2014 Bridge Notes mature on June 30, 2015 and accrue interest at the rate of 8% per annum and are subordinate to all other senior indebtedness of the Company. Upon the closing of our initial public offering in February 2015, the 2014 Bridge Notes including accrued interest, converted into 337,932 shares of our common stock.

During the year ended December 31, 2014, we granted stock options to purchase 900,117 shares of our common stock to our employees and directors pursuant to our 2014 Stock Option and Incentive Plan at an exercise price of $4.342 per share.

We deemed the offers, sales and issuances of the 2014 Bridge Notes described above to be exempt from registration under the Securities Act, in reliance on Section 4(2) of the Securities Act, including Regulation D and Rule 506 promulgated thereunder, relating to transactions by an issuer not involving a public offering. All purchasers of securities in transactions exempt from registration pursuant to Regulation D represented to us that they were accredited investors and were acquiring the shares for investment purposes only and not with a view to, or for sale in connection with, any distribution thereof and that they could bear the risks of the investment and could hold the securities for an indefinite period of time. The purchasers received written disclosures that the securities had not been registered under the Securities Act and that any resale must be made pursuant to a registration statement or an available exemption from such registration.

We deemed the grants and exercises of stock options described above to be exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance on Rule 701 of the Securities Act as offers and sales of securities under compensatory benefit plans and contracts relating to compensation in compliance with Rule 701. Each of the recipients of securities in any transaction exempt from registration either received or had adequate access, through employment, business or other relationships, to information about us.

Use of Proceeds from Registered Securities

In February 2015, we completed our (i) IPO of 6,667,000 shares of our common stock at a price of $6.00 per share and (ii) the concurrent offering of $20.0 million aggregate principal amount of our 5.0% Convertible Senior Notes due 2020 (the “2020 Notes”). In March 2015 the underwriters purchased 299,333 shares of common stock at $6.00 per share and $1.0 million of the 2020 Notes upon exercise of their overallotment options. We received net proceeds of approximately $36.6 million, after deducting underwriting discounts and offering-related costs, from our equity issuances and approximately $18.9 million in net proceeds, after deducting underwriting discounts and offering-related costs, from our debt issuances. The 2020 Notes mature on February 15, 2020, are unsecured, bear interest from February 23, 2015 at an annual rate of 5.0% payable semi-annually on February 15 and August 15 of each year, are not redeemable at our option prior to their maturity date, and may be subject to repurchase by us at the option of the holders following a fundamental change (as defined in the 2020 Notes indenture) at a repurchase price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the 2020 Notes to be repurchased. In addition, on or after 150 days from the date of issuance of the notes, we will, in addition to the other consideration payable or deliverable in connection with any conversion of 2020 Notes, make an interest make-whole payment (an “interest make-whole payment”) to the converting holder equal to the sum of the present values of the scheduled payments of interest that would have been made on the 2020 Notes to be converted had such 2020 Notes remained outstanding from the conversion date through the earlier of (i) the date that is three years after the conversion date and (ii) the maturity date if the notes had not been so converted or otherwise repurchased.

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

There were no repurchases of shares of common stock made during the year ended December 31, 2014.

Item 6. Selected Financial Data

We derived the selected statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 and the balance sheet data as of December 31, 2014 and 2013 from our audited financial statements appearing elsewhere in this annual report on Form 10-K. We derived the December 31, 2012 balance sheet data from our audited financials statements not included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

The selected consolidated financial data should be read in conjunction with Item 7, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto included elsewhere in this report. The selected financial data in this section are not intended to replace our consolidated financial statements and the related notes. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of our future results.


	Year Ended December 31,
(in thousands, except share and per share data)	2014			2013			2012
Statements of Operations Data:
Operating expenses:
Research and development	$	(5,592	)	$	(5,330	)	$	(3,542	)
General and administrative		(2,112	)		(1,324	)		(2,307	)

Loss from operations		(7,704	)		(6,654	)		(5,849	)
Other income		—			3			4
Interest expense		(980	)		(884	)		(213	)
Change in fair value of warrant liabilities and convertible notes redemption rights derivative		(847	)		(81	)		(—	)

Net loss	$	(9,531	)	$	(7,616	)	$	(6,058	)

Net loss per common share—basic and diluted	$	(13.52	)	$	(10.05	)	$	(8.04	)

Weighted-average common shares outstanding—basic and diluted		1,020,088			1,018,183			1,016,467


	Year Ended December 31,
(in thousands)	2014			2013			2012
Balance Sheet Data:
Cash and cash equivalents	$	3,618		$	12,793		$	1,372
Total assets		5,520			12,863			1,421
Convertible notes payable		1,541			—			2,713
Notes payable—current portion		3,063			1,410			—
Notes payable, net of current portion		2,550			5,395			—
Warrant liabilities and convertible notes redemption rights derivative		962			1,888			—
Total liabilities		10,278			10,525			3,789
Series AA redeemable convertible preferred stock		46,253			40,685			27,856
Accumulated deficit		(128,041	)		(118,510	)		(110,894	)
Total stockholders’ deficit		(51,559	)		(38,895	)		(30,930	)

Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with our “Selected Financial Data” and our financial statements, related notes and other financial information included elsewhere in this . This discussion contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties such as our plans, objectives, expectations and intentions. Our actual results could differ materially from those discussed in these forward looking statements. Factors that could cause or contribute to such differences include, but are not limited to, those identified below and those discussed in “Risk Factors” included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Overview

lead product candidate, trabodenoson , is a first-in-class selective adenosine mimetic that we rationally designed to lower IOP by restoring the eye’s natural pressure control mechanism. Our product pipeline includes trabodenoson monotherapy delivered in an eye drop formulation, as well as a fixed-dose combination, or FDC, of trabodenoson with latanoprost given once-daily, or QD. Our completed Phase 2 trial of trabodenoson co-administered with latanoprost , a prostaglandin analogue, or PGA, demonstrated IOP-lowering in patients who have previously had inadequate response to latanoprost . These patients represent PGA poor-responders, as evidenced by persistently elevated IOP at levels that typically require the addition of a second drug to further lower IOP.

In February 2015, we completed our IPO of (i) 6,667,000 shares of our common stock at a price of $6.00 per share and (ii) $20.0 million aggregate principal amount of our 2020 Notes. In March 2015 the underwriters purchased 299,333 shares of common stock at $6.00 per share and $1.0 million of the 2020 Notes upon exercise of their overallotment options. We received net proceeds of $36.6 million, after deducting underwriting discounts and offering-related costs, from its equity issuances and $18.9 million in net proceeds, after deducting underwriting discounts and offering-related costs, from our debt issuances. Prior to the IPO we funded our operations primarily through the sale of preferred stock and issuance of convertible promissory notes and notes payable. As of December 31, 2014, we had an accumulated deficit of $128.0 million and $3.6 million of cash. Subsequent to the IPO, we estimate that we have sufficient funding to sustain operations through the next 18 months.

We are planning an End-of-Phase 2 meeting with the U.S. Food and Drug Administration, or FDA, for trabodenoson in the second quarter of 2015. We expect to initiate a Phase 3 program for trabodenoson monotherapy in mid-2015, which will consist of two Phase 3 pivotal trials and a long-term safety study. Based on our estimates of the rate of patient enrollment and assuming commencement in mid-2015, we expect to report top-line data from the first of the two pivotal Phase 3 trials by late 2016.

Since our inception on July 7, 1999, we have devoted substantially all of our resources to business planning, raising capital, product research and development, applying for and obtaining government and private grants, recruiting management, research and technical staff and other personnel, acquiring operating assets, and undertaking preclinical studies and clinical trials of our lead product candidates.

We have not completed development of any product candidate and we have therefore not generated any revenues from product sales. Prior to 2012, we generated revenues primarily from research grants received from governmental agencies and private companies as well as revenue earned under licensing and research collaboration contracts. All previously recognized revenue was unrelated to our current development efforts focused on our lead product candidate, trabodenoson, for the treatment of glaucoma and other diseases of the eye.

Although it is difficult to predict our liquidity requirements, based upon our current operating plan, and the net proceeds from our IPO, we believe we will have sufficient cash to meet our projected operating requirements for the next 18 months. See “Liquidity and Capital Resources.”

Factors Affecting our Results of Operations

We expect our expenses to increase substantially in connection with our ongoing activities, particularly as we continue to invest in research and development and commence our Phase 3 program of trabodenoson in 2015. We also expect our expenses to increase as we complete formulation and manufacturing activities of our FDC product candidate and commence clinical trials in 2016. In addition, if we successfully launch trabodenoson as a monotherapy or any other product candidates, we expect to incur significant commercialization expenses related to sales, marketing, manufacturing and distribution of our products.

Furthermore, we expect to incur additional costs associated with operating as a public company. We expect operating expenses to increase substantially to support an increased infrastructure and expanded operations.

Accordingly, we will need to obtain additional funding in connection with our continuing operations. Adequate additional financing may not be available to us on acceptable terms, or at all. If we are unable to raise capital when needed or on attractive terms, we would be forced to delay, reduce or eliminate our research and development programs or any potential future commercialization efforts. We will need to generate significant revenues to achieve profitability, and we may never do so. As a result, we expect to incur significant expenses and increasing operating losses for the foreseeable future.

Financial Overview

Revenue

We have not generated any revenue from product sales since our inception and do not expect to generate any revenue from the sale of products in the near future. Our ability to generate revenues will depend on the successful development, regulatory approval and commercialization of trabodenoson and any other future product candidates. Historically, we generated revenues primarily from research grants received from governmental agencies and private companies as well as revenue earned under licensing and research collaboration contracts that were unrelated to our current research and development programs.

Research and Development Expenses

Research and development expenses consist primarily of the costs associated with our research and development activities, conducting preclinical studies and clinical trials and activities related to regulatory filings. Our research and development expenses consist of:

•

direct clinical and non-clinical expenses which include expenses incurred under agreements with contract research organizations, or CROs, contract manufacturing organizations and costs associated with preclinical activities and development activities and costs associated with regulatory activities;

•

employee and consultant-related expenses, including salaries, benefits, travel and stock-based compensation expense for research and development personnel as well as consultants that conduct and support clinical trials and preclinical studies; and

•

facilities and other expenses, which include direct and allocated expenses for rent and maintenance of facilities, insurance and other supplies used in research and development activities.

We expense research and development costs as incurred. We record costs for some development activities, such as clinical trials, based on an evaluation of the progress to completion of specific tasks using data such as subject enrollment, clinical site activations or other information our vendors provide to us.

The following table summarizes our research and development expenses by type of activity for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012:


	Year Ended December 31,
(in thousands)	2014		2013		2012
Trabodenoson —direct clinical and non-clinical	$	4,383	$	3,799	$	1,988
Personnel and other expenses:
Employee and consultant-related expenses		1,075		1,339		1,341
Facility expenses		121		123		163
Other expenses		13		69		50

Total personnel and other expenses		1,209		1,531		1,554

Total research and development expenses	$	5,592	$	5,330	$	3,542

All research and development efforts and expenses for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 relate to the development of trabodenoson . We do not track trabodenoson -related expenses by product candidate. All expenses related to trabodenoson as a monotherapy also benefit the FDC product candidate trabodenoson with latanoprost . We have expended approximately $41 million for external development costs related to trabodenoson from inception through December 31, 2014.

The process of conducting the necessary clinical research to obtain regulatory approval is costly and time consuming and the successful development of our product candidates is highly uncertain. Our future research and development expenses will depend on the clinical success of our product candidates, as well as ongoing assessments of the commercial potential of such product candidates. In addition, we cannot forecast with any degree of certainty which product candidates may be subject to future collaborations, when such arrangements will be secured, if at all, and to what degree such arrangements would affect our development plans and capital requirements. We expect our research and development expenses to increase in future periods for the foreseeable future as we seek to complete development of our lead product candidate, trabodenoson , further develop our other product candidates and expand our research and development personnel to focus on these product candidate development activities.

The successful development and commercialization of our product candidates is highly uncertain. This is due to the numerous risks and uncertainties associated with product development and commercialization, including the uncertainty of:

•

the scope, progress, outcome and costs of our clinical trials and other research and development activities;

•

the efficacy and potential advantages of our product candidates compared to alternative treatments, including any standard of care;

•

the market acceptance of our product candidates;

•

obtaining, maintaining, defending and enforcing patent claims and other intellectual property rights;

•

significant and changing government regulation; and

•

the timing, receipt and terms of any marketing approvals.

A change in the outcome of any of these variables with respect to the development of trabodenoson or any other product candidate that we may develop could mean a significant change in the costs and timing associated with the development of that product candidate. For example, if the FDA or another regulatory authority were to require us to conduct clinical trials or other testing beyond those that we currently contemplate for the completion of clinical development of trabodenoson or any other product candidate that we may develop or if we experience significant delays in enrollment in any of our clinical trials, we could be required to expend significant additional financial resources and time on the completion of clinical development of that product candidate.

General and Administrative Expenses

General and administrative expenses consist of salaries and related benefit costs, including stock-based compensation for administrative personnel. Other significant general and administrative expenses include professional fees for legal, patents, consulting, auditing and tax services as well as other direct and allocated expenses for rent and maintenance of facilities, insurance and other supplies used in general and administrative activities. We anticipate that our general and administrative expenses will increase in future periods to support increases in our research and development activities and as a result of increased headcount (especially in our accounting and finance departments), increased stock-based compensation charges, expanded infrastructure, increased costs for insurance, and increased legal, compliance, accounting and investor and public relations expenses associated with being a public company.

Interest Expense

Interest expense consists primarily of interest on our existing notes payable, interest on convertible promissory notes, amortization of loan discounts as well as interest calculated based on the amortization of the beneficial conversion feature of the convertible promissory notes. In February 2015, we repaid our borrowings under our existing notes payable agreements with Horizon Technology Finance Corporation and Fortress Credit Co. LLC with the proceeds from our IPO.

Other Income (Expense), Net

Other income (expense), net reflects consists primarily of non-cash expense related to changes in the fair value of our warrant liabilities arising from the warrants to purchase shares of Series AA Preferred Stock (see Note 7 of our consolidated financial statements) and changes in the fair value of the redemption rights derivative related to our 2014 Bridge Notes.

Results of Operations

Comparison of the Years Ended December 31, 2014 and 2013

The following table summarizes the results of our operations for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013:


	Year Ended December 31,						Increase (Decrease)
(in thousands)	2014			2013			Increase (Decrease)
Operating expenses:
Research and development	$	(5,592	)	$	(5,330	)	$	262
General and administrative		(2,112	)		(1,324	)		788

Total operating expenses		(7,704	)		(6,654	)		1,050
Interest expense		(980	)		(884	)		96
Other income (expense), net		(847	)		(78	)		769

Net loss	$	(9,531	)	$	(7,616	)	$	1,915

Research and Development Expenses

Research and development expenses increased by $0.3 million to $5.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, as compared to $5.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. The increase resulted primarily from higher CRO and other direct clinical trial expenses related to the Phase 2 trial of trabodenoson FDC , for which we received top line results in October 2014. This increase was partially offset by decreases in expenses related to manufacturing and testing of the active pharmaceutical ingredient needed to conduct the Phase 2 trial, as well as decreases in expenses related to consultants and stock-based compensation for research development personnel.

General and Administrative Expenses

General and administrative expenses increased $0.8 million, to $2.1 million, for the year ended December 31, 2014, as compared to $1.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. Included in the year ended December 31, 2013 is approximately $0.8 million of executive severance and payroll-related costs that are related to the termination of our former CEO and CFO in May 2013 as well as a reversal of approximately $0.3 million of stock based compensation also related to these terminations. This decrease of $0.5 million was offset by higher outside consultant expenses of $0.5 million related primarily to financial and accounting support, payroll-related expenses of $0.4 million related to the hiring of our CEO and VP of Finance, higher travel, professional fees and other expenses of $0.3 million in support of our initial public offering and stock-based compensation of $0.2 million related to the 2014 option grants.

Interest Expense

Interest expense increased $0.1 million, to $1.0 million, for the year ended December 31, 2014, as compared to $0.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. The majority of interest expense, both coupon and discount amortization, for the year ended December 31, 2014, was related to the notes payable that we issued to two financial entities in June 2013. In addition, interest expense was recorded on the 2014 Bridge Notes issued in December 2014. Interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2013 includes approximately $0.4 million related to our convertible promissory notes which converted to equity in June 2013 plus approximately $0.5 million of both coupon and discount amortization related to the notes payable that we issued to two financial entities in June 2013.

Other Income (Expense), Net

Other expense, net, increased $0.8 million, to $0.8 million, for the year ended December 31, 2014, as compared to a $0.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. The increase resulted primarily from the noncash expense related to changes in the fair value of our warrant liabilities arising from the warrants to purchase shares of Series AA Preferred Stock.

Comparison of the Years Ended December 31, 2013 and 2012

The following table summarizes the results of our operations for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012:


	Year Ended December 31,						Increase (Decrease)
	2013			2012			Increase (Decrease)
Operating expenses:
Research and development	$	(5,330	)	$	(3,542	)	$	1,788
General and administrative		(1,324	)		(2,307	)		(983	)

Total operating expenses		(6,654	)		(5,849	)		805
Interest expense		(884	)		(213	)		671
Other income (expense), net		(78	)		4			82

Net loss	$	(7,616	)	$	(6,058	)	$	1,558

Research and Development Expenses

Research and development expenses increased by $1.8 million, to $5.3 million, for the year ended December 31, 2013, as compared to $3.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. The increase resulted entirely from higher CRO and other direct clinical expenses related to the Phase 2 trial of trabodenoson FDC, which we recently completed.

General and Administrative Expenses

General and administrative expenses decreased $1.0 million, to $1.3 million, for the year ended December 31, 2013, as compared to $2.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. Approximately $0.6 million of this decrease is due to lower stock-based compensation and included a reversal of $0.3 million in expenses related to the termination of our former CEO and CFO who were terminated in May 2013. The remaining decrease resulted primarily from lower patent, legal and consultant-related expenses offset by higher payroll-related expenses.

Interest Expense

Interest expense increased by $0.7 million, to $0.9 million, for the year ended December 31, 2013, as compared to $0.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. Approximately $0.5 million of the increase resulted from the interest expense related to our notes payable which we issued in June 2013. The remaining increase resulted from higher interest expense related to our convertible promissory notes which converted into equity in June 2013.

Other Income (Expense), Net

Net other income increased by $0.1 million and is the result of the non-cash income related to changes in the fair value of our warrant liabilities arising from the warrants to purchase shares of Series AA Preferred Stock described in Note 7 of our consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Since inception, we have incurred accumulated net losses and negative cash flows from our operations. We incurred net losses of $9.5 million, $7.6 million and $6.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 respectively. Our operating activities used $9.7 million, $6.5 million and $6.9 million of cash during the years ended December 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively. As of December 31, 2014, the Company had $3.6 million of cash and cash equivalents.

In February 2015, we completed our IPO and concurrent note offering and in March 2015 the underwriters purchased a portion of their common stock and notes overallotment options resulting in net proceeds to us of approximately $55.5 million. As of March 30, 2015 we have outstanding $21.0 million of 2020 Notes. The Company estimates that it has sufficient funding to sustain operations through at least the next 18 months.

In December 2014, the Company sold an aggregate of $2.0 million of the 2014 Bridge Notes. In addition to other terms, the 2014 Bridge Notes had a maturity of June 30, 2015, accrued interest at the rate of 8% per annum and were subordinate to all other senior indebtedness of the Company. Upon the closing of our IPO, the 2014 Bridge Notes, including accrued interest, automatically converted into 337,932 shares of our common stock.

On June 28, 2013, we entered into notes payable agreements with two financial entities pursuant to which we issued a $3.5 million note to each lender and received net proceeds of $6.9 million. The notes bore interest at a rate of 11.0% per annum and had a maturity date of October 1, 2016. We made principal payments of $1.4 million on these notes payable in 2014. In February 2015, we paid the lenders with proceeds from our IPO a total of $5.7 million, which included $5.3 million for the remaining principal, $0.4 million for end of term and prepayment amounts and accrued interest. These notes payable agreements were then terminated.

The following table summarizes our sources and uses of cash for each of the periods presented:


	Year Ended December 31,
(in thousands)	2014			2013			2012
Cash used in operating activities	$	(9,743	)	$	(6,455	)	$	(6,936	)
Cash provided by investing activities		—			—			3
Cash provided by financing activities		568			17,876			2,500

Net increase (decrease) in cash and equivalents	$	(9,175	)	$	11,421		$	(4,433	)

Net cash used in operating activities

Net cash used in operating activities was $9.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 and $6.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. Net cash used in operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2014 principally resulted from our net loss of $9.5 million and increased prepaid expenses and other assets primarily related to $1.8 million in deferred public offering costs. These amounts were partially offset by increases in non-cash expenses related to changes in the fair value of our warrant liabilities of $0.8 million, increases in accounts payables and accrued expenses of $0.3 million, non-cash interest expenses of $0.2 million as well as non-cash stock-based compensation expense of $0.2 million. Net cash used in operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2013 principally resulted from our net loss of $7.6 million partially offset by increases in accounts payable and accrued expenses of $0.8 million and net non-cash stock compensation and interest expenses of $0.3 million.

Net cash used in operating activities was $6.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 and $6.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. Net cash used in operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2013 principally resulted from our net loss of $7.6 million and decreases in accounts payable of $0.2 million partially offset by increases in accrued expenses of $0.9 million and net non-cash stock compensation and interest expenses of $0.3 million. Net cash used in operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2012 principally resulted from our net loss of $6.1 million and decreases in accrued expenses of $1.8 million partially offset by increases in non-cash stock compensation expenses of $0.5 million, non-cash interest expenses of $0.2 million and accounts payable of $0.2 million. Our net losses in all periods were the result of our significant operating expenses for research and development activities and general and administrative expenses.

Net cash used in investing activities

Net cash used in investing activities was not significant for any periods presented.

Net cash provided by financing activities

Net cash provided by financing activities was $0.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 and reflects the net proceeds from issuance of our $2.0 million convertible notes partially offset by principal payments on our notes payable of $1.4 million. Net cash provided by financing activities was $17.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 and resulted primarily from $10.0 million in net proceeds from the sale of our Series AA Preferred Stock, $6.9 million in net proceeds from our notes payable and $1.0 million in net proceeds from the sale of our convertible notes, which converted into Series AA Preferred Stock in June 2013.

Net cash provided by financing activities was $17.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 and $2.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. Net cash provided by financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2013 resulted primarily from $10.0 million in net cash proceeds from the sale of our Series AA Preferred Stock, $6.9 million in proceeds from our notes payable and $1.0 million in net proceeds from the sale of our convertible notes which converted into Series AA Preferred Stock in June 2013. Net cash provided by financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2012 principally resulted from the receipt of $2.5 million in proceeds from the sale of our convertible notes which converted into Series AA Preferred Stock in June 2013.

Operating Capital Requirements

To date, we have not generated any revenue from product sales. We do not know when, or if, we will generate any revenue from product sales. We do not expect to generate significant revenue from product sales unless and until we obtain regulatory approval of and commercialize one of our current or future product candidates. We anticipate that we will continue to generate losses for the foreseeable future and we expect the losses to increase as we continue the development of, and seek regulatory approvals for, our product candidates and begin to commercialize any approved products. With the closing of our IPO in February 2015, we will incur additional costs associated with operating as a public company. In addition, subject to obtaining regulatory

approval of any of our product candidates, we expect to incur significant commercialization expenses for product sales, marketing and manufacturing. Accordingly, we anticipate that we will need substantial additional funding in connection with our continuing operations.

Until such time, if ever, as we can generate substantial product revenue, we expect to finance our cash needs through a combination of equity offerings, debt financings, collaborations, strategic alliances and licensing arrangements. To the extent that we are able to raise additional capital through the sale of equity or convertible debt securities, the ownership interest of our stockholders will be diluted, and the terms of these securities may include liquidation or other preferences that adversely affect the rights of our existing stockholders. Debt financing, if available, may involve agreements that include covenants limiting or restricting our ability to take specific actions, such as incurring additional debt, making capital expenditures or declaring dividends and may require the issuance of warrants, which could cause potential dilution. If we raise additional funds through collaborations, strategic alliances or licensing arrangements with third parties, we may have to relinquish valuable rights to our technologies, future revenue streams or research programs or to grant licenses on terms that may not be favorable to us. If we are unable to raise additional funds through equity or debt financings when needed, we may be required to delay, limit, reduce or terminate our product development or future commercialization efforts or grant rights to develop and market products or product candidates that we would otherwise prefer to develop and market ourselves.

Contractual Obligations and Commitments

The following summarizes our significant contractual obligations as of December 31, 2014:


(in thousands)	Total		Less than 1 year		1 to 3 years		3 to 5 years		More than 5 years
Operating lease obligations (1)	$	15	$	15	$	—	$	—	$	—
Notes payable (2)		6,381		6,381		—		—		—
2014 Bridge Notes (3)		2,088		2,088		—		—		—

Total	$	8,484	$	8,484	$	—		—	$	—

(1)

Amounts represent our minimum lease obligations related to our corporate headquarters in Lexington, Massachusetts. The minimum lease payments in the table do not include related common area maintenance charges or real estate taxes, which costs are variable. Amounts exclude a lease we entered into in March 2015 obligating us to pay $43 in 2015.

(2)	Amounts represent principal, interest and termination payments on our notes payable. We repaid the borrowings under, and terminated, our notes payable agreements with the proceeds from our IPO as reflected in the above table.

(3)	Includes principal and interest due through the June 30, 2015 due date of our convertible notes. The 2014 Bridge Notes converted into 337,932 shares of common stock upon consummation of the IPO in February 2015.

The above table excludes our obligations related to the 2020 Notes issued in February and March 2015. The 2020 Notes require the following interest payments: $1,026 in 2016 and $1,050 in each of 2017, 2018, 2019 and 2020. Also, $21.0 million of principal is due in 2020. The 2020 Notes are convertible into common stock at $6.30 per share, subject to adjustment in certain circumstances, at any time by the note holder.

We enter into contracts in the normal course of business with CROs and contract manufacturers to assist in the performance of our research and development activities and other services and products for operating purposes. To the extent that these contracts provide for termination on notice, and therefore are cancelable contracts, they are not included in the table of contractual obligations and commitments.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We did not have during the periods presented, and we do not currently have, any off-balance sheet arrangements, as defined under SEC rules.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

We are exposed to market risks in the ordinary course of our business. These market risks are principally limited to interest rate fluctuations. We had cash and cash equivalents of $3.6 million at December 31, 2014, consisting of funds in operating cash accounts. The primary objective of our investment activities is to preserve principal and liquidity while maximizing income without significantly increasing risk. We do not enter into investments for trading or speculative purposes. Due to the short-term nature of our investment portfolio, we do not believe an immediate 1.0% increase in interest rates would have a material effect on the fair market value of our portfolio, and accordingly we do not expect a sudden change in market interest rates to affect materially our operating results or cash flows.

Because our notes payable bear interest at a fixed rate, a change in interest rates would not impact the amount of interest we would pay on our indebtedness.

JOBS Act

Under Section 107(b) of the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act, an “emerging growth company” can delay the adoption of new or revised accounting standards until such time as those standards would apply to private companies. We have irrevocably elected not to avail ourselves of this exemption and, as a result, we will adopt new or revised accounting standards at the same time as other public companies that are not emerging growth companies. There are other exemptions and reduced reporting requirements provided by the JOBS Act that we are currently evaluating. For example, as an emerging growth company, we are exempt from Sections 14A(a) and (b) of the Exchange Act which would otherwise require us to (i) submit certain executive compensation matters to stockholder advisory votes, such as “say-on-pay,” “say-on-frequency” and “golden parachutes” and (ii) disclose certain executive compensation related items such as the correlation between executive compensation and performance and comparisons of our Chief Executive Officer’s compensation to our median employee compensation. We also intend to rely on an exemption from the rule requiring us to provide an auditor’s attestation report on our internal controls over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and the rule requiring us to comply with any requirement that may be adopted by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board, or PCAOB, regarding mandatory audit firm rotation or a supplement to the auditor’s report providing additional information about the audit and the financial statements as the auditor discussion and analysis. We will continue to remain an “emerging growth company” until the earliest of the following: December 31, 2020; the last day of the fiscal year in which our total annual gross revenue is equal to or more than $1 billion; the date on which we have issued more than $1 billion in nonconvertible debt during the previous three years; or the date on which we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer under the rules of the SEC.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

Accrued Research and Development Expenses

As part of the process of preparing our financial statements, we are required to estimate our accrued research and development expenses. This process involves reviewing open contracts and purchase orders, communicating with our personnel to identify services that have been performed on our behalf and estimating the level of service performed and the associated costs incurred for the services when we have not yet been invoiced or otherwise notified of the actual costs. The majority of our service providers invoice us in arrears for services performed, on a pre-determined schedule or when contractual milestones are met; however, some require

advanced payments. We make estimates of our accrued expenses as of each balance sheet date in our financial statements based on facts and circumstances known to us at that time. Examples of estimated accrued research and development expenses include fees paid to:

•

CROs in connection with performing research and development services on our behalf;

•

investigative sites or other providers in connection with clinical trials;

•

vendors in connection with non-clinical development activities; and

•

vendors related to product manufacturing, development and distribution of clinical supplies.

We base our expenses related to clinical trials on our estimates of the services received and efforts expended pursuant to contracts with multiple CROs that conduct and manage non-clinical studies and clinical trials on our behalf. The financial terms of these agreements are subject to negotiation, vary from contract to contract and may result in uneven payment flows. There may be instances in which payments made to our vendors will exceed the level of services provided and result in a prepayment of the clinical expense. Payments under some of these contracts depend on factors such as the successful enrollment of patients and the completion of clinical trial milestones. In accruing service fees, we estimate the time period over which services will be performed, enrollment of patients, number of sites activated and level of effort to be expended in each period. If the actual timing of the performance of services or the level of effort varies from our estimate, we adjust the accrual or prepaid accordingly. Although we do not expect our estimates to be materially different from amounts actually incurred, our understanding of the status and timing of services performed relative to the actual status and timing of services performed may vary and may result in us reporting expenses that are too high or too low in any particular period.

Fair Value Measurements

We are required to disclose information on all assets and liabilities reported at fair value that enables an assessment of the inputs used in determining the reported fair values. Accounting Standard Codification, or ASC, Topic 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures, establishes a hierarchy of inputs used when available. Observable inputs are inputs that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability based on market data obtained from sources independent of our company. Unobservable inputs are inputs that reflect our assumptions about the inputs that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability, and are developed based on the best information available in the circumstances. The fair value hierarchy applies only to the valuation inputs used in determining the reported fair value of the investments and is not a measure of the investment credit quality. The three levels of the fair value hierarchy are described below:

•

Level 1—Valuations based on unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that we have the ability to access at the measurement date;

•

Level 2—Valuations based on quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active or for which all significant inputs are observable, either directly or indirectly;

•

Level 3—Valuations that require inputs that reflect our own assumptions that are both significant to the fair value measurement and unobservable.

Our material financial instruments at December 31, 2014 and 2013 consisted of cash and cash equivalents, preferred stock warrant liabilities and a convertible debt redemption rights derivative. We have determined that

our preferred stock warrant liabilities and convertible debt redemption rights derivative are subject to Level 3 fair value measurements. We account for both our preferred stock warrant liabilities and convertible debt redemption rights derivative as liabilities based upon the characteristics and provisions of the underlying instruments. These liabilities were recorded at their fair value on the date of issuance and are re-measured on each subsequent balance sheet date, with fair value changes recognized as income (decreases in fair value) or expense (increases in fair value) in change in fair value of warrant liabilities and convertible notes redemption rights derivative in the statements of operations.

Stock-Based Compensation

We measure the cost of employee services received in exchange for an award of equity instruments based on the grant date fair value of the award. That cost is recognized on a straight-line basis over the period during which the employee is required to provide service in exchange for the award. The fair value of options on the date of grant is calculated using the Black-Scholes option pricing model based on key assumptions such as stock price, expected volatility and expected term. Our estimates of these assumptions are primarily based on third-party valuations, historical data, peer company data and judgment regarding future trends and factors.

We account for stock options issued to non-employees in accordance with the provisions of The Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB, ASC Subtopic 505-50, Equity-Based Payments to Non-employees , which requires valuing the stock options using the Black-Scholes option pricing model and re-measuring such stock options at their current fair value as they vest.

Significant Factors, Assumptions and Methodologies Used in Determining Fair Value

Determining the fair value of our convertible preferred stock warrants, convertible debt derivative and stock-based awards requires the use of subjective assumptions. In the absence of a publicly traded market for our securities, we conducted periodic valuations of our securities.

Valuations conducted in 2014 and 2013

A third-party valuation consultant was engaged to advise and assist us in connection with the valuations of our (i) Series AA preferred stock warrants outstanding on December 31, 2014 and 2013, (ii) our convertible debt redemption rights derivative at issuance and at December 31, 2014, (iii) our common stock options issued in August 2014 and (iv) our Series AA preferred stock warrants exercised in August and September 2014. Because our Series X preferred stock is entitled to a contingent liquidation preference which varies based on the total value of our equity, we were precluded from using a closed-form model, such as the Black-Scholes option pricing method, to value the Series AA preferred stock warrants. Therefore, we employed a Monte Carlo simulation methodology for all models used to determine the fair value of securities in our capital structure.

Common Stock and Preferred Stock Warrant Valuations

Our initial equity value, or EV, was determined by utilizing a risk-adjusted discounted cash flow model based upon market research and management’s assessment thereof, which is an income approach and was corroborated with market data, coupled with a series of Monte Carlo simulations which projected various equity values under different possible liquidity events including (i) initial public offering, or IPO, (ii) merger and acquisition, or M&A, and (iii) stay-private, or SP, scenarios. The first two scenarios assume positive results from our recent Phase 2 clinical trial, while the third scenario considered unfavorable results for valuations performed prior to December 31, 2014 and, at December 31, 2014, no IPO or M&A transaction.

Key assumptions underlying the discounted cash flow model are described below:

•

Based on the research and industry knowledge of our officers and consultants, we developed projections of market penetration, product selling prices and required infrastructure to estimate our future revenues and operating expenses to determine projected free cash flows from our two current product candidates containing trabodenoson , through patent expiration.

•

Probability of Success. To determine the probability of success for the various phases of development required for submission in an NDA, we utilized the clinical trial success rates as published in certain reports.

•

Time to Liquidity . All 2014 and 2013 valuations assumed liquidity events occurring between December 31, 2014 and April 1, 2015.

•

Risk Free rates . Risk free rates are based on published or imputed government treasury rates as of each valuation date.

•

Volatilities . Volatilities were derived from historical data from guideline publicly traded comparable companies. We used volatilities of 60% to 70% for the 2014 and 2013 valuations.

The Monte Carlo-simulated total equity values were then allocated to each type of security using a current value (waterfall) method under each scenario and were then probability-adjusted using probability weights by scenario.


As of date:	IPO			M&A			SP
December 31, 2013		5	%		20	%		75	%
December 31, 2014		70	%		25	%		5	%

Valuation models require the input of highly subjective assumptions. Because our shares had characteristics significantly different from that of publicly traded common stock and because changes in the subjective input assumptions can materially affect the fair value estimate, in management’s opinion, the existing models do not necessarily provide a reliable, single measure of the fair value of our Series AA preferred stock or Series X preferred stock. The foregoing valuation methodologies are not the only valuation methodologies available and are not expected to be used to value our securities after our IPO. We cannot make complete assurances as to any particular valuation for our securities. Accordingly, investors are cautioned not to place undue reliance on the foregoing valuation methodologies as an indicator of future stock prices.

Convertible Debt Redemption Rights Derivative

The 2014 Bridge Notes redemption rights derivative required separate accounting and was valued using a single income valuation approach. We estimated the fair value of the redemption rights derivative using a ‘‘with and without’’ income valuation approach. Under this approach, we estimated the present value of the fixed interest rate debt based on the fair value of similar debt instruments excluding the embedded feature. This amount was then compared to the fair value of the debt instrument including the embedded feature using a probability weighted approach by assigning each embedded derivative feature a probability of occurrence, with consideration provided for the settlement amount including conversion discounts, prepayment penalties, the expected life of the liability and the applicable discount rate.

As of the issuance of the 2014 Bridge Notes on December 22, 2014 and on December 31, 2014, the Company ascribed a probability of occurrence to the Change in Control Redemption Feature of 25%. The expected life of the feature was the remaining term of the debt and the discount rate was 18.9%. The Company classified the liability within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy as the probability factor and the discount rate are unobservable inputs and significant to the valuation model. As of December 22, 2014 and December 31, 2014, the fair value of the embedded derivative was approximately $0.5 million.

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risks

We are exposed to market risk related to changes in interest rates. As of December 31, 2014, we had cash and cash equivalents of $3.6 million. Our primary exposure to market risk is interest rate sensitivity, which is affected by changes in the general level of U.S. interest rates, particularly because our investments are in short-term marketable securities. Our cash equivalents are subject to interest rate risk and could fall in value if market

interest rates increase. Due to the short-term duration of our investment portfolio and the low risk profile of our investments, we do not believe an immediate 10% change in interest rates would have a material effect on the fair market value of our investment portfolio.

Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

The financial statements required to be filed pursuant to this Item 8 are appended to this report. An index of those financial statements is found in Item 15.

Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

None.

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

Our management, with the participation of our principal executive officer and our principal financial officer, evaluated, as of the end of the period covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K, the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures. Based on that evaluation of our disclosure controls and procedures as of December 31, 2014, our principal executive officer and principal financial officer concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures as of such date are effective at the reasonable assurance level. The term “disclosure controls and procedures,” as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act, means controls and other procedures of a company that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by a company in the reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act are recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms. Disclosure controls and procedures include, without limitation, controls and procedures designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by us in the reports we file or submit under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our principal executive officer and principal financial officer, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. Management recognizes that any controls and procedures, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable assurance of achieving their objectives and our management necessarily applies its judgment in evaluating the cost-benefit relationship of possible controls and procedures.

Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

This annual report does not include a report of management’s assessment regarding internal control over financial reporting or an attestation report of the company’s registered public accounting firm due to a transition period established by rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission for newly public companies.

Inherent Limitations of Internal Controls

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Therefore, even those systems determined to be effective can provide only reasonable assurance with respect to financial statement preparation and presentation. Projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

There were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act) during the period covered by this report that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

Item 9B. Other Information

Not applicable.

PART III

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers, and Corporate Governance

The information required by this Item is incorporated herein by reference to the information that will be contained in our proxy statement related to the 2015 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, which we intend to file with the Securities and Exchange Commission within 120 days of the end of our fiscal year pursuant to General Instruction G(3) of Form 10-K.

Item 11. Executive Compensation

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

Item 14. Principal Accounting Fees and Services

PART IV

Item 15. Exhibits, Financial Statements and Schedules

(a) The following documents are filed as part of this report:

(1) Financial Statements:


Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm		F-2
Balance Sheet		F-3
Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss		F-4
Statements of Changes in Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Deficit		F-5
Statements of Cash Flows		F-6
Notes to Financial Statements		F-7

(2) Financial Statement Schedules:

All financial statement schedules have been omitted because they are not applicable, not required or the information required is shown in the financial statements or the notes thereto.

(3) Exhibits. The exhibits filed as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K are set forth on the Exhibit Index immediately following our consolidated financial statements. The Exhibit Index is incorporated herein by reference.

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Lexington, Commonwealth of Massachusetts, on March 31, 2015.

POWER OF ATTORNEY

Each person whose individual signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints David P. Southwell and Dale Ritter, and each of them, with full power of substitution and resubstitution and full power to act without the other, as his or her true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent to act in his or her name, place and stead and to execute in the name and on behalf of each person, individually and in each capacity stated below, and to file any and all amendments to this Annual Report on Form 10-K, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing, ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents or any of them or their or his substitute or substitutes may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue thereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.


Name	Title	Date

/s/ David P. Southwell David P. Southwell	President, Chief Executive Officer and Director (Principal Executive Officer)	March 31, 2015

/s/ Dale Ritter Dale Ritter	Vice President–Finance (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)	March 31, 2015

/s/ A.N. “Jerry” Karabelas, Ph.D. A.N. “Jerry” Karabelas, Ph.D.	Director	March 31, 2015

/s/ Ittai Harel Ittai Harel	Director	March 31, 2015

/s/ Paul G. Howes Paul G. Howes	Director	March 31, 2015

/s/ Devang V. Kantesaria, M.D. Devang V. Kantesaria, M.D.	Director	March 31, 2015

/s/ Isai Peimer Isai Peimer	Director	March 31, 2015

/s/ Martin Vogelbaum Martin Vogelbaum	Director	March 31, 2015

100

Inotek Pharmaceuticals Corporation

Index to Financial Statements

Contents


Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm			F-2
Balance Sheets			F-3
Statements of Operations			F-4
Statements of Changes in Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Deficit			F-5
Statements of Cash Flows			F-6
Notes to Financial Statements			F-7

F-1

Report of Independent

Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of

Inotek Pharmaceuticals Corporation

We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of Inotek Pharmaceuticals Corporation as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, and the related statements of operations, changes in redeemable convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ deficit, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2014. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Inotek Pharmaceuticals Corporation as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the years in the three year period ended December 31, 2014 in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

/s/ McGladrey LLP

Boston, Massachusetts

March 31, 2015

F-2

Inotek Pharmaceuticals Corporation

Balance Sheets

(in thousands, except share and per share data)


	December 31,
	2014			2013
Assets
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents	$	3,618		$	12,793
Prepaid expenses and other current assets		52			66

Total current assets		3,670			12,859
Other assets		1,850			4

Total assets	$	5,520		$	12,863

Liabilities, Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Deficit
Current liabilities:
Notes payable, current portion	$	3,063		$	1,410
Accounts payable		1,146			229
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities		992			1,579
Convertible notes payable		1,541			—
Convertible notes redemption rights derivative		480			—

Total current liabilities		7,220			3,218
Notes payable, net of current portion		2,550			5,395
Warrant liabilities		482			1,888
Other long-term liabilities		24			24

Total liabilities		10,278			10,525

Series AA redeemable convertible preferred stock, $0.001 par value; 25,757,874 shares authorized; 24,057,013 shares and 23,204,783 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively; (liquidation preference of $101,934 at December 31, 2014, see Note 7)		46,253			40,685
Series X redeemable convertible preferred stock, $0.001 par value; 2,902,050 shares authorized; 1,892,320 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2014 and 2013; (liquidation preference, see Note 7)		548			548

Total redeemable convertible preferred stock		46,801			41,233

Commitments and Contingencies (Note 8)

Stockholders’ deficit:
Common stock, $0.01 par value; 43,509,727 shares and 32,857,171 shares authorized at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively; 1,020,088 shares and 1,021,972 shares issued December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively; 1,020,088 shares outstanding at December 31, 2014 and 2013		10			10
Treasury stock, at cost; no shares and 1,884 shares at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively		—			(176	)
Additional paid-in capital		76,472			79,781
Accumulated deficit		(128,041	)		(118,510	)

Total stockholders’ deficit		(51,559	)		(38,895	)

Total Liabilities, Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Deficit	$	5,520		$	12,863

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-3

Inotek Pharmaceuticals Corporation

Statements of Operations

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)


	Year ended December 31,
	2014			2013			2012
Operating expenses:
Research and development	$	(5,592	)	$	(5,330	)	$	(3,542	)
General and administrative		(2,112	)		(1,324	)		(2,307	)

Loss from operations		(7,704	)		(6,654	)		(5,849	)
Other income		—			3			4
Interest expense		(980	)		(884	)		(213	)
Change in fair value of warrant liabilities and convertible notes redemption rights derivative		(847	)		(81	)		—

Net loss	$	(9,531	)	$	(7,616	)	$	(6,058	)

Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders—basic and diluted	$	(13.52	)	$	(10.05	)	$	(8.04	)

Weighted-average number of shares outstanding—basic and diluted		1,020,088			1,018,183			1,016,467

F-4

Inotek Pharmaceuticals Corporation

Statements of Changes in Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Deficit

(in thousands, except share and per share data)


	Series AA Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock						Series X Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock						Common Stock					Treasury Stock						Additional Paid-In Capital			Accumulated Deficit			Total
	Shares			Amount			Shares			Amount			Shares			Par Value		Shares			Amount			Additional Paid-In Capital			Accumulated Deficit			Total
Balances at December 31, 2011		15,458,796		$	25,738			2,451,184		$	495			1,018,351		$	10		(1,884	)	$	(176	)	$	81,973		$	(104,836	)	$	(23,029	)
Stock-based compensation		—			—			—			211			—			—		—			—			275			—			275
Accretion of Series AA preferred stock issuance costs		—			45			—			—			—			—		—			—			(45	)		—			(45	)
Accrual of Series AA preferred stock dividends		—			2,073			—			—			—			—		—			—			(2,073	)		—			(2,073	)
Net loss		—			—			—			—			—			—		—			—			—			(6,058	)		(6,058	)

Balances at December 31, 2012		15,458,796			27,856			2,451,184			706			1,018,351			10		(1,884	)		(176	)		80,130			(110,894	)		(30,930	)
Repurchase of Series X preferred stock		—			—			(558,864	)		(343	)		—			—		—			—			—			—			—
Stock-based compensation		—			—			—			185			—			—		—			—			10			—			10
Issuance of Series AA preferred stock and Series AA preferred stock warrants, net of issuance costs		6,540,221			8,377			—			—			—			—		—			—			—			—			—
Issuance of Series AA preferred stock upon conversion of convertible notes and accrued interest		2,677,731			4,093			—			—			—			—		—			—			—			—			—
Conversion of Series AA preferred stock into common stock		(1,471,965	)		(2,253	)		—			—			3,621			—		—			—			2,253			—			2,253
Accretion of Series AA preferred stock to redemption value		—			380			—			—			—			—		—			—			(380	)		—			(380	)
Accrual of Series AA preferred stock dividends		—			2,232			—			—			—			—		—			—			(2,232	)		—			(2,232	)
Net loss		—			—			—			—			—			—		—			—			—			(7,616	)		(7,616	)

Balances at December 31, 2013		23,204,783			40,685			1,892,320			548			1,021,972			10		(1,884	)		(176	)		79,781			(118,510	)		(38,895	)
Stock-based compensation		—			—			—			—			—			—		—			—			177			—			177
Accretion of Series AA preferred stock to redemption value		—			864			—			—			—			—		—			—			(864	)		—			(864	)
Accrual of Series AA preferred stock dividends		—			3,401			—			—			—			—		—			—			(3,401	)		—			(3,401	)
Exercise of Series AA preferred stock warrants		852,230			1,303			—			—			—			—		—			—			955			—			955
Retirement of treasury stock		—			—			—			—			(1,884	)		—		1,884			176			(176	)		—			—
Net loss		—			—			—			—			—			—		—			—			—			(9,531	)		(9,531	)

Balances at December 31, 2014		24,057,013		$	46,253			1,892,320		$	548			1,020,088		$	10		—		$	—		$	76,472		$	(128,041	)	$	(51,559	)

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-5

Inotek Pharmaceuticals Corporation

Statements of Cash Flows

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)


	Year Ended December 31,
	2014			2013			2012
Cash flows from operating activities:
Net loss	$	(9,531	)	$	(7,616	)	$	(6,058	)
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to cash used by operating activities:
Depreciation		—			—			9
Noncash interest expense		238			492			213
Change in fair value of warrant liabilities and convertible notes redemption rights derivative		847			81			—
Stock-based compensation		177			(148	)		486
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
Prepaid expenses and other assets		(1,804	)		(21	)		(43	)
Accounts payable		917			(158	)		159
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities		(587	)		915			(1,790	)

Net cash used in operating activities		(9,743	)		(6,455	)		(6,936	)

Cash flows from investing activities:
Proceeds from sale of property and equipment		—			—			3

Net cash provided by investing activities:		—			—			3

Cash flows from financing activities:
Net proceeds from issuance of notes payable and Series AA preferred stock warrants		—			6,915			—
Net proceeds from issuance of convertible notes		1,970			1,000			2,500
Net proceeds from issuance of Series AA preferred stock and Series AA preferred stock warrants		—			9,961
Proceeds from exercise of warrants for Series AA Preferred Stock		8			—			—
Principal payments on notes payable		(1,410	)		—			—

Net cash provided by financing activities:		568			17,876			2,500

Net change in cash and cash equivalents		(9,175	)		11,421			(4,433	)
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period		12,793			1,372			5,805

Cash and cash equivalents, end of period	$	3,618		$	12,793		$	1,372

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:
Cash paid for interest	$	738		$	389		$	—

Supplemental disclosure of noncash investing and financing activities:
Accrual of Series AA preferred stock dividends	$	3,401		$	2,232		$	2,073

Issuance of 2,677,731 shares of Series AA preferred stock upon conversion of convertible notes and accrued interest	$	—		$	4,093		$	—

Accretion of Series AA preferred stock to redemption value	$	864		$	380		$	45

Conversion of Series AA preferred stock to common stock	$	—		$	2,253		$	—

Reclassification of fair value of warrant liability related to exercise of preferred stock warrants	$	2,250		$	—		$	—

Retirement of treasury stock	$	176		$	—		$	—

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-6

Inotek Pharmaceuticals Corporation

Notes to Financial Statements

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

1. Organization and Operations

Inotek Pharmaceuticals Corporation (the “Company”) is a clinical-stage biopharmaceutical company advancing molecules with novel mechanisms of action to address significant diseases of the eye. The Company’s business strategy is to develop and progress its product candidates through human clinical trials. The Company’s headquarters are located in Lexington, Massachusetts.

The Company has devoted substantially all of its efforts to research and development, including clinical trials of its product candidates. The Company has not completed the development of any product candidates. The Company has no current source of revenue to sustain present activities and does not expect to generate revenue until and unless the Company receives regulatory approval of and successfully commercializes its product candidates. The Company is subject to a number of risks and uncertainties similar to those of other life science companies developing new products, including, among others, the risks related to the necessity to obtain adequate additional financing, to successfully develop product candidates, to obtain regulatory approval of products candidates, to comply with government regulations, to successfully commercialize its potential products, to the protection of proprietary technology and to the dependence on key individuals.

In February 2015, the Company completed its initial public offering (the “IPO”) of (i) 6,667,000 shares of common stock at a price of $6.00 per share and (ii) $20,000 aggregate principal amount of 5% Convertible Senior Notes due 2020 (the “2020 Notes”). In March 2015 the underwriters purchased 299,333 shares of common stock at $6.00 per share and $1,000 of the 2020 Notes pursuant to exercises of their overallotment options. The Company received net proceeds of approximately $36,600, after deducting underwriting discounts and offering-related costs, from its equity issuances and approximately $18,900 in net proceeds, after deducting underwriting discounts and offering-related costs, from its debt issuances. (See Note 11.) Prior to this the Company has funded its operations primarily through the sale of preferred stock and issuance of convertible promissory notes and notes payable. As of December 31, 2014, the Company had an accumulated deficit of $128,041 and $3,618 of cash and cash equivalents. Subsequent to the IPO, the Company estimates that it has sufficient funding to sustain operations through the next 18 months.

The Company will need to expend substantial resources for research and development, including costs associated with the clinical testing of its product candidates and will need to obtain additional financing to fund its operations and to conduct trials for its product candidates. If such products were to receive regulatory approval, the Company would need to prepare for the potential commercialization of its product candidates and fund the commercial launch and continued marketing of its products. The Company expects operating expenses will substantially increase in the future related to additional clinical testing and to support an increased infrastructure to support expanded operations and being a public company

The Company will require additional funding in the future and may not be able to raise such additional funds. The Company expects losses will continue as it conducts research and development activities. The Company will seek to finance future cash needs through public or private equity offerings, license agreements, debt financings, collaborations, strategic alliances, or any combination thereof. The incurrence of indebtedness would result in increased fixed payment obligations and could also result in restrictive covenants, such as limitations on our ability to incur additional debt, limitations on the Company’s ability to acquire, sell or license intellectual property rights and other operating restrictions that could adversely impact the ability of the Company to conduct its business. If adequate funds are not available, the Company would delay, reduce or eliminate research and development programs and reduce administrative expenses. The Company may seek to access the public or private capital markets whenever conditions are favorable, even if it does not have an immediate need for additional capital at that time. In addition, if the Company raises additional funds through

F-7

collaborations, strategic alliances or licensing arrangements with third parties, it may have to relinquish valuable rights to its technologies, future revenue streams or product candidates or to grant licenses on terms that may not be favorable to it. If the Company is unable to rise sufficient funding, it may be unable to continue to operate. There is no assurance that the Company will be successful in obtaining sufficient financing on acceptable terms and conditions to fund continuing operations, if at all. The failure of the Company to obtain sufficient funds on acceptable terms when needed could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, results of operations and financial condition.

2. Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of Presentation —The accompanying financial statements have been prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”). The Company’s previously wholly owned subsidiaries were dissolved by December 31, 2012. The Company currently has no subsidiaries.

Segment Reporting —Operating segments are defined as components of an enterprise about which separate discrete information is available for evaluation by the chief operating decision maker, or decision-making group, in deciding how to allocate resources and in assessing performance. The Company views its operations and manages its business in one operating segment, that of developing pharmaceutical product candidates with the intention of achieving marketing approval and commercializing the approved products. All operations are located in the United States.

Use of Estimates —The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from these estimates. Significant items subject to such estimates and assumptions include the valuation of stock options used for the calculation of stock-based compensation, fair value of warrant liabilities and other derivative instruments, and determination of accruals related to research and clinical development.

Cash and Cash Equivalents —Cash and cash equivalents consists of bank deposits and money market accounts. Cash equivalents are carried at cost which approximates fair value due to their short-term nature and which the Company believes do not have a material exposure to credit risk. The Company considers all highly liquid investments with maturities of three months or less from the date of purchase to be cash equivalents.

The Company maintains its cash and cash equivalent balances in the form of money market, savings or operating accounts with financial institutions that management believes are creditworthy. The Company’s cash and cash equivalent accounts, at times, may exceed federally insured limits. The Company has not experienced any losses in such accounts. The Company believes it is not exposed to any significant credit risk on cash and cash equivalents.

Deferred Public Offering Costs —Deferred public offering costs, which consist primarily of direct, incremental legal, accounting, SEC and NASDAQ fees relating to the IPO and issuance of the 2020 Notes, are capitalized as a component of other assets in the accompanying balance sheet as of December 31, 2014. The portion of deferred public offering costs allocated to the equity offering will be offset against proceeds from the IPO and the portion of deferred public offering costs allocated to the debt offering will be recorded as deferred financing costs and amortized to interest expense over the term of the 2020 Notes. At December 31, 2014, the Company had $1,846 of deferred public offering costs.

Deferred Financing Costs —Financing costs incurred in connection with the Company’s notes payable and convertible promissory notes were capitalized at the inception of the notes and are amortized over the term of the respective notes using the effective interest rate method. Amortization of deferred financing costs were $219, $112 and $0 in the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively, (see Note 5).

F-8

Research and Development Costs —Research and development costs are charged to expense as incurred and include, but are not limited to:

•

employee-related expenses including salaries, benefits, travel and stock-based compensation expense for research and development personnel;

•

expenses incurred under agreements with contract research organizations that conduct clinical and preclinical studies, contract manufacturing organizations and consultants;

•

costs associated with preclinical and development activities; and

•

costs associated with regulatory operations.

Costs for certain development activities, such as clinical studies, are recognized based on an evaluation of the progress to completion of specific tasks using data such as patient enrollment, clinical site activations, and information provided to the Company by its vendors on their actual costs incurred. Payments for these activities are based on the terms of the individual arrangements, which may differ from the patterns of costs incurred, and are reflected in the financial statements as accrued expenses, or prepaid expenses and other current assets, if the related services have not been provided.

Stock-Based Compensation —The Company measures the cost of employee services received in exchange for an award of equity instruments based on the fair value of the award on the grant date. That cost is recognized on a straight-line basis over the period during which the employee is required to provide service in exchange for the award. The fair value of options on the date of grant is calculated using the Black-Scholes option pricing model based on key assumptions such as stock price, expected volatility and expected term. The Company’s estimates of these assumptions are primarily based on third-party valuations, historical data, peer company data and judgment regarding future trends and factors.

The Company accounts for stock options issued to non-employees in accordance with the provisions of the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standard Codification (“ASC”) 505-50, Equity-Based Payments to Non-employees , which requires valuing the stock options on their grant date and remeasuring such stock options at their current fair value as they vest.

In August 2014, the Company granted 900,117 stock options to employees and directors. Prior to these stock option grants, the Company last granted stock options in 2009.(See Note 7).

Fair Value Measurements —The Company is required to disclose information on all assets and liabilities reported at fair value that enables an assessment of the inputs used in determining the reported fair values. ASC 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures (“ASC 820”), establishes a hierarchy of inputs used when available. Observable inputs are inputs that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability based on market data obtained from sources independent of the Company. Unobservable inputs are inputs that reflect the Company’s assumptions about the inputs that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability, and are developed based on the best information available in the circumstances. The fair value hierarchy applies only to the valuation inputs used in determining the reported fair value of the investments and is not a measure of the investment credit quality. The three levels of the fair value hierarchy are described below:

Level 1—Valuations based on unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the Company has the ability to access at the measurement date.

Level 2—Valuations based on quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active or for which all significant inputs are observable, either directly or indirectly.

Level 3—Valuations that require inputs that reflect the Company’s own assumptions that are both significant to the fair value measurement and unobservable.

F-9

To the extent that valuation is based on models or inputs that are less observable or unobservable in the market, the determination of fair value requires more judgment. Accordingly, the degree of judgment exercised by the Company in determining fair value is greatest for instruments categorized in Level 3. A financial instrument’s level within the fair value hierarchy is based on the lowest level of any input that is significant to the fair value measurement. The fair value of the Company’s financial instruments, including cash and cash equivalents, prepaid expenses and other current assets, accounts payable and accrued expenses approximate their respective carrying values due to the short-term nature of these instruments. The Company’s assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis include its warrant liabilities and convertible notes redemption rights derivative (see Note 9).

Income taxes —The Company uses the asset and liability method for accounting for income taxes. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the estimated future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective income tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. A valuation allowance is recorded if it is more likely than not that a deferred tax asset will not be realized. The Company has provided a full valuation allowance on its deferred tax assets.

The Company recognizes the financial statement benefit of a tax position only after determining that the relevant tax authority would more likely than not sustain the position following an audit. For tax positions meeting the more-likely-than-not threshold, the amount recognized in the consolidated financial statements is the largest benefit that has a greater than 50 percent likelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement with the relevant tax authority.

The Company will recognize interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions in income tax expense. As of December 31, 2014 and 2013 and for the periods ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, the Company had no accrued interest or penalties related to uncertain tax positions and no amounts have been recognized in the Company’s statements of operations.

Net loss per share —The Company calculates net loss per share in accordance with ASC 260, Earnings per Share . Basic earnings (loss) per share (“EPS”) is calculated by dividing the net income or loss applicable to common stockholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the period, without consideration of unissued common stock equivalents. The net loss applicable to common stockholders is determined by the reported net loss for the period and deducting dividends accrued and accretion of preferred stock. Diluted EPS is calculated by adjusting the weighted average common shares outstanding for the dilutive effect of common stock options, warrants, and convertible preferred stock and accrued but unpaid convertible preferred stock dividends. In periods where a net loss is recorded, no effect is given to potentially dilutive securities, as their effect would be anti-dilutive.

F-10

The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted earnings (loss) per share attributable to the Company’s common stockholders:


	December 31,
	2014			2013			2012
Numerator:
Net loss	$	(9,531	)	$	(7,616	)	$	(6,058	)
Accretion and dividends on convertible preferred stock		(4,265	)		(2,612	)		(2,118	)

Net loss applicable to common stockholders	$	(13,796	)	$	(10,228	)	$	(8,176	)
Denominator:
Weighted average common shares outstanding—basic and diluted		1,020,088			1,018,183			1,016,467

Net loss per share applicable to common stockholders—basic and diluted	$	(13.52	)	$	(10.05	)	$	(8.04	)

The following common stock equivalents were excluded from the calculation of diluted net loss per share for the periods indicated as including them would have an anti-dilutive effect:


	December 31, 2014		December 31, 2013		December 31, 2012
Series AA preferred stock		7,356,331		6,778,192		4,509,583
Series X preferred stock		466,319		466,319		604,041
Warrants for Series AA preferred stock		56,408		266,428		—
Stock options		911,075		11,835		13,194

Total		8,790,133		7,522,774		5,126,818

Subsequent Events— The Company considers events or transactions that occur after the balance sheet date but prior to the issuance of the financial statements to provide additional evidence relative to certain estimates or to identify matters that require additional disclosure. The Company has completed an evaluation of all subsequent events through the date the financial statements were issued.

3. Property and Equipment

At December 31, 2014 and 2013, the Company’s property and equipment consisted of the following:


	Estimated Useful Life	December 31,
	Estimated Useful Life	2014			2013
Office equipment	5 years	$	50		$	50
Computer hardware and software	3 – 5 years		167			167

Total			217			217
Less accumulated depreciation			(217	)		(217	)

Property and equipment, net		$	—		$	—

During the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, the Company recognized $0, $0 and $9 of depreciation expense, respectively.

F-11

4. Accrued Expenses

Accrued expenses at December 31, 2014 and 2013 consisted of the following:


	December 31,
	2014		2013
Research and development	$	116	$	858
Government payable		421		394
Compensation and benefits		293		213
Professional fees		155		110
Other		7		4

Total	$	992	$	1,579

5. Debt

Bridge Notes

In December 2014, the Company sold an aggregate of $2,000 of subordinated convertible promissory notes to existing stockholders (the “2014 Bridge Notes”). The 2014 Bridge Notes mature on June 30, 2015 and accrue interest at the rate of 8% per annum and are subordinate to all other senior indebtedness of the Company. Upon the closing of an IPO of common stock of at least $40,000 in gross proceeds (“a qualifying public offering”), all outstanding principal and accrued interest thereon will automatically convert into common stock at the IPO price. In addition, the 2014 Bridge Notes have the following features: (i) in the event the Company sells new notes prior to a qualifying public offering, the noteholders may convert the 2014 Bridge Notes into the new notes; (ii) if at any time prior to repayment of the 2014 Bridge Notes or a qualifying public offering the Company has a change in control transaction, the noteholders will receive either (a) cash in the amount of twice the principal and interest due as of the effective date of the change in control transaction or (b) shares of Series AA preferred stock based upon the conversion of the principal and interest due as of the effective date of the change in control transaction, whichever yields the greatest return (the ‘Change in Control Redemption Feature”); (iii) at any time after maturity, the noteholders can elect to convert all principal and accrued interest into Series AA Preferred stock at the current Series AA preferred stock conversion price; (v) the maturity date of the 2014 Bridge Notes may be extended two times for additional six-month periods; (vi) upon an event of default, as defined in the notes, the noteholders may declare the 2014 Bridge Notes immediately payable; and (vii) the Company may not prepay the 2014 Bridge Notes without the consent of noteholders owning at least two thirds of the outstanding principal. Interest accrued on the Bridge Notes was $4 at December 31, 2014 and is reflected in accrued expenses and other current liabilities.

The Company determined that the automatic conversion into common stock upon an IPO was the predominant feature of the 2014 Bridge Notes. Based on this the Company deemed the 2014 Bridge Notes to be share-settled debt and will accrete the debt discounts recorded (see below) to the redemption value over the term of the 2014 Bridge Notes. The Company evaluated the various features of the 2014 Bridge Notes and determined that the Change in Control Redemption Feature met the definition of a derivative and required bifurcation from the 2014 Bridge Notes. At the issuance of the 2014 Bridge Notes, the Company valued this derivative at $478 and allocated that value from the proceeds of the 2014 Bridge Notes and recorded a convertible notes redemption rights derivative liability on the balance sheet. The Company will mark this liability to market at each reporting date and reflect the change in fair value in change in fair value of warrant liabilities and convertible notes redemption rights derivative in the statement of operations. In addition, the Company incurred $30 of costs associated with the issuance of the 2014 Bridge Notes and recorded this amount as deferred financing costs which are reflected in prepaid expenses and other current assets. The Company will amortize (i) the debt discount recorded from the allocation of value to the redemption rights derivative and (ii) deferred financing costs, into interest expense using the effective interest method. During the year ended December 31, 2014, the Company reflected as interest expense related to the 2014 Bridge Notes (i) $4 related to the 8% coupon rate and (ii) $20 of

F-12

amortization of the initial redemption rights derivative liability and issuance costs. In addition, the Company reflected a $2 increase in fair value of the derivative liability at December 31, 2014 as loss on change in fair value of convertible notes redemption rights derivative. At December 31, 2014, the principal balance of the 2014 Bridge Notes was $2,000.

Pursuant to the IPO in February 2015 (see Note 11), the 2014 Bridge Notes were converted into 337,932 shares of common stock based upon the IPO common share offering price of $6.00

Notes Payable

On June 28, 2013, the Company entered into two Loan and Security Agreements (the “Loan Agreements” or “Loans”) with two financial entities (the “Lenders”) pursuant to which the Company issued Loans for $3,500 to each lender and received proceeds of $6,915 net of costs and fees payable to the lenders. The Loans bear interest at a rate per annum of 11.0%. The Loans mature on October 1, 2016 and required interest-only payments for the initial 12 months and thereafter required repayment of the principal balance with interest in 27 monthly installments. Also, upon full repayment or maturity of the Loans, the Lenders are due a termination payment of 3.0% of the initial principal amount of the Loans, or $210 (the “Loan Termination Payment”). In connection with the Loan Agreements, the Company granted first priority liens and the Loans are collateralized by the Company’s personal property, including cash and cash equivalents. The Loan Agreements contain representations and warranties by the Company and certain indemnification provisions, non-financial covenants and default provisions. The Loan Agreements also included certain provisions allowing for prepayment of the debt by the Company, exercisable at the Company’s option, which require payment of additional interest to the Lenders based upon a stated rate and the balance outstanding at repayment. The Company has determined that the various embedded features did not require bifurcation from the Loan Agreements.

In connection with the Loan Agreements, the Company issued to the Lenders fully-vested warrants to purchase either, at the election of the warrant holder, (i) 228,906 shares of the Company’s Series AA preferred stock at an exercise price of $1.529 per share, or (ii) $350 of stock in the next round stock, as defined in the Loan Agreements, at a price that is the lowest effective price per share that is offered in the next round. The warrants expire on the earlier of (i) ten years after the date of grant, or (ii) immediately prior to an acquisition transaction, as defined in the warrants.

The Company determined that the warrants should be classified as a liability based upon the nature of the underlying Series AA preferred stock. The Company recorded the fair value of the warrants of approximately $222 (Note 9) as a discount to the carrying value of the Loans and as a liability. The Company will recognize any change in the value of the warrant liability each reporting period in the statement of operations. Additionally, the Company incurred fees related to the Loan Agreements and reimbursed Lenders for costs incurred by them aggregating $85 and reflected these fees as a discount to the carrying value of the Loan. The Company amortized these loan discounts and the Loan Termination Payment, together totaling $517, to interest expense over the term of the Loan using the effective interest rate method. For the year ended December 31, 2014, interest expense related to the Loan Agreements was $956, including $218 related to accretion of the debt discount and termination payment. For the year ended December 31, 2013, interest expense related to the Loan Agreements was $501, including $112 related to accretion of the debt discount and termination payment. At December 31, 2014, the principal balance on the Loan Agreements was $5,800, including the Loan Termination Payment and the unamortized debt discount and termination payment balance was $188. At December 31, 2013, the principal balance on the Loan Agreements was $7,210, including the Loan Termination Payment, and the unamortized debt discount and termination payment balance was $405. Principal payments on the Loans were $1,410 during the year ended December 31, 2014.

In connection with the Company’s IPO in February 2015 (see Note 11), the Company exercised its right to terminate the Loan Agreements by paying $5,347 in principal, the $210 Loan Termination Payment and $160 additional interest of 3% of the principal balance due at the time of the termination, plus interest $8 of accrued since February 1, 2015. Subsequent to the Company’s IPO, the warrants issued to the lenders became exercisable for 56,408 shares of common stock at $6.204 per share.

F-13

Convertible Promissory Notes

On July 2, 2012, the Company entered into convertible note purchase agreements (the “Convertible Note Agreements”) with certain of its principal investors pursuant to which the investors agreed to make loans to the Company in installments aggregating $3,500 in exchange for 8% convertible promissory notes (the “Convertible Notes”). The Convertible Notes’ maturity date was July 2, 2013. In July and November 2012, $1,500 and $1,000, respectively, of Convertible Notes were issued by the Company.

The Convertible Notes plus the accrued interest thereon were convertible into shares issued in the Company’s next sale of preferred stock on or before the maturity date of the Convertible Notes in an amount of at least $10,000 from one or more institutional investors. The conversion price was at a 10% discount from the issue price of such preferred stock. Based upon the terms of the Convertible Notes, and the intention to convert the notes prior to maturity, the Company deemed the Convertible Notes to be share-settled debt, and the Company accreted the Convertible Notes over their term to the value of the preferred stock into which the Convertible Notes would be converted ($3,909), recognizing accretion of this $409 discount as interest expense.

Pursuant to the terms of the Convertible Note Agreements, if a change-in control event, as defined in the Convertible Note Agreements, occurred prior to repayment or conversion of the Convertible Notes, the Convertible Noteholders would be entitled to receive in cash, an amount equal to two times the principal plus accrued interest. This feature was determined to be an embedded derivative. The Company bifurcated the derivative and accounted for it separately determining the value of the derivative to be de minimis. The Company reassessed the value of the derivative at each reporting period and concluded that the value remained de minimis.

During the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Company recorded $381 and $143, respectively, of non-cash interest expense related to the accretion of the conversion feature and the accrual of interest on the Convertible Notes.

On June 11, 2013, pursuant to the provisions of the Convertible Note Agreements and in connection with the Company’s issuance of Series AA preferred stock (see Note 7), the carrying value of the Convertible Notes of $3,909 and accrued interest of $185 were converted into 2,677,731 shares of Series AA preferred stock.

6. Income Taxes

No provision for federal or state income taxes was recorded during the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 as the Company incurred operating losses for each of these years.

A reconciliation between the effective tax rates and statutory rates for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 is as follows:


	December 31,
	2014			2013			2012
Computed at statutory rate		34.00	%		34.00	%		34.00	%
State income taxes		4.93	%		5.44	%		5.46	%
Expiration of state net operating loss carryforward		(9.35	%)		—	%		—	%
Tax credits		2.43	%		4.41	%		—	%
Other		(4.28	%)		(0.51	%)		(1.82	%)
Valuation allowance		(27.73	%)		(43.34	%)		(37.64	%)

		—	%		—	%		—	%

F-14

The tax effect of significant temporary differences representing deferred tax assets and liabilities as of December 31, 2014 and 2013 is as follows:


	December 31,
	2014			2013
Net operating loss (“NOL”) and credit carryforwards	$	30,896		$	28,490
Capitalized research and development costs		12,041			11,890
Capital loss carryover		1,672			1,672
Other		269			183
Valuation allowance		(44,878	)		(42,235	)

	$	—		$	—

As required by ASC 740, Income Taxes , management of the Company has evaluated the positive and negative evidence bearing upon the realizability of its deferred tax assets, which are comprised principally of NOL carryforwards and capitalized research and development costs. As a result of the fact that the Company has incurred tax losses from inception, management has determined that it is more likely than not that the Company will not recognize the benefits of federal and state net deferred tax assets and, as a result, a full valuation allowance has been established against its net deferred tax assets as of December 31, 2014 and 2013. The Company has offset certain deferred tax liabilities with deferred tax assets that are expected to generate offsetting deductions within the same period. During the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, the valuation allowance changed by $2,643 and $3,301, respectively. Realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income.

As of December 31, 2014, the Company had federal NOL carryforwards for income tax purposes of approximately $77,052 that expire at various dates through 2034, and state NOL carryforwards of approximately $36,094 that expire at various dates through 2034, available to reduce future federal and state income taxes, if any. As of December 31, 2014, the Company had federal research and development tax credits of approximately $2,698, and state research and development tax credits of approximately $571. If substantial changes in the Company’s ownership should occur, as defined in Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, (the “Code”), there could be annual limitations on the amount of loss carryforwards which can be realized in future periods. The Company has determined that it has experienced a prior ownership change occurring in 2006. The pre-change NOLs, although subject to an annual limitation, can be utilized in future years as well as any post change NOLs, provided that sufficient income is generated and no future ownership changes occur that may limit the Company’s NOLs.

As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, the Company’s unrecognized tax benefits totaled $284 and $258, respectively, which if recognized would affect the effective tax rate prior to the adjustment for the Company’s valuation allowance. The Company files income tax returns in the U.S. federal and Massachusetts tax jurisdictions. Tax years 2011 through 2014 remain open to examination by the tax jurisdictions to which the Company is subject to tax. Since the Company is in a loss carryforward position, the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) and state taxing authorities are permitted to audit the earlier tax years and propose adjustments up to the amount of the NOLs, generated. The Company is not currently under examination by the IRS or any other jurisdiction for any tax years.

F-15

The change in unrecognized tax benefits for each of the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 are as follows:


	December 31,
	2014		2013		2012
Balance at January 1,	$	258	$	235	$	220
Additions for current year tax positions		26		23		15
Reductions for expirations of statute of limitations or settlements		—		—		—

	$	284	$	258	$	235

The Company does not expect significant changes in its unrecognized tax benefits over the next twelve months.

7. Equity

Authorized Shares

As of December 31, 2014, the authorized stock of the Company was 43,509,727 shares of common stock, $0.01 par value per share, and 28,659,924 shares of preferred stock, $0.001 par value per share, of which 25,757,874 shares are authorized Series AA redeemable convertible preferred stock (the “Series AA preferred stock”) and 2,902,050 shares are authorized as Series X redeemable convertible preferred stock (the “Series X preferred stock”) (collectively, the “Preferred Stock”).

Reverse Stock Splits

In November 2014, the board of directors and the stockholders of the Company approved a 1-for-3.39 reverse stock split of the Company’s outstanding common stock and in January 2015, the board of directors and the stockholders of the Company approved a 1-for-1.197 reverse stock split of the Company’s outstanding common stock. Shares of common stock underlying outstanding stock options were proportionally reduced and the respective exercise prices were proportionally increased in accordance with the terms of the option agreements. The Company’s historical share and per share information has been retroactively adjusted in the financial statements presented to give effect to these reverse stock splits, including reclassifying an amount equal to the reduction in par value to additional paid-in capital.

Common Stock

All preferences, voting powers, relative, participating, optional, or other specific rights and privileges, limitations, or restrictions of the common stock are expressly subject to those that may be fixed with respect to any shares of preferred stock. Common stockholders are entitled to one vote per share, and to receive dividends, when and if declared by the Board. At each of December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, there were 1,020,088 shares common stock outstanding and at December 31, 2012, there were 1,016,467 shares of common stock outstanding.

Preferred Stock

The Company has evaluated the tranched nature of its Preferred Stock offerings, its investor registration rights, as well as the rights, preferences and privileges of each series of Preferred Stock and has concluded that there are no freestanding derivative instruments or any embedded derivatives requiring bifurcation. Additionally, the Company assessed the conversion terms associated with its Preferred Stock and concluded that there were no beneficial conversion features.

F-16

Series AA Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock

As of December 31, 2012, there were 15,458,796 shares of Series AA preferred stock issued and outstanding.

In June and July 2013, the Company issued 6,540,221 shares of Series AA preferred stock at a price per share of $1.529 for cash proceeds in the amount of $9,961, net of issuance costs of $39.

In connection with these financings, the Company issued 2,677,731 shares of Series AA preferred stock pursuant to conversion of the Convertible Notes (see Note 5).

Certain investors did not purchase their prescribed pro-rata shares, as defined in the Series AA convertible preferred stock and warrant purchase agreements and in accordance therewith 1,471,965 shares of their previously outstanding Series AA preferred stock were converted into 3,621 shares of common stock and the $2,253 carrying value of the converted Series AA preferred stock was reclassified to additional paid-in capital.

Additionally, the Company issued warrants to purchase 852,230 shares of Series AA preferred stock at a price of $0.01 per share, with an expiration date on the earliest of (i) July 11, 2023, (ii) the closing of the Company’s IPO, or (iii) the closing of a sale event, as defined in the warrant. The Company allocated $1,585 of the proceeds received to the warrants issued, representing the grant date fair value of the warrants, and accounts for these warrants as liabilities. The Company recognized any change in the fair value of the warrant liabilities each reporting period in the consolidated statements of operations (Note 9). These warrants were exercised in full during the year ended December 31, 2014 for total proceeds of $8 which was recorded as Series AA preferred carrying value. The aggregate $2,250 fair value of the warrants as of the date of each exercise was reclassified partially to Series AA preferred stock carrying value and the remainder to accumulated paid-in capital.

Due to the optional redemption feature of the Series AA preferred stock, the Company classifies the Series AA preferred stock as temporary equity in the mezzanine section of the balance sheet and is accreting the value to the redemption amount. The carrying amount of the Series AA preferred stock at December 31, 2014 was $46,253, including $9,976 of accrued but unpaid and undeclared dividends. The carrying amount of the Series AA preferred stock at December 31, 2013 was $40,685, including $6,575 of accrued but unpaid and undeclared dividends.

Rights, Preferences, and Privileges

Voting:

Series AA preferred stock votes together with all other classes and series of stock as a single class on all actions to be taken by the stockholders of the Company. Each share of Series AA preferred stock shall entitle the holder to such number of votes per share on each such action as shall equal the number of shares of common stock (including fractions of a share) into which each share of Series AA preferred stock is then convertible.

Dividends:

Series AA preferred stock accrues dividends quarterly at the rate of eight percent (8%) per annum, based upon the Series AA original issue price, whether or not declared, are cumulative and compounded annually. The Series AA original issue price was $1.529 per share (“Series AA Original Issue Price”).

Liquidation Preference:

Upon any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company (a “Liquidation Event”), whether voluntary or involuntary, the holders of the shares of Series AA preferred stock shall be paid out of the assets of the Company available for distribution to its stockholders before any payment shall be made to the holders of Series

F-17

X preferred stock or common stock, an amount per share equal to two times the Series AA Original Issue Price plus any accrued or declared but unpaid dividends ( the “Series AA Initial Preference”). If upon any Liquidation Event, the assets to be distributed to the holders of Series AA preferred stock shall be insufficient to permit payment to the stockholders of the Series AA Initial Preference, then the holders of the Series AA preferred stock shall share ratably in any distribution of the remaining assets of the Company available for distribution in proportion to the respective amounts which would otherwise be payable in respect of the shares held by them upon such distribution if all amounts payable on or with respect to such shares were paid in full.

Upon any Liquidation Event, immediately after the holders of Series AA preferred stock have been paid in full the Series AA Initial Preference and after the holders of Series X preferred stock have been paid full the Series X preference (see Series X preferred stock below), the holders of the shares of Series AA preferred stock shall be paid out of the assets of the Company available for distribution to its stockholders before any payment shall be made to the holders of common stock, a per share amount equal to one-half times the Series AA Original Issue Price (the “Series AA Secondary Preference”). If upon any Liquidation Event, the assets to be distributed to the holders of Series AA preferred stock shall be insufficient to permit payment to such stockholders of the Series AA Secondary Preference, then the holders of the Series AA preferred stock shall share ratably in any distribution of the remaining assets of the Company available for distribution in proportion to the respective amounts which would otherwise be payable in respect of the shares held by them upon such distribution if all amounts payable on or with respect to such shares were paid in full.

Optional Conversion:

The holder of any share or shares of Series AA preferred stock shall have the right, at its option at any time, to convert any such shares of Series AA preferred stock (except that upon any liquidation of the Company the right of conversion shall terminate at the close of business on the business day fixed for payment of the amounts distributable on the Series AA preferred stock), each such share of Series AA preferred stock being converted into such number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of common stock as is obtained by dividing (1) the Series AA Original Issue Price plus any accrued or declared but unpaid dividends by (2 ) the Series AA Conversion Price in effect at the date any share or shares of Series AA preferred stock are surrendered for conversion. The “Series AA Conversion Price” was $1.529 and subject to adjustment as discussed under the section “Anti-Dilution” below.

Mandatory Conversion:

All outstanding shares of Series AA Convertible Preferred Stock (including all accrued or declared but unpaid dividends thereon) shall automatically convert to shares of Common Stock (i) upon the vote or written consent of the holders of at least sixty six and two-thirds percent (66 and 2/3%) of the issued and outstanding Series AA Convertible Preferred Stock, or (ii) upon the closing of a firm commitment underwritten public offering of shares of Common Stock pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, that is underwritten by an investment bank approved by the Board of Directors and by a vote or written consent of the holders of at least sixty six and two-thirds percent (66 and 2/3%) of the issued and outstanding Series AA Convertible Preferred Stock, with aggregate proceeds from such offering to the Corporation in excess of $40,000,000, before deduction of the underwriting discounts and commissions (a “Qualifying Public Offering”).

Special Mandatory Conversion:

In the event that any investor does not participate in a qualified financing by purchasing in the aggregate, in such qualified financing and within the time period specified by the Company its pro rata amount of the qualified financing (such Investor’s “Pro Rata Amount”), then the applicable portion of the shares of Series AA preferred stock held by such investor immediately prior to the initial closing of the qualified financing shall automatically, and without any further action on the part of such Investor, be converted into common stock at a conversion ratio of one hundred-to-one (100:1) (such that every one hundred shares of Series AA preferred Stock are converted into one share of common stock), effective upon, subject to, and concurrently with, the consummation of the

F-18

final closing. For purposes of determining the number of shares of Series AA preferred stock owned by an investor, and for determining the number of offered securities an investor has purchased in a qualified financing, all shares of Series AA preferred stock held by affiliates of such investor shall be aggregated with such investor’s shares and all offered securities purchased by affiliates of such Investor shall be aggregated with the offered securities purchased by such Investor (provided that no shares or securities shall be attributed to more than one entity or person within any such group of affiliated entities or persons).

Anti-dilution:

The conversion price of the Series AA preferred stock is subject to adjustment to reduce dilution in the event that the Company issues additional equity securities at a purchase price less than the applicable conversion price. The conversion price will also be subject to proportional adjustment for events such as stock splits, stock dividends, and recapitalization. As a result of the reverse stock splits in November 2014 and January 2015, the Series AA conversion price was adjusted to $6.204.

Redemption:

Shares of Series AA preferred stock shall be redeemed by the Company out of funds lawfully available there for at a price equal to the Series AA Original Issue Price per share, plus all accrued or declared but unpaid dividends thereon (the “Redemption Price”), in three annual installments commencing not more than 60 days after receipt by the Company at any time on or after the fifth anniversary of June 9, 2010, from the holders of at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66 and 2/3%) of the then outstanding shares of Series AA preferred stock of written notice requesting redemption of all shares of Series AA preferred stock. The date of each such installment shall be referred to as a “Redemption Date.” If the Company does not have sufficient funds legally available to redeem on any Redemption Date all shares of Series AA preferred stock to be redeemed on such Redemption Date, the Company shall redeem a pro rata portion of each holder’s redeemable shares of such capital stock out of funds legally available.

Certain “change in control” events, as defined in the Company’s certificate of incorporation, are considered to be liquidation events upon which the holders of Series AA preferred stock have the option to require the Company redeem the shares held, at their liquidation value, as discussed above.

Series X Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock

In June 2010, the Company sold 2,451,184 shares of Series X redeemable convertible preferred stock (“Series X preferred stock”) to employees and consultants to the Company at a purchase price of $0.001 per share, subject to stock purchase and restriction agreements. Pursuant to these agreements, the shares vest upon the third anniversary of the issuance if the purchaser of the Series X preferred shares remained an employee or maintained a business relationship with the Company. The Series X preferred stockholder cannot sell, assign, transfer, pledge, encumber or dispose of all or any of the unvested shares except to the Company. The Company determined that the issuance of these restricted shares was compensatory in nature and accounted for the issuance as stock-based compensation. The excess grant date value, over the proceeds received from each purchase was determined to be compensation expense.

Simultaneous with the issuance of Series X preferred stock, the Company entered into termination and separation agreements with certain employees and consultants who purchased 392,189 shares of Series X preferred stock. The Company determined that there was no substantive future services required of these employees and consultants and recognized all of the associated compensation expense upon issuance.

The remaining 2,058,995 shares were issued to continuing employees of the Company and the Company recognized the compensation expense on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period, net of an estimated forfeiture rate. The Company recognized compensation expense of $185 related to the vesting of these shares during the year ended December 31, 2013.

F-19

Two of the employees that purchased Series X preferred stock were terminated by the Company in May 2013. Upon termination, the Company repurchased an aggregate of 558,864 shares of Series X preferred stock and modified the vesting terms on the remaining 558,862 shares of Series X preferred stock held by these employees. The modified vesting terms provide that the shares will vest upon the occurrence of a liquidation event, if such liquidation event occurs within two years of the date of the modifications. The Company retains the right to repurchase the unvested shares at the purchase price of $0.01 per share if a liquidation event does not occur within two years of the date of the modification. In connection with this modification, during the year ended December 31, 2013, the Company reversed the cumulative $343 of stock-based compensation that had been recorded related to these shares. During the year ended December 31, 2014, the Company further modified the vesting terms of these 558,862 shares of Series X preferred stock such that the Company’s repurchase right will expire upon consummation of an IPO of its common stock occurring prior to June 30, 2015. The Company has estimated the fair value of the modified award at the modification date and at December 31, 2014 to be $950 and will recognize the compensation expense in the quarter ending March 31, 2015 as a result of the Company’s February 2015 IPO.

The following table is a rollforward of unvested Series X preferred stock shares;


Unvested—December 31, 2011	2,451,184
Vested	—
Repurchased	—

Unvested—December 31, 2012	2,451,184
Vested	(1,333,458	)
Repurchased	(558,864	)

Unvested—December 31, 2013	558,862
Vested	—
Repurchased	—

Unvested— December 31, 2014	558,862

Due to the redemption feature of the Series X preferred stock, discussed further below, the Company classifies the Series X preferred stock as temporary equity in the mezzanine section of the balance sheet.

Rights, Preferences, and Privileges

Voting Rights:

The Series X preferred stock does not have any voting rights, except as related to the election of certain directors. When the Series X preferred stock has voting rights, each share of Series X preferred stock entitles the holder to such number of votes per share on each such action as shall equal the number of shares of common stock into which each share of Series X preferred stock is then convertible.

Liquidation Preference:

Upon any liquidation event, such as a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, immediately after the holders of Series AA preferred stock have been paid in full, the Series AA preferred stock initial preference as described above and before any payment is made to the holders of common stock, the holders of the shares of Series X preferred stock shall be paid out of assets of the Company available for distribution to its stockholders a per share amount determined by taking the product of (1) the percentage calculated as (i) the total number of issued and outstanding shares of common stock owned by the holders of Series X preferred stock determined on an as converted fully-diluted basis divided by (ii) the total number of issued and outstanding shares of common stock of the Company on an as converted fully diluted basis, and (2) the remaining assets of the Company available for distribution to its stockholders, and dividing such product by the number of issued and outstanding shares of Series X preferred stock (the “Series X Preference”).

F-20

Certain change in control events, as defined in the Company’s certificate of incorporation, are considered to be liquidation events upon which the holders of Series X preferred stock have the option to require the Company redeem the shares held, at their liquidation value, as discussed above.

Right to Convert:

The holder of any share of Series X preferred stock shall have the right, at any time to convert any such share (except that upon any liquidation of the Company the right of conversion shall terminate at the close of business on the business day fixed for payment of the amounts distributable on the Series X preferred stock), into fully paid and nonassessable shares of common stock based on the Series X Conversion Ratio. The Series X Conversion Ratio was initially 1:1, and subject to adjustment as discussed under the section “Anti-Dilution” below.

Mandatory Conversion:

The Series X preferred stock shall be automatically converted into common stock, at the then applicable conversion price (i) in the event that the holders of at least two-thirds of the outstanding Series AA preferred stock, voting as a single class, consent to such conversion, or (ii) upon the closing of a qualified public offering, as defined.

Anti-Dilution:

The conversion price of the Series X preferred stock is subject to adjustment to reduce dilution in the event that the Company issues additional equity securities at a price less than the applicable conversion price. The conversion price will also be subject to proportional adjustment for events such as stock splits, stock dividends, and recapitalization. As a result of the reverse stock splits in November 2014 and January 2015, the Series X conversion ratio was adjusted to approximately 1-for-4.06.

Treasury Stock

Treasury stock of $176 at December 31, 2013 reflects 1,884 shares on common stock repurchased by the Company and recorded at cost. During the year ended December 31, 2014, the treasury stock was retired.

2004 Stock Option and Incentive Plan

In July 2004, the Company’s board of directors adopted the 2004 Stock Option and Incentive Plan (the 2004 “Plan”) for the issuance of incentive stock options, restricted stock, and other equity awards, all for common stock, as determined by the board of directors to employees, officers, directors, consultants, and advisors of the Company and its subsidiaries. Only stock options were granted under the 2004 Plan. The 2004 Plan expired in February 2014 but remains effective for all outstanding options.

F-21

The following table summarizes the option activity for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2013 and 2014 under the 2004 Plan:


	Year Ended December 31,
	2012		Weighted- Average Exercise Price Per Share		2013			Weighted- Average Exercise Price Per Share		2014			Weighted- Average Exercise Price Per Share
Outstanding at beginning of the period		13,194	$	40.578		13,194		$	40.578		11,835		$	40.578
Granted during the period		—		—		—			—		—			—
Exercised during the period		—		—		—			—		—			—
Expired during the period		—		—		(1,359	)		—		(877	)		40.578

Outstanding at end of the period		13,194	$	40.578		11,835		$	40.578		10,958		$	40.578

Exercisable at end of period		12,281	$	40.578		11.835		$	40.578		10,958		$	40.578

Weighted-average years remaining on contractual life		5.2				4.2					3.3
Unrecognized compensation cost related to non-vested stock options	$	1			$	—				$	—

The Company recorded a total of $1 in the year ended December 31, 2013 as stock-based compensation expense relating to outstanding stock options granted pursuant to the 2004 Plan. At December 31, 2013, all options were fully vested and there was no unrecognized stock-based compensation expense relating to stock options granted pursuant to the 2004 Plan.

2014 Stock Option and Incentive Plan

In August 2014, the Company’s board of directors adopted the 2014 Stock Option and Incentive Plan (the “2014 Plan”) for the issuance of incentive and non-qualified stock options, restricted stock, and other equity awards, all for common stock, as determined by the board of directors to employees, officers, directors, consultants, and advisors of the Company and its subsidiaries. There were 900,117 shares issuable under the 2014 Plan as of December 31, 2014. In November 2014, the Board of Directors increased the number of shares available for grant under the terms of the 2014 Plan to the number of shares that represents 13.7% of the outstanding common stock after giving effect to the issuance of shares relating to the Company’s proposed IPO (not including any shares purchased by the underwriters pursuant to their overallotment option). Subsequent to the IPO in February 2015, there were 2,175,216 shares available for grant under the 2014 Plan. The 2014 Plan expires in August 2024.

On August 28, 2014, the board of directors granted 900,117 stock options at an exercise price of $4.342 per share, the fair market value of the common stock as determined by the board of directors. All stock options granted have a ten-year term. Of the stock options granted, 59,142 were fully vested at the date of the grant. The remaining 840,975 stock options granted (i) would be of no further force and effect if the Company had not consummated an IPO prior to the one-year anniversary of the grant date or (ii) upon consummation of the IPO, will vest 25% on the one-year anniversary of the grant date and remaining 75% will vest equally over the following 35 monthly anniversaries.

The fair value of each stock option granted is estimated on the grant date using a Black-Scholes stock option pricing model based on the following assumptions: an expected term of 5 to 6.25 years; expected stock price volatility of 83.3% to 92.5%; a risk free rate of 1.63% to 1.84%; and a dividend yield of 0%.

The Company recorded stock compensation expense of $170 in general and administrative expense in the year ended December 31, 2014 related to the 59,142 stock options that were granted pursuant to the 2014 Plan

F-22

and fully vested as of the date of grant. The Company will recognize $2,798 of stock compensation expense related to the remaining 840,975 stock options on a straight-line basis over the vesting period commencing upon the consummation of the IPO in February 2015.

The Company has historically granted common stock options pursuant to the 2004 and 2014 Plans at an exercise price that is not less than the fair market value of the Company’s stock as determined by the board of directors, with input from management. The board of directors has historically determined the estimated fair value of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant based on a number of objective and subjective factors, including external market conditions, rights and preferences of securities senior to the common stock at the time of each grant, the likelihood of achieving a liquidity event such as an IPO or the sale of the Company, and third party valuations.

The Company recognizes compensation expense based on the estimated grant date fair value method using the Black-Scholes valuation model. The Company reduces compensation expense for expected forfeitures, as estimated by management.

As the Company’s stock was not traded publicly on the date of the 2014 Plan stock option grants, the computation of expected volatility was based on the historical volatilities of peer companies. The peer companies include organizations that are in the same industry, with similar size and stage of growth. The Company estimates that the expected life of the options granted using the simplified method allowable under Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 107, Share Based Payments . The expected life is applied to the stock option grant group as a whole, as the Company does not expect substantially different exercise or post vesting termination behavior among its employee population. The interest rate for grants pursuant to the 2004 and 2014 Plans are based on the U.S. treasury bills rate for U.S. treasury bills with terms commensurate with the expected term of the option grants on the grant date of the option.

The following table summarizes the 2014 Plan option activity for the year ended December 31, 2014:


	Year Ended December 31,
	2014		Weighted- Average Exercise Price Per Share
Outstanding at beginning of the period		—	$	—
Granted during the period		900,117		4.342
Exercised during the period		—		—
Expired during the period		—		—

Outstanding at end of the period		900,117	$	4.342

Exercisable at end of period		59,142	$	4.342

Weighted-average years remaining on contractual life		9.7
Unrecognized compensation cost related to non-vested stock options	$	2,798

Employee Stock Purchase Plan

In November 2014 the Company’s board of directors adopted and the stockholders approved the 2014 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, or ESPP. The Company’s board of directors has authorized the issuance of a number of shares of common stock issuable under the ESPP to the number that represents 1% of our outstanding common stock outstandiing after the IPO, or 160,276 shares. The ESPP provides that the number of shares reserved and available for issuance under the ESPP shall be cumulatively increased each January 1, beginning on

F-23

January 1, 2016, by the lesser of (i) 600,000 shares of common stock or (ii) the number of shares necessary to set the number of shares of Common Stock under the Plan at 1% percent of the outstanding number of shares as of January 1 of the applicable year. However, the board of directors reserves the right to determine that there will be no increase for any year or that any increase will be for a lesser number of shares. The number of shares reserved and available for issuance under the ESPP is subject to adjustment in the event of a stock split, stock dividend or other change in the Company’s capitalization. The ESPP may be terminated or amended by the board of directors at any time, but will automatically terminate upon the tenth anniversary of the date the ESPP is approved by the stockholders. An amendment that increases the number of shares of common stock that are authorized under the ESPP and certain other amendments require the approval of the stockholders.

All employees who are employed for at least six months and whose customary employment is for more than 20 hours a week are eligible to participate in the ESPP. Any employee who owns 5% or more of the voting power or value of the Company’s shares of common stock is not eligible to purchase shares under the ESPP. Each employee who is a participant in the ESPP may purchase shares by authorizing payroll deductions of up to 10% of his or her base compensation during an offering period. Unless the participating employee has previously withdrawn from the offering, his or her accumulated payroll deductions will be used to purchase shares of common stock on the last business day of the offering period at a price equal to 85% of the fair market value of the ordinary shares on the first business day or the last business day of the offering period, whichever is lower, provided that no more than 5,000 shares of common stock may be purchased by any one employee during each offering period. Under applicable tax rules, an employee may purchase no more than $25,000 worth of stock, valued at the start of the purchase period, under the ESPP in any calendar year.

Each employee who is a participant in the ESPP may purchase shares by authorizing payroll deductions of up to 10% of his or her base compensation during an offering period. Unless the participating employee has previously withdrawn from the offering, his or her accumulated payroll deductions will be used to purchase shares of common stock on the last business day of the offering period at a price equal to 85% of the fair market value of the ordinary shares on the first business day or the last business day of the offering period, whichever is lower, provided that no more than 5,000 shares of common stock may be purchased by any one employee during each offering period. Under applicable tax rules, an employee may purchase no more than $25,000 worth of stock, valued at the start of the purchase period, under the ESPP in any calendar year.

We may make one or more offerings to our employees to purchase stock under the ESPP. No offerings of the ESPP have commenced as of December 31, 2014.

Restricted Common Stock

In 2011, the Company issued 24,280 restricted common shares pursuant to a stock purchase and restriction agreement for a price of $0.0406 per share. The Company received $1 from the grantee. These shares vest 25% on each of the first four anniversaries of the date of grant. During the year ended December 31, 2014, the board of directors accelerated the vesting of the last tranche resulting in 12,140 shares vesting in such period. The following table is a rollforward of unvested restricted common shares:


Unvested shares—December 31, 2011	24,280
Shares vested	(6,070	)

Unvested shares—December 31, 2012	18,210
Shares vested	(6,070	)

Unvested shares—December 31, 2013	12,140
Shares vested	(12,140	)

Unvested shares—December 31, 2014	—

F-24

The Company recorded the excess grant date fair value over the proceeds received as compensation expense. The Company recorded $7, $9 and $9 of stock-based compensation expense related to this award in the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively. At December 31, 2014, there was no unrecognized compensation expense related to this grant.

8. Commitments and Contingencies

Operating leases

The Company leases office space in Lexington, Massachusetts under a lease agreement expiring in March 2015. Rent expense for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013, and 2012 was $54, $47 and $97, respectively. In March 2015, the Company signed a six-month lease for office space in Lexington, Massachusetts at $7 per month commencing April 1, 2015. The Company is committed to pay approximately $58 in rent expense in 2015 pursuant to these leases.

Indemnification Arrangements

As permitted under Delaware law, the Company’s bylaws provide that the Company will indemnify any director, officer, employee or agent of the Company or anyone serving in these capacities. The maximum potential amount of future payments the Company could be required to pay is unlimited. The Company has insurance that reduces its monetary exposure and would enable it to recover a portion of any future amounts paid. As a result, the Company believes that the estimated fair value of these indemnification commitments is minimal.

Throughout the normal course of business, the Company has agreements with vendors that provide goods and services required by the Company to run its business. In some instances, vendor agreements include language that requires the Company to indemnify the vendor from certain damages caused by the Company’s use of the vendor’s goods and/or services. The Company has insurance that would allow it to recover a portion of any future amounts that could arise from these indemnifications. As a result, the Company believes that the estimated fair value of these indemnification commitments is minimal.

9. Fair Value of Financial Measurements

Items measured at fair value on a recurring basis include cash equivalents and warrant liabilities.

The following table sets forth the Company’s financial instruments that were measured at fair value on a recurring basis by level within the fair value hierarchy:


	Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2014
	Total		Level 1		Level 2		Level 3
Liabilities
Convertible preferred stock warrant liability	$	482	$	—	$	—	$	482

Convertible notes redemption rights derivative	$	480	$	—	$	—	$	480


	Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2013
	Total		Level 1		Level 2		Level 3
Assets
Money market mutual fund	$	5,009	$	—	$	5,009	$	—

Liabilities
Convertible preferred stock warrant liability	$	1,888	$	—	$	—	$	1,888

F-25

The fair value of the Company’s money market mutual funds is based on quoted prices on an active exchange.

Convertible preferred stock warrant liability

As previously discussed (see Notes 5 and 7), the Company has issued warrants to purchase Series AA preferred stock in connection with the 2013 Series AA preferred stock issuance and the Loan Agreements. The Series AA warrant liabilities were recorded at their fair value on the date of issuance and are remeasured on each subsequent balance sheet date and as of the warrant exercise date, with fair value changes recognized as income (decrease in fair value) or expense (increase in fair value) in other income (expense) in the statements of operations.

As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, the Company used a hybrid valuation model in which a Monte Carlo simulation was used to calculate the fair value of the Company’s equity securities under three scenarios including: i) an IPO scenario, ii) a merger or acquisition scenario or iii) a stay private scenario. The Company then probability-weighted each equity value derived from the Monte Carlo simulation based upon the Company’s estimate of the likelihood of the exit scenario occurring.

The assumptions used in calculating the estimated fair value of the warrants represent the Company’s best estimates and include probabilities of settlement scenarios, enterprise value, time to liquidity, risk-free interest rates, discount for lack of marketability and volatility. The estimates are based, in part, on subjective assumptions and could differ materially in the future. Generally, increases or decreases in the fair value of the underlying convertible preferred stock would result in a directionally similar impact in the fair value measurement of the warrant liability.

The assumptions used in the Monte Carlo simulation models used to estimate the fair value of the Series AA preferred stock warrants upon issuance were:


Volatility	75% – 80	%
Expected term (years)	1.5 – 1.75
Expected dividend yield	0.0	%
Risk-free rate	0.26% – 0.31	%

The following table details the assumptions used in the Monte Carlo simulation models used to estimate the fair value of the Series AA preferred stock warrants at each reporting period:


	December 31,			December 31,
	2014			2013
Volatility		65% – 70	%		60	%
Expected term (years)		0.17 – 0.50			1.00 – 1.25
Expected dividend yield		0.0	%		0.0	%
Risk-free rate		0.02% – 0.03	%		0.13% – 0.19	%

In addition to the assumptions above, the Company’s estimated fair value of the Series AA preferred stock warrant liabilities is calculated using other key assumptions including the probability of an exit event, the enterprise value as determined on an income approach, and a discount for lack of marketability. Management, with the assistance of an independent valuation firm, made these subjective determinations based on available current information; however, as such information changes, so might management’s determinations and such changes could have a material impact of future operating results.

During the periods presented, the Company has not changed the manner in which it values liabilities that are measured at fair value using Level 3 inputs. The Company recognizes transfers between levels of the fair value hierarchy as of the end of the reporting period. There were no transfers within the hierarchy during any of the years presented.

F-26

The following table reflects the change in the Company’s Level 3 warrant liabilities from December 31, 2012 through December 31, 2014:


	Warrant Liabilities
Balance at December 31, 2012	$	—
Issuance of warrants		1,807
Change in value		81

Balance at December 31, 2013		1,888
Change in value		844
Warrant exercises		(2,250	)

Balance at December 31, 2014	$	482

Convertible debt redemption rights derivative

The 2014 Bridge Notes redemption rights derivative required separate accounting and was valued using a single income valuation approach. The Company estimated the fair value of the redemption rights derivative using a ‘‘with and without’’ income valuation approach. Under this approach, the Company estimated the present value of the fixed interest rate debt based on the fair value of similar debt instruments excluding the embedded feature. This amount was then compared to the fair value of the debt instrument including the embedded feature using a probability weighted approach by assigning each embedded derivative feature a probability of occurrence, with consideration provided for the settlement amount including conversion discounts, prepayment penalties, the expected life of the liability and the applicable discount rate.

The following table reflects the change in the Company’s Level 3 convertible notes redemption rights derivative from its initial recording on December 22, 2014 through December 31, 2014:


Balance at December 31, 2013	$	—
Initial recording		478
Change in value		2

Balance at December 31, 2014	$	480

10. Benefit Plans

Retirement Plan

The Company sponsors a 401(k) savings plan (the “Savings Plan”) for all eligible U.S. employees. The Company reserves the right to modify, amend, or terminate the Savings Plan. Employees may contribute up to the maximum allowed by the IRS, while the Company contributes to the plan at the discretion of the board of directors. The Company’s contributions to the plan for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 were $16, $23 and $28, respectively.

Management Incentive Plan

In August 2014, the Company adopted the Amended and Restated 2014 Management Incentive Plan (the “2014 MIP”) in which certain of our named executive officers participate. Pursuant to the MIP, upon a “change in control” (as defined in the MIP), a bonus pool will be created from the proceeds received in connection with such

F-27

change in control (ranging from 7 percent to 9.75 percent of transaction proceeds, depending upon the level of transaction proceeds received in the transaction), and each participant is entitled to receive a bonus equal to a certain percentage of such bonus pool. The MIP terminates automatically upon the earliest of (i) March 31, 2015 (unless a change in control has occurred prior to such date), (ii) the closing of our IPO, (iii) the closing of a qualified financing, as defined in the MIP, and (iv) the date all amounts to be paid under the MIP following a change in control have been paid. The MIP terminated upon the closing of our IPO in February 2015.

11. Subsequent Events

Authorized shares

In February 2015, the Company’s board of directors and stockholders approved an amendment of the Company’s certificate of incorporation such that upon the closing of the IPO, the Company’s authorized capital stock will consist of 120,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share, and 5,000,000 shares of undesignated preferred stock, par value $0.001 per share.

Initial Public Offering

The Company’s initial public offering occurred in February 2015 and the underwriters’ exercised overallotment options in March 2015 (see Note 1). The Company used $5,700 of the net proceeds therefrom to terminate the Loan Agreements related to its Notes payable (see Note 5). The Company issued an aggregate of $21,000 of the 2020 Notes pursuant to its IPO and exercise of the underwriter overallotment option.

The 2020 Notes mature on February 15, 2020, are unsecured, bear cash interest from February 23, 2015 at an annual rate of 5.0% payable semi-annually on February 15 and August 15 of each year, are not redeemable at our option prior to their maturity date, may be subject to repurchase by us at the option of the holders following a fundamental change (as defined in the 2020 Notes indenture) at a repurchase price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the 2020 Notes to be repurchased and are convertible at any time into shares of common stock at a $6.30 per share conversion rate, subject to certain adjustments. In addition, on or after 150 days from the date of issuance of the notes, we will, in addition to the other consideration payable or deliverable in connection with any conversion of notes, make an interest make-whole payment (an “interest make-whole payment”) to the converting holder equal to the sum of the present values of the scheduled payments of interest that would have been made on the notes to be converted had such notes remained outstanding from the conversion date through the earlier of (i) the date that is three years after the conversion date and (ii) the maturity date if the notes had not been so converted or otherwise repurchased.

Conversion of preferred stock upon Initial Public Offering

As a result of the IPO, all of the Company’s outstanding 25,949,333 shares of Series AA and Series X preferred stock, including all accrued and unpaid dividends thereon, automatically converted into 8,002,650 shares of common stock.

F-28

Exhibit Index


Exhibit Number		Description of Exhibit

3.1*		Seventh Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Inotek Pharmaceuticals Corporation, effective as of February 23, 2015

3.2*		Amended and Restated By-Laws of Inotek Pharmaceuticals Corporation, effective as of February 17, 2015

4.1*		Form of Common Stock Certificate of Inotek Pharmaceuticals Corporation

4.2		Third Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement, dated as of June 9, 2010, by and among the Registrant and each of the parties listed on Schedule A thereto (1)

4.3		Indenture between Inotek Pharmaceuticals Corporation, and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as the trustee, relating to the 5.0% Convertible Senior Notes due 2020 (2)

10.1		2004 Stock Option and Incentive Plan (1)

10.2*		2014 Stock Option and Incentive Plan and forms of agreements thereunder, as amended

10.3		Letter Agreement, dated as of July 28, 2014, by and between the Registrant and David P. Southwell (1)

10.4		Letter Agreement, dated as of May 2, 2007, by and between the Registrant and Dr. Rudolf A. Baumgartner, M.D., as amended and currently in effect (1)

10.5		Letter Agreement, dated as of August 23, 2007, by and between the Registrant and Dr. William K. McVicar, Ph.D., as amended and currently in effect (1)

10.6		Letter Agreement, dated as of August 28, 2014, by and between the Registrant and Dale Ritter (1)

10.7*		Inotek Pharmaceuticals Corporation 2014 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, dated as of November 18, 2014

10.8.1		Form of Indemnification Agreement, to be entered into between the Registrant and its directors (1)

10.8.2		Form of Indemnification Agreement, to be entered into between the Registrant and its officers (1)

10.9*		Lease, dated as of May 11, 2012, by and between the Registrant and Farley White Kilnbrook Three, LLC, as amended and currently in effect

10.10*		Warrant to Purchase Shares of Series Preferred Stock dated as of June 28, 2013, by and among the Inotek Pharmaceuticals Corporation and Horizon Technology Finance Corporation

10.11*		Warrant to Purchase Shares of Series Preferred Stock dated as of June 28, 2013, by and among the Inotek Pharmaceuticals Corporation and Fortress Credit Co LLC

24.1*		Power of Attorney (included in the signature page)

31.1*		Certification of Principal Executive Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) or Rule 15d-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

31.2*		Certification of Principal Financial Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) or Rule 15d-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

32.1*		Certification of Principal Executive Officer and Principal Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

*	Filed herewith.

(1)	Filed as an Exhibit to the Company’s registration statement on Form S-1 (333-199859), filed with the SEC on November 5, 2014, as amended, and incorporated herein by reference.

(2)	Filed as an Exhibit to the Company’s current report on Form 8-K (001-36829), filed with the SEC on February 26, 2015, and incorporated herein by reference.

Exhibit 3.1

SEVENTH AMENDED AND RESTATED

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

INOTEK PHARMACEUTICALS CORPORATION

Inotek Pharmaceuticals Corporation, a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware (the “Corporation”), hereby certifies as follows:

1. The name of the Corporation is Inotek Pharmaceuticals Corporation. The date of the filing of its original Certificate of Incorporation with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware was July 7, 1999 (the “Original Certificate”). The name under which the Corporation filed the Original Certificate was Inotek Corporation.

2. This Seventh Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (the “Certificate”) amends, restates and integrates the provisions of the Sixth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation that was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on February 17, 2015, as amended from time to time, (the “Amended and Restated Certificate”) and was duly adopted in accordance with the provisions of Sections 228, 242 and 245 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL”).

3. The text of the Amended and Restated Certificate is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to provide as herein set forth in full.

ARTICLE I

NAME

The name of the Corporation is Inotek Pharmaceuticals Corporation.

ARTICLE II

REGISTERED AGENT

The address of the Corporation’s registered office in the State of Delaware is c/o Corporation Service Company, 2711 Centerville Road Suite 400 in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, 19808. The name of its registered agent at such address is Corporation Service Company.

ARTICLE III

PURPOSE

The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the DGCL.

ARTICLE IV

CAPITAL STOCK

The total number of shares of capital stock which the Corporation shall have authority to issue is One Hundred Twenty-Five Million (125,000,000), of which (i) One Hundred Twenty Million (120,000,000) shares shall be a class designated as common stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “Common Stock”), and (ii) Five Million (5,000,000) shares shall be a class designated as undesignated preferred stock, par value $0.001 per share (the “Undesignated Preferred Stock”).

Except as otherwise provided in any certificate of designations of any series of Undesignated Preferred Stock, the number of authorized shares of the class of Common Stock or Undesignated Preferred Stock may from time to time be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares of such class outstanding) by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority in voting power of the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation irrespective of the provisions of Section 242(b)(2) of the DGCL.

The powers, preferences and rights of, and the qualifications, limitations and restrictions upon, each class or series of stock shall be determined in accordance with, or as set forth below in, this Article IV.

A. COMMON STOCK

Subject to all the rights, powers and preferences of the Undesignated Preferred Stock and except as provided by law or in this Certificate (or in any certificate of designations of any series of Undesignated Preferred Stock):

(a) the holders of the Common Stock shall have the exclusive right to vote for the election of directors of the Corporation (the “Directors”) and on all other matters requiring stockholder action, each outstanding share entitling the holder thereof to one vote on each matter properly submitted to the stockholders of the Corporation for their vote; provided , however , that, except as otherwise required by law, holders of Common Stock, as such, shall not be entitled to vote on any amendment to this Certificate (or on any amendment to a certificate of designations of any series of Undesignated Preferred Stock) that alters or changes the powers, preferences, rights or other terms of one or more outstanding series of Undesignated Preferred Stock if the holders of such affected series of Undesignated Preferred Stock are entitled to vote, either separately or together with the holders of one or more other such series, on such amendment pursuant to this Certificate (or pursuant to a certificate of designations of any series of Undesignated Preferred Stock) or pursuant to the DGCL;

(b) dividends may be declared and paid or set apart for payment upon the Common Stock out of any assets or funds of the Corporation legally available for the payment of dividends, but only when and as declared by the Corporation’s Board of Directors (the “Board of Directors”) or any authorized committee thereof; and

(c) upon the voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, the net assets of the Corporation shall be distributed pro rata to the holders of the Common Stock.

B. UNDESIGNATED PREFERRED STOCK

The Board of Directors or any authorized committee thereof is expressly authorized, to the fullest extent permitted by law, to provide by resolution or resolutions for, out of the unissued shares of Undesignated Preferred Stock, the issuance of the shares of Undesignated Preferred Stock in one or more series of such stock, and by filing a certificate of designations pursuant to applicable law of the State of Delaware, to establish or change from time to time the number of shares of each such series, and to fix the designations, powers, including voting powers, full or limited, or no voting powers, preferences and the relative, participating, optional or other special rights of the shares of each series and any qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereof.

ARTICLE V

STOCKHOLDER ACTION

1. Action without Meeting . Any action required or permitted to be taken by the stockholders of the Corporation at any annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation must be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting of stockholders and may not be taken or effected by a written consent of stockholders in lieu thereof.

2. Special Meetings . Except as otherwise required by statute and subject to the rights, if any, of the holders of any series of Undesignated Preferred Stock, special meetings of the stockholders of the Corporation may be called only by the Board of Directors acting pursuant to a resolution approved by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Directors then in office, and special meetings of stockholders may not be called by any other person or persons. Only those matters set forth in the notice of the special meeting may be considered or acted upon at a special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation.

ARTICLE VI

DIRECTORS

1. General . The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors except as otherwise provided herein or required by law.

2. Election of Directors . Election of Directors need not be by written ballot unless the By-laws of the Corporation (the “By-laws”) shall so provide.

3. Number of Directors; Term of Office . The number of Directors of the Corporation shall be fixed solely and exclusively by resolution duly adopted from time to time by the Board of Directors. The Directors, other than those who may be elected by the holders of any series of Undesignated Preferred Stock, shall be classified, with respect to the term for which they severally hold office, into three classes. The initial Class I Directors of the Corporation shall be Devang Kantesaria and David P. Southwell; the initial Class II Directors of the Corporation shall be Martin Vogelbaum, Isai Peimer and Ittai Harel; and the initial Class III Directors of the Corporation shall be Paul Howes and A.N. “Jerry” Karabelas. The initial Class I Directors shall serve for a term expiring at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2015, the initial Class II Directors shall serve for a term expiring at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2016, and the initial Class III Directors shall serve for a term expiring at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2017. At each annual meeting of stockholders, Directors elected to succeed those Directors whose terms expire shall be elected for a term of office to expire at the third succeeding annual meeting of stockholders after their election. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Directors elected to each class shall hold office until their successors are duly elected and qualified or until their earlier resignation, death or removal.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, whenever, pursuant to the provisions of Article IV of this Certificate, the holders of any one or more series of Undesignated Preferred Stock shall have the right, voting separately as a series or together with holders of other such series, to elect Directors at an annual or special meeting of stockholders, the election, term of office, filling of vacancies and other features of such directorships shall be governed by the terms of this Certificate and any certificate of designations applicable to such series.

4. Vacancies . Subject to the rights, if any, of the holders of any series of Undesignated Preferred Stock to elect Directors and to fill vacancies in the Board of Directors relating thereto, any and all vacancies in the Board of Directors, however occurring, including, without limitation, by reason of an increase in the size of the Board of Directors, or the death, resignation, disqualification or removal of a Director, shall be filled solely and exclusively by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining Directors then in office, even if less than a quorum of the Board of Directors, and not by the stockholders. Any Director appointed in accordance with the preceding sentence shall hold office for the remainder of the full term of the

class of Directors in which the new directorship was created or the vacancy occurred and until such Director’s successor shall have been duly elected and qualified or until his or her earlier resignation, death or removal. Subject to the rights, if any, of the holders of any series of Undesignated Preferred Stock to elect Directors, when the number of Directors is increased or decreased, the Board of Directors shall, subject to Article VI.3 hereof, determine the class or classes to which the increased or decreased number of Directors shall be apportioned; provided , however , that no decrease in the number of Directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent Director. In the event of a vacancy in the Board of Directors, the remaining Directors, except as otherwise provided by law, shall exercise the powers of the full Board of Directors until the vacancy is filled.

5. Removal . Subject to the rights, if any, of any series of Undesignated Preferred Stock to elect Directors and to remove any Director whom the holders of any such series have the right to elect, any Director (including persons elected by Directors to fill vacancies in the Board of Directors) may be removed from office (i) only with cause and (ii) only by the affirmative vote of the holders of 75% or more of the outstanding shares of capital stock then entitled to vote at an election of Directors, voting together as a single class. At least forty-five (45) days prior to any annual or special meeting of stockholders at which it is proposed that any Director be removed from office, written notice of such proposed removal and the alleged grounds thereof shall be sent to the Director whose removal will be considered at the meeting.

ARTICLE VII

LIMITATION OF LIABILITY

A Director of the Corporation shall not be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a Director, except for liability (a) for any breach of the Director’s duty of loyalty to the Corporation or its stockholders, (b) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (c) under Section 174 of the DGCL or (d) for any transaction from which the Director derived an improper personal benefit. If the DGCL is amended after the effective date of this Certificate to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of Directors, then the liability of a Director of the Corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as so amended.

Any amendment, repeal or modification of this Article VII by either of (i) the stockholders of the Corporation or (ii) an amendment to the DGCL, shall not adversely affect any right or protection existing at the time of such amendment, repeal or modification with respect to any acts or omissions occurring before such amendment, repeal or modification of a person serving as a Director at the time of such amendment, repeal or modification.

ARTICLE VIII

EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF DELAWARE COURTS

Unless the Corporation consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware shall be the sole and exclusive forum for (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the Corporation, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any director, officer or other employee of the Corporation to the Corporation or the Corporation’s stockholders, (iii) any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL or the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws, or (iv) any action asserting a claim against the Corporation governed by the internal affairs doctrine. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of capital stock of the Corporation shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to the provisions of this Article VIII.

ARTICLE IX

AMENDMENT OF BY-LAWS

1. Amendment by Directors . Except as otherwise provided by law, the By-laws of the Corporation may be amended or repealed by the Board of Directors by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Directors then in office.

2. Amendment by Stockholders . The By-laws of the Corporation may be amended or repealed at any annual meeting of stockholders, or special meeting of stockholders called for such purpose, by the affirmative vote of at least 75% of the outstanding shares of capital stock entitled to vote on such amendment or repeal, voting together as a single class; provided , however , that if the Board of Directors recommends that stockholders approve such amendment or repeal at such meeting of stockholders, such amendment or repeal shall only require the affirmative vote of the majority of the outstanding shares of capital stock entitled to vote on such amendment or repeal, voting together as a single class.

ARTICLE X

AMENDMENT OF CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

The Corporation reserves the right to amend or repeal this Certificate in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by statute and this Certificate, and all rights conferred upon stockholders herein are granted subject to this reservation. Whenever any vote of the holders of capital stock of the Corporation is required to amend or repeal any provision of this Certificate, and in addition to any other vote of holders of capital stock that is required by this Certificate or by law, such amendment or repeal shall require the affirmative vote of the majority of the outstanding shares of capital stock entitled to vote on such amendment or repeal, and the affirmative vote of the majority of the outstanding shares of each class entitled to vote thereon as a class, at a duly constituted meeting of stockholders called expressly for such purpose; provided , however , that the affirmative vote of not less than 75% of the outstanding shares of capital stock entitled to vote on such amendment or repeal, and the affirmative vote of not less than 75% of the outstanding shares of each class entitled to vote thereon as a class, shall be required to amend or repeal any provision of Article V, Article VI, Article VII, Article VIII, Article IX or Article X of this Certificate.

THIS SEVENTH AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION is executed as of this 23 ^rd day of February, 2015.


Inotek Pharmaceuticals Corporation

By:		/s/ David P. Southwell
Name:		David P. Southwell
Title:		President and Chief Executive Officer

[Signature Page to Charter]

Exhibit 3.2

AMENDED AND RESTATED

BY-LAWS

INOTEK PHARMACEUTICALS CORPORATION

(the “Corporation”)

ARTICLE I

Stockholders

SECTION 1. Annual Meeting . The annual meeting of stockholders (any such meeting being referred to in these By-laws as an “Annual Meeting”) shall be held at the hour, date and place within or without the United States which is fixed by the Corporation’s Board of Directors (the “Board of Directors”), which time, date and place may subsequently be changed at any time by vote of the Board of Directors. If no Annual Meeting has been held for a period of thirteen (13) months after the Corporation’s last Annual Meeting, a special meeting in lieu thereof may be held, and such special meeting shall have, for the purposes of these By-laws or otherwise, all the force and effect of an Annual Meeting. Any and all references hereafter in these By-laws to an Annual Meeting or Annual Meetings also shall be deemed to refer to any special meeting(s) in lieu thereof.

SECTION 2. Notice of Stockholder Business and Nominations .

(a) Annual Meetings of Stockholders .

(1) Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors and the proposal of other business to be considered by the stockholders may be brought before an Annual Meeting (i) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or (ii) by any stockholder of the Corporation who was a stockholder of record at the time of giving of notice provided for in this By-law, who is entitled to vote at the meeting, who is present (in person or by proxy) at the meeting and who complies with the notice procedures set forth in this By-law as to such nomination or business. For the avoidance of doubt, the foregoing clause (ii) shall be the exclusive means for a stockholder to bring nominations or business properly before an Annual Meeting (other than matters properly brought under Rule 14a-8 (or any successor rule) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)), and such stockholder must comply with the notice and other procedures set forth in Article I, Section 2(a)(2) and (3) of this By-law to bring such nominations or business properly before an Annual Meeting. In addition to the other requirements set forth in this By-law, for any proposal of business to be considered at an Annual Meeting, it must be a proper subject for action by stockholders of the Corporation under Delaware law.

(2) For nominations or other business to be properly brought before an Annual Meeting by a stockholder pursuant to clause (ii) of Article I, Section 2(a)(1) of this By-law, the stockholder must (i) have given Timely Notice (as defined below) thereof in writing to the Secretary of the Corporation, (ii) have provided any updates or supplements to such notice at the times and in the forms required by this By-law and (iii) together with the beneficial owner(s), if any, on whose behalf the nomination or business proposal is made, have acted in accordance with the representations set forth in the Solicitation Statement (as defined below) required by this By-law. To be timely, a stockholder’s written notice shall be received by the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than the close of business on the ninetieth (90th) day nor earlier than the close of business on the one hundred twentieth (120th) day prior to the one-year anniversary of the preceding year’s Annual Meeting; provided , however , that in the event the Annual Meeting is first convened more than thirty (30) days before or more than sixty (60) days after such anniversary date, or if no Annual Meeting were held in the preceding year, notice by the stockholder to be timely must be received by the Secretary of the Corporation not later than the close of business on the later of the ninetieth (90th) day prior to the scheduled date of such Annual Meeting or the tenth (10th) day following the day on which public announcement of the date of such meeting is first made (such notice within such time periods shall be referred to as “Timely Notice”). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary provided herein, for the first Annual Meeting following the initial public offering of common stock of the Corporation, a stockholder’s notice shall be timely if received by the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than the close of business on the later of the ninetieth (90th) day prior to the scheduled date of such Annual Meeting or the tenth (10th) day following the day on which public announcement of the date of such Annual Meeting is first made or sent by the Corporation. Such stockholder’s Timely Notice shall set forth:

(A) as to each person whom the stockholder proposes to nominate for election or reelection as a Director of the Corporation (“Director”), all information relating to such person that is required to be disclosed in solicitations of proxies for election of Directors in an election contest, or is otherwise required, in each case pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Exchange Act (including such person’s written consent to being named in the proxy statement as a nominee and to serving as a Director if elected);

(B) as to any other business that the stockholder proposes to bring before the meeting, a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the meeting, the reasons for conducting such business at the meeting, and any material interest in such business of each Proposing Person (as defined below);

(C) (i) the name and address of the stockholder giving the notice, as they appear on the Corporation’s books, and the names and addresses of the other Proposing Persons (if any) and (ii) as to each Proposing Person, the following information: (a) the class or series and number of all shares of capital stock of the

Corporation which are, directly or indirectly, owned beneficially or of record by such Proposing Person or any of its affiliates or associates (as such terms are defined in Rule 12b-2 promulgated under the Exchange Act), including any shares of any class or series of capital stock of the Corporation as to which such Proposing Person or any of its affiliates or associates has a right to acquire beneficial ownership at any time in the future, (b) all Synthetic Equity Interests (as defined below) in which such Proposing Person or any of its affiliates or associates, directly or indirectly, holds an interest including a description of the material terms of each such Synthetic Equity Interest, including without limitation, identification of the counterparty to each such Synthetic Equity Interest and disclosure, for each such Synthetic Equity Interest, as to (x) whether or not such Synthetic Equity Interest conveys any voting rights, directly or indirectly, in such shares to such Proposing Person, (y) whether or not such Synthetic Equity Interest is required to be, or is capable of being, settled through delivery of such shares and (z) whether or not such Proposing Person and/or, to the extent known, the counterparty to such Synthetic Equity Interest has entered into other transactions that hedge or mitigate the economic effect of such Synthetic Equity Interest, (c) any proxy (other than a revocable proxy given in response to a public proxy solicitation made pursuant to, and in accordance with, the Exchange Act), agreement, arrangement, understanding or relationship pursuant to which such Proposing Person has or shares a right to, directly or indirectly, vote any shares of any class or series of capital stock of the Corporation, (d) any rights to dividends or other distributions on the shares of any class or series of capital stock of the Corporation, directly or indirectly, owned beneficially by such Proposing Person that are separated or separable from the underlying shares of the Corporation, and (e) any performance-related fees (other than an asset based fee) that such Proposing Person, directly or indirectly, is entitled to based on any increase or decrease in the value of shares of any class or series of capital stock of the Corporation or any Synthetic Equity Interests (the disclosures to be made pursuant to the foregoing clauses (a) through (e) are referred to, collectively, as “Material Ownership Interests”) and (iii) a description of the material terms of all agreements, arrangements or understandings (whether or not in writing) entered into by any Proposing Person or any of its affiliates or associates with any other person for the purpose of acquiring, holding, disposing or voting of any shares of any class or series of capital stock of the Corporation;

(D) (i) a description of all agreements, arrangements or understandings by and among any of the Proposing Persons, or by and among any Proposing Persons and any other person (including with any proposed nominee(s)), pertaining to the nomination(s) or other business proposed to be brought before the meeting of stockholders (which description shall identify the name of each other person who is party to such an agreement, arrangement or understanding), and (ii) identification of the names and addresses of other stockholders (including beneficial owners) known by any of the Proposing Persons to support such nominations or other business proposal(s), and to the extent known the class and number of all shares of the Corporation’s capital stock owned beneficially or of record by such other stockholder(s) or other beneficial owner(s); and

(E) a statement whether or not the stockholder giving the notice and/or the other Proposing Person(s), if any, will deliver a proxy statement and form of proxy to holders of, in the case of a business proposal, at least the percentage of voting power of all of the shares of capital stock of the Corporation required under applicable law to approve the proposal or, in the case of a nomination or nominations, at least the percentage of voting power of all of the shares of capital stock of the Corporation reasonably believed by such Proposing Person to be sufficient to elect the nominee or nominees proposed to be nominated by such stockholder (such statement, the “Solicitation Statement”).

For purposes of this Article I of these By-laws, the term “Proposing Person” shall mean the following persons: (i) the stockholder of record providing the notice of nominations or business proposed to be brought before a stockholders’ meeting, and (ii) the beneficial owner(s), if different, on whose behalf the nominations or business proposed to be brought before a stockholders’ meeting is made. For purposes of this Section 2 of Article I of these By-laws, the term “Synthetic Equity Interest” shall mean any transaction, agreement or arrangement (or series of transactions, agreements or arrangements), including, without limitation, any derivative, swap, hedge, repurchase or so-called “stock borrowing” agreement or arrangement, the purpose or effect of which is to, directly or indirectly: (a) give a person or entity economic benefit and/or risk similar to ownership of shares of any class or series of capital stock of the Corporation, in whole or in part, including due to the fact that such transaction, agreement or arrangement provides, directly or indirectly, the opportunity to profit or avoid a loss from any increase or decrease in the value of any shares of any class or series of capital stock of the Corporation, (b) mitigate loss to, reduce the economic risk of or manage the risk of share price changes for, any person or entity with respect to any shares of any class or series of capital stock of the Corporation, (c) otherwise provide in any manner the opportunity to profit or avoid a loss from any decrease in the value of any shares of any class or series of capital stock of the Corporation, or (d) increase or decrease the voting power of any person or entity with respect to any shares of any class or series of capital stock of the Corporation.

(3) A stockholder providing Timely Notice of nominations or business proposed to be brought before an Annual Meeting shall further update and supplement such notice, if necessary, so that the information (including, without limitation, the Material Ownership Interests information) provided or required to be provided in such notice pursuant to this By-law shall be true and correct as of the record date for the meeting and as of the date that is ten (10) business days prior to such Annual Meeting, and such update and supplement shall be received by the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than the close of business on the fifth (5th) business day after the record date for the Annual Meeting (in the case of the update and supplement required to be made as of the record date), and not later than the close of business on the eighth (8th) business day prior to the date of the Annual Meeting (in the case of the update and supplement required to be made as of ten (10) business days prior to the meeting).

(4) Notwithstanding anything in the second sentence of Article I, Section 2(a)(2) of this By-law to the contrary, in the event that the number of Directors to be elected to the Board of Directors is increased and there is no public announcement naming all of the nominees for Director or specifying the size of the increased Board of Directors made by the Corporation at least ten (10) days before the last day a stockholder may deliver a notice of nomination in accordance with the second sentence of Article I, Section 2(a)(2), a stockholder’s notice required by this By-law shall also be considered timely, but only with respect to nominees for any new positions created by such increase, if it shall be received by the Secretary of the Corporation not later than the close of business on the tenth (10th) day following the day on which such public announcement is first made by the Corporation.

(b) General .

(1) Only such persons who are nominated in accordance with the provisions of this By-law shall be eligible for election and to serve as Directors and only such business shall be conducted at an Annual Meeting as shall have been brought before the meeting in accordance with the provisions of this By-law or in accordance with Rule 14a-8 under the Exchange Act. The Board of Directors or a designated committee thereof shall have the power to determine whether a nomination or any business proposed to be brought before the meeting was made in accordance with the provisions of this By-law. If neither the Board of Directors nor such designated committee makes a determination as to whether any stockholder proposal or nomination was made in accordance with the provisions of this By-law, the presiding officer of the Annual Meeting shall have the power and duty to determine whether the stockholder proposal or nomination was made in accordance with the provisions of this By-law. If the Board of Directors or a designated committee thereof or the presiding officer, as applicable, determines that any stockholder proposal or nomination was not made in accordance with the provisions of this By-law, such proposal or nomination shall be disregarded and shall not be presented for action at the Annual Meeting.

(2) Except as otherwise required by law, nothing in this Article I, Section 2 shall obligate the Corporation or the Board of Directors to include in any proxy statement or other stockholder communication distributed on behalf of the Corporation or the Board of Directors information with respect to any nominee for Director or any other matter of business submitted by a stockholder.

(3) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Article I, Section 2, if the nominating or proposing stockholder (or a qualified representative of the stockholder) does not appear at the Annual Meeting to present a nomination or any business, such nomination or business shall be disregarded, notwithstanding that proxies in respect of such vote may have been received by the Corporation. For purposes of this Article I, Section 2, to be considered a qualified representative of the proposing stockholder, a person must be authorized by a written instrument executed by such stockholder or an electronic transmission delivered by such stockholder to act for such stockholder as proxy at the meeting of stockholders and such person must produce such written instrument or electronic transmission, or a reliable reproduction of the written instrument or electronic transmission, to the presiding officer at the meeting of stockholders.

(4) For purposes of this By-law, “public announcement” shall mean disclosure in a press release reported by the Dow Jones News Service, Associated Press or comparable national news service or in a document publicly filed by the Corporation with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Section 13, 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act.

(5) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this By-law, a stockholder shall also comply with all applicable requirements of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder with respect to the matters set forth in this By-law. Nothing in this By-law shall be deemed to affect any rights of (i) stockholders to have proposals included in the Corporation’s proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 (or any successor rule), as applicable, under the Exchange Act and, to the extent required by such rule, have such proposals considered and voted on at an Annual Meeting or (ii) the holders of any series of Undesignated Preferred Stock to elect Directors under specified circumstances.

SECTION 3. Special Meetings . Except as otherwise required by statute and subject to the rights, if any, of the holders of any series of Undesignated Preferred Stock, special meetings of the stockholders of the Corporation may be called only by the Board of Directors acting pursuant to a resolution approved by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Directors then in office. The Board of Directors may postpone or reschedule any previously scheduled special meeting of stockholders. Only those matters set forth in the notice of the special meeting may be considered or acted upon at a special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation. Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors and stockholder proposals of other business shall not be brought before a special meeting of stockholders to be considered by the stockholders unless such special meeting is held in lieu of an annual meeting of stockholders in accordance with Article I, Section 1 of these By-laws, in which case such special meeting in lieu thereof shall be deemed an Annual Meeting for purposes of these By-laws and the provisions of Article I, Section 2 of these By-laws shall govern such special meeting.

SECTION 4. Notice of Meetings; Adjournments .

(a) A notice of each Annual Meeting stating the hour, date and place, if any, of such Annual Meeting and the means of remote communication, if any, by which stockholders and proxyholders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such meeting, shall be given not less than ten (10) days nor more than sixty (60) days before the Annual Meeting, to each stockholder entitled to vote thereat by delivering such notice to such stockholder or by mailing it, postage prepaid, addressed to such stockholder at the address of such stockholder as it appears on the Corporation’s stock transfer books. Without limiting the manner by which notice may otherwise be given to stockholders, any notice to stockholders may be given by electronic transmission in the manner provided in Section 232 of the Delaware General Corporation Law (“DGCL”).

(b) Notice of all special meetings of stockholders shall be given in the same manner as provided for Annual Meetings, except that the notice of all special meetings shall state the purpose or purposes for which the meeting has been called.

(c) Notice of an Annual Meeting or special meeting of stockholders need not be given to a stockholder if a waiver of notice is executed, or waiver of notice by electronic transmission is provided, before or after such meeting by such stockholder or if such stockholder attends such meeting, unless such attendance is for the express purpose of objecting at the beginning of the meeting to the transaction of any business because the meeting was not lawfully called or convened.

(d) The Board of Directors may postpone and reschedule any previously scheduled Annual Meeting or special meeting of stockholders and any record date with respect thereto, regardless of whether any notice or public disclosure with respect to any such meeting has been sent or made pursuant to Section 2 of this Article I of these By-laws or otherwise. In no event shall the public announcement of an adjournment, postponement or rescheduling of any previously scheduled meeting of stockholders commence a new time period for the giving of a stockholder’s notice under this Article I of these By-laws.

(e) When any meeting is convened, the presiding officer may adjourn the meeting if (i) no quorum is present for the transaction of business, (ii) the Board of Directors determines that adjournment is necessary or appropriate to enable the stockholders to consider fully information which the Board of Directors determines has not been made sufficiently or timely available to stockholders, or (iii) the Board of Directors determines that adjournment is otherwise in the best interests of the Corporation. When any Annual Meeting or special meeting of stockholders is adjourned to another hour, date or place, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting other than an announcement at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken of the hour, date and place, if any, to which the meeting is adjourned and the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxyholders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such adjourned meeting; provided, however, that if the adjournment is for more than thirty (30) days from the meeting date, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, notice of the adjourned meeting and the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxyholders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote thereat and each stockholder who, by law or under the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation (as the same may hereafter be amended and/or restated, the “Certificate”) or these By-laws, is entitled to such notice.

SECTION 5. Quorum . A majority of the shares entitled to vote, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at any meeting of stockholders. If less than a quorum is present at a meeting, the holders of voting stock representing a majority of the voting power present at the meeting or the presiding officer may adjourn the meeting from time to time, and the meeting may be held as adjourned without further notice, except as provided in Section 4 of this Article I. At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum is present, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the meeting as originally noticed. The stockholders present at a duly constituted meeting may continue to transact business until adjournment, notwithstanding the withdrawal of enough stockholders to leave less than a quorum.

SECTION 6. Voting and Proxies . Stockholders shall have one vote for each share of stock entitled to vote owned by them of record according to the stock ledger of the Corporation as of the record date, unless otherwise provided by law or by the Certificate. Stockholders may vote either (i) in person, (ii) by written proxy or (iii) by a transmission permitted by Section 212(c) of the DGCL. Any copy, facsimile telecommunication or other reliable reproduction of the writing or transmission permitted by Section 212(c) of the DGCL may be substituted for or used in lieu of the original writing or transmission for any and all purposes for which the original writing or transmission could be used, provided that such copy, facsimile telecommunication or other reproduction shall be a complete reproduction of the entire original writing or transmission. Proxies shall be filed in accordance with the procedures established for the meeting of stockholders. Except as otherwise limited therein or as otherwise provided by law, proxies authorizing a person to vote at a specific meeting shall entitle the persons authorized thereby to vote at any adjournment of such meeting, but they shall not be valid after final adjournment of such meeting. A proxy with respect to stock held in the name of two or more persons shall be valid if executed by or on behalf of any one of them unless at or prior to the exercise of the proxy the Corporation receives a specific written notice to the contrary from any one of them.

SECTION 7. Action at Meeting . When a quorum is present at any meeting of stockholders, any matter before any such meeting (other than an election of a Director or Directors) shall be decided by a majority of the votes properly cast for and against such matter, except where a larger vote is required by law, by the Certificate or by these By-laws. Any election of Directors by stockholders shall be determined by a plurality of the votes properly cast on the election of Directors.

SECTION 8. Stockholder Lists . The Secretary or an Assistant Secretary (or the Corporation’s transfer agent or other person authorized by these By-laws or by law) shall prepare and make, at least ten (10) days before every Annual Meeting or special meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for a period of at least ten (10) days prior to the meeting in the manner provided by law. The list shall also be open to the examination of any stockholder during the whole time of the meeting as provided by law.

SECTION 9. Presiding Officer . The Board of Directors shall designate a representative to preside over all Annual Meetings or special meetings of stockholders, provided that if the Board of Directors does not so designate such a presiding officer, then the Chairperson of the Board of Directors (the “Chairperson of the Board”), if one is elected, shall preside over such meetings. If the Board of Directors does not so designate such a presiding officer and there is no Chairperson of the Board or the Chairperson of the Board is unable to so preside or is absent, then the Chief Executive Officer, if one is elected, shall preside over such meetings, provided

further that if there is no Chief Executive Officer or the Chief Executive Officer is unable to so preside or is absent, then the President shall preside over such meetings. The presiding officer at any Annual Meeting or special meeting of stockholders shall have the power, among other things, to adjourn such meeting at any time and from time to time, subject to Sections 4 and 5 of this Article I. The order of business and all other matters of procedure at any meeting of the stockholders shall be determined by the presiding officer.

SECTION 10. Inspectors of Elections . The Corporation shall, in advance of any meeting of stockholders, appoint one or more inspectors to act at the meeting and make a written report thereof. The Corporation may designate one or more persons as alternate inspectors to replace any inspector who fails to act. If no inspector or alternate is able to act at a meeting of stockholders, the presiding officer shall appoint one or more inspectors to act at the meeting. Any inspector may, but need not, be an officer, employee or agent of the Corporation. Each inspector, before entering upon the discharge of his or her duties, shall take and sign an oath faithfully to execute the duties of inspector with strict impartiality and according to the best of his or her ability. The inspectors shall perform such duties as are required by the DGCL, including the counting of all votes and ballots. The inspectors may appoint or retain other persons or entities to assist the inspectors in the performance of the duties of the inspectors. The presiding officer may review all determinations made by the inspectors, and in so doing the presiding officer shall be entitled to exercise his or her sole judgment and discretion and he or she shall not be bound by any determinations made by the inspectors. All determinations by the inspectors and, if applicable, the presiding officer, shall be subject to further review by any court of competent jurisdiction.

ARTICLE II

Directors

SECTION 1. Powers . The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors except as otherwise provided by the Certificate or required by law.

SECTION 2. Number and Terms . The number of Directors of the Corporation shall be fixed solely and exclusively by resolution duly adopted from time to time by the Board of Directors. The Directors shall hold office in the manner provided in the Certificate.

SECTION 3. Qualification . No Director need be a stockholder of the Corporation.

SECTION 4. Vacancies . Vacancies in the Board of Directors shall be filled in the manner provided in the Certificate.

SECTION 5. Removal . Directors may be removed from office only in the manner provided in the Certificate.

SECTION 6. Resignation . A Director may resign at any time by giving written notice to the Chairperson of the Board, if one is elected, the President or the Secretary. A resignation shall be effective upon receipt, unless the resignation otherwise provides.

SECTION 7. Regular Meetings . The regular annual meeting of the Board of Directors shall be held, without notice other than this Section 7, on the same date and at the same place as the Annual Meeting following the close of such meeting of stockholders. Other regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held at such hour, date and place as the Board of Directors may by resolution from time to time determine and publicize by means of reasonable notice given to any Director who is not present at the meeting at which such resolution is adopted.

SECTION 8. Special Meetings . Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called, orally or in writing, by or at the request of a majority of the Directors, the Chairperson of the Board, if one is elected, or the President. The person calling any such special meeting of the Board of Directors may fix the hour, date and place thereof.

SECTION 9. Notice of Meetings . Notice of the hour, date and place of all special meetings of the Board of Directors shall be given to each Director by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, or in case of the death, absence, incapacity or refusal of such persons, by the Chairperson of the Board, if one is elected, or the President or such other officer designated by the Chairperson of the Board, if one is elected, or the President. Notice of any special meeting of the Board of Directors shall be given to each Director in person, by telephone, or by facsimile, electronic mail or other form of electronic communication, sent to his or her business or home address, at least twenty-four (24) hours in advance of the meeting, or by written notice mailed to his or her business or home address, at least forty-eight (48) hours in advance of the meeting. Such notice shall be deemed to be delivered when hand-delivered to such address, read to such Director by telephone, deposited in the mail so addressed, with postage thereon prepaid if mailed, dispatched or transmitted if sent by facsimile transmission or by electronic mail or other form of electronic communications. A written waiver of notice signed before or after a meeting by a Director and filed with the records of the meeting shall be deemed to be equivalent to notice of the meeting. The attendance of a Director at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except where a Director attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting at the beginning of the meeting to the transaction of any business because such meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Except as otherwise required by law, by the Certificate or by these By-laws, neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any meeting of the Board of Directors need be specified in the notice or waiver of notice of such meeting.

SECTION 10. Quorum . At any meeting of the Board of Directors, a majority of the total number of Directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, but if less than a quorum is present at a meeting, a majority of the Directors present may adjourn the meeting from time to time, and the meeting may be held as adjourned without further notice. Any business which might have been transacted at the meeting as originally noticed may be transacted at such adjourned meeting at which a quorum is present. For purposes of this section, the total number of Directors includes any unfilled vacancies on the Board of Directors.

SECTION 11. Action at Meeting . At any meeting of the Board of Directors at which a quorum is present, the vote of a majority of the Directors present shall constitute action by the Board of Directors, unless otherwise required by law, by the Certificate or by these By-laws.

SECTION 12. Action by Consent . Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board of Directors consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission and the writing or writings or electronic transmission or transmissions are filed with the records of the meetings of the Board of Directors. Such filing shall be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in paper form and shall be in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form. Such consent shall be treated as a resolution of the Board of Directors for all purposes.

SECTION 13. Manner of Participation . Directors may participate in meetings of the Board of Directors by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all Directors participating in the meeting can hear each other, and participation in a meeting in accordance herewith shall constitute presence in person at such meeting for purposes of these By-laws.

SECTION 14. Presiding Director . The Board of Directors shall designate a representative to preside over all meetings of the Board of Directors, provided that if the Board of Directors does not so designate such a presiding Director or such designated presiding Director is unable to so preside or is absent, then the Chairperson of the Board, if one is elected, shall preside over all meetings of the Board of Directors. If both the designated presiding Director, if one is so designated, and the Chairperson of the Board, if one is elected, are unable to preside or are absent, the Board of Directors shall designate an alternate representative to preside over a meeting of the Board of Directors.

SECTION 15. Committees . The Board of Directors, by vote of a majority of the Directors then in office, may elect one or more committees, including, without limitation, a Compensation Committee, a Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee and an Audit Committee, and may delegate thereto some or all of its powers except those which by law, by the Certificate or by these By-laws may not be delegated. Except as the Board of Directors may otherwise determine, any such committee may make rules for the conduct of its business, but unless otherwise provided by the Board of Directors or in such rules, its business shall be conducted so far as possible in the same manner as is provided by these By-laws for the Board of Directors. All members of such committees shall hold such offices at the pleasure of the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may abolish any such committee at any time. Any committee to which the Board of Directors delegates any of its powers or duties shall keep records of its meetings and shall report its action to the Board of Directors.

SECTION 16. Compensation of Directors . Directors shall receive such compensation for their services as shall be determined by a majority of the Board of Directors, or a designated committee thereof, provided that Directors who are serving the Corporation as employees and who receive compensation for their services as such, shall not receive any salary or other compensation for their services as Directors of the Corporation.

ARTICLE III

Officers

SECTION 1. Enumeration . The officers of the Corporation shall consist of a President, a Treasurer, a Secretary and such other officers, including, without limitation, a Chairperson of the Board of Directors, a Chief Executive Officer and one or more Vice Presidents (including Executive Vice Presidents or Senior Vice Presidents), Assistant Vice Presidents, Assistant Treasurers and Assistant Secretaries, as the Board of Directors may determine.

SECTION 2. Election . At the regular annual meeting of the Board of Directors following the Annual Meeting, the Board of Directors shall elect the President, the Treasurer and the Secretary. Other officers may be elected by the Board of Directors at such regular annual meeting of the Board of Directors or at any other regular or special meeting.

SECTION 3. Qualification . No officer need be a stockholder or a Director. Any person may occupy more than one office of the Corporation at any time.

SECTION 4. Tenure . Except as otherwise provided by the Certificate or by these By-laws, each of the officers of the Corporation shall hold office until the regular annual meeting of the Board of Directors following the next Annual Meeting and until his or her successor is elected and qualified or until his or her earlier resignation or removal.

SECTION 5. Resignation . Any officer may resign by delivering his or her written resignation to the Corporation addressed to the President or the Secretary, and such resignation shall be effective upon receipt, unless the resignation otherwise provides.

SECTION 6. Removal . Except as otherwise provided by law, the Board of Directors may remove any officer with or without cause by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Directors then in office.

SECTION 7. Absence or Disability . In the event of the absence or disability of any officer, the Board of Directors may designate another officer to act temporarily in place of such absent or disabled officer.

SECTION 8. Vacancies . Any vacancy in any office may be filled for the unexpired portion of the term by the Board of Directors.

SECTION 9. President . The President shall, subject to the direction of the Board of Directors, have such powers and shall perform such duties as the Board of Directors may from time to time designate.

SECTION 10. Chairperson of the Board . The Chairperson of the Board, if one is elected, shall have such powers and shall perform such duties as the Board of Directors may from time to time designate.

SECTION 11. Chief Executive Officer . The Chief Executive Officer, if one is elected, shall have such powers and shall perform such duties as the Board of Directors may from time to time designate.

SECTION 12. Vice Presidents and Assistant Vice Presidents . Any Vice President (including any Executive Vice President or Senior Vice President) and any Assistant Vice President shall have such powers and shall perform such duties as the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer may from time to time designate.

SECTION 13. Treasurer and Assistant Treasurers . The Treasurer shall, subject to the direction of the Board of Directors and except as the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer may otherwise provide, have general charge of the financial affairs of the Corporation and shall cause to be kept accurate books of account. The Treasurer shall have custody of all funds, securities, and valuable documents of the Corporation. He or she shall have such other duties and powers as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer. Any Assistant Treasurer shall have such powers and perform such duties as the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer may from time to time designate.

SECTION 14. Secretary and Assistant Secretaries . The Secretary shall record all the proceedings of the meetings of the stockholders and the Board of Directors (including committees of the Board of Directors) in books kept for that purpose. In his or her absence from any such meeting, a temporary secretary chosen at the meeting shall record the proceedings thereof. The Secretary shall have charge of the stock ledger (which may, however, be kept by any transfer or other agent of the Corporation). The Secretary shall have custody of the seal of the Corporation, and the Secretary, or an Assistant Secretary shall have authority to affix it to any instrument requiring it, and, when so affixed, the seal may be attested by his or her signature or that of an Assistant Secretary. The Secretary shall have such other duties and powers as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer. In the absence of the Secretary, any Assistant Secretary may perform his or her duties and responsibilities. Any Assistant Secretary shall have such powers and perform such duties as the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer may from time to time designate.

SECTION 15. Other Powers and Duties . Subject to these By-laws and to such limitations as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe, the officers of the Corporation shall each have such powers and duties as generally pertain to their respective offices, as well as such powers and duties as from time to time may be conferred by the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer.

ARTICLE IV

Capital Stock

SECTION 1. Certificates of Stock . Each stockholder shall be entitled to a certificate of the capital stock of the Corporation in such form as may from time to time be prescribed by the Board of Directors. Such certificate shall be signed by the Chairperson of the Board, the President or a Vice President and by the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer, or the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary. The Corporation seal and the signatures by the Corporation’s officers, the transfer agent or the registrar may be facsimiles. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed on such certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if he or she were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the time of its issue. Every certificate for shares of stock which are subject to any restriction on transfer and every certificate issued when the Corporation is authorized to issue more than one class or series of stock shall contain such legend with respect thereto as is required by law. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary provided in these Bylaws, the Board of Directors may provide by resolution or resolutions that some or all of any or all classes or series of its stock shall be uncertificated shares (except that the foregoing shall not apply to shares represented by a certificate until such certificate is surrendered to the Corporation), and by the approval and adoption of these Bylaws the Board of Directors has determined that all classes or series of the Corporation’s stock may be uncertificated, whether upon original issuance, re-issuance, or subsequent transfer.

SECTION 2. Transfers . Subject to any restrictions on transfer and unless otherwise provided by the Board of Directors, shares of stock that are represented by a certificate may be transferred on the books of the Corporation by the surrender to the Corporation or its transfer agent of the certificate theretofore properly endorsed or accompanied by a written assignment or power of attorney properly executed, with transfer stamps (if necessary) affixed, and with such proof of the authenticity of signature as the Corporation or its transfer agent may reasonably require. Shares of stock that are not represented by a certificate may be transferred on the books of the Corporation by submitting to the Corporation or its transfer agent such evidence of transfer and following such other procedures as the Corporation or its transfer agent may require.

SECTION 3. Record Holders . Except as may otherwise be required by law, by the Certificate or by these By-laws, the Corporation shall be entitled to treat the record holder of stock as shown on its books as the owner of such stock for all purposes, including the payment of dividends and the right to vote with respect thereto, regardless of any transfer, pledge or other disposition of such stock, until the shares have been transferred on the books of the Corporation in accordance with the requirements of these By-laws.

SECTION 4. Record Date . In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of

stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which record date: (a) in the case of determination of stockholders entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders, shall, unless otherwise required by law, not be more than sixty (60) nor less than ten (10) days before the date of such meeting and (b) in the case of any other action, shall not be more than sixty (60) days prior to such other action. If no record date is fixed: (i) the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held; and (ii) the record date for determining stockholders for any other purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating thereto.

SECTION 5. Replacement of Certificates . In case of the alleged loss, destruction or mutilation of a certificate of stock of the Corporation, a duplicate certificate may be issued in place thereof, upon such terms as the Board of Directors may prescribe.

ARTICLE V

Indemnification

SECTION 1. Definitions . For purposes of this Article:

(a) “Corporate Status” describes the status of a person who is serving or has served (i) as a Director of the Corporation, (ii) as an Officer of the Corporation, (iii) as a Non-Officer Employee of the Corporation, or (iv) as a Director, partner, trustee, officer, employee or agent of any other corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan, foundation, association, organization or other legal entity which such person is or was serving at the request of the Corporation. For purposes of this Section 1(a), a Director, Officer or Non-Officer Employee of the Corporation who is serving or has served as a Director, partner, trustee, officer, employee or agent of a Subsidiary shall be deemed to be serving at the request of the Corporation. Notwithstanding the foregoing, “Corporate Status” shall not include the status of a person who is serving or has served as a Director, officer, employee or agent of a constituent corporation absorbed in a merger or consolidation transaction with the Corporation with respect to such person’s activities prior to said transaction, unless specifically authorized by the Board of Directors or the stockholders of the Corporation;

(b) “Director” means any person who serves or has served the Corporation as a Director on the Board of Directors;

(c) “Disinterested Director” means, with respect to each Proceeding in respect of which indemnification is sought hereunder, a Director of the Corporation who is not and was not a party to such Proceeding;

(d) “Expenses” means all attorneys’ fees, retainers, court costs, transcript costs, fees of expert witnesses, private investigators and professional advisors (including, without

limitation, accountants and investment bankers), travel expenses, duplicating costs, printing and binding costs, costs of preparation of demonstrative evidence and other courtroom presentation aids and devices, costs incurred in connection with document review, organization, imaging and computerization, telephone charges, postage, delivery service fees, and all other disbursements, costs or expenses of the type customarily incurred in connection with prosecuting, defending, preparing to prosecute or defend, investigating, being or preparing to be a witness in, settling or otherwise participating in, a Proceeding;

(e) “Liabilities” means judgments, damages, liabilities, losses, penalties, excise taxes, fines and amounts paid in settlement;

(f) “Non-Officer Employee” means any person who serves or has served as an employee or agent of the Corporation, but who is not or was not a Director or Officer;

(g) “Officer” means any person who serves or has served the Corporation as an officer of the Corporation appointed by the Board of Directors;

(h) “Proceeding” means any threatened, pending or completed action, suit, arbitration, alternate dispute resolution mechanism, inquiry, investigation, administrative hearing or other proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative, arbitrative or investigative; and

(i) “Subsidiary” shall mean any corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust or other entity of which the Corporation owns (either directly or through or together with another Subsidiary of the Corporation) either (i) a general partner, managing member or other similar interest or (ii) (A) fifty percent (50%) or more of the voting power of the voting capital equity interests of such corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture or other entity, or (B) fifty percent (50%) or more of the outstanding voting capital stock or other voting equity interests of such corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture or other entity.

SECTION 2. Indemnification of Directors and Officers .

(a) Subject to the operation of Section 4 of this Article V of these By-laws, each Director and Officer shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Corporation to the fullest extent authorized by the DGCL, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended (but, in the case of any such amendment, only to the extent that such amendment permits the Corporation to provide broader indemnification rights than such law permitted the Corporation to provide prior to such amendment), and to the extent authorized in this Section 2.

(1) Actions, Suits and Proceedings Other than By or In the Right of the Corporation . Each Director and Officer shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Corporation against any and all Expenses and Liabilities that are incurred or paid by such Director or Officer or on such Director’s or Officer’s behalf in connection with any Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein (other than an action by or in the right of the Corporation), which such Director or Officer is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or participant in by reason of such Director’s or Officer’s Corporate Status, if such Director or Officer acted in good faith and in a manner such Director or Officer reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation and, with respect to any criminal proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful.

(2) Actions, Suits and Proceedings By or In the Right of the Corporation . Each Director and Officer shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Corporation against any and all Expenses that are incurred by such Director or Officer or on such Director’s or Officer’s behalf in connection with any Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein by or in the right of the Corporation, which such Director or Officer is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or participant in by reason of such Director’s or Officer’s Corporate Status, if such Director or Officer acted in good faith and in a manner such Director or Officer reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation; provided, however, that no indemnification shall be made under this Section 2(a)(2) in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such Director or Officer shall have been finally adjudged by a court of competent jurisdiction to be liable to the Corporation, unless, and only to the extent that, the Court of Chancery or another court in which such Proceeding was brought shall determine upon application that, despite adjudication of liability, but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such Director or Officer is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnification for such Expenses that such court deems proper.

(3) Survival of Rights . The rights of indemnification provided by this Section 2 shall continue as to a Director or Officer after he or she has ceased to be a Director or Officer and shall inure to the benefit of his or her heirs, executors, administrators and personal representatives.

(4) Actions by Directors or Officers . Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Corporation shall indemnify any Director or Officer seeking indemnification in connection with a Proceeding initiated by such Director or Officer only if such Proceeding (including any parts of such Proceeding not initiated by such Director or Officer) was authorized in advance by the Board of Directors, unless such Proceeding was brought to enforce such Officer’s or Director’s rights to indemnification or, in the case of Directors, advancement of Expenses under these By-laws in accordance with the provisions set forth herein.

SECTION 3. Indemnification of Non-Officer Employees . Subject to the operation of Section 4 of this Article V of these By-laws, each Non-Officer Employee may, in the discretion of the Board of Directors, be indemnified by the Corporation to the fullest extent authorized by the DGCL, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended, against any or all Expenses and Liabilities that are incurred by such Non-Officer Employee or on such Non-Officer Employee’s behalf in connection with any threatened, pending or completed Proceeding, or any claim, issue or matter therein, which such Non-Officer Employee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or participant in by reason of such Non-Officer Employee’s Corporate Status, if such Non-Officer Employee acted in good faith and in a manner such Non-Officer Employee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation and, with respect to any criminal proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful. The rights of

indemnification provided by this Section 3 shall exist as to a Non-Officer Employee after he or she has ceased to be a Non-Officer Employee and shall inure to the benefit of his or her heirs, personal representatives, executors and administrators. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Corporation may indemnify any Non-Officer Employee seeking indemnification in connection with a Proceeding initiated by such Non-Officer Employee only if such Proceeding was authorized in advance by the Board of Directors.

SECTION 4. Determination . Unless ordered by a court, no indemnification shall be provided pursuant to this Article V to a Director, to an Officer or to a Non-Officer Employee unless a determination shall have been made that such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation and, with respect to any criminal Proceeding, such person had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful. Such determination shall be made by (a) a majority vote of the Disinterested Directors, even though less than a quorum of the Board of Directors, (b) a committee comprised of Disinterested Directors, such committee having been designated by a majority vote of the Disinterested Directors (even though less than a quorum), (c) if there are no such Disinterested Directors, or if a majority of Disinterested Directors so directs, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion, or (d) by the stockholders of the Corporation.

SECTION 5. Advancement of Expenses to Directors Prior to Final Disposition .

(a) The Corporation shall advance all Expenses incurred by or on behalf of any Director in connection with any Proceeding in which such Director is involved by reason of such Director’s Corporate Status within thirty (30) days after the receipt by the Corporation of a written statement from such Director requesting such advance or advances from time to time, whether prior to or after final disposition of such Proceeding. Such statement or statements shall reasonably evidence the Expenses incurred by such Director and shall be preceded or accompanied by an undertaking by or on behalf of such Director to repay any Expenses so advanced if it shall ultimately be determined that such Director is not entitled to be indemnified against such Expenses. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Corporation shall advance all Expenses incurred by or on behalf of any Director seeking advancement of expenses hereunder in connection with a Proceeding initiated by such Director only if such Proceeding (including any parts of such Proceeding not initiated by such Director) was (i) authorized by the Board of Directors, or (ii) brought to enforce such Director’s rights to indemnification or advancement of Expenses under these By-laws.

(b) If a claim for advancement of Expenses hereunder by a Director is not paid in full by the Corporation within thirty (30) days after receipt by the Corporation of documentation of Expenses and the required undertaking, such Director may at any time thereafter bring suit against the Corporation to recover the unpaid amount of the claim and if successful in whole or in part, such Director shall also be entitled to be paid the expenses of prosecuting such claim. The failure of the Corporation (including its Board of Directors or any committee thereof, independent legal counsel, or stockholders) to make a determination concerning the permissibility of such advancement of Expenses under this Article V shall not be a defense to an action brought by a Director for recovery of the unpaid amount of an advancement claim and shall not create a presumption that such advancement is not permissible. The burden of proving that a Director is not entitled to an advancement of expenses shall be on the Corporation.

(c) In any suit brought by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the Corporation shall be entitled to recover such expenses upon a final adjudication that the Director has not met any applicable standard for indemnification set forth in the DGCL.

SECTION 6. Advancement of Expenses to Officers and Non-Officer Employees Prior to Final Disposition .

(a) The Corporation may, at the discretion of the Board of Directors, advance any or all Expenses incurred by or on behalf of any Officer or any Non-Officer Employee in connection with any Proceeding in which such person is involved by reason of his or her Corporate Status as an Officer or Non-Officer Employee upon the receipt by the Corporation of a statement or statements from such Officer or Non-Officer Employee requesting such advance or advances from time to time, whether prior to or after final disposition of such Proceeding. Such statement or statements shall reasonably evidence the Expenses incurred by such Officer or Non-Officer Employee and shall be preceded or accompanied by an undertaking by or on behalf of such person to repay any Expenses so advanced if it shall ultimately be determined that such Officer or Non-Officer Employee is not entitled to be indemnified against such Expenses.

(b) In any suit brought by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the Corporation shall be entitled to recover such expenses upon a final adjudication that the Officer or Non-Officer Employee has not met any applicable standard for indemnification set forth in the DGCL.

SECTION 7. Contractual Nature of Rights .

(a) The provisions of this Article V shall be deemed to be a contract between the Corporation and each Director and Officer entitled to the benefits hereof at any time while this Article V is in effect, in consideration of such person’s past or current and any future performance of services for the Corporation. Neither amendment, repeal or modification of any provision of this Article V nor the adoption of any provision of the Certificate of Incorporation inconsistent with this Article V shall eliminate or reduce any right conferred by this Article V in respect of any act or omission occurring, or any cause of action or claim that accrues or arises or any state of facts existing, at the time of or before such amendment, repeal, modification or adoption of an inconsistent provision (even in the case of a proceeding based on such a state of facts that is commenced after such time), and all rights to indemnification and advancement of Expenses granted herein or arising out of any act or omission shall vest at the time of the act or omission in question, regardless of when or if any proceeding with respect to such act or omission is commenced. The rights to indemnification and to advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this Article V shall continue notwithstanding that the person has ceased to be a Director or officer of the Corporation and shall inure to the benefit of the estate, heirs, executors, administrators, legatees and distributes of such person.

(b) If a claim for indemnification hereunder by a Director or Officer is not paid in full by the Corporation within sixty (60) days after receipt by the Corporation of a written claim for indemnification, such Director or Officer may at any time thereafter bring suit against the Corporation to recover the unpaid amount of the claim, and if successful in whole or in part, such Director or Officer shall also be entitled to be paid the expenses of prosecuting such claim. The failure of the Corporation (including its Board of Directors or any committee thereof, independent legal counsel, or stockholders) to make a determination concerning the permissibility of such indemnification under this Article V shall not be a defense to an action brought by a Director or Officer for recovery of the unpaid amount of an indemnification claim and shall not create a presumption that such indemnification is not permissible. The burden of proving that a Director or Officer is not entitled to indemnification shall be on the Corporation.

(c) In any suit brought by a Director or Officer to enforce a right to indemnification hereunder, it shall be a defense that such Director or Officer has not met any applicable standard for indemnification set forth in the DGCL.

SECTION 8. Non-Exclusivity of Rights . The rights to indemnification and to advancement of Expenses set forth in this Article V shall not be exclusive of any other right which any Director, Officer, or Non-Officer Employee may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, provision of the Certificate or these By-laws, agreement, vote of stockholders or Disinterested Directors or otherwise.

SECTION 9. Insurance . The Corporation may maintain insurance, at its expense, to protect itself and any Director, Officer or Non-Officer Employee against any liability of any character asserted against or incurred by the Corporation or any such Director, Officer or Non-Officer Employee, or arising out of any such person’s Corporate Status, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such liability under the DGCL or the provisions of this Article V.

SECTION 10. Other Indemnification . The Corporation’s obligation, if any, to indemnify or provide advancement of Expenses to any person under this Article V as a result of such person serving, at the request of the Corporation, as a Director, partner, trustee, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise shall be reduced by any amount such person may collect as indemnification or advancement of Expenses from such other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or enterprise (the “Primary Indemnitor”). Any indemnification or advancement of Expenses under this Article V owed by the Corporation as a result of a person serving, at the request of the Corporation, as a Director, partner, trustee, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise shall only be in excess of, and shall be secondary to, the indemnification or advancement of Expenses available from the applicable Primary Indemnitor(s) and any applicable insurance policies.

ARTICLE VI

Miscellaneous Provisions

SECTION 1. Fiscal Year . The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be determined by the Board of Directors.

SECTION 2. Seal . The Board of Directors shall have power to adopt and alter the seal of the Corporation.

SECTION 3. Execution of Instruments . All deeds, leases, transfers, contracts, bonds, notes and other obligations to be entered into by the Corporation in the ordinary course of its business without Director action may be executed on behalf of the Corporation by the Chairperson of the Board, if one is elected, the President or the Treasurer or any other officer, employee or agent of the Corporation as the Board of Directors or the executive committee of the Board may authorize.

SECTION 4. Voting of Securities . Unless the Board of Directors otherwise provides, the Chairperson of the Board, if one is elected, the President or the Treasurer may waive notice of and act on behalf of the Corporation, or appoint another person or persons to act as proxy or attorney in fact for the Corporation with or without discretionary power and/or power of substitution, at any meeting of stockholders or shareholders of any other corporation or organization, any of whose securities are held by the Corporation.

SECTION 5. Resident Agent . The Board of Directors may appoint a resident agent upon whom legal process may be served in any action or proceeding against the Corporation.

SECTION 6. Corporate Records . The original or attested copies of the Certificate, By-laws and records of all meetings of the incorporators, stockholders and the Board of Directors and the stock transfer books, which shall contain the names of all stockholders, their record addresses and the amount of stock held by each, may be kept outside the State of Delaware and shall be kept at the principal office of the Corporation, at an office of its counsel, at an office of its transfer agent or at such other place or places as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors.

SECTION 7. Certificate . All references in these By-laws to the Certificate shall be deemed to refer to the Seventh Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation, as amended and/or restated and in effect from time to time.

SECTION 8. Exclusive Jurisdiction of Delaware Courts . Unless the Corporation consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware shall be the sole and exclusive forum for (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the Corporation, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any Director, officer or other employee of the Corporation to the Corporation or

the Corporation’s stockholders, (iii) any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the Delaware General Corporation Law or the Certificate or By-laws, or (iv) any action asserting a claim against the Corporation governed by the internal affairs doctrine. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of capital stock of the Corporation shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to the provisions of this Section 8.

SECTION 9. Amendment of By-laws .

(a) Amendment by Directors . Except as provided otherwise by law, these By-laws may be amended or repealed by the Board of Directors by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Directors then in office.

(b) Amendment by Stockholders . These By-laws may be amended or repealed at any Annual Meeting, or special meeting of stockholders called for such purpose in accordance with these By-Laws, by the affirmative vote of at least seventy-five percent (75%) of the outstanding shares entitled to vote on such amendment or repeal, voting together as a single class; provided, however, that if the Board of Directors recommends that stockholders approve such amendment or repeal at such meeting of stockholders, such amendment or repeal shall only require the affirmative vote of the majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote on such amendment or repeal, voting together as a single class. Notwithstanding the foregoing, stockholder approval shall not be required unless mandated by the Certificate, these By-laws, or other applicable law.

SECTION 10. Notices . If mailed, notice to stockholders shall be deemed given when deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder at such stockholder’s address as it appears on the records of the Corporation. Without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be given to stockholders, any notice to stockholders may be given by electronic transmission in the manner provided in Section 232 of the DGCL.

SECTION 11. Waivers . A written waiver of any notice, signed by a stockholder or Director, or waiver by electronic transmission by such person, whether given before or after the time of the event for which notice is to be given, shall be deemed equivalent to the notice required to be given to such person. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any meeting need be specified in such a waiver.

Adopted November 18, 2014 and effective as of February 17, 2015.

Exhibit 4.1

LOGO

The following abbreviations, when used in the inscription on the face of this certificate, shall be construed as though they were written out in full according to applicable laws or regulations:


TEN COM	-	as tenants in common	UNIF GIFT MIN ACT - Custodian
TEN ENT	-	as tenants by the entireties	(Cust) (Minor)
JT TEN	-	as joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common	under Uniform Gifts to Minors Act (State)

Additional abbreviations may also be used though not in the above list.

For Value Received, hereby sell, assign and transfer unto

PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY OR OTHER

IDENTIFYING NUMBER OF ASSIGNEE



(PLEASE PRINT OR TYPE NAME AND ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE OF ASSIGNEE)




		Shares
of the stock represented by the within Certificate, and do hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint

		Attorney
to transfer the said stock on the books of the within named Corporation with full power of substitution in the premises.

Dated

Signature(s) Guaranteed

NOTICE: THE SIGNATURE TO THIS ASSIGNMENT MUST CORRESPOND WITH THE NAME AS WRITTEN UPON THE FACE OF THE CERTIFICATE IN EVERY PARTICULAR, WITHOUT ALTERATION OR ENLARGEMENT OR ANY CHANGE WHATSOEVER.


By
The Signature(s) must be guaranteed by an eligible guarantor institution (Banks, Stockbrokers, Savings and Loan Associations and Credit Unions with membership in an approved Signature Guarantee Medallion Program), pursuant to SEC Rule 17Ad-15.

THE CORPORATION WILL FURNISH TO ANY STOCKHOLDER, UPON REQUEST AND WlTHOUT CHARGE, A FULL STATEMENT OF THE DESIGNATIONS, RELATIVE RIGHTS, PREFERENCES AND LIMITATIONS OF THE SHARES OF EACH CLASS AND SERIES AUTHORIZED TO BE ISSUED, SO FAR AS THE SAME HAVE BEEN DETERMINED, AND OF THE AUTHORITY, IF ANY, OF THE BOARD TO DIVIDE THE SHARES INTO CLASSES OR SERIES AND TO DETERMINE AND CHANGE THE RELATIVE RIGHTS, PREFERENCES AND LIMITATIONS OF ANY CLASS OR SERIES. SUCH REQUEST MAY BE MADE TO THE SECRETARY OF THE CORPORATION OR TO THE TRANSFER AGENT NAMED ON THIS CERTIFICATE.

COLUMBIA PRINTING SERVICES, LLC - www.stockinformation.com

Exhibit 10.2

INOTEK PHARMACEUTICALS CORPORATION

AMENDED AND RESTATED 2014 STOCK OPTION AND INCENTIVE PLAN

SECTION 1. GENERAL PURPOSE OF THE PLAN; DEFINITIONS

The name of the plan is the Inotek Pharmaceuticals Corporation 2014 Amended and Restated Stock Option and Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”). The purpose of the Plan is to encourage and enable the officers, employees, Non-Employee Directors and Consultants of Inotek Pharmaceuticals Corporation (the “ Company ”) and its Subsidiaries upon whose judgment, initiative and efforts the Company largely depends for the successful conduct of its business to acquire a proprietary interest in the Company. It is anticipated that providing such persons with a direct stake in the Company’s welfare will assure a closer identification of their interests with those of the Company and its stockholders, thereby stimulating their efforts on the Company’s behalf and strengthening their desire to remain with the Company.

The following terms shall be defined as set forth below:

“ Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder.

“ Administrator ” means either the Board or the compensation committee of the Board or a similar committee performing the functions of the compensation committee and which is comprised of not less than two Non-Employee Directors who are independent.

“ Award ” or “ Awards ,” except where referring to a particular category of grant under the Plan, shall include Incentive Stock Options, Non-Qualified Stock Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock Units, Restricted Stock Awards, Unrestricted Stock Awards, Cash-Based Awards, Performance Share Awards and Dividend Equivalent Rights.

“ Award Certificate ” means a written or electronic document setting forth the terms and provisions applicable to an Award granted under the Plan. Each Award Certificate is subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

“ Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

“ Cash-Based Award ” means an Award entitling the recipient to receive a cash-denominated payment.

“ Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and any successor Code, and related rules, regulations and interpretations.

“ Consultant ” means any natural person that provides bona fide services to the Company, and such services are not in connection with the offer or sale of securities in a capital-raising transaction and do not directly or indirectly promote or maintain a market for the Company’s securities.

“ Covered Employee ” means an employee who is a “Covered Employee” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code.

“ Dividend Equivalent Right ” means an Award entitling the grantee to receive credits based on cash dividends that would have been paid on the shares of Stock specified in the Dividend Equivalent Right (or other award to which it relates) if such shares had been issued to and held by the grantee.

“ Effective Date ” means the date on which the Plan is approved by stockholders as set forth in Section 21.

“ Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder.

“ Fair Market Value ” of the Stock on any given date means the fair market value of the Stock determined in good faith by the Administrator; provided, however, that if the Stock is admitted to quotation on the National Association of Securities Dealers Automated Quotation System (“ NASDAQ ”), NASDAQ Global Market or another national securities exchange, the determination shall be made by reference to market quotations. If there are no market quotations for such date, the determination shall be made by reference to the last date preceding such date for which there are market quotations; provided further, however, that if the date for which Fair Market Value is determined is the first day when trading prices for the Stock are reported on a national securities exchange, the Fair Market Value shall be the “Price to the Public” (or equivalent) set forth on the cover page for the final prospectus relating to the Company’s Initial Public Offering.

“ Incentive Stock Option ” means any Stock Option designated and qualified as an “incentive stock option” as defined in Section 422 of the Code.

“ Initial Public Offering ” means the consummation of the first underwritten, firm commitment public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Act covering the offer and sale by the Company of its equity securities, or such other event as a result of or following which the Stock shall be publicly held.

“ Non-Employee Director ” means a member of the Board who is not also an employee of the Company or any Subsidiary.

“ Non-Qualified Stock Option ” means any Stock Option that is not an Incentive Stock Option.

“ Option ” or “ Stock Option ” means any option to purchase shares of Stock granted pursuant to Section 5.

“ Performance-Based Award ” means any Restricted Stock Award, Restricted Stock Units, Performance Share Award or Cash-Based Award granted to a Covered Employee that is intended to qualify as “performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

“ Performance Criteria ” means the criteria that the Administrator selects for purposes of establishing the Performance Goal or Performance Goals for an individual for a Performance Cycle. The Performance Criteria (which shall be applicable to the organizational level specified by the Administrator, including, but not limited to, the Company or a unit, division, group, or Subsidiary of the Company) that will be used to establish Performance Goals are limited to the following: total shareholder return, earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization, net income (loss) (either before or after interest, taxes, depreciation and/or amortization), changes in the market price of the Stock, economic value-added, funds from operations or similar measure, sales or revenue, developmental, clinical or regulatory milestones, acquisitions or strategic transactions, including licenses, collaborations, joint ventures, or promotion arrangements, operating income (loss), cash flow (including, but not limited to, operating cash flow and free cash flow), return on capital, assets, equity, or investment, return on sales, gross or net profit levels, productivity, expense, margins, operating efficiency, customer satisfaction, working capital, earnings (loss) per share of Stock, sales or market shares and number of customers, any of which may be measured either in absolute terms or as compared to any incremental increase or as compared to results of a peer group. The Committee may appropriately adjust any evaluation performance under a Performance Criterion to exclude any of the following events that occurs during a Performance Cycle: (i) asset write-downs or impairments, (ii) litigation or claim judgments or settlements, (iii) the effect of changes in tax law, accounting principles or other such laws or provisions affecting reporting results, (iv) accruals for reorganizations and restructuring programs, (v) any extraordinary non-recurring items, including those described in the Financial Accounting Standards Board’s authoritative guidance and/or in management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition of operations appearing the Company’s annual report to stockholders for the applicable year, and (vi) any other extraordinary items adjusted from the Company U.S. GAAP results.

“ Performance Cycle ” means one or more periods of time, which may be of varying and overlapping durations, as the Administrator may select, over which the attainment of one or more Performance Criteria will be measured for the purpose of determining a grantee’s right to and the payment of a Restricted Stock Award, Restricted Stock Units, Performance Share Award or Cash-Based Award, the vesting and/or payment of which is subject to the attainment of one or more Performance Goals. Each such period shall not be less than 12 months.

“ Performance Goals ” means, for a Performance Cycle, the specific goals established in writing by the Administrator for a Performance Cycle based upon the Performance Criteria.

“ Performance Share Award ” means an Award entitling the recipient to acquire shares of Stock upon the attainment of specified Performance Goals.

“ Restricted Shares ” means the shares of Stock underlying a Restricted Stock Award that remain subject to a risk of forfeiture or the Company’s right of repurchase.

“ Restricted Stock Award ” means an Award of Restricted Shares subject to such restrictions and conditions as the Administrator may determine at the time of grant.

“ Restricted Stock Units ” means an Award of stock units subject to such restrictions and conditions as the Administrator may determine at the time of grant.

“ Sale Event ” shall mean (i) the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company on a consolidated basis to an unrelated person or entity, (ii) a merger, reorganization or consolidation pursuant to which the holders of the Company’s outstanding voting power and outstanding stock immediately prior to such transaction do not own a majority of the outstanding voting power and outstanding stock or other equity interests of the resulting or successor entity (or its ultimate parent, if applicable) immediately upon completion of such transaction, (iii) the sale of all of the Stock of the Company to an unrelated person, entity or group thereof acting in concert, or (iv) any other transaction in which the owners of the Company’s outstanding voting power immediately prior to such transaction do not own at least a majority of the outstanding voting power of the Company or any successor entity immediately upon completion of the transaction other than as a result of the acquisition of securities directly from the Company.

“ Sale Price ” means the value as determined by the Administrator of the consideration payable, or otherwise to be received by stockholders, per share of Stock pursuant to a Sale Event.

“ Section 409A ” means Section 409A of the Code and the regulations and other guidance promulgated thereunder.

“ Stock ” means the Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Company, subject to adjustments pursuant to Section 3.

“ Stock Appreciation Right ” means an Award entitling the recipient to receive shares of Stock having a value equal to the excess of the Fair Market Value of the Stock on the date of exercise over the exercise price of the Stock Appreciation Right multiplied by the number of shares of Stock with respect to which the Stock Appreciation Right shall have been exercised.

“ Subsidiary ” means any corporation or other entity (other than the Company) in which the Company has at least a 50 percent interest, either directly or indirectly.

“ Ten Percent Owner ” means an employee who owns or is deemed to own (by reason of the attribution rules of Section 424(d) of the Code) more than 10 percent of the combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any parent or subsidiary corporation.

“ Unrestricted Stock Award ” means an Award of shares of Stock free of any restrictions.

SECTION 2. ADMI NISTRATION OF PLAN; ADMINISTRATOR AUTHORITY TO SELECT GRANTEES AND DETERMINE AWARDS

(a) Administration of Plan . The Plan shall be administered by the Administrator.

(b) Powers of Administrator . The Administrator shall have the power and authority to grant Awards consistent with the terms of the Plan, including the power and authority:

(i) to select the individuals to whom Awards may from time to time be granted;

(ii) to determine the time or times of grant, and the extent, if any, of Incentive Stock Options, Non-Qualified Stock Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock Awards, Restricted Stock Units, Unrestricted Stock Awards, Cash-Based Awards, Performance Share Awards and Dividend Equivalent Rights, or any combination of the foregoing, granted to any one or more grantees;

(iii) to determine the number of shares of Stock to be covered by any Award;

(iv) to determine and modify from time to time the terms and conditions, including restrictions, not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan, of any Award, which terms and conditions may differ among individual Awards and grantees, and to approve the forms of Award Certificates;

(v) to accelerate at any time the exercisability or vesting of all or any portion of any Award.

(vi) subject to the provisions of Section 5(c), to extend at any time the period in which Stock Options may be exercised; and

(vii) at any time to adopt, alter and repeal such rules, guidelines and practices for administration of the Plan and for its own acts and proceedings as it shall deem advisable; to interpret the terms and provisions of the Plan and any Award (including related written instruments); to make all determinations it deems advisable for the administration of the Plan; to decide all disputes arising in connection with the Plan; and to otherwise supervise the administration of the Plan.

All decisions and interpretations of the Administrator shall be binding on all persons, including the Company and Plan grantees.

(c) Delegation of Authority to Grant Awards . Subject to applicable law, the Administrator, in its discretion, may delegate to the Chief Executive Officer of the Company all or part of the Administrator’s authority and duties with respect to the granting of Awards to individuals who are (i) not subject to the reporting and other provisions of Section 16 of the Exchange Act and (ii) not Covered Employees. Any such delegation by the Administrator shall include a limitation as to the amount of Stock underlying Awards that may be granted during the period of the delegation and shall contain guidelines as to the determination of the exercise price and the vesting criteria. The Administrator may revoke or amend the terms of a delegation at any time but such action shall not invalidate any prior actions of the Administrator’s delegate or delegates that were consistent with the terms of the Plan.

(d) Award Certificate . Awards under the Plan shall be evidenced by Award Certificates that set forth the terms, conditions and limitations for each Award which may include, without limitation, the term of an Award and the provisions applicable in the event employment or service terminates.

(e) Indemnification . Neither the Board nor the Administrator, nor any member of either or any delegate thereof, shall be liable for any act, omission, interpretation, construction or determination made in good faith in connection with the Plan, and the members of the Board and the Administrator (and any delegate thereof) shall be entitled in all cases to indemnification and reimbursement by the Company in respect of any claim, loss, damage or expense

(including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees) arising or resulting therefrom to the fullest extent permitted by law and/or under the Company’s articles or bylaws or any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance coverage which may be in effect from time to time and/or any indemnification agreement between such individual and the Company.

(f) Foreign Award Recipients . Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, in order to comply with the laws in other countries in which the Company and its Subsidiaries operate or have employees or other individuals eligible for Awards, the Administrator, in its sole discretion, shall have the power and authority to: (i) determine which Subsidiaries shall be covered by the Plan; (ii) determine which individuals outside the United States are eligible to participate in the Plan; (iii) modify the terms and conditions of any Award granted to individuals outside the United States to comply with applicable foreign laws; (iv) establish subplans and modify exercise procedures and other terms and procedures, to the extent the Administrator determines such actions to be necessary or advisable (and such subplans and/or modifications shall be attached to this Plan as appendices); provided, however, that no such subplans and/or modifications shall increase the share limitations contained in Section 3(a) hereof; and (v) take any action, before or after an Award is made, that the Administrator determines to be necessary or advisable to obtain approval or comply with any local governmental regulatory exemptions or approvals. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Administrator may not take any actions hereunder, and no Awards shall be granted, that would violate the Exchange Act or any other applicable United States securities law, the Code, or any other applicable United States governing statute or law.

SECTION 3. STOCK ISSUABLE UNDER THE PLAN; MERGERS; SUBSTITUTION

(a) Stock Issuable . The maximum number of shares of Stock reserved and available for issuance under the Plan shall be 2,175,216 shares (the “Initial Limit”), subject to adjustment as provided in Section 3(b), plus on January 1, 2016 and each January 1 thereafter, the number of shares of Stock reserved and available for issuance under the Plan shall be cumulatively increased by 4 percent of the number of shares of Stock issued and outstanding on the immediately preceding December 31 (the “Annual Increase”). Subject to such overall limitation, the maximum aggregate number of shares of Stock that may be issued in the form of Incentive Stock Options shall not exceed the Initial Limit cumulatively increased on January 1, 2016 and on each January 1 thereafter by the lesser of the Annual Increase for such year or 8,000,000 shares of Stock, subject in all cases to adjustment as provided in Section 3(b). The shares of Stock underlying any Awards that are forfeited, canceled, held back upon exercise of an Option or settlement of an Award to cover the exercise price or tax withholding, reacquired by the Company prior to vesting, satisfied without the issuance of Stock or otherwise terminated (other than by exercise) shall be added back to the shares of Stock available for issuance under the Plan. In the event the Company repurchases shares of Stock on the open market, such shares shall not be added to the shares of Stock available for issuance under the Plan. Subject to such overall limitations, shares of Stock may be issued up to such maximum number pursuant to any type or types of Award; provided, however, that Stock Options or Stock Appreciation Rights with respect to no more than 1,000,000 shares of Stock may be granted to any one individual grantee during any one calendar year period. The shares available for issuance under the Plan may be authorized but unissued shares of Stock or shares of Stock reacquired by the Company.

(b) Changes in Stock . Subject to Section 3(c) hereof, if, as a result of any reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split or other similar change in the Company’s capital stock, the outstanding shares of Stock are increased or decreased or are exchanged for a different number or kind of shares or other securities of the Company, or additional shares or new or different shares or other securities of the Company or other non-cash assets are distributed with respect to such shares of Stock or other securities, or, if, as a result of any merger or consolidation, sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, the outstanding shares of Stock are converted into or exchanged for securities of the Company or any successor entity (or a parent or subsidiary thereof), the Administrator shall make an appropriate or proportionate adjustment in (i) the maximum number of shares reserved for issuance under the Plan, including the maximum number of shares that may be issued in the form of Incentive Stock Options, (ii) the number of Stock Options or Stock Appreciation Rights that can be granted to any one individual grantee and the maximum number of shares that may be granted under a Performance-Based Award, (iii) the number and kind of shares or other securities subject to any then outstanding Awards under the Plan, (iv) the repurchase price, if any, per share subject to each outstanding Restricted Stock Award, and (v) the exercise price for each share subject to any then outstanding Stock Options and Stock Appreciation Rights under the Plan, without changing the aggregate exercise price (i.e., the exercise price multiplied by the number of Stock Options and Stock Appreciation Rights) as to which such Stock Options and Stock Appreciation Rights remain exercisable. The Administrator shall also make equitable or proportionate adjustments in the number of shares subject to outstanding Awards and the exercise price and the terms of outstanding Awards to take into consideration cash dividends paid other than in the ordinary course or any other extraordinary corporate event. The adjustment by the Administrator shall be final, binding and conclusive. No fractional shares of Stock shall be issued under the Plan resulting from any such adjustment, but the Administrator in its discretion may make a cash payment in lieu of fractional shares.

(c) Mergers and Other Transactions . In the case of and subject to the consummation of a Sale Event, the parties thereto may cause the assumption or continuation of Awards theretofore granted by the successor entity, or the substitution of such Awards with new Awards of the successor entity or parent thereof, with appropriate adjustment as to the number and kind of shares and, if appropriate, the per share exercise prices, as such parties shall agree. To the extent the parties to such Sale Event do not provide for the assumption, continuation or substitution of Awards or except as may be otherwise provided in the relevant Award Certificate, upon the effective time of the Sale Event, the Plan and all outstanding Awards granted hereunder shall terminate. In the event of such termination, (i) the Company shall have the option (in its sole discretion) to make or provide for a cash payment to the grantees holding Options and Stock Appreciation Rights, in exchange for the cancellation thereof, in an amount equal to the difference between (A) the Sale Price multiplied by the number of shares of Stock subject to outstanding Options and Stock Appreciation Rights (to the extent then exercisable at prices not in excess of the Sale Price) and (B) the aggregate exercise price of all such outstanding Options and Stock Appreciation Rights; or (ii) each grantee shall be permitted, within a specified period of time prior to the consummation of the Sale Event as determined by the Administrator, to exercise all outstanding Options and Stock Appreciation Rights (to the extent then exercisable) held by such grantee.

SECTION 4. ELIGIBILITY

Grantees under the Plan will be such full or part-time officers and other employees, Non-Employee Directors and Consultants of the Company and its Subsidiaries as are selected from time to time by the Administrator in its sole discretion.

SECTION 5. STOCK OPTIONS

(a) Award of Stock Options . The Administrator may grant Stock Options under the Plan. Any Stock Option granted under the Plan shall be in such form as the Administrator may from time to time approve.

Stock Options granted under the Plan may be either Incentive Stock Options or Non-Qualified Stock Options. Incentive Stock Options may be granted only to employees of the Company or any Subsidiary that is a “subsidiary corporation” within the meaning of Section 424(f) of the Code. To the extent that any Option does not qualify as an Incentive Stock Option, it shall be deemed a Non-Qualified Stock Option.

Stock Options granted pursuant to this Section 5 shall be subject to the following terms and conditions and shall contain such additional terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan, as the Administrator shall deem desirable. If the Administrator so determines, Stock Options may be granted in lieu of cash compensation at the optionee’s election, subject to such terms and conditions as the Administrator may establish.

(b) Exercise Price . The exercise price per share for the Stock covered by a Stock Option granted pursuant to this Section 5 shall be determined by the Administrator at the time of grant but shall not be less than 100 percent of the Fair Market Value on the date of grant. In the case of an Incentive Stock Option that is granted to a Ten Percent Owner, the option price of such Incentive Stock Option shall be not less than 110 percent of the Fair Market Value on the grant date.

(c) Option Term . The term of each Stock Option shall be fixed by the Administrator, but no Stock Option shall be exercisable more than ten years after the date the Stock Option is granted. In the case of an Incentive Stock Option that is granted to a Ten Percent Owner, the term of such Stock Option shall be no more than five years from the date of grant.

(d) Exercisability; Rights of a Stockholder . Stock Options shall become exercisable at such time or times, whether or not in installments, as shall be determined by the Administrator at or after the grant date. The Administrator may at any time accelerate the exercisability of all or any portion of any Stock Option. An optionee shall have the rights of a stockholder only as to shares acquired upon the exercise of a Stock Option and not as to unexercised Stock Options.

(e) Method of Exercise . Stock Options may be exercised in whole or in part, by giving written or electronic notice of exercise to the Company, specifying the number of shares to be purchased. Payment of the purchase price may be made by one or more of the following methods except to the extent otherwise provided in the Option Award Certificate:

(i) In cash, by certified or bank check or other instrument acceptable to the Administrator;

(ii) Through the delivery (or attestation to the ownership following such procedures as the Company may prescribe) of shares of Stock that are not then subject to restrictions under any Company plan. Such surrendered shares shall be valued at Fair Market Value on the exercise date;

(iii) By the optionee delivering to the Company a properly executed exercise notice together with irrevocable instructions to a broker to promptly deliver to the Company cash or a check payable and acceptable to the Company for the purchase price; provided that in the event the optionee chooses to pay the purchase price as so provided, the optionee and the broker shall comply with such procedures and enter into such agreements of indemnity and other agreements as the Company shall prescribe as a condition of such payment procedure; or

(iv) With respect to Stock Options that are not Incentive Stock Options, by a “net exercise” arrangement pursuant to which the Company will reduce the number of shares of Stock issuable upon exercise by the largest whole number of shares with a Fair Market Value that does not exceed the aggregate exercise price.

Payment instruments will be received subject to collection. The transfer to the optionee on the records of the Company or of the transfer agent of the shares of Stock to be purchased pursuant to the exercise of a Stock Option will be contingent upon receipt from the optionee (or a purchaser acting in his stead in accordance with the provisions of the Stock Option) by the Company of the full purchase price for such shares and the fulfillment of any other requirements contained in the Option Award Certificate or applicable provisions of laws (including the satisfaction of any withholding taxes that the Company is obligated to withhold with respect to the optionee). In the event an optionee chooses to pay the purchase price by previously-owned shares of Stock through the attestation method, the number of shares of Stock transferred to the optionee upon the exercise of the Stock Option shall be net of the number of attested shares. In the event that the Company establishes, for itself or using the services of a third party, an automated system for the exercise of Stock Options, such as a system using an internet website or interactive voice response, then the paperless exercise of Stock Options may be permitted through the use of such an automated system.

(f) Annual Limit on Incentive Stock Options . To the extent required for “incentive stock option” treatment under Section 422 of the Code, the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined as of the time of grant) of the shares of Stock with respect to which Incentive Stock Options granted under this Plan and any other plan of the Company or its parent and subsidiary corporations become exercisable for the first time by an optionee during any calendar year shall not exceed $100,000. To the extent that any Stock Option exceeds this limit, it shall constitute a Non-Qualified Stock Option.

SECTION 6. STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS

(a) Award of Stock Appreciation Rights . The Administrator may grant Stock Appreciation Rights under the Plan. A Stock Appreciation Right is an Award entitling the recipient to receive shares of Stock having a value equal to the excess of the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock on the date of exercise over the exercise price of the Stock Appreciation Right multiplied by the number of shares of Stock with respect to which the Stock Appreciation Right shall have been exercised.

(b) Exercise Price of Stock Appreciation Rights . The exercise price of a Stock Appreciation Right shall not be less than 100 percent of the Fair Market Value of the Stock on the date of grant.

(c) Grant and Exercise of Stock Appreciation Rights . Stock Appreciation Rights may be granted by the Administrator independently of any Stock Option granted pursuant to Section 5 of the Plan.

(d) Terms and Conditions of Stock Appreciation Rights . Stock Appreciation Rights shall be subject to such terms and conditions as shall be determined from time to time by the Administrator. The term of a Stock Appreciation Right may not exceed ten years.

SECTION 7. RESTRICTED STOCK AWARDS

(a) Nature of Restricted Stock Awards . The Administrator may grant Restricted Stock Awards under the Plan. A Restricted Stock Award is any Award of Restricted Shares subject to such restrictions and conditions as the Administrator may determine at the time of grant. Conditions may be based on continuing employment (or other service relationship) and/or achievement of pre-established performance goals and objectives. The terms and conditions of each such Award Certificate shall be determined by the Administrator, and such terms and conditions may differ among individual Awards and grantees.

(b) Rights as a Stockholder . Upon the grant of the Restricted Stock Award and payment of any applicable purchase price, a grantee shall have the rights of a stockholder with respect to the voting of the Restricted Shares and receipt of dividends; provided that if the lapse of restrictions with respect to the Restricted Stock Award is tied to the attainment of performance goals, any dividends paid by the Company during the performance period shall accrue and shall not be paid to the grantee until and to the extent the performance goals are met with respect to the Restricted Stock Award. Unless the Administrator shall otherwise determine, (i) uncertificated Restricted Shares shall be accompanied by a notation on the records of the Company or the transfer agent to the effect that they are subject to forfeiture until such Restricted Shares are vested as provided in Section 7(d) below, and (ii) certificated Restricted Shares shall remain in the possession of the Company until such Restricted Shares are vested as provided in Section 7(d) below, and the grantee shall be required, as a condition of the grant, to deliver to the Company such instruments of transfer as the Administrator may prescribe.

(c) Restrictions . Restricted Shares may not be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged or otherwise encumbered or disposed of except as specifically provided herein or in the Restricted Stock Award Certificate. Except as may otherwise be provided by the Administrator either in the Award Certificate or, subject to Section 18 below, in writing after the Award is issued, if a grantee’s employment (or other service relationship) with the Company and its Subsidiaries

terminates for any reason, any Restricted Shares that have not vested at the time of termination shall automatically and without any requirement of notice to such grantee from or other action by or on behalf of, the Company be deemed to have been reacquired by the Company at its original purchase price (if any) from such grantee or such grantee’s legal representative simultaneously with such termination of employment (or other service relationship), and thereafter shall cease to represent any ownership of the Company by the grantee or rights of the grantee as a stockholder. Following such deemed reacquisition of Restricted Shares that are represented by physical certificates, a grantee shall surrender such certificates to the Company upon request without consideration.

(d) Vesting of Restricted Shares . The Administrator at the time of grant shall specify the date or dates and/or the attainment of pre-established performance goals, objectives and other conditions on which the non-transferability of the Restricted Shares and the Company’s right of repurchase or forfeiture shall lapse. Subsequent to such date or dates and/or the attainment of such pre-established performance goals, objectives and other conditions, the shares on which all restrictions have lapsed shall no longer be Restricted Shares and shall be deemed “vested.”

SECTION 8. RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS

(a) Nature of Restricted Stock Units . The Administrator may grant Restricted Stock Units under the Plan. A Restricted Stock Unit is an Award of stock units that may be settled in shares of Stock upon the satisfaction of such restrictions and conditions at the time of grant. Conditions may be based on continuing employment (or other service relationship) and/or achievement of pre-established performance goals and objectives. The terms and conditions of each such Award Certificate shall be determined by the Administrator, and such terms and conditions may differ among individual Awards and grantees. Except in the case of Restricted Stock Units with a deferred settlement date that complies with Section 409A, at the end of the vesting period, the Restricted Stock Units, to the extent vested, shall be settled in the form of shares of Stock. Restricted Stock Units with deferred settlement dates are subject to Section 409A and shall contain such additional terms and conditions as the Administrator shall determine in its sole discretion in order to comply with the requirements of Section 409A.

(b) Election to Receive Restricted Stock Units in Lieu of Compensation . The Administrator may, in its sole discretion, permit a grantee to elect to receive a portion of future cash compensation otherwise due to such grantee in the form of an award of Restricted Stock Units. Any such election shall be made in writing and shall be delivered to the Company no later than the date specified by the Administrator and in accordance with Section 409A and such other rules and procedures established by the Administrator. Any such future cash compensation that the grantee elects to defer shall be converted to a fixed number of Restricted Stock Units based on the Fair Market Value of Stock on the date the compensation would otherwise have been paid to the grantee if such payment had not been deferred as provided herein. The Administrator shall have the sole right to determine whether and under what circumstances to permit such elections and to impose such limitations and other terms and conditions thereon as the Administrator deems appropriate. Any Restricted Stock Units that are elected to be received in lieu of cash compensation shall be fully vested, unless otherwise provided in the Award Certificate.

(c) Rights as a Stockholder . A grantee shall have the rights as a stockholder only as to shares of Stock acquired by the grantee upon settlement of Restricted Stock Units; provided, however, that the grantee may be credited with Dividend Equivalent Rights with respect to the stock units underlying his Restricted Stock Units, subject to the provisions of Section 11 and such terms and conditions as the Administrator may determine.

(d) Termination . Except as may otherwise be provided by the Administrator either in the Award Certificate or, subject to Section 18 below, in writing after the Award is issued, a grantee’s right in all Restricted Stock Units that have not vested shall automatically terminate upon the grantee’s termination of employment (or cessation of service relationship) with the Company and its Subsidiaries for any reason.

SECTION 9. UNRESTRICTED STOCK AWARDS

Grant or Sale of Unrestricted Stock . The Administrator may grant (or sell at par value or such higher purchase price determined by the Administrator) an Unrestricted Stock Award under the Plan. An Unrestricted Stock Award is an Award pursuant to which the grantee may receive shares of Stock free of any restrictions under the Plan. Unrestricted Stock Awards may be granted in respect of past services or other valid consideration, or in lieu of cash compensation due to such grantee.

SECTION 10. CASH-BASED AWARDS

Grant of Cash-Based Awards . The Administrator may grant Cash-Based Awards under the Plan. A Cash-Based Award is an Award that entitles the grantee to a payment in cash upon the attainment of specified Performance Goals. The Administrator shall determine the maximum duration of the Cash-Based Award, the amount of cash to which the Cash-Based Award pertains, the conditions upon which the Cash-Based Award shall become vested or payable, and such other provisions as the Administrator shall determine. Each Cash-Based Award shall specify a cash-denominated payment amount, formula or payment ranges as determined by the Administrator. Payment, if any, with respect to a Cash-Based Award shall be made in accordance with the terms of the Award and may be made in cash.

SECTION 11. PERFORMANCE SHARE AWARDS

(a) Nature of Performance Share Awards . The Administrator may grant Performance Share Awards under the Plan. A Performance Share Award is an Award entitling the grantee to receive shares of Stock upon the attainment of performance goals. The Administrator shall determine whether and to whom Performance Share Awards shall be granted, the performance goals, the periods during which performance is to be measured, which may not be less than one year except in the case of a Sale Event, and such other limitations and conditions as the Administrator shall determine.

(b) Rights as a Stockholder . A grantee receiving a Performance Share Award shall have the rights of a stockholder only as to shares of Stock actually received by the grantee under the Plan and not with respect to shares subject to the Award but not actually received by the grantee. A grantee shall be entitled to receive shares of Stock under a Performance Share Award only upon satisfaction of all conditions specified in the Performance Share Award Certificate (or in a performance plan adopted by the Administrator).

(c) Termination . Except as may otherwise be provided by the Administrator either in the Award agreement or, subject to Section 18 below, in writing after the Award is issued, a grantee’s rights in all Performance Share Awards shall automatically terminate upon the grantee’s termination of employment (or cessation of service relationship) with the Company and its Subsidiaries for any reason.

SECTION 12. PERFORMANCE-BASED AWARDS TO COVERED EMPLOYEES

(a) Performance-Based Awards . The Administrator may grant one or more Performance-Based Awards in the form of a Restricted Stock Award, Restricted Stock Units, Performance Share Awards or Cash-Based Award payable upon the attainment of Performance Goals that are established by the Administrator and relate to one or more of the Performance Criteria, in each case on a specified date or dates or over any period or periods determined by the Administrator. The Administrator shall define in an objective fashion the manner of calculating the Performance Criteria it selects to use for any Performance Cycle. Depending on the Performance Criteria used to establish such Performance Goals, the Performance Goals may be expressed in terms of overall Company performance or the performance of a division, business unit, or an individual. Each Performance-Based Award shall comply with the provisions set forth below.

(b) Grant of Performance-Based Awards . With respect to each Performance-Based Award granted to a Covered Employee, the Administrator shall select, within the first 90 days of a Performance Cycle (or, if shorter, within the maximum period allowed under Section 162(m) of the Code) the Performance Criteria for such grant, and the Performance Goals with respect to each Performance Criterion (including a threshold level of performance below which no amount will become payable with respect to such Award). Each Performance-Based Award will specify the amount payable, or the formula for determining the amount payable, upon achievement of the various applicable performance targets. The Performance Criteria established by the Administrator may be (but need not be) different for each Performance Cycle and different Performance Goals may be applicable to Performance-Based Awards to different Covered Employees.

(c) Payment of Performance-Based Awards . Following the completion of a Performance Cycle, the Administrator shall meet to review and certify in writing whether, and to what extent, the Performance Goals for the Performance Cycle have been achieved and, if so, to also calculate and certify in writing the amount of the Performance-Based Awards earned for the Performance Cycle. The Administrator shall then determine the actual size of each Covered Employee’s Performance-Based Award.

(d) Maximum Award Payable . The maximum Performance-Based Award payable to any one Covered Employee under the Plan for a Performance Cycle is 1,000,000 shares of Stock (subject to adjustment as provided in Section 3(c) hereof) or $1,000,000 in the case of a Performance-Based Award that is a Cash-Based Award.

SECTION 13. DIVIDEND EQUIVALENT RIGHTS

(a) Dividend Equivalent Rights . The Administrator may grant Dividend Equivalent Rights under the Plan. A Dividend Equivalent Right is an Award entitling the grantee to receive credits based on cash dividends that would have been paid on the shares of Stock specified in the Dividend Equivalent Right (or other Award to which it relates) if such shares had been issued to the grantee. A Dividend Equivalent Right may be granted hereunder to any grantee as a component of an award of Restricted Stock Units, Restricted Stock Award or Performance Share Award or as a freestanding award. The terms and conditions of Dividend Equivalent Rights shall be specified in the Award Certificate. Dividend equivalents credited to the holder of a Dividend Equivalent Right may be paid currently or may be deemed to be reinvested in additional shares of Stock, which may thereafter accrue additional equivalents. Any such reinvestment shall be at Fair Market Value on the date of reinvestment or such other price as may then apply under a dividend reinvestment plan sponsored by the Company, if any. Dividend Equivalent Rights may be settled in cash or shares of Stock or a combination thereof, in a single installment or installments. A Dividend Equivalent Right granted as a component of an Award of Restricted Stock Units or Performance Share Award shall provide that such Dividend Equivalent Right shall be settled only upon settlement or payment of, or lapse of restrictions on, such other Award, and that such Dividend Equivalent Right shall expire or be forfeited or annulled under the same conditions as such other Award.

(b) Termination . Except as may otherwise be provided by the Administrator either in the Award Certificate or, subject to Section 18 below, in writing after the Award is issued, a grantee’s rights in all Dividend Equivalent Rights shall automatically terminate upon the grantee’s termination of employment (or cessation of service relationship) with the Company and its Subsidiaries for any reason.

SECTION 14. TRANSFERABILITY OF AWARDS

(a) Transferability . Except as provided in Section 14(b) below, during a grantee’s lifetime, his or her Awards shall be exercisable only by the grantee, or by the grantee’s legal representative or guardian in the event of the grantee’s incapacity. No Awards shall be sold, assigned, transferred or otherwise encumbered or disposed of by a grantee other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution or pursuant to a domestic relations order. No Awards shall be subject, in whole or in part, to attachment, execution, or levy of any kind, and any purported transfer in violation hereof shall be null and void.

(b) Administrator Action . Notwithstanding Section 14(a), the Administrator, in its discretion, may provide either in the Award Certificate regarding a given Award or by subsequent written approval that the grantee (who is an employee or director) may transfer his or her Non-Qualified Options to his or her immediate family members, to trusts for the benefit of such family members, or to partnerships in which such family members are the only partners, provided that the transferee agrees in writing with the Company to be bound by all of the terms and conditions of this Plan and the applicable Award. In no event may an Award be transferred by a grantee for value.

(c) Family Member . For purposes of Section 14(b), “family member” shall mean a grantee’s child, stepchild, grandchild, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, former spouse, sibling, niece, nephew, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law, or sister-in-law, including adoptive relationships, any person sharing the grantee’s household (other than a tenant of the grantee), a trust in which these persons (or the grantee) have more than 50 percent of the beneficial interest, a foundation in which these persons (or the grantee) control the management of assets, and any other entity in which these persons (or the grantee) own more than 50 percent of the voting interests.

(d) Designation of Beneficiary . To the extent permitted by the Company, each grantee to whom an Award has been made under the Plan may designate a beneficiary or beneficiaries to exercise any Award or receive any payment under any Award payable on or after the grantee’s death. Any such designation shall be on a form provided for that purpose by the Administrator and shall not be effective until received by the Administrator. If no beneficiary has been designated by a deceased grantee, or if the designated beneficiaries have predeceased the grantee, the beneficiary shall be the grantee’s estate.

SECTION 15. TAX WITHHOLDING

(a) Payment by Grantee . Each grantee shall, no later than the date as of which the value of an Award or of any Stock or other amounts received thereunder first becomes includable in the gross income of the grantee for Federal income tax purposes, pay to the Company, or make arrangements satisfactory to the Administrator regarding payment of, any Federal, state, or local taxes of any kind required by law to be withheld by the Company with respect to such income. The Company and its Subsidiaries shall, to the extent permitted by law, have the right to deduct any such taxes from any payment of any kind otherwise due to the grantee. The Company’s obligation to deliver evidence of book entry (or stock certificates) to any grantee is subject to and conditioned on tax withholding obligations being satisfied by the grantee.

(b) Payment in Stock . Subject to approval by the Administrator, a grantee may elect to have the Company’s minimum required tax withholding obligation satisfied, in whole or in part, by authorizing the Company to withhold from shares of Stock to be issued pursuant to any Award a number of shares with an aggregate Fair Market Value (as of the date the withholding is effected) that would satisfy the withholding amount due. The Administrator may also require Awards to be subject to mandatory share withholding up to the required withholding amount. For purposes of share withholding, the Fair Market Value of withheld shares shall be determined in the same manner as the value of Stock includible in income of the Participants.

SECTION 16. SECTION 409A AWARDS

To the extent that any Award is determined to constitute “nonqualified deferred compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A (a “ 409A Award ”), the Award shall be subject to such additional rules and requirements as specified by the Administrator from time to time in order to comply with Section 409A. In this regard, if any amount under a 409A Award is payable upon a “separation from service” (within the meaning of Section 409A) to a grantee who is then considered a “specified employee” (within the meaning of Section 409A), then no such

payment shall be made prior to the date that is the earlier of (i) six months and one day after the grantee’s separation from service, or (ii) the grantee’s death, but only to the extent such delay is necessary to prevent such payment from being subject to interest, penalties and/or additional tax imposed pursuant to Section 409A. Further, the settlement of any such Award may not be accelerated except to the extent permitted by Section 409A.

SECTION 17. TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT, TRANSFER, LEAVE OF ABSENCE, ETC.

(a) Termination of Employment . If the grantee’s employer ceases to be a Subsidiary, the grantee shall be deemed to have terminated employment for purposes of the Plan.

(b) For purposes of the Plan, the following events shall not be deemed a termination of employment:

(i) a transfer to the employment of the Company from a Subsidiary or from the Company to a Subsidiary, or from one Subsidiary to another; or

(ii) an approved leave of absence for military service or sickness, or for any other purpose approved by the Company, if the employee’s right to re-employment is guaranteed either by a statute or by contract or under the policy pursuant to which the leave of absence was granted or if the Administrator otherwise so provides in writing.

SECTION 18. AMENDMENTS AND TERMINATION

The Board may, at any time, amend or discontinue the Plan and the Administrator may, at any time, amend or cancel any outstanding Award for the purpose of satisfying changes in law or for any other lawful purpose, but no such action shall adversely affect rights under any outstanding Award without the holder’s consent. Except as provided in Section 3(c) or 3(d), without prior stockholder approval, in no event may the Administrator exercise its discretion to reduce the exercise price of outstanding Stock Options or Stock Appreciation Rights or effect repricing through cancellation and re-grants or cancellation of Stock Options or Stock Appreciation Rights in exchange for cash. To the extent required under the rules of any securities exchange or market system on which the Stock is listed, to the extent determined by the Administrator to be required by the Code to ensure that Incentive Stock Options granted under the Plan are qualified under Section 422 of the Code, or to ensure that compensation earned under Awards qualifies as performance-based compensation under Section 162(m) of the Code, Plan amendments shall be subject to approval by the Company stockholders entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders. Nothing in this Section 18 shall limit the Administrator’s authority to take any action permitted pursuant to Section 3(c) or 3(d).

SECTION 19. STATUS OF PLAN

With respect to the portion of any Award that has not been exercised and any payments in cash, Stock or other consideration not received by a grantee, a grantee shall have no rights greater than those of a general creditor of the Company unless the Administrator shall otherwise expressly determine in connection with any Award or Awards. In its sole discretion, the Administrator may authorize the creation of trusts or other arrangements to meet the Company’s obligations to deliver Stock or make payments with respect to Awards hereunder, provided that the existence of such trusts or other arrangements is consistent with the foregoing sentence.

SECTION 20. GENERAL PROVISIONS

(a) No Distribution . The Administrator may require each person acquiring Stock pursuant to an Award to represent to and agree with the Company in writing that such person is acquiring the shares without a view to distribution thereof.

(b) Delivery of Stock Certificates . Stock certificates to grantees under this Plan shall be deemed delivered for all purposes when the Company or a stock transfer agent of the Company shall have mailed such certificates in the United States mail, addressed to the grantee, at the grantee’s last known address on file with the Company. Uncertificated Stock shall be deemed delivered for all purposes when the Company or a Stock transfer agent of the Company shall have given to the grantee by electronic mail (with proof of receipt) or by United States mail, addressed to the grantee, at the grantee’s last known address on file with the Company, notice of issuance and recorded the issuance in its records (which may include electronic “book entry” records). Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Company shall not be required to issue or deliver any certificates evidencing shares of Stock pursuant to the exercise of any Award, unless and until the Administrator has determined, with advice of counsel (to the extent the Administrator deems such advice necessary or advisable), that the issuance and delivery of such certificates is in compliance with all applicable laws, regulations of governmental authorities and, if applicable, the requirements of any exchange on which the shares of Stock are listed, quoted or traded. All Stock certificates delivered pursuant to the Plan shall be subject to any stop-transfer orders and other restrictions as the Administrator deems necessary or advisable to comply with federal, state or foreign jurisdiction, securities or other laws, rules and quotation system on which the Stock is listed, quoted or traded. The Administrator may place legends on any Stock certificate to reference restrictions applicable to the Stock. In addition to the terms and conditions provided herein, the Administrator may require that an individual make such reasonable covenants, agreements, and representations as the Administrator, in its discretion, deems necessary or advisable in order to comply with any such laws, regulations, or requirements. The Administrator shall have the right to require any individual to comply with any timing or other restrictions with respect to the settlement or exercise of any Award, including a window-period limitation, as may be imposed in the discretion of the Administrator.

(c) Stockholder Rights . Until Stock is deemed delivered in accordance with Section 20(b), no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights of a stockholder will exist with respect to shares of Stock to be issued in connection with an Award, notwithstanding the exercise of a Stock Option or any other action by the grantee with respect to an Award.

(d) Other Compensation Arrangements; No Employment Rights . Nothing contained in this Plan shall prevent the Board from adopting other or additional compensation arrangements, including trusts, and such arrangements may be either generally applicable or applicable only in specific cases. The adoption of this Plan and the grant of Awards do not confer upon any employee any right to continued employment with the Company or any Subsidiary.

(e) Trading Policy Restrictions . Option exercises and other Awards under the Plan shall be subject to the Company’s insider trading policies and procedures, as in effect from time to time.

(f) Clawback Policy . Awards under the Plan shall be subject to the Company’s clawback policy, as in effect from time to time.

SECTION 21. EFFECTIVE DATE OF PLAN

This Plan shall become effective upon stockholder approval in accordance with applicable state law, the Company’s bylaws and articles of incorporation, and applicable stock exchange rules or pursuant to written consent. No grants of Stock Options and other Awards may be made hereunder after the tenth anniversary of the Effective Date and no grants of Incentive Stock Options may be made hereunder after the tenth anniversary of the date the Plan is approved by the Board.

SECTION 22. GOVERNING LAW

This Plan and all Awards and actions taken thereunder shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware applied without regard to conflict of law principles.

DATE APPROVED BY BOARD OF DIRECTORS: November 18, 2014

DATE APPROVED BY STOCKHOLDERS: November 18, 2014

INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

FOR COMPANY EMPLOYEES

UNDER INOTEK PHARMACEUTICALS CORPORATION

2014 STOCK OPTION AND INCENTIVE PLAN


Name of Optionee:

No. of Option Shares:

Option Exercise Price per Share:		$
		[FMV on Grant Date]

Grant Date:

Expiration Date:

Pursuant to the Inotek Pharmaceuticals Corporation 2014 Stock Option and Incentive Plan as amended through the date hereof (the “Plan”), Inotek Pharmaceuticals Corporation (the “Company”) hereby grants to the Optionee named above an option (the “Stock Option”) to purchase on or prior to the Expiration Date specified above all or part of the number of shares of Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “Stock”) of the Company specified above at the Option Exercise Price per Share specified above subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein and in the Plan.

1. Exercisability Schedule . No portion of this Stock Option may be exercised until such portion shall have become exercisable. Except as set forth below, and subject to the discretion of the Administrator (as defined in Section 2 of the Plan) to accelerate the exercisability schedule hereunder, this Stock Option shall be exercisable with respect to the following number of Option Shares on the dates indicated so long as Optionee remains an employee of the Company or a Subsidiary on such dates:


Incremental Number of Option Shares Exercisable				Exercisability Date
( %)
( %)
( %)
( %)
( %)

Once exercisable, this Stock Option shall continue to be exercisable at any time or times prior to the close of business on the Expiration Date, subject to the provisions hereof and of the Plan.

2. Manner of Exercise .

(a) The Optionee may exercise this Stock Option only in the following manner: from time to time on or prior to the Expiration Date of this Stock Option, the Optionee may give written notice to the Administrator of his or her election to purchase some or all of the Option Shares purchasable at the time of such notice. This notice shall specify the number of Option Shares to be purchased.

Payment of the purchase price for the Option Shares may be made by one or more of the following methods: (i) in cash, by certified or bank check or other instrument acceptable to the Administrator; (ii) through the delivery (or attestation to the ownership) of shares of Stock that have been purchased by the Optionee on the open market or that are beneficially owned by the Optionee and are not then subject to any restrictions under any Company plan and that otherwise satisfy any holding periods as may be required by the Administrator; (iii) by the Optionee delivering to the Company a properly executed exercise notice together with irrevocable instructions to a broker to promptly deliver to the Company cash or a check payable and acceptable to the Company to pay the option purchase price, provided that in the event the Optionee chooses to pay the option purchase price as so provided, the Optionee and the broker shall comply with such procedures and enter into such agreements of indemnity and other agreements as the Administrator shall prescribe as a condition of such payment procedure; or (iv) a combination of (i), (ii) and (iii) above. Payment instruments will be received subject to collection.

The transfer to the Optionee on the records of the Company or of the transfer agent of the Option Shares will be contingent upon (i) the Company’s receipt from the Optionee of the full purchase price for the Option Shares, as set forth above, (ii) the fulfillment of any other requirements contained herein or in the Plan or in any other agreement or provision of laws, and (iii) the receipt by the Company of any agreement, statement or other evidence that the Company may require to satisfy itself that the issuance of Stock to be purchased pursuant to the exercise of Stock Options under the Plan and any subsequent resale of the shares of Stock will be in compliance with applicable laws and regulations. In the event the Optionee chooses to pay the purchase price by previously-owned shares of Stock through the attestation method, the number of shares of Stock transferred to the Optionee upon the exercise of the Stock Option shall be net of the Shares attested to.

(b) The shares of Stock purchased upon exercise of this Stock Option shall be transferred to the Optionee on the records of the Company or of the transfer agent upon compliance to the satisfaction of the Administrator with all requirements under applicable laws or regulations in connection with such transfer and with the requirements hereof and of the Plan. The determination of the Administrator as to such compliance shall be final and binding on the Optionee. The Optionee shall not be deemed to be the holder of, or to have any of the rights of a holder with respect to, any shares of Stock subject to this Stock Option unless and until this Stock Option shall have been exercised pursuant to the terms hereof, the Company or the transfer agent shall have transferred the shares to the Optionee, and the Optionee’s name shall have been entered as the stockholder of record on the books of the Company. Thereupon, the Optionee shall have full voting, dividend and other ownership rights with respect to such shares of Stock.

(c) The minimum number of shares with respect to which this Stock Option may be exercised at any one time shall be [100] shares, unless the number of shares with respect to which this Stock Option is being exercised is the total number of shares subject to exercise under this Stock Option at the time.

(d) Notwithstanding any other provision hereof or of the Plan, no portion of this Stock Option shall be exercisable after the Expiration Date hereof.

3. Termination of Employment . If the Optionee’s employment by the Company or a Subsidiary (as defined in the Plan) is terminated, the period within which to exercise the Stock Option may be subject to earlier termination as set forth below.

(a) Termination Due to Death . If the Optionee’s employment terminates by reason of the Optionee’s death, any portion of this Stock Option outstanding on such date, to the extent exercisable on the date of death, may thereafter be exercised by the Optionee’s legal representative or legatee for a period of 12 months from the date of death or until the Expiration Date, if earlier. Any portion of this Stock Option that is not exercisable on the date of death shall terminate immediately and be of no further force or effect.

(b) Termination Due to Disability . If the Optionee’s employment terminates by reason of the Optionee’s disability (as determined by the Administrator), any portion of this Stock Option outstanding on such date, to the extent exercisable on the date of such disability, may thereafter be exercised by the Optionee for a period of 12 months from the date of disability or until the Expiration Date, if earlier. Any portion of this Stock Option that is not exercisable on the date of disability shall terminate immediately and be of no further force or effect.

(c) Termination for Cause . If the Optionee’s employment terminates for Cause, any portion of this Stock Option outstanding on such date shall terminate immediately and be of no further force and effect. For purposes hereof, “Cause” shall mean, unless otherwise provided in an employment agreement between the Company and the Optionee, a determination by the Administrator that the Optionee shall be dismissed as a result of (i) any material breach by the Optionee of any agreement between the Optionee and the Company; (ii) the conviction of, indictment for or plea of nolo contendere by the Optionee to a felony or a crime involving moral turpitude; or (iii) any material misconduct or willful and deliberate non-performance (other than by reason of disability) by the Optionee of the Optionee’s duties to the Company.

(d) Other Termination . If the Optionee’s employment terminates for any reason other than the Optionee’s death, the Optionee’s disability or Cause, and unless otherwise determined by the Administrator, any portion of this Stock Option outstanding on such date may be exercised, to the extent exercisable on the date of termination, for a period of three months from the date of termination or until the Expiration Date, if earlier. Any portion of this Stock Option that is not exercisable on the date of termination shall terminate immediately and be of no further force or effect.

The Administrator’s determination of the reason for termination of the Optionee’s employment shall be conclusive and binding on the Optionee and his or her representatives or legatees.

4. Incorporation of Plan . Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, this Stock Option shall be subject to and governed by all the terms and conditions of the Plan, including the powers of the Administrator set forth in Section 2(b) of the Plan. Capitalized terms in this Agreement shall have the meaning specified in the Plan, unless a different meaning is specified herein.

5. Transferability . This Agreement is personal to the Optionee, is non-assignable and is not transferable in any manner, by operation of law or otherwise, other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution. This Stock Option is exercisable, during the Optionee’s lifetime, only by the Optionee, and thereafter, only by the Optionee’s legal representative or legatee.

6. Status of the Stock Option . This Stock Option is intended to qualify as an “incentive stock option” under Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, (the “Code”), but the Company does not represent or warrant that this Stock Option qualifies as such. The Optionee should consult with his or her own tax advisors regarding the tax effects of this Stock Option and the requirements necessary to obtain favorable income tax treatment under Section 422 of the Code, including, but not limited to, holding period requirements. To the extent any portion of this Stock Option does not so qualify as an “incentive stock option,” such portion shall be deemed to be a non-qualified stock option. If the Optionee intends to dispose or does dispose (whether by sale, gift, transfer or otherwise) of any Option Shares within the one-year period beginning on the date after the transfer of such shares to him or her, or within the two-year period beginning on the day after the grant of this Stock Option, he or she will so notify the Company within 30 days after such disposition.

7. Tax Withholding . The Optionee shall, not later than the date as of which the exercise of this Stock Option becomes a taxable event for Federal income tax purposes, pay to the Company or make arrangements satisfactory to the Administrator for payment of any Federal, state, and local taxes required by law to be withheld on account of such taxable event. The Company shall have the authority to cause the minimum required tax withholding obligation to be satisfied, in whole or in part, by withholding from shares of Stock to be issued to the Optionee a number of shares of Stock with an aggregate Fair Market Value that would satisfy the minimum withholding amount due.

8. No Obligation to Continue Employment . Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary is obligated by or as a result of the Plan or this Agreement to continue the Optionee in employment and neither the Plan nor this Agreement shall interfere in any way with the right of the Company or any Subsidiary to terminate the employment of the Optionee at any time.

9. Integration . This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with respect to this Stock Option and supersedes all prior agreements and discussions between the parties concerning such subject matter.

home address and telephone number, date of birth and other information that is necessary or desirable for the administration of the Plan and/or this Agreement (the “Relevant Information”). By entering into this Agreement, the Grantee (i) authorizes the Company to collect, process, register and transfer to the Relevant Companies all Relevant Information; (ii) waives any privacy rights the Grantee may have with respect to the Relevant Information; (iii) authorizes the Relevant Companies to store and transmit such information in electronic form; and (iv) authorizes the transfer of the Relevant Information to any jurisdiction in which the Relevant Companies consider appropriate. The Grantee shall have access to, and the right to change, the Relevant Information. Relevant Information will only be used in accordance with applicable law.

11. Notices . Notices hereunder shall be mailed or delivered to the Company at its principal place of business and shall be mailed or delivered to the Optionee at the address on file with the Company or, in either case, at such other address as one party may subsequently furnish to the other party in writing.


		INOTEK PHARAMCEUTICALS CORPORATION

		By:
		Name:
		Title:

The foregoing Agreement is hereby accepted and the terms and conditions thereof hereby agreed to by the undersigned. Electronic acceptance of this Agreement pursuant to the Company’s instructions to the Grantee (including through an online acceptance process) is acceptable.


Dated:
						Optionee’s Signature

						Optionee’s name and address:

NON-QUALIFIED STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

FOR COMPANY EMPLOYEES

UNDER INOTEK PHARMACEUTICALS CORPORATION

2014 STOCK OPTION AND INCENTIVE PLAN


Name of Optionee:

No. of Option Shares:

Option Exercise Price per Share:		$ [FMV on Grant Date]

Grant Date:

Expiration Date:


Incremental Number of Option Shares Exercisable				Exercisability Date
( %)
( %)
( %)
( %)
( %)

Once exercisable, this Stock Option shall continue to be exercisable at any time or times prior to the close of business on the Expiration Date, subject to the provisions hereof and of the Plan.

2. Manner of Exercise .

Payment of the purchase price for the Option Shares may be made by one or more of the following methods: (i) in cash, by certified or bank check or other instrument acceptable to the Administrator; (ii) through the delivery (or attestation to the ownership) of shares of Stock that have been purchased by the Optionee on the open market or that are beneficially owned by the Optionee and are not then subject to any restrictions under any Company plan and that otherwise satisfy any holding periods as may be required by the Administrator; (iii) by the Optionee delivering to the Company a properly executed exercise notice together with irrevocable instructions to a broker to promptly deliver to the Company cash or a check payable and acceptable to the Company to pay the option purchase price, provided that in the event the Optionee chooses to pay the option purchase price as so provided, the Optionee and the broker shall comply with such procedures and enter into such agreements of indemnity and other agreements as the Administrator shall prescribe as a condition of such payment procedure; (iv) by a “net exercise” arrangement pursuant to which the Company will reduce the number of shares of Stock issuable upon exercise by the largest whole number of shares with a Fair Market Value that does not exceed the aggregate exercise price; or (v) a combination of (i), (ii), (iii) and (iv) above. Payment instruments will be received subject to collection.

(d) Notwithstanding any other provision hereof or of the Plan, no portion of this Stock Option shall be exercisable after the Expiration Date hereof.

The Administrator’s determination of the reason for termination of the Optionee’s employment shall be conclusive and binding on the Optionee and his or her representatives or legatees.

6. Tax Withholding . The Optionee shall, not later than the date as of which the exercise of this Stock Option becomes a taxable event for Federal income tax purposes, pay to the Company or make arrangements satisfactory to the Administrator for payment of any Federal, state, and local taxes required by law to be withheld on account of such taxable event. The Company shall have the authority to cause the minimum required tax withholding obligation to be satisfied, in whole or in part, by withholding from shares of Stock to be issued to the Optionee a number of shares of Stock with an aggregate Fair Market Value that would satisfy the minimum withholding amount due.

7. No Obligation to Continue Employment . Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary is obligated by or as a result of the Plan or this Agreement to continue the Optionee in employment and neither the Plan nor this Agreement shall interfere in any way with the right of the Company or any Subsidiary to terminate the employment of the Optionee at any time.

8. Integration . This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with respect to this Stock Option and supersedes all prior agreements and discussions between the parties concerning such subject matter.

9. Data Privacy Consent . In order to administer the Plan and this Agreement and to implement or structure future equity grants, the Company, its subsidiaries and affiliates and certain agents thereof (together, the “Relevant Companies”) may process any and all personal or professional data, including but not limited to Social Security or other identification number, home address and telephone number, date of birth and other information that is necessary or desirable for the administration of the Plan and/or this Agreement (the “Relevant Information”). By entering into this Agreement, the Grantee (i) authorizes the Company to collect, process, register and transfer to the Relevant Companies all Relevant Information; (ii) waives any privacy rights the Grantee may have with respect to the Relevant Information; (iii) authorizes the Relevant Companies to store and transmit such information in electronic form; and (iv) authorizes the transfer of the Relevant Information to any jurisdiction in which the Relevant Companies consider appropriate. The Grantee shall have access to, and the right to change, the Relevant Information. Relevant Information will only be used in accordance with applicable law.

10. Notices . Notices hereunder shall be mailed or delivered to the Company at its principal place of business and shall be mailed or delivered to the Optionee at the address on file with the Company or, in either case, at such other address as one party may subsequently furnish to the other party in writing.


INOTEK PHARAMCEUTICALS CORPORATION

By:
Name:
Title:


Dated:
						Optionee’s Signature

						Optionee’s name and address:

NON-QUALIFIED STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

FOR NON-EMPLOYEE CONSULTANTS

UNDER THE INOTEK PHARMACEUTICALS CORPORATION

2014 STOCK OPTION AND INCENTIVE PLAN


Name of Optionee:

No. of Option Shares:

Option Exercise Price per Share:		$ [ FMV on Grant Date ]

Grant Date:
Expiration Date:		[ No more than 10 years ]

Pursuant to the Inotek Pharmaceuticals Corporation 2014 Stock Option and Incentive Plan as amended through the date hereof (the “Plan”), Inotek Pharmaceuticals Corporation (the “Company”) hereby grants to the Optionee named above, who is a Consultant of the Company, an option (the “Stock Option”) to purchase on or prior to the Expiration Date specified above all or part of the number of shares of Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “Stock”), of the Company specified above at the Option Exercise Price per Share specified above subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein and in the Plan. This Stock Option is not intended to be an “incentive stock option” under Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

1. Exercisability Schedule . No portion of this Stock Option may be exercised until such portion shall have become exercisable. Except as set forth below, and subject to the discretion of the Administrator (as defined in the Plan) to accelerate the exercisability schedule hereunder, this Stock Option shall be exercisable with respect to the following number of Option Shares on the dates indicated so long as the Optionee remains in service to the Company or a Subsidiary as a Consultant on such dates:


Incremental Number of Option Shares Exercisable				Exercisability Date
( %)
( %)
( %)
( %)
( %)

Once exercisable, this Stock Option shall continue to be exercisable at any time or times prior to the close of business on the Expiration Date, subject to the provisions hereof and of the Plan.

2. Manner of Exercise.

Payment of the purchase price for the Option Shares may be made by one or more of the following methods: (i) in cash, by certified or bank check or other instrument acceptable to the Administrator; (ii) through the delivery (or attestation to the ownership) of shares of Stock that have been purchased by the Optionee on the open market or that are beneficially owned by the Optionee and are not then subject to any restrictions under any Company plan and that otherwise satisfy any holding periods as may be required by the Administrator; (iii) by the Optionee delivering to the Company a properly executed exercise notice together with irrevocable instructions to a broker to promptly deliver to the Company cash or a check payable and acceptable to the Company to pay the option purchase price, provided that in the event the Optionee chooses to pay the option purchase price as so provided, the Optionee and the broker shall comply with such procedures and enter into such agreements of indemnity and other agreements as the Administrator shall prescribe as a condition of such payment procedure; (iv) by a “net exercise” arrangement pursuant to which the Company will reduce the number of shares of Stock issuable upon exercise by the largest whole number of shares with a Fair Market Value that does not exceed the aggregate exercise price; or (v) a combination of (i), (ii), (iii) and (iv) above. Payment instruments will be received subject to collection.

holder with respect to, any shares of Stock subject to this Stock Option unless and until this Stock Option shall have been exercised pursuant to the terms hereof, the Company or the transfer agent shall have transferred the shares to the Optionee, and the Optionee’s name shall have been entered as the stockholder of record on the books of the Company. Thereupon, the Optionee shall have full voting, dividend and other ownership rights with respect to such shares of Stock.

(c) The minimum number of shares with respect to which this Stock Option may be exercised at any one time shall be 100 shares, unless the number of shares with respect to which this Stock Option is being exercised is the total number of shares subject to exercise under this Stock Option at the time.

(d) Notwithstanding any other provision hereof or of the Plan, no portion of this Stock Option shall be exercisable after the Expiration Date hereof.

3. Termination as Consultant . If the Optionee ceases to be a Consultant to the Company or a Subsidiary for any reason, any portion of this Stock Option outstanding on such date may be exercised, to the extent exercisable on the date the Optionee ceased to provide services, for a period of three months from the date the Optionee ceased to provide services or until the Expiration Date, if earlier. Any portion of this Stock Option that is not exercisable on the date the Optionee ceases to be a Consultant to the Company or a Subsidiary shall terminate immediately and be of no further force or effect.

6. No Obligation to Continue as a Consultant or Service Provider . Neither the Plan nor this Stock Option confers upon the Optionee any rights with respect to continuance as a Consultant or other service provider to the Company or a Subsidiary.

7. Integration . This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with respect to this Stock Option and supersedes all prior agreements and discussions between the parties concerning such subject matter.

By entering into this Agreement, the Optionee (i) authorizes the Company to collect, process, register and transfer to the Relevant Companies all Relevant Information; (ii) waives any privacy rights the Optionee may have with respect to the Relevant Information; (iii) authorizes the Relevant Companies to store and transmit such information in electronic form; and (iv) authorizes the transfer of the Relevant Information to any jurisdiction in which the Relevant Companies consider appropriate. The Optionee shall have access to, and the right to change, the Relevant Information. Relevant Information will only be used in accordance with applicable law.

9. Notices . Notices hereunder shall be mailed or delivered to the Company at its principal place of business and shall be mailed or delivered to the Optionee at the address on file with the Company or, in either case, at such other address as one party may subsequently furnish to the other party in writing.


INOTEK PHARMACEUTICALS CORPORATION

By:
Title:

The foregoing Agreement is hereby accepted and the terms and conditions thereof hereby agreed to by the undersigned. Electronic acceptance of this Agreement pursuant to the Company’s instructions to the Optionee (including through an online acceptance process) is acceptable.


Dated:
								Optionee’s Signature

								Optionee’s name and address:

NON-QUALIFIED STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

FOR NON-EMPLOYEE DIRECTORS

UNDER INOTEK PHARMACEUTICALS CORPORATION

2014 STOCK OPTION AND INCENTIVE PLAN


Name of Optionee:

No. of Option Shares:

Option Exercise Price per Share:		$ [FMV on Grant Date]

Grant Date:

Expiration Date:		[No more than 10 years]

Pursuant to the Inotek Pharmaceuticals Corporation 2014 Stock Option and Incentive Plan as amended through the date hereof (the “Plan”), Inotek Pharmaceuticals Corporation (the “Company”) hereby grants to the Optionee named above, who is a Director of the Company but is not an employee of the Company, an option (the “Stock Option”) to purchase on or prior to the Expiration Date specified above all or part of the number of shares of Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “Stock”), of the Company specified above at the Option Exercise Price per Share specified above subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein and in the Plan. This Stock Option is not intended to be an “incentive stock option” under Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

1. Exercisability Schedule . No portion of this Stock Option may be exercised until such portion shall have become exercisable. Except as set forth below, and subject to the discretion of the Administrator (as defined in the Plan) to accelerate the exercisability schedule hereunder, this Stock Option shall be exercisable with respect to the following number of Option Shares on the dates indicated so long as the Optionee remains in service as a member of the Board on such dates:


Incremental Number of Option Shares Exercisable		Exercisability Date
( %)
( %)
( %)
( %)
( %)

Once exercisable, this Stock Option shall continue to be exercisable at any time or times prior to the close of business on the Expiration Date, subject to the provisions hereof and of the Plan.

2. Manner of Exercise .

Payment of the purchase price for the Option Shares may be made by one or more of the following methods: (i) in cash, by certified or bank check or other instrument acceptable to the Administrator; (ii) through the delivery (or attestation to the ownership) of shares of Stock that have been purchased by the Optionee on the open market or that are beneficially owned by the Optionee and are not then subject to any restrictions under any Company plan and that otherwise satisfy any holding periods as may be required by the Administrator; (iii) by the Optionee delivering to the Company a properly executed exercise notice together with irrevocable instructions to a broker to promptly deliver to the Company cash or a check payable and acceptable to the Company to pay the option purchase price, provided that in the event the Optionee chooses to pay the option purchase price as so provided, the Optionee and the broker shall comply with such procedures and enter into such agreements of indemnity and other agreements as the Administrator shall prescribe as a condition of such payment procedure; (iv) by a “net exercise” arrangement pursuant to which the Company will reduce the number of shares of Stock issuable upon exercise by the largest whole number of shares with a Fair Market Value that does not exceed the aggregate exercise price; or (v) a combination of (i), (ii), (iii) and (iv) above. Payment instruments will be received subject to collection.

(d) Notwithstanding any other provision hereof or of the Plan, no portion of this Stock Option shall be exercisable after the Expiration Date hereof.

3. Termination as Director . If the Optionee ceases to be a Director of the Company, the period within which to exercise the Stock Option may be subject to earlier termination as set forth below.

(a) Termination Due to Death . If the Optionee’s service as a Director terminates by reason of the Optionee’s death, any portion of this Stock Option outstanding on such date, to the extent exercisable on the date of death, may thereafter be exercised by the Optionee’s legal representative or legatee for a period of 12 months from the date of death or until the Expiration Date, if earlier. Any portion of this Stock Option that is not exercisable on the date of death shall terminate immediately and be of no further force or effect.

(b) Other Termination . If the Optionee ceases to be a Director for any reason other than the Optionee’s death, any portion of this Stock Option outstanding on such date may be exercised, to the extent exercisable on the date the Optionee ceased to be a Director, for a period of six months from the date the Optionee ceased to be a Director or until the Expiration Date, if earlier. Any portion of this Stock Option that is not exercisable on the date the Optionee ceases to be a Director shall terminate immediately and be of no further force or effect.

6. No Obligation to Continue as a Director . Neither the Plan nor this Stock Option confers upon the Optionee any rights with respect to continuance as a Director.

8. Data Privacy Consent . In order to administer the Plan and this Agreement and to implement or structure future equity grants, the Company, its subsidiaries and affiliates and certain agents thereof (together, the “Relevant Companies”) may process any and all personal or professional data, including but not limited to Social Security or other identification number, home address and telephone number, date of birth and other information that is necessary or desirable for the administration of the Plan and/or this Agreement (the “Relevant Information”). By entering into this Agreement, the Grantee (i) authorizes the Company to collect, process, register and transfer to the Relevant Companies all Relevant Information; (ii) waives any privacy rights the Grantee may have with respect to the Relevant Information; (iii) authorizes the Relevant Companies to store and transmit such information in electronic form; and (iv) authorizes the transfer of the Relevant Information to any jurisdiction in which the Relevant Companies consider appropriate. The Grantee shall have access to, and the right to change, the Relevant Information. Relevant Information will only be used in accordance with applicable law.


INOTEK PHARMACEUTICALS CORPORATION

By:
Title:


Dated:
								Optionee’s Signature

								Optionee’s name and address:

RESTRICTED STOCK AWARD AGREEMENT

UNDER THE INOTEK PHARMACEUTICALS CORPORATION

2014 STOCK OPTION AND INCENTIVE PLAN

Pursuant to the Inotek Pharmaceuticals Corporation 2014 Stock Option and Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) as amended through the date hereof, Inotek Pharmaceuticals Corporation (the “Company”) hereby grants a Restricted Stock Award (an “Award”) to the Grantee named above. Upon acceptance of this Award, the Grantee shall receive the number of shares of Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “Stock”) of the Company specified above, subject to the restrictions and conditions set forth herein and in the Plan. The Company acknowledges the receipt from the Grantee of consideration with respect to the par value of the Stock in the form of cash, past or future services rendered to the Company by the Grantee or such other form of consideration as is acceptable to the Administrator.

1. Award . The shares of Restricted Stock awarded hereunder shall be issued and held by the Company’s transfer agent in book entry form, and the Grantee’s name shall be entered as the stockholder of record on the books of the Company. Thereupon, the Grantee shall have all the rights of a stockholder with respect to such shares, including voting and dividend rights, subject, however, to the restrictions and conditions specified in Paragraph 2 below. The Grantee shall (i) sign and deliver to the Company a copy of this Award Agreement and (ii) deliver to the Company a stock power endorsed in blank.

2. Restrictions and Conditions .

(a) Any book entries for the shares of Restricted Stock granted herein shall bear an appropriate legend, as determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion, to the effect that such shares are subject to restrictions as set forth herein and in the Plan.

(b) Shares of Restricted Stock granted herein may not be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged or otherwise encumbered or disposed of by the Grantee prior to vesting.

(c) If the Grantee’s employment with the Company and its Subsidiaries is voluntarily or involuntarily terminated for any reason (including death) prior to vesting of shares of Restricted Stock granted herein, all shares of Restricted Stock shall immediately and automatically be forfeited and returned to the Company.

3. Vesting of Restricted Stock . The restrictions and conditions in Paragraph 2 of this Agreement shall lapse on the Vesting Date or Dates specified in the following schedule so long as the Grantee remains an employee of the Company or a Subsidiary on such Dates. If a series of Vesting Dates is specified, then the restrictions and conditions in Paragraph 2 shall lapse only with respect to the number of shares of Restricted Stock specified as vested on such date.


Incremental Number of Shares Vested		Vesting Date
( %)
( %)
( %)
( %)
( %)

Subsequent to such Vesting Date or Dates, the shares of Stock on which all restrictions and conditions have lapsed shall no longer be deemed Restricted Stock. The Administrator may at any time accelerate the vesting schedule specified in this Paragraph 3.

4. Dividends . Dividends on shares of Restricted Stock shall be paid currently to the Grantee.

5. Incorporation of Plan . Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, this Award shall be subject to and governed by all the terms and conditions of the Plan, including the powers of the Administrator set forth in Section 2(b) of the Plan. Capitalized terms in this Agreement shall have the meaning specified in the Plan, unless a different meaning is specified herein.

6. Transferability . This Agreement is personal to the Grantee, is non-assignable and is not transferable in any manner, by operation of law or otherwise, other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution.

7. Tax Withholding . The Grantee shall, not later than the date as of which the receipt of this Award becomes a taxable event for Federal income tax purposes, pay to the Company or make arrangements satisfactory to the Administrator for payment of any Federal, state, and local taxes required by law to be withheld on account of such taxable event. Except in the case where an election is made pursuant to Paragraph 8 below, the Company shall have the authority to cause the required minimum tax withholding obligation to be satisfied, in whole or in part, by withholding from shares of Stock to be issued or released by the transfer agent a number of shares of Stock with an aggregate Fair Market Value that would satisfy the minimum withholding amount due.

8. Election Under Section 83(b) . The Grantee and the Company hereby agree that the Grantee may, within 30 days following the Grant Date of this Award, file with the Internal Revenue Service and the Company an election under Section 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code. In the event the Grantee makes such an election, he or she agrees to provide a copy of the election to the Company. The Grantee acknowledges that he or she is responsible for obtaining the advice of his or her tax advisors with regard to the Section 83(b) election and that he or she is relying solely on such advisors and not on any statements or representations of the Company or any of its agents with regard to such election.

9. No Obligation to Continue Employment . Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary is obligated by or as a result of the Plan or this Agreement to continue the Grantee in employment and neither the Plan nor this Agreement shall interfere in any way with the right of the Company or any Subsidiary to terminate the employment of the Grantee at any time.

10. Integration . This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with respect to this Award and supersedes all prior agreements and discussions between the parties concerning such subject matter.

11. Data Privacy Consent . In order to administer the Plan and this Agreement and to implement or structure future equity grants, the Company, its subsidiaries and affiliates and certain agents thereof (together, the “Relevant Companies”) may process any and all personal or professional data, including but not limited to Social Security or other identification number, home address and telephone number, date of birth and other information that is necessary or desirable for the administration of the Plan and/or this Agreement (the “Relevant Information”). By entering into this Agreement, the Grantee (i) authorizes the Company to collect, process, register and transfer to the Relevant Companies all Relevant Information; (ii) waives any privacy rights the Grantee may have with respect to the Relevant Information; (iii) authorizes the Relevant Companies to store and transmit such information in electronic form; and (iv) authorizes the transfer of the Relevant Information to any jurisdiction in which the Relevant Companies consider appropriate. The Grantee shall have access to, and the right to change, the Relevant Information. Relevant Information will only be used in accordance with applicable law.

12. Notices . Notices hereunder shall be mailed or delivered to the Company at its principal place of business and shall be mailed or delivered to the Grantee at the address on file with the Company or, in either case, at such other address as one party may subsequently furnish to the other party in writing.


INOTEK PHARMACEUTICALS CORPORATION

By:
Title:


Dated:
								Grantee’s Signature

								Grantee’s name and address:

RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AWARD AGREEMENT

FOR COMPANY EMPLOYEES

UNDER THE INOTEK PHARMACEUTICALS CORPORATION

2014 STOCK OPTION AND INCENTIVE PLAN

Pursuant to the Inotek Pharmaceuticals Corporation 2014 Stock Option and Incentive Plan as amended through the date hereof (the “Plan”), Inotek Pharmaceuticals Corporation (the “Company”) hereby grants an award of the number of Restricted Stock Units listed above (an “Award”) to the Grantee named above. Each Restricted Stock Unit shall relate to one share of Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “Stock”) of the Company.

1. Restrictions on Transfer of Award . This Award may not be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned or otherwise encumbered or disposed of by the Grantee, and any shares of Stock issuable with respect to the Award may not be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned or otherwise encumbered or disposed of until (i) the Restricted Stock Units have vested as provided in Paragraph 2 of this Agreement and (ii) shares of Stock have been issued to the Grantee in accordance with the terms of the Plan and this Agreement.

2. Vesting of Restricted Stock Units . The restrictions and conditions of Paragraph 1 of this Agreement shall lapse on the Vesting Date or Dates specified in the following schedule so long as the Grantee remains an employee of the Company or a Subsidiary on such Dates. If a series of Vesting Dates is specified, then the restrictions and conditions in Paragraph 1 shall lapse only with respect to the number of Restricted Stock Units specified as vested on such date.


Incremental Number of Restricted Stock Units Vested				Vesting Date
( %)
( %)
( %)
( %)

The Administrator may at any time accelerate the vesting schedule specified in this Paragraph 2.

3. Termination of Employment . If the Grantee’s employment with the Company and its Subsidiaries terminates for any reason (including death or disability) prior to the satisfaction of the vesting conditions set forth in Paragraph 2 above, any Restricted Stock Units that have not vested as of such date shall automatically and without notice terminate and be forfeited, and neither the Grantee nor any of his or her successors, heirs, assigns, or personal representatives will thereafter have any further rights or interests in such unvested Restricted Stock Units.

4. Issuance of Shares of Stock . As soon as practicable following each Vesting Date (but in no event later than two and one-half months after the end of the year in which the Vesting Date occurs), the Company shall issue to the Grantee the number of shares of Stock equal to the aggregate number of Restricted Stock Units that have vested pursuant to Paragraph 2 of this Agreement on such date and the Grantee shall thereafter have all the rights of a stockholder of the Company with respect to such shares.

5. Incorporation of Plan . Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, this Agreement shall be subject to and governed by all the terms and conditions of the Plan, including the powers of the Administrator set forth in Section 2(b) of the Plan. Capitalized terms in this Agreement shall have the meaning specified in the Plan, unless a different meaning is specified herein.

6. Tax Withholding . The Grantee shall, not later than the date as of which the receipt of this Award becomes a taxable event for Federal income tax purposes, pay to the Company or make arrangements satisfactory to the Administrator for payment of any Federal, state, and local taxes required by law to be withheld on account of such taxable event. The Company shall have the authority to cause the required minimum tax withholding obligation to be satisfied, in whole or in part, by withholding from shares of Stock to be issued to the Grantee a number of shares of Stock with an aggregate Fair Market Value that would satisfy the withholding amount due.

7. Section 409A of the Code. This Agreement shall be interpreted in such a manner that all provisions relating to the settlement of the Award are exempt from the requirements of Section 409A of the Code as “short-term deferrals” as described in Section 409A of the Code.

8. No Obligation to Continue Employment . Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary is obligated by or as a result of the Plan or this Agreement to continue the Grantee in employment and neither the Plan nor this Agreement shall interfere in any way with the right of the Company or any Subsidiary to terminate the employment of the Grantee at any time.

9. Integration . This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with respect to this Award and supersedes all prior agreements and discussions between the parties concerning such subject matter.

10. Data Privacy Consent . In order to administer the Plan and this Agreement and to implement or structure future equity grants, the Company, its subsidiaries and affiliates and certain agents thereof (together, the “Relevant Companies”) may process any and all personal or professional data, including but not limited to Social Security or other identification number, home address and telephone number, date of birth and other information that is necessary or desirable for the administration of the Plan and/or this Agreement (the “Relevant Information”). By entering into this Agreement, the Grantee (i) authorizes the Company to collect, process, register and transfer to the Relevant Companies all Relevant Information; (ii) waives any privacy rights the Grantee may have with respect to the Relevant Information; (iii) authorizes the Relevant Companies to store and transmit such information in electronic form; and (iv)

authorizes the transfer of the Relevant Information to any jurisdiction in which the Relevant Companies consider appropriate. The Grantee shall have access to, and the right to change, the Relevant Information. Relevant Information will only be used in accordance with applicable law.

11. Notices . Notices hereunder shall be mailed or delivered to the Company at its principal place of business and shall be mailed or delivered to the Grantee at the address on file with the Company or, in either case, at such other address as one party may subsequently furnish to the other party in writing.


Dated:
						Grantee’s Signature

						Grantee’s name and address:

RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AWARD AGREEMENT

FOR NON-EMPLOYEE DIRECTORS

UNDER INOTEK PHARMACEUTICALS CORPORATION

2014 STOCK OPTION AND INCENTIVE PLAN

Pursuant to the Inotek Pharmaceuticals Corporation 2014 Stock Option and Incentive Plan as amended through the date hereof (the “Plan”), Inotek Pharmaceuticals Corporation (the “Company”) hereby grants an award of the number of Restricted Stock Units listed above (an “Award”) to the Grantee named above. Each Restricted Stock Unit shall relate to one share of Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “Stock”) of the Company.

2. Vesting of Restricted Stock Units . The restrictions and conditions of Paragraph 1 of this Agreement shall lapse on the Vesting Date or Dates specified in the following schedule so long as the Grantee remains in service as a member of the Board on such Dates. If a series of Vesting Dates is specified, then the restrictions and conditions in Paragraph 1 shall lapse only with respect to the number of Restricted Stock Units specified as vested on such date.


Incremental Number of Restricted Stock Units Vested				Vesting Date
( %)
( %)
( %)
( %)
( %)

The Administrator may at any time accelerate the vesting schedule specified in this Paragraph 2.

3. Termination of Service . If the Grantee’s service with the Company and its Subsidiaries terminates for any reason (including death or disability) prior to the satisfaction of the vesting conditions set forth in Paragraph 2 above, any Restricted Stock Units that have not vested as of such date shall automatically and without notice terminate and be forfeited, and neither the Grantee nor any of his or her successors, heirs, assigns, or personal representatives will thereafter have any further rights or interests in such unvested Restricted Stock Units.

6. Section 409A of the Code. This Agreement shall be interpreted in such a manner that all provisions relating to the settlement of the Award are exempt from the requirements of Section 409A of the Code as “short-term deferrals” as described in Section 409A of the Code.

7. No Obligation to Continue as a Director . Neither the Plan nor this Award confers upon the Grantee any rights with respect to continuance as a Director.

8. Integration . This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with respect to this Award and supersedes all prior agreements and discussions between the parties concerning such subject matter.

10. Notices . Notices hereunder shall be mailed or delivered to the Company at its principal place of business and shall be mailed or delivered to the Grantee at the address on file with the Company or, in either case, at such other address as one party may subsequently furnish to the other party in writing.


INOTEK PHARMACEUTICALS CORPORATION

By:
Title:


Dated:
						Grantee’s Signature

						Grantee’s name and address:

E XHIBIT 10.7

INOTEK PHARMACEUTICALS CORPORATION

2014 EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN

The purpose of the Inotek Pharmaceuticals Corporation 2014 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (“the Plan”) is to provide eligible employees of Inotek Pharmaceuticals Corporation (the “Company”) and each Designated Subsidiary (as defined in Section 11) with opportunities to purchase shares of the Company’s common stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “Common Stock”). The maximum number of shares of Common Stock approved, reserved and available for issuance under the Plan shall be 160,277 shares of Common Stock, plus on January 1, 2016 and each January 1 thereafter, the number of shares of Common Stock approved, reserved and available for issuance under the Plan shall be cumulatively increased by the lesser of (i) 600,000 shares of Common Stock or (ii) such number of shares as is necessary to set the number of unissued shares of Common Stock under the Plan at 1% of the Corporation’s outstanding Common Stock as of January 1 of the applicable year. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company’s Board of Directors (the “Board”) may act prior to the first day of any fiscal year to provide that there will be no January 1 increase in the share reserve for such fiscal year or that the increase in the share reserve for such fiscal year will be a lesser number of shares of Common Stock than would otherwise occur pursuant to the preceding sentence. The Plan is intended to constitute an “employee stock purchase plan” within the meaning of Section 423(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), and shall be interpreted in accordance with that intent.

1. Administration . The Plan will be administered by the person or persons (the “Administrator”) appointed by the Board for such purpose. The Administrator has authority at any time to: (i) adopt, alter and repeal such rules, guidelines and practices for the administration of the Plan and for its own acts and proceedings as it shall deem advisable; (ii) interpret the terms and provisions of the Plan; (iii) make all determinations it deems advisable for the administration of the Plan; (iv) decide all disputes arising in connection with the Plan; and (v) otherwise supervise the administration of the Plan. All interpretations and decisions of the Administrator shall be binding on all persons, including the Company and the Participants. No member of the Board or individual exercising administrative authority with respect to the Plan shall be liable for any action or determination made in good faith with respect to the Plan or any option granted hereunder.

2. Offerings . The Company will make one or more offerings to eligible employees to purchase Common Stock under the Plan (“Offerings”). Unless otherwise determined by the Administrator, the initial Offering will begin on January 1 ^st of the year designated by the Administrator and will end on the following June 30 ^th (the “Initial Offering”). Thereafter, unless otherwise determined by the Administrator, an Offering will begin on the first business day occurring on or after each January 1 ^st and July 1 ^st and will end on the last business day occurring on or before the following June 30 ^th and December 31 ^st , respectively. The Administrator may, in its discretion, designate a different period for any Offering, provided that no Offering shall exceed one year in duration or overlap any other Offering.

3. Eligibility . All individuals classified as employees on the payroll records of the Company and each Designated Subsidiary are eligible to participate in any one or more of the Offerings under the Plan, provided that as of the first day of the applicable Offering (the

“Offering Date”) they are customarily employed by the Company or a Designated Subsidiary for more than 20 hours a week and have completed at least six months of employment. Notwithstanding any other provision herein, individuals who are not contemporaneously classified as employees of the Company or a Designated Subsidiary for purposes of the Company’s or applicable Designated Subsidiary’s payroll system are not considered to be eligible employees of the Company or any Designated Subsidiary and shall not be eligible to participate in the Plan. In the event any such individuals are reclassified as employees of the Company or a Designated Subsidiary for any purpose, including, without limitation, common law or statutory employees, by any action of any third party, including, without limitation, any government agency, or as a result of any private lawsuit, action or administrative proceeding, such individuals shall, notwithstanding such reclassification, remain ineligible for participation. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the exclusive means for individuals who are not contemporaneously classified as employees of the Company or a Designated Subsidiary on the Company’s or Designated Subsidiary’s payroll system to become eligible to participate in this Plan is through an amendment to this Plan, duly executed by the Company, which specifically renders such individuals eligible to participate herein.

4. Participation .

(a) Participants in Offerings . An eligible employee who is not a Participant on any Offering Date may participate in such Offering by submitting an enrollment form to his or her appropriate payroll location at least 15 business days before the Offering Date (or by such other deadline as shall be established by the Administrator for the Offering).

(b) Enrollment . The enrollment form will (a) state a whole percentage to be deducted from an eligible employee’s Compensation (as defined in Section 11) per pay period, (b) authorize the purchase of Common Stock in each Offering in accordance with the terms of the Plan and (c) specify the exact name or names in which shares of Common Stock purchased for such individual are to be issued pursuant to Section 10. An employee who does not enroll in accordance with these procedures will be deemed to have waived the right to participate. Unless a Participant files a new enrollment form or withdraws from the Plan, such Participant’s deductions and purchases will continue at the same percentage of Compensation for future Offerings, provided he or she remains eligible.

(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, participation in the Plan will neither be permitted nor be denied contrary to the requirements of the Code.

5. Employee Contributions . Each eligible employee may authorize payroll deductions at a minimum of one percent up to a maximum of 10 percent of such employee’s Compensation for each pay period. The Company will maintain book accounts showing the amount of payroll deductions made by each Participant for each Offering. No interest will accrue or be paid on payroll deductions.

6. Deduction Changes . Except as may be determined by the Administrator in advance of an Offering, a Participant may elect to increase his or her payroll deduction (subject to the limitations in Section 5) not more than twice during an Offering and may elect to decrease his or her payroll deduction (subject to the limitations in Section 5) as many times as desired during an Offering, in each case by filing a new enrollment form at least 15 business days before the next payroll period for which such election is to be effective (or by such other deadline as shall be established by the Administrator). A Participant may also increase or decrease his or her payroll deduction with respect to the next Offering (subject to the limitations of Section 5) by filing a new enrollment form at least 15 business days before the next Offering Date (or by such

other deadline as shall be established by the Administrator for the Offering). The Administrator may, in advance of any Offering, change or establish other rules with respect to a Participant’s ability to increase, decrease or terminate his or her payroll deduction during an Offering.

7. Withdrawal . A Participant may withdraw from participation in the Plan by delivering a written notice of withdrawal to his or her appropriate payroll location. The Participant’s withdrawal will be effective as of the next business day. Following a Participant’s withdrawal, the Company will promptly refund such individual’s entire account balance under the Plan to him or her (after payment for any Common Stock purchased before the effective date of withdrawal). Partial withdrawals are not permitted. Such an employee may not begin participation again during the remainder of the Offering, but may enroll in a subsequent Offering in accordance with Section 4.

8. Grant of Options . On each Offering Date, the Company will grant to each eligible employee who is then a Participant in the Plan an option (“Option”) to purchase on the last day of such Offering (the “Exercise Date”), at the Option Price hereinafter provided for, the lowest of (a) a number of shares of Common Stock determined by dividing such Participant’s accumulated payroll deductions on such Exercise Date by the lower of (i) 85 percent of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock on the Offering Date, or (ii) 85 percent of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock on the Exercise Date; (b) 5,000 shares of Common Stock; or (c) such other lesser maximum number of shares as shall have been established by the Administrator in advance of the Offering; provided, however, that such Option shall be subject to the limitations set forth below. Each Participant’s Option shall be exercisable only to the extent of such Participant’s accumulated payroll deductions on the Exercise Date. The purchase price for each share purchased under each Option (the “Option Price”) will be 85 percent of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock on the Offering Date or the Exercise Date, whichever is less.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Participant may be granted an option hereunder if such Participant, immediately after the option was granted, would be treated as owning stock possessing 5 percent or more of the total combined voting power or value of all classes of stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary (as defined in Section 11). For purposes of the preceding sentence, the attribution rules of Section 424(d) of the Code shall apply in determining the stock ownership of a Participant, and all stock which the Participant has a contractual right to purchase shall be treated as stock owned by the Participant. In addition, no Participant may be granted an Option which permits his or her rights to purchase stock under the Plan, and any other employee stock purchase plan of the Company and its Parents and Subsidiaries, to accrue at a rate which exceeds $25,000 of the fair market value of such stock (determined on the option grant date or dates) for each calendar year in which the Option is outstanding at any time. The purpose of the limitation in the preceding sentence is to comply with Section 423(b)(8) of the Code and shall be applied taking Options into account in the order in which they were granted.

9. Exercise of Option and Purchase of Shares . Each employee who continues to be a Participant in the Plan on the Exercise Date shall be deemed to have exercised his or her Option on such date and shall acquire from the Company such number of whole shares of Common Stock reserved for the purpose of the Plan as his or her accumulated payroll deductions on such date will purchase at the Option Price, subject to any other limitations contained in the Plan. Any amount remaining in a Participant’s account at the end of an Offering solely by reason of the inability to purchase a fractional share will be carried forward to the next Offering; any other balance remaining in a Participant’s account at the end of an Offering will be refunded to the Participant promptly.

10. Issuance of Certificates . Certificates representing shares of Common Stock purchased under the Plan may be issued only in the name of the employee, in the name of the employee and another person of legal age as joint tenants with rights of survivorship, or in the name of a broker authorized by the employee to be his, her or their, nominee for such purpose.

11. Definitions .

The term “Compensation” means the amount of total cash compensation, prior to salary reduction pursuant to Sections 125, 132(f) or 401(k) of the Code, including base pay, overtime, commissions, and incentive or bonus awards, but excluding allowances and reimbursements for expenses such as relocation allowances or travel expenses, income or gains on the exercise of Company stock options, and similar items.

The term “Designated Subsidiary” means any present or future Subsidiary (as defined below) that has been designated by the Board to participate in the Plan. The Board may so designate any Subsidiary, or revoke any such designation, at any time and from time to time, either before or after the Plan is approved by the stockholders.

The term “Fair Market Value of the Common Stock” on any given date means the fair market value of the Common Stock determined in good faith by the Administrator; provided, however, that if the Common Stock is admitted to quotation on the National Association of Securities Dealers Automated Quotation System (“NASDAQ”), NASDAQ Global Market or another national securities exchange, the determination shall be made by reference to the closing price on such date. If there is no closing price for such date, the determination shall be made by reference to the last date preceding such date for which there is a closing price.

The term “Parent” means a “parent corporation” with respect to the Company, as defined in Section 424(e) of the Code.

The term “Participant” means an individual who is eligible as determined in Section 3 and who has complied with the provisions of Section 4.

The term “Subsidiary” means a “subsidiary corporation” with respect to the Company, as defined in Section 424(f) of the Code.

12. Rights on Termination of Employment . If a Participant’s employment terminates for any reason before the Exercise Date for any Offering, no payroll deduction will be taken from any pay due and owing to the Participant and the balance in the Participant’s account will be paid to such Participant or, in the case of such Participant’s death, to his or her designated beneficiary as if such Participant had withdrawn from the Plan under Section 7. An employee will be deemed to have terminated employment, for this purpose, if the corporation that employs him or her, having been a Designated Subsidiary, ceases to be a Subsidiary, or if the employee is transferred to any corporation other than the Company or a Designated Subsidiary. An employee will not be deemed to have terminated employment for this purpose, if the employee is on an approved leave of absence for military service or sickness or for any other purpose approved by the Company, if the employee’s right to reemployment is guaranteed either by a statute or by contract or under the policy pursuant to which the leave of absence was granted or if the Administrator otherwise provides in writing.

13. Special Rules . Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Administrator may adopt special rules applicable to the employees of a particular Designated Subsidiary, whenever the Administrator determines that such rules are necessary or appropriate for the implementation of the Plan in a jurisdiction where such Designated Subsidiary has

employees; provided that such rules are consistent with the requirements of Section 423(b) of the Code. Any special rules established pursuant to this Section 13 shall, to the extent possible, result in the employees subject to such rules having substantially the same rights as other Participants in the Plan.

14. Optionees Not Stockholders . Neither the granting of an Option to a Participant nor the deductions from his or her pay shall constitute such Participant a holder of the shares of Common Stock covered by an Option under the Plan until such shares have been purchased by and issued to him or her.

15. Rights Not Transferable . Rights under the Plan are not transferable by a Participant other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution, and are exercisable during the Participant’s lifetime only by the Participant.

16. Application of Funds . All funds received or held by the Company under the Plan may be combined with other corporate funds and may be used for any corporate purpose.

17. Adjustment in Case of Changes Affecting Common Stock . In the event of a subdivision of outstanding shares of Common Stock, the payment of a dividend in Common Stock or any other change affecting the Common Stock, the number of shares approved for the Plan and the share limitation set forth in Section 8 shall be equitably or proportionately adjusted to give proper effect to such event.

18. Amendment of the Plan . The Board may at any time and from time to time amend the Plan in any respect, except that without the approval within 12 months of such Board action by the stockholders, no amendment shall be made increasing the number of shares approved for the Plan or making any other change that would require stockholder approval in order for the Plan, as amended, to qualify as an “employee stock purchase plan” under Section 423(b) of the Code.

19. Insufficient Shares . If the total number of shares of Common Stock that would otherwise be purchased on any Exercise Date plus the number of shares purchased under previous Offerings under the Plan exceeds the maximum number of shares issuable under the Plan, the shares then available shall be apportioned among Participants in proportion to the amount of payroll deductions accumulated on behalf of each Participant that would otherwise be used to purchase Common Stock on such Exercise Date.

20. Termination of the Plan . The Plan may be terminated at any time by the Board. Upon termination of the Plan, all amounts in the accounts of Participants shall be promptly refunded. The Plan shall automatically terminate on the tenth anniversary of the date the Plan was approved by the Company’s stockholders

21. Governmental Regulations . The Company’s obligation to sell and deliver Common Stock under the Plan is subject to obtaining all governmental approvals required in connection with the authorization, issuance, or sale of such stock.

22. Governing Law . This Plan and all Options and actions taken thereunder shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, applied without regard to conflict of law principles.

23. Issuance of Shares . Shares may be issued upon exercise of an Option from authorized but unissued Common Stock, from shares held in the treasury of the Company, or from any other proper source.

24. Tax Withholding . Participation in the Plan is subject to any minimum required tax withholding on income of the Participant in connection with the Plan. Each Participant agrees, by entering the Plan, that the Company and its Subsidiaries shall have the right to deduct any such taxes from any payment of any kind otherwise due to the Participant, including shares issuable under the Plan.

25. Notification Upon Sale of Shares . Each Participant agrees, by entering the Plan, to give the Company prompt notice of any disposition of shares purchased under the Plan where such disposition occurs within two years after the date of grant of the Option pursuant to which such shares were purchased.

26. Effective Date and Approval of Shareholders . The Plan shall take effect on the later of the date it is adopted by the Board and the date it is approved by the holders of a majority of the votes cast at a meeting of stockholders at which a quorum is present or by written consent of the stockholders.

Exhibit 10.9

LEASE

Landlord:

Farley White Kilnbrook Three, LLC

Tenant:

Inotek Pharmaceuticals Corporation

Date of Lease: May 11 ^th , 2012

TABLE OF CONTENTS


	Page

Article I DEMISING CLAUSE AND DEFINED TERMS		1
1.1 Demising Clause		1
1.2 Defined Terms		1

Article II PREMISES AND TERM		2
2.1 The Premises		2
2.2 Term		3

Article III RENT		3
3.1 Base Rent		3
3.2 Adjustment for Operating Expenses		4
3.3 Tenant’s Electricity		6

Article IV CONSTRUCTION		6
4.1 Leasehold Improvements by Landlord		6
4.2 Alterations by Tenant		7

Article V LANDLORD’S OBLIGATIONS AND RIGHTS		8
5.1 Services Furnished by Landlord		8
5.2 Repairs and Maintenance		9
5.3 Quiet Enjoyment		9
5.4 Insurance		9
5.5 Access to Premises		9
5.6 Right to Cease Providing Services		9
5.7 Failure to Provide Services and Repairs		10

Article VI TENANT’S COVENANTS		10
6.1 Repair and Yield Up		10
6.2 Use		10
6.3 Assignment; Sublease		11
6.4 Indemnity; Assumption of Risk		13
6.5 Tenant’s Insurance		14
6.6 Right of Entry		14
6.7 Payment of Taxes		15
6.8 Environmental Compliance		15

Article VII DEFAULT		16
7.1 Events of Default		16
7.2 Damages		16

Article VIII CASUALTY AND EMINENT DOMAIN		17
8.1 Termination or Restoration; Rent Adjustment		17
8.2 Eminent Domain Damages		19
8.3 Temporary Taking		19


Article IX RIGHTS OF PARTIES HOLDING PRIOR INTERESTS			19
9.1 Lease Subordinate - Superior			19
9.2 Rights of Mortgagee to Cure			20

Article X MISCELLANEOUS			21
10.1 Representations by Tenant			21
10.2 Notices			21
10.3 No Waiver or Oral Modification			21
10.4 Partial Invalidity			21
10.5 Certain Landlord Remedies			21
10.6 Tenant’s Estoppel Certificate			22
10.7 Waiver of Subrogation			22
10.8 All Agreements; No Representations			22
10.9 Brokerage			22
10.10 Successors and Assigns			22
10.11 Construction of Document			23
10.12 Disputes Provisions			23
10.13 Surrender			23
10.14 Holdover			23
10.15 Late Payment			23
10.16 Force Majeure			24
10.17 Limitation On Liability			24
10.18 Submission Not An Option			24
10.19 Security Deposit			24
10.20 Evidence of Authority			25
10.21 Relocation			25
10.22 Notice of Lease			25
10.23 Option to Extend			25

EXHIBITS

There are attached hereto and incorporated as a part of this Lease:

EXHIBIT A - Premises

EXHIBIT B - List of Cleaning Services

EXHIBIT C - intentionally omitted

ARTICLE I DEMISING CLAUSE AND DEFINED TERMS

1.1 Demising Clause . This lease (the “Lease”) is made and entered into by and between the Landlord and the Tenant, as defined below, as of the Date of Lease. In consideration of the mutual covenants made herein, Landlord hereby leases to Tenant, and Tenant hereby leases from Landlord, the Premises as defined below, on ail of the terms and conditions set forth herein.

1.2 Defined Terms . The terms listed below shall have the following meanings throughout this Lease:

(a) “LANDLORD”: Farley White Kilnbrook Three, LLC


(b) “LANDLORD’S ADDRESS”:		c/o Farley White Management Company
		155 Federal Street, 18th Floor, Boston, MA 02110

(d) “TENANT’S ADDRESS”: 33 Hayden Avenue, 2 ^nd Floor, Lexington, MA 02421

(e) “BUILDING”: The 77,966 RSF building known as Kiln Brook 111 located at 131 Hartwell Avenue in Lexington, MA.

(f) “PROPERTY”: The Building and the legal parcel (the “Lot”) on which it is situated.

(g) “PREMISES”: A portion of the 1 ^st Floor of the Building as shown on Exhibit A .

(h) “RENTABLE SQUARE FEET IN THE PREMISES”: 2,440 Rentable Square Feet (RSF).

(i) “TENANT’S PERCENTAGE”: 3.13% which is based on the 2,440 Rentable Square Feet (RSF) the Premises over the total RSF of the Building and shall be adjusted if the RSF of the Building shall increase or decrease.

(j) “SCHEDULED COMMENCEMENT DATE”: June 1, 2012

(k) “TERM”: The period beginning on the Commencement Date (as defined in Section 2.2(a) of the Lease) and ending on June 30, 2013.

(1) “BASE RENT”:


June 1, 2012 - June 30, 2012:		Free Rent
July 1, 2012 - June 30, 2013:		$51,240.00 per annum; $4,279.00 per month; $21.00 per RSF.

(m) “EXPENSE BASE”: The sum of Operating Expenses allocable to the Premises during calendar year 2012, and the Taxes allocable to the Premises during tax calendar year 2013.

(n) “PERMITTED USES”: General office

(o) “BROKER(S)”: Richards Barry Joyce & Partners

(p) “SECURITY DEPOSIT”: Security deposit is one month’s rent or $4;279.00

ARTICLE II PREMISES AND TERM

2.1 The Premises . Common Areas and Parking.

(a) Landlord hereby leases to Tenant, and Tenant hereby leases from Landlord, the Premises. The Premises leased hereby are comprised of the space shown on Exhibit A . The Premises extend from the top surface of the subfloor to the bottom surface of the ceiling, but do not include exterior faces of exterior walls and exterior window glass, anything beyond the interior face of demising walls, and pipes, ducts, conduits, wires and fixtures serving other parts of the Building; provided, however, that Tenant shall have the right to use the space, if any, between the top surface of the ceiling and the bottom surface of the floor slab of the floor above such ceiling, and to drill into the floor slab of any floor encompassed within the Premises, all for the purpose of installing ducts, cables and conduits, so long as (i) Tenant obtains the prior written consent of Landlord (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed); and (ii) such installation does not interfere with the Building systems and with the quiet enjoyment of other tenants in the Building.

(b) Tenant shall have the right to use the Common Areas in common with other tenants. The Common Areas include the Building’s common lobbies, corridors, stairways, and elevators necessary for access to the Premises, and the common walkways and driveways necessary for access to the Building, the common toilets, corridors and elevator lobbies of any multi-tenant floor, and the parking area for the Building. All use of the Common Areas shall be subject to the reasonable rules and regulations of Landlord generally applicable to all tenants of the Building from time to time. Landlord may at any time make any changes, additions, improvements, repairs or replacements to the Property, including the Common Areas, that it considers desirable, which changes, additions, improvements, repairs or replacements shall be of equal quality to those of other first class office buildings of like quality and location. In so doing, Landlord (t) may use or temporarily close any of the Common Areas, or permanently change their configuration, and (ii) shall use reasonable efforts to minimize interference with Tenant’s normal activities, but no such interference shall constitute constructive eviction or give rise to any abatement of rent or liability of Landlord to Tenant unless such interference is caused by Landlord’s negligence, willful misconduct, or breach of Landlord’s covenants hereunder, in which event Landlord’s liability shall be governed by Section 5.7 of this Lease.

(c) Tenant acknowledges that its parking use of the parking areas shall be on an unreserved, non-exclusive basis, and that parking spaces shall be used solely for Tenant’s employees and visitors. It is understood that Landlord shall not be responsible for policing any parking areas. Tenant shall reasonably cooperate with Landlord to assure that Tenant and its employees and visitors observe all reasonable parking regulations established by Landlord from time to time and to assure that Tenant and its employees and visitors do not use more parking spaces than the number of parking spaces provided to Tenant hereunder. Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant, and this Lease shall not be affected, if any parking rights of Tenant hereunder are impaired by any law, ordinance or other governmental regulation imposed after the Date of Lease.

2.2 Term .

(a) Both parties shall be bound by all the terms of this Lease as of the Date of Lease. The Term shall begin on the Commencement Date, and shall continue for the length of the Term set forth in Section 1.2 unless sooner terminated as hereinafter provided. The Commencement Date shall be the later of: 1) the Scheduled Commencement Date; or, 2) the date the Premises are Ready for Occupancy. However, if the Tenant occupies any portion of the Premises for any reason, the Commencement Date shall be immediate upon such occupancy. The Premises shall be Ready for Occupancy when construction of the Leasehold Improvements is substantially complete in accordance with the Final Plans pursuant to Section 4.1 , as reasonably determined by Landlord. Tenant may co-ordinate with Landlord or Landlord’s contractor one or more opportunities to gain early access to the Premises ahead of the Commencement Date to scope out the networking requirements for telephones and computer systems

(b) Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to have the Premises Ready for Occupancy on the Scheduled Commencement Date. If the Premises are not Ready for Occupancy on the Scheduled Commencement Date, Landlord shall not be subject to any liability for such failure, and such failure shall not affect the validity of this Lease, but Tenant shall not be liable for any rent until the Commencement Date. In the event that the Commencement Date is not before July 1, 2012 because the Premises are not ready for occupation, Tenant can elect to (i) terminate the Lease by giving written notice to Landlord, said Termination being effective immediately or (ii) receive two (2) days rent free for every day beyond July 1, 2012 that the Premises are not available for occupancy. However, if the Premises are not Ready for Occupancy because Tenant has failed to comply with Tenant’s obligations under Section 4.1 or under any work letter or construction agreement between the parties, or has otherwise delayed Landlord in preparing the Premises or in obtaining a Certificate of Occupancy far the Premises, then the Commencement Date shall be the date that the Premises would have been Ready for Occupancy except for such Tenant-caused delay, as reasonably determined by Landlord.

ARTICLE III RENT

3.1 Base Rent .

(a) Tenant shall pay the Base Rent each month in advance on the first day of each calendar month during the Term. For any partial month at the beginning or end of the Term, Tenant shall pay a proportional share of the amount that would be due for a full month, and with respect to a partial month at the beginning of the Term, Tenant shall pay such proportional share on the Commencement Date. In addition to the Base Rent, Tenant shall pay all additional rent and rental adjustments provided herein at the times set forth herein, or if no time for payment is specified, then payment shall be made within fifteen (15) days after Tenant’s receipt of an invoice from Landlord or another billing authority. All payments shall be made to Landlord at Landlord’s Address or such other place as Landlord may designate in writing, without prior demand and without abatement, deduction or offset except as may be specifically set forth herein. Tenant shall not pay, and Landlord shall not accept, any rental payment more than one month in advance. All charges to be paid by Tenant hereunder, other than Base Rent, shall be considered additional rent for the purpose of this Lease, and the words “rent” or “Rent” as used in this Lease shall mean both Base Rent and such additional rent unless the context specifically or clearly indicates that only the Base Rent is referenced.

3.2 Adjustment for Operating Expenses .

(a) Tenant shall pay, as additional rent, Tenant’s Share of Expenses for the Property. For each Fiscal Year during the Term, Tenant’s Share of Expenses shall consist of the sum of (x) the excess of (i) Tenant’s Percentage of the sum of the total Operating Expenses for the Property and the total Taxes for the Property for that Fiscal Year over (ii) the Expense Base, and (y) a commercially reasonable charge for the provision of services to operate the Building during periods other than 8:00 am. to 6:00 pm. on weekdays and 9:00 am. to 1:00 pm. on Saturdays and to operate the Building on holidays (which are all days on which commercial banks in Boston, Massachusetts are authorized or required by law to close) (such periods being referred to herein as “Non-Business Hours”) that are fairly allocable to the Premises, if such services are requested by Tenant or are necessary, in Landlord’s reasonable judgment, for Tenant’s operations during Non-Business Hours. For any partial Fiscal Year at the beginning or end of the Term, Tenant’s Share of Expenses shall be adjusted proportionately for the part of the Fiscal Year falling within the Term. Tenant’s Percentage may be reduced if the Property is changed or reconfigured, but shall in all cases not exceed the percentage that the Rentable Square Feet in the Premises bears to the total rentable square footage in the Property, calculated on a consistent basis. In addition, Tenant shall pay, as additional rent, one hundred percent (100%) of any increase in Taxes not otherwise billed to Tenant which may result from any alteration, addition or improvement to the Premises that is made by or on behalf of Tenant, other than the Leasehold Improvements. Upon request of Tenant, Landlord shall supply to Tenant reasonable evidence of such increase in Taxes which shows that such increase is attributable to Tenant’s alteration, addition or improvement to the Premises.

(b) Before each Fiscal Year, Landlord shall give Tenant a reasonable estimate of the expected Operating Expenses and Taxes for the Property for the coming Fiscal Year (excluding Landlord’s cost for services provided during Non-Business Hours), and a calculation of the estimated amount of Tenant’s Share of Expenses. Tenant shall pay one-twelfth of the estimated amount of Tenant’s Share of Expenses with each monthly payment of Base Rent. After the end of each Fiscal Year, Landlord shall give Tenant a statement (the “Statement”) showing the actual Operating Expenses and Taxes for that Fiscal Year, a calculation of the actual amount of Tenant’s Share of Expenses, and a summary of amounts already paid by Tenant pursuant to this Section 3.2 . Any underpayment by Tenant shall be made up by cash payment to Landlord within thirty (30) days after delivery of the Statement; any overpayment shall be paid to Tenant within thirty (30) days after delivery of the Statement or, at Landlord’s option, shall be credited against the next due Base Rent, provided that any overpayment shall be paid in cash to Tenant within thirty (30) days if the Term has ended. No delay by Landlord in providing any Statement shall be deemed a waiver of Tenant’s obligation to pay Tenant’s Share of Expenses. Tenant and its auditors shall have the right, upon not less than ten (10) business days’ notice and then at a time reasonably convenient to both parties, to inspect during usual business hours those portions of the books kept by Landlord relating to costs and expenses for which Tenant has responsibility hereunder. If Tenant disagrees with Landlord’s determination of Operating Expenses and Taxes, Tenant shall have the right to pay its share of Operating Expenses and Taxes under protest without waiving its claim as to the overage.

(i) The term “Fiscal Year” means any twelve-month period selected by Landlord for operating purposes. Landlord may change its Fiscal Year and interim accounting periods, so long as the periods so revised are reconciled with prior periods in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.

(ii) The term “Operating Expenses” means the total cost of operation of the Property, including, without limitation: (i) all costs of supplies, materials, equipment, and utilities used in or related to the operation, maintenance, and repair of the Property or any part thereof (other than the cost of any electricity which is to be paid for separately by Tenant pursuant to Section 3.3 ): (ii) all labor costs, including without limitation, salaries, wages, payroll and other taxes, unemployment insurance costs and employee benefits in connection with the on-site management, operation and maintenance of the Property or any part thereof; (iii) all maintenance, management, janitorial, legal (excluding those legal costs arising out of defaults of Landlord or other tenants in the Building), accounting, insurance, and service agreement costs related to the Property or any part thereof, including, without limitation, service contracts with independent contractors; and (iv) costs (including financing charges) of improvements to the Property that are designed to increase safety or reduce Operating Expenses (but only to the extent that such costs actually reduce Operating Expenses) or are required to comply with legal requirements imposed after the initial completion of the Building, all such improvements to be amortized over the reasonable life of such improvements. Any of the above services may be performed by Landlord or its affiliates, provided that fees for the performance of such services shall be reasonable and competitive with fees charged by unaffiliated entities for the performance of such services in comparable buildings in the area. “Operating Expenses” shall not include leasing commissions or other costs of procuring tenants for the Building including legal fees and advertising costs associated therewith, ground rent, Landlord’s overhead, repair costs paid by insurance proceeds or by any tenant or third party, repair costs associated with defects in initial construction, the initial construction cost of the Building or any depreciation thereof or soft costs associated therewith, any debt service or cost of capital improvements except as specifically set forth above, any tenant improvements provided for any tenant, any costs payable directly by another tenant or any expenses incurred by Landlord that are attributable to the operation of the Building during Non-Business Hours (subject, however, to Tenant’s obligation to pay additional rent pursuant to subclause (y) of subsection 3.2(a) hereof). All Operating Expenses shall be adjusted based on the Calculation.

(iii) The term “Calculation” means that if the Building is less than 100% occupied in any Fiscal Year during the Term, Operating Expenses shall be calculated as though the Building had been 100% occupied, and the result shall constitute the Operating Expenses for all purposes hereunder. In addition, if during all or part of any Fiscal Year, Landlord is not performing or furnishing any item or service to any portion of the Property (the cost of which, if performed or furnished by Landlord to such portion of the Property, would constitute a part of Operating Expenses), on account of (a) such item or service not being required or desired by a tenant, or (b) any tenant obtaining or providing such item or service itself, then, Operating Expenses shall be deemed to be increased by an amount equal to the additional costs and expenses which would reasonably have been incurred during such period by Landlord if it had performed or furnished such item or service to 100% of the Building.

(iv) The term “Taxes” means any form of assessment, rental tax, license tax, business license fee, levy, charge, tax or similar imposition, imposed by any authority having the power to tax, including any city, county, state or federal government, or any school, agricultural, lighting, library, drainage or other improvement or special assessment district, as against the Property or any part thereof or any legal or equitable interest of Landlord therein, or against Landlord by virtue of its interest therein, and any reasonable costs incurred by Landlord in any proceeding for abatement thereof, including, without limitation, attorneys’ and consultants’ fees. Landlord’s income, franchise taxes, and assessments for off-site improvements shall not be included in “Taxes.” Landlord shall reimburse Tenant for Tenant’s Share of any Tax abatements received by Landlord less legal, appraisal and other fees and expenses incurred by Landlord in obtaining such abatement.

Provided that Tenant shall have first paid all of amounts due and payable by Tenant pursuant to this Article 111 and upon written notice of Tenant within 30 days of the receipt of a final certificate (but not more than once with respect to any Fiscal Year), Tenant may cause Landlord’s books and records to be audited with respect to operating costs applicable to the Building for such Operating Year. The audit shall be performed within 30 days of Landlord’s receipt of notice by a certified public accountant at Tenant’s SDIC cost and expense and at a mutually agreeable time and place where the books and records are customarily kept by the Landlord (or properly manager) in the ordinary course. During such time of audit Tenant shall pay its full share of operating expenses. If it is determined that there are any amounts owed Tenant or Landlord as a result of said audit, such amount shall be reimbursed to the other within 30 days of said audit results. Tenant shall keep the results of any such audit confidential and shall not disclose the results of such inspection nor the content of such books and records with any third party other than Tenant’s consultants and attorneys. Failure of Tenant to provide Landlord with a written request to review such books and records in a timely manner pursuant to this Article 3 with respect to each Fiscal Year shall be deemed a waiver of Tenant’s rights hereunder with respect to such Fiscal Year.

3.3 Tenant’s Electricity . With respect to electricity for lighting and equipment in the Premises, Tenant agrees to pay all charges therefor. If the Premises are separately metered, then Tenant shall pay the electric company furnishing the electricity directly and, if requested by Landlord, provide Landlord with evidence of such payment. If the Premises are not separately metered, then Tenant shall pay to Landlord upon demand from time to time, as additional rent, the cost of all electricity consumed in the Premises, as said cost shall reasonably be determined by Landlord from time to time. Landlord’s initial estimate of this cost is $1.50 per square foot per year based upon typical office use.

ARTICLE IV CONSTRUCTION

4.1 Leasehold Improvements by Landlord .

(a) Tenant accepts the Premises in “as-is” condition except Landlord shall, at Landlord’s sole expense, shampoo the carpets and touch-up paint throughout the Premises.

(b) In addition to the Leasehold Improvements, Landlord shall provide and install, at Landlord’s expense with respect to the first such installation and at Tenant’s expense with respect to any subsequent installation, letters or numerals on the door to the Premises to identify Tenant’s name and Building address; all such letters and numerals shall be in the building standard graphics and no others shall be used or permitted on the Premises.

4.2 Alterations by Tenant .

(a) Tenant shall not make any alterations, decorations, additions, installations, substitutes or improvements (hereinafter collectively called “Alterations”) in and to the Premises, without first obtaining Landlord’s written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the tenant shall have the right to install it’s floor mounted supplemental HVAC unit and duct the exhaust into the ceiling plenum if required. No Alteration shall violate the Certificate of Occupancy for the Premises or any applicable law, code or ordinance, or the terms of any superior lease or mortgage affecting the Property, affect the exterior appearance of the Building, adversely affect the value or structure of the Building, require excessive removal expenses, adversely affect any other part of the Building, adversely affect the mechanical, electrical, sanitary or other service systems of the Building, or involve the installation of any materials subject to any liens or conditional sales contracts (the “Approval Review Matters”). Tenant shall pay Landlord’s reasonable costs of reviewing or inspecting any proposed Alterations.

(b) All work on any Alterations shall be done at reasonable times in a first-class workmanlike manner, by contractors reasonably approved by Landlord, according to plans and specifications reasonably approved by Landlord. All work shall be done in compliance with all applicable laws, regulations, and rules of any government agency with jurisdiction, and with all regulations of the Board of Fire Underwriters or any similar insurance body or bodies. Tenant shall be solely responsible for the effect of any Alterations on the Building’s structure and systems, whether or not Landlord has consented to the Alterations, and shall reimburse Landlord on demand for any costs incurred by Landlord by reason of any faulty work done by Tenant or its contractors. Upon completion of any Alterations, Tenant shall provide Landlord with a complete set of “as-built” plans.

(c) Tenant shall use its best efforts to keep the Property and Tenant’s leasehold interest therein free of any liens or claims of liens arising from acts or omissions of Tenant, or its subtenants, contractors or others claiming by, through or under Tenant, and shall discharge or bond any such liens within ten (10) days of their filing. Before commencement of any work, Tenant’s contractor shall provide any payment, performance and lien indemnity bond required by Landlord. Tenant shall provide evidence of such insurance as Landlord may reasonably require, naming Landlord as an additional insured. Tenant shall indemnify Landlord and hold it harmless from and against any cost, claim, or liability arising from any work done by or at the direction of Tenant. All work shall be done so as to minimize interference with other tenants and with Landlord’s operation of the Building or other construction work-being done by Landlord. Landlord may post any notices it considers necessary to protect it from responsibility or liability for any Alterations, and Tenant shall give sufficient notice to Landlord to permit such posting.

(d) All Alterations affixed to the Premises shall become part thereof and remain therein at the end of the Term. However, if Landlord gives Tenant a notice, at least thirty (30) days before the end of the Term, to remove any Alterations, Tenant shall do so and shall pay the cost of removal and any repair required by such removal. All of Tenant’s personal property, trade fixtures, equipment, furniture, movable partitions, and any Alterations not affixed to the Premises shall remain Tenant’s property, removable at any time. If Tenant fails to remove any such materials at the end of the Term, Landlord may do so and store them at Tenant’s expense, without liability to Tenant, and may sell them at public or private sale and apply the proceeds to any amounts due hereunder, including costs of removal, storage and sale.

ARTICLE V LANDLORD’S OBLIGATIONS AND RIGHTS

5.1 Services Furnished by Landlord .

(a) Landlord shall furnish services, utilities, facilities and supplies equal in quality to those customarily provided by landlords in high quality office buildings of a similar design in the greater Boston suburban area. Such services, facilities and supplies shall include the services described in subsection 5.1(b) and 5.1(c) and Section 5.2 and the following: (i) cleaning services for Building Common Areas and the Premises as described in Exhibit B , (ii) rubbish removal, (iii) window cleaning, (iv) restroom supplies, (v) sewer and water service to the Building’s restrooms, (vi) landscape maintenance, (vii) snow removal for walks, driveways and parking areas, (viii) maintenance of plantings in interior Common Areas, (ix) Building security, and (x) such other services, utilities, facilities and supplies as may be deemed necessary in Landlord’s reasonable judgment.

(b) Subject to the provisions of this subsection 5.1(b), Landlord shall furnish space heating and cooling as normal seasonal changes may require to provide reasonably comfortable space temperature and ventilation for occupants of the Premises under normal business operation. However, Tenant acknowledges that because of the nature of its business it will require additional cooling, and that it is solely responsible for arranging therefor as described in Section 4.2(b) .

(c) Subject to the provisions of Section 3.3 , Landlord shall provide electric power for lighting and office machine use under normal business operation. Tenant’s use of electrical energy in the Premises shall not at any time exceed the capacity of any of the electrical conductors or equipment in or otherwise serving the Premises described in such specifications. In order to ensure that such capacity is not exceeded and to avert possible adverse effect upon the Building electric service, Tenant shall not, without prior consent of Landlord in each instance (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed), make any alteration or addition to the electric system of the Premises.

(d) Landlord shall furnish, at Tenant’s expense, reasonable additional Building operation services which are usual and customary in similar office buildings in the greater Boston suburban area upon reasonable advance request of Tenant at reasonable and equitable rates from time to time established by Landlord; such charges, if any, shall be considered to be additional rent.

(e) Landlord shall provide and install, at Landlord’s expense with respect to the first such installation and at Tenant’s expense with respect to any subsequent installation, letters or numerals on the door to the Premises and in the lobby directory of the Building to identify Tenant’s name, the name of entities affiliated with Tenant, the Building address, and letters in the lobby directory to identify a reasonable number of names of Tenant’s executives; all such letters and numerals shall be in the building standard graphics and no others shall be used or permitted on the Premises,

5.2 Repairs and Maintenance . Landlord shall repair and maintain the Common Areas and structural portions of the Building and the basic plumbing, electrical, mechanical and heating, ventilating and air-conditioning systems therein, except for damage resulting from a casualty or an eminent domain taking, which shall be governed by Article VIII . If any maintenance, repair or replacement is required because of any act, omission or neglect of duty by Tenant or its agents, employees, invitees or contractors, the cost thereof shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord as additional rent within thirty (30) days after billing therefor.

5.3 Quiet Enjoyment . Upon Tenant’s paying the rent and performing its other obligations, Landlord shall permit Tenant to peacefully and quietly hold and enjoy the Premises, subject to the provisions hereof.

5.4 Insurance . Landlord shall insure the Property, including the Building, against damage by fire and standard extended coverage perils, including “all-risks” coverage, and shall carry public liability insurance and, during construction, builders risk insurance, all in such reasonable amounts with such reasonable deductibles as would be carried by a prudent owner of a similar building in the area. Landlord may carry any other forms of insurance as it or its mortgagee may deem advisable. Tenant shall have no right to any proceeds from such policies. Landlord shall not carry any insurance on any of Tenant’s property, and shall not be obligated to repair or replace any of it.

5.5 Access to Premises . Landlord shall have reasonable access to the Premises to inspect Tenant’s performance hereunder and to perform any acts required of or permitted to Landlord herein. Landlord shall at all times have a key or access card to the Premises, and Tenant shall not install any additional lock without Landlord’s consent. Any entry into the Premises by Landlord, under this section or any other section of this Lease permitting such entry, shall be on reasonable advance notice, shall be done so as not to unreasonably interfere with Tenant’s use of the Premises, and shall be accompanied by a representative of Tenant if Tenant so requests; provided, however, that such restrictions shall not apply to any situation that Landlord in good faith believes to be an emergency.

5.6 Right to Cease Providing Services . In connection with any repairs, alterations or additions to the Property or the Premises, or any other acts required of or permitted to Landlord herein, Landlord may, if necessary, reduce or suspend service of the Building’s utilities and mechanical systems, or any of the other services, facilities or supplies required to be provided by Landlord hereunder, provided that Landlord shall use best efforts to restore such services, facilities or supplies as soon as possible, and provided further that Landlord shall give Tenant advance notice of such reduction or suspension if such reduction or suspension is planned in advance or if it is reasonably possible for Landlord to do so. In addition, Landlord may reduce or suspend such

services, facilities or supplies in case of Force Majeure, as defined below. No such reduction or suspension permitted by this Section 5.6 shall constitute an actual or constructive eviction or disturbance of Tenant’s use or possession of the Premises, or an ejection of Tenant from the Premises, or a breach by Landlord of any of its obligations, and no such reduction or suspension shall render Landlord liable for any damages, including but not limited to any damages, compensation or claims arising from any interruption or cessation of Tenant’s business, or entitle Tenant to be relieved from any of its obligations under this Lease, or result in any abatement or reduction of rent, except as set forth in Section 5.7 .

5.7 Failure to Provide Services and Repairs . Landlord shall not be in default or liable for any failure to perform any act or obligation or provide any service required hereunder unless Tenant shall have given notice of such failure, and such failure continues for at least thirty (30) days thereafter; provided, however, that if the nature of Landlord’s obligation is such that more than thirty (30) days are required for its performance, then Landlord shall not be liable or in default if it commences such performance within thirty (30) days and thereafter diligently pursues such performance to completion. Tenant hereby waives any right under any law, ordinance, regulation or judicial decision to make repairs or provide maintenance or perform any of Landlord’s other obligations hereunder at Landlord’s expense.

ARTICLE VI TENANT’S COVENANTS

6.1 Repair and Yield Up . Tenant shall keep the Premises in good order and condition, and shall promptly repair any damage to the Premises or the rest of the Property caused by Tenant or its agents, employees, or invitees, licensees or independent contractors. Landlord may require such repair to be done by a contractor designated by Landlord at Tenant’s cost, provided that costs to be charged to Tenant are reasonable and competitive. At the end of the Term, Tenant shall peaceably yield up the Premises in good order, repair and condition, except for reasonable wear and tear and any casualty damage. Tenant shall remove its own property and (if required by Landlord) any Alterations, repairing any damage caused by such removal and restoring the Premises and leaving them clean and neat. Nothing herein shall require Tenant to remove the Leasehold Improvements.

6.2 Use .

(a) Tenant shall use the Premises only for the Permitted Uses, and shall not use or permit the Premises to be used for any other purpose. Tenant shall not use or occupy the Premises in violation of: (i) any recorded covenants, conditions and restrictions affecting the Property of which Tenant has been given notice by Landlord (Landlord hereby representing that there are no such covenants, conditions or restrictions currently on record which will affect Tenant’s use of the Premises for the Permitted Uses), (ii) any law or ordinance or any Certificate of Occupancy issued for the Building or the Premises, or (iii) any reasonable Rules and Regulations issued by Landlord for the Building of which Tenant has been given a copy. Tenant shall comply with any directive of any governmental authority with respect to Tenant’s use or occupancy of the Premises. Tenant shall not do or permit anything in or about the Premises which will in any way damage the Premises, obstruct or interfere with the rights of other tenants or occupants of the Building, or injure them, or use the Premises or allow them to be used for any unlawful purpose. Tenant shall not cause, maintain or permit any nuisance in, on or about the Premises, or commit or allow any waste in or upon the Premises.

(b) Tenant shall not obstruct any of the Common Areas or any portion of the Property outside the Premises, and shall not place or permit any signs (other than those permitted under Section 5.1(e) ), curtains, blinds, shades, awnings, aerials or flagpoles, or the like, visible from outside the Premises.

(c) Tenant shall keep the Premises equipped with all safety appliances required by law because of any use made by Tenant other than office use with customary office equipment, and shall procure all licenses and permits required because of such use. This provision shall not broaden the Permitted Uses.

(d) Tenant shall not place a load upon the floor of the Premises exceeding 100 pounds per square foot. Partitions shall be considered as part of the load. Landlord may prescribe the weight and position of all safes, files and heavy equipment that Tenant desires to place in the Premises, so as properly to distribute their weight. Tenant’s business machines and mechanical equipment shall be installed and maintained so as not to transmit noise or vibration to the Building structure or to any other space in the Building. Tenant shall be responsible for the cost of all structural engineering required to determine structural load and all acoustical engineering required to address any noise or vibration caused by Tenant.

(e) Tenant shall not keep or use any article in the Premises, or permit any activity therein, which is prohibited by a standard insurance policy covering buildings and improvements similar to the Building and Leasehold Improvements, or would result in an increase in the premiums thereunder unless Tenant pays for such increase. In determining whether increased premiums are a result of Tenant’s activity, a schedule issued by the organization computing the insurance rate on the Building or the Leasehold Improvements, showing the various components of the rate, shall be conclusive evidence. Tenant shall promptly comply with all reasonable requirements of the insurance authority or of any insurer relating to the Premises. If the use or occupation of the Premises by Tenant or by anyone Tenant allows on the Premises causes or threatens cancellation or reduction of any insurance carried by Landlord, Tenant shall remedy the condition immediately upon notice thereof. Upon Tenant’s failure to do so, Landlord may, in addition to any other remedy it has under this Lease but subject to the provisions of Section 5.5 , enter the Premises and remedy the condition, at Tenant’s cost, which Tenant shall promptly pay as additional rent. Landlord shall not be liable for any damage or injury caused as a result of such an entry, and shall not waive its rights to declare a default because of Tenant’s failure.

6.3 Assignment; Sublease .

(a) Tenant shall not assign, mortgage, pledge or otherwise transfer this Lease or make any sublease of the Premises, or permit occupancy of any part thereof by anyone other than Tenant (any such act being referred to herein as a “Transfer” and the other party with whom Tenant undertakes such act being referred to herein as a “Transferee”) without the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed, subject to the other provisions of this Section 6.3 . Any Transfer or attempted Transfer not in compliance with all of the terms and conditions set forth in this Section 6.3 shall be void, and shall be a default under this Lease.

(b) Any request by Tenant for Landlord’s consent to a Transfer shall include the name of the proposed Transferee, the nature of its business and proposed use of the Premises, reasonable information as to its financial condition, and the terms and conditions of the proposed Transfer. Tenant shall supply such additional information about the proposed Transfer and Transferee as the Landlord reasonably requests. It shall be reasonable for Landlord to refuse consent to any Transfer to any governmental agency, or to any other Transferee who by reputation or expected use is not comparable to other types of tenants in the Building, or to any transferee whose financial strength is not at least equivalent to that of Tenant at the time of the Transfer. Landlord shall respond to Tenant’s request within thirty (30) days of its receipt of such request. The failure of Landlord to respond within said thirty (30) days shall be deemed to be approval of the Transfer by Landlord provided that the request for consent from Tenant shall specifically refer to the provisions of this sentence. Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for its reasonable legal and other expenses in connection with any request for consent.

(c) Any Transfer shall specifically make applicable to the Transferee all of the provisions of this Section so that Landlord shall have against the Transferee all rights with respect to any further Transfer which are set forth herein. No Transfer shall affect the continuing primary liability of Tenant (which shall be joint and several with Transferee). Consent to a Transfer in a specific instance shall not be deemed consent to any subsequent Transfer or a waiver of the requirement of consent to any future Transfer. No Transfer shall be binding upon Landlord or any of Landlord’s mortgagees, unless Tenant shall deliver to Landlord a recordable instrument containing a covenant of assumption by the Transferee running to Landlord and all persons claiming by, through or under Landlord. The Transferee’s failure to execute such instrument shall not, however, release or discharge Transferee from its liability as a Transferee hereunder. Tenant shall not enter into any Transfer that provides for rental or other payment based on the net income or profits derived from the Premises. With respect to any Transfer, Landlord shall be entitled to receive seventy five percent (75%) of all “Bonus Rent,” which Bonus Rent shall be payable by Tenant to Landlord on a monthly basis. For purposes of this Lease, Bonus Rent shall mean all amounts received by Tenant in excess of the Base Rent and additional rent reserved in this Lease and applicable to the space Transferred for the period of the Transfer, minus Tenant’s reasonable expenses in connection with such Transfer for brokerage commissions, legal fees, advertising expenses, and Alterations for the benefit of the Transferee.

(d) Notwithstanding any contrary provision of this Section 6.3 , in connection with any intent to Transfer, Landlord shall have an option to cancel and terminate this Lease if the request is to assign the Lease or to sublet all of the Premises; or, if the request is to sublet a portion of the Premises only, to cancel and terminate this Lease with respect to such portion for the proposed term of such sublease or for the balance of the Term if, within thirty (30) days after Landlord receives written notice from Tenant that Tenant intends to make space available for a Transfer, Landlord notifies Tenant that it has elected to exercise such option Landlord may exercise said option in writing within thirty (30) days after Landlord’s receipt from Tenant of such request, and in each case such cancellation or termination shall occur as of the date set forth in Landlord’s notice of exercise of such option, which shall not be less than sixty (60) days nor more than one hundred twenty (120) days following the giving of such notice. If Landlord

exercises Landlord’s option to cancel this Lease or any portion thereof, Tenant shall surrender possession of the Premises, or the portion thereof which is the subject of the option, as the case may be, on the date set forth in such notice in accordance with the provisions of this Lease relating to surrender of the Premises at the expiration of the Term. If this Lease is cancelled as to a portion of the Premises only, Base Rent after the date of cancellation shall be abated on a pro rata basis, as determined by Landlord, and Tenant’s Percentage. If Landlord does not exercise Landlord’s option to cancel this Lease or any portion thereof pursuant to the foregoing provisions, Landlord’s consent to a Transfer shall continue to be required in accordance with the other provisions of this Section 6.3 .

(e) Any agreement by which Tenant agrees to enter into or execute any Transfer at the direction of any other party, or assigns its rights in the income arising from any Transfer to any other party, shall itself constitute a Transfer hereunder. If Tenant is a corporation, partnership, or other business organization, the transfer of ownership interests, whether in one transaction or a series, forming a majority of the equity interests in Tenant, shall constitute a Transfer, unless Tenant is a corporation whose stock is traded on an exchange or over the counter.

(f) Notwithstanding any contrary provision of this Lease, Tenant shall have no right to assign this Lease or sublet all or any portion of the Premises and any such assignment or sublease shall be void unless on both (i) the date on which Tenant notifies Landlord of its intention to enter into any assignment or sublease and (ii) the date on which such assignment or sublease is to take effect, Tenant is not in default of any of its obligations under this Lease after notice to Tenant and expiration of applicable grace periods.

6.4 Indemnity; Assumption of Risk .

(a) Tenant, at its expense, shall defend (with counsel satisfactory to Landlord), indemnify and hold harmless Landlord and its agents, employees, invitees, licensees and contractors from and against any cost, claim, action, liability or damage of any kind arising from (i) Tenant’s use and occupancy of the Premises and the Property or any activity done or permitted by Tenant in, on, or about the Premises or the Property, (ii) the destruction of or damage to Tenant’s personal property, (iii) any breach or default by Tenant of its obligations under this Lease, or (iv) any negligent, tortious, or illegal act or omission of Tenant, its agents, employees, invitees, licensees or contractors, provided that such cost, claim, action, liability or damage is not caused by the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or its agents, employees, invitees, licensees and contractors (except as otherwise provided in the last sentence of subsection 6.5(a)).

(b) As a material consideration to Landlord for executing this Lease, Tenant assumes all risk of damage or injury to any person or property in, on, or about the Premises from any cause including, without limitation, injury or damage which may be sustained by the person or property of Tenant, its employees, invitees, or any other person in or about the Premises, caused by or resulting from fire, steam, electricity, gas, water or rain which may leak or flow from or into any part of the Premises, or from the breakage, leakage, obstruction, or other defects of pipes, sprinklers, wires, appliances, plumbing, air-conditioning or lighting fixtures, whether such damage or injury results from conditions arising upon the Premises, any other portion of the Property, or other sources, provided that such damage or injury is not caused by the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or its agents, employees, invitees, licensees and contractors

(except as otherwise provided in the last sentence of subsection 6.5(a)). Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant or any other person or entity for any damages arising from any act or omission of any other tenant of the Building.

6.5 Tenant’s Insurance .

(a) Tenant shall maintain the following insurance at its own expense throughout the Term: (i) Property insurance including standard fire and extended coverage insurance, vandalism and malicious mischief endorsements, and “all-risks” coverage upon all property owned by Tenant and located in the Building, in the full replacement cost thereof; (ii) Commercial General Liability Insurance against any liability arising out of the use, occupancy or maintenance of the Premises or the Property, which insurance may be by a blanket insurance policy and shall provide the following coverages and endorsements: personal injury, broad form property damage, automobile (by separate policy, if necessary), premises/operations, additional insured landlord endorsement, broad form contractual liability and a cross-liability endorsement, in limits not less than Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000.00) per occurrence, with a deductible not to exceed One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000.00); (iii) any other forms of insurance as Landlord may reasonably require from lime lo time in form, in amounts and for insurance risks against which a prudent tenant would protect itself in similar facilities in the general area of the Premises. Tenant acknowledges and agrees that such property owned by Tenant shall be at the sole risk and hazard of Tenant, and if the whole or any part thereof shall be destroyed or damaged by fire, water or otherwise, or by the leakage or bursting of water pipes, steam pipes, or other pipes, by theft or from any other cause, no part of said loss or damage is to be charged to or be borne by Landlord regardless of any fault of Landlord.

(b) All policies shall (i) be taken out with insurers reasonably acceptable to Landlord, in form satisfactory to Landlord, and (ii) include Landlord and any mortgagee of Landlord as additional insureds, as their interests may appear. Landlord may upon ninety (90) days’ notice to Tenant require an increase of the limits of the policies carried by Tenant if Landlord reasonably deems such limits to be inadequate when compared to the then existing customary insurance practice in the area. Tenant shall provide certificates of insurance in form satisfactory to Landlord before the Commencement Date, and shall provide certificates evidencing renewal in a timely manner before the expiration of any such policy.

(c) Upon termination of this Lease pursuant to any casualty, Tenant shall retain any proceeds attributable to Tenant’s personal property, trade fixtures, movable partitions, equipment and Alterations not affixed to the Premises, but Tenant shall immediately pay to Landlord any insurance proceeds received by Tenant relating to the Leasehold Improvements and any Alterations affixed to the Premises unless Landlord has required their removal.

6.6 Right of Entry . Subject to the provisions of Section 5.5 hereof, Tenant shall permit Landlord and its agents to examine the Premises at reasonable times and to make any repairs or replacements Landlord deems necessary; to remove, at Tenant’s expense, after reasonable notice to Tenant (except in the case of an emergency in which no notice shall be required), any Alterations, signs, curtains, blinds or the like not consented to by Landlord; and to show the Premises to prospective tenants during the last nine (9) months of the Term and to prospective purchasers and mortgagees at all times.

6.7 Payment of Taxes . Tenant shall pay before delinquency all taxes levied against Tenant’s personal property or trade fixtures in the Premises and any Alterations installed by or on behalf of Tenant. If any such taxes are levied against Landlord or its property, or if the assessed value of the Premises is increased by the inclusion of a value placed on Tenant’s property, Landlord may pay such taxes, and Tenant shall upon demand repay to Landlord the portion of such taxes resulting from such increase. Tenant may bring suit against the taxing authority to recover the amount of any such taxes, and Landlord shall cooperate therein. The records of the City Assessor shall determine the assessed valuation, if available and sufficiently detailed. If not so available or detailed, the actual cost of construction shall be used.

6.8 Environmental Compliance . Tenant shall not cause any hazardous or toxic wastes, hazardous or toxic substances or hazardous or toxic materials (collectively, “Hazardous Materials”) to be used, generated, stored or disposed of on, under or about, or transported to or from, the Premises (collectively, “Hazardous Materials Activities”) without first receiving Landlord’s written consent, which may be withheld for any reason and revoked at any time. If Landlord consents to any such Hazardous Materials Activities, Tenant shall conduct them in strict compliance (at Tenant’s expense) with all applicable Regulations, as hereinafter defined, and using all necessary and appropriate precautions. Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for any Hazardous Materials Activities by Tenant, Tenant’s employees, agents, contractors, licensees or invitees, whether or not consented to by Landlord. Tenant shall indemnify, defend with counsel acceptable to Landlord and hold Landlord harmless from and against any claims, damages, costs and liabilities arising out of Tenant’s Hazardous Materials Activities. For purposes hereof, Hazardous Materials shall include but not be limited to substances defined as “hazardous substances,” “toxic substances,” or “hazardous wastes” in the federal Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980, as amended; the federal Hazardous Materials Transportation Act, as amended; and the federal Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, as amended (“RCRA”); those substances defined as “hazardous wastes” in the Massachusetts Hazardous Waste Facility Siting Act, as amended (Massachusetts General Laws Chapter 21D); those substances defined as “hazardous materials” or “oil” in Massachusetts General Laws Chapter 2IE, as amended; and as such substances are defined in any regulations adopted and publications promulgated pursuant to said laws (collectively, “Regulations”). Prior to using, storing or maintaining any Hazardous Materials on or about the Premises, Tenant shall provide Landlord with a list of the types and quantities thereof, and shall update such list as necessary for continued accuracy. Tenant shall also provide Landlord with a copy of any Hazardous Materials inventory statement required by any applicable Regulations, and any update filed in accordance with any applicable Regulations. If Tenant’s activities violate or create a risk of violation of any Regulations, Tenant shall cease such activities immediately upon notice from Landlord. Tenant shall immediately notify Landlord both by telephone and in writing of any spill or unauthorized discharge of Hazardous Materials or of any condition constituting an imminent hazard under any Regulations. Landlord, Landlord’s representatives and employees may enter the Premises at any time during the Term to inspect Tenant’s compliance herewith, and may disclose any violation of any Regulations to any governmental agency with jurisdiction. Nothing herein shall prohibit Tenant from using minimal quantities of cleaning fluid and office supplies which may constitute Hazardous Materials but which are customarily present in premises devoted to office use, provided that such use is in compliance with all applicable laws and subject to all of the other provisions of this Section 6.8 .

ARTICLE VII DEFAULT

7.1 Events of Default .

(a) The occurrence of any one or more of the following events shall constitute a default hereunder by Tenant:

(i) The failure by Tenant to make any payment of Base Rent or additional rent or any other payment required hereunder, as and when due, where such failure shall continue for a period of five (5) business days after written notice thereof from Landlord to Tenant.

(ii) The vacating or abandonment of the Premises by Tenant.

(iii) The failure by Tenant to observe or perform any of the express or implied covenants or provisions of this Lease to be observed or performed by Tenant, other than as specified in clauses (i) and (ii) above, where such failure shall continue for a period of more than thirty (30) days after written notice thereof from Landlord to Tenant; provided, however, that if the nature of Tenant’s default is such that more than thirty (30) days are reasonably required for its cure, then Tenant shall not be deemed to be in default if Tenant shall commence such cure within said thirty-day period and thereafter diligently prosecute such cure to completion, which completion shall occur not later than ninety (90) days from the date of such notice from Landlord.

(iv) The failure by Tenant or any guarantor of any of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease to pay its debts as they become due, or Tenant or any such guarantor becoming insolvent, filing or having filed against it a petition under any chapter of the United States Bankruptcy Code, 11 U.S.C. Section 101 et seq . (or any similar petition under any insolvency law of any jurisdiction), proposing any dissolution, liquidation, composition, financial reorganization or recapitalization with creditors, making an assignment or trust mortgage for the benefit of creditors, or if a receiver, trustee, custodian or similar agent is appointed or takes possession with respect to any property or business of Tenant or such guarantor.

(b) In the event of any such default by Tenant, whether or not the Term shall have begun, in addition to any other remedies available to Landlord at law or in equity, Landlord shall have the immediate option, or the option at any time while such default exists and without further notice, to terminate this Lease and all rights of Tenant hereunder by notice to Tenant; and this Lease shall thereupon come to an end as fully and completely as if the date such notice is given were the date herein originally fixed for the expiration of the Term, and Tenant shall then quit and surrender the Premises to Landlord, but Tenant shall remain liable as hereinafter provided.

7.2 Damages .

(a) In the event that this Lease is terminated under any of the provisions contained in Section 7.1 or shall be otherwise terminated for breach of any obligation of Tenant, Tenant covenants to pay forthwith to Landlord, as compensation, the excess of the total rent reserved for the residue of the Term over the rental value of the Premises for said residue of the Term. In calculating the rent reserved there shall be included, in addition to the Base Rent and all additional rent, the value of all other considerations agreed to be paid or performed by Tenant for said residue. Tenant further covenants as an additional and cumulative obligation after any such termination to pay

punctually to Landlord all the sums and perform all the obligations which Tenant covenants in this Lease to pay and to perform in the same manner and to the same extent and at the same time as if this Lease had not been terminated. In calculating the amounts to be paid by Tenant under the immediately preceding covenant Tenant shall be credited with any amount paid to Landlord as compensation as in this Section 7.2 provided and also with the net proceeds of any rent obtained by Landlord by reletting the Premises, after deducting all Landlord’s reasonable expenses in connection with such reletting, including, without limitation, all repossession costs, brokerage commissions, fees for legal services and expenses of preparing the Premises for such reletting, it being agreed by Tenant that Landlord may (i) relet the Premises or any part or parts thereof, for a term or terms which may at Landlord’s option be equal to or less than or exceed the period which would otherwise have constituted the balance of the Term and may grant such concessions and free rent as Landlord in its sole judgment considers advisable or necessary to relet the same, and (ii) make such alterations, repairs and decorations in the Premises as Landlord in its sole judgment considers advisable or necessary to relet the same, and no action of Landlord in accordance with the foregoing or failure to relet or to collect rent under reletting shall operate or be construed to release or reduce Tenant’s liability as aforesaid,

(b) In lieu of any other damages or indemnity and in lieu of full recovery by Landlord of all sums payable under all the foregoing provisions of this Section 7.2 , Landlord may by written notice to Tenant, at any time after this Lease is terminated under any of the provisions contained in Section 7.1 or is otherwise terminated for breach of any obligation of Tenant and before such full recovery, elect to recover, and Tenant shall thereupon pay, as liquidated damages, an amount equal to the aggregate of the Base Rent and additional rent accrued under Sections 3.1 and 3.2 in the 12 months ended next prior to such termination plus the amount of Base Rent and additional rent of any kind accrued and unpaid at the time of termination and less the amount of any recovery by Landlord under the foregoing provision of this Section 7.2 up to the time of payment of such liquidated damages.

(c) Nothing contained in this Lease shall limit or prejudice the right of Landlord to prove for and obtain in proceedings for bankruptcy or insolvency by reason of the termination of this Lease, an amount equal to the maximum allowed by any statute or rule of law in effect at the time when, and governing the proceedings in which, the damages are to be provided, whether or not the amount be greater, equal to, or less than the amount of the loss or damages referred to above.

(d) Landlord’s remedies under this Lease are cumulative and not exclusive of any other remedies to which Landlord may be entitled in case of Tenant’s breach or threatened breach of this Lease. Landlord shall be entitled to the remedies of injunction and specific performance with respect to any such breach.

ARTICLE VIII CASUALTY AND EMINENT DOMAIN

8.1 Termination or Restoration; Rent Adjustment . In case prior to or during the Term all or any part of the Premises or the Building or the Lot are damaged by fire or other casualty or by action of public or other authority in consequence thereof, or taken by eminent domain or Landlord receives compensable damage by reason of anything lawfully done in pursuance of public or other authority to such an extent that it is determined by the Landlord that the Premises or Building shall not be restored, this Lease shall by notice to Tenant from Landlord terminate,

which may be made notwithstanding Landlord’s entire interest may have been divested. The effective date of termination specified by Landlord shall not be less than forty-five (45) nor more than ninety (90) days after the date of notice of such termination. Further, during the Term, in the event of (a) damage to the Premises which makes a material portion of the Premises unfit for use and occupancy, or (b) damage to a material portion of the common facilities necessary for the practical use and enjoyment of the Premises (including, without limitation, any material portion of the common facilities which provide access to the Premises), or (c) a permanent taking of a material portion of the Premises, or (d) a permanent taking of a material portion of the common facilities necessary for the practical use and enjoyment of the Premises (including, without limitation, any material portion of the common facilities which provide access to the Premises), Tenant may, by notice given to Landlord within 30 days of such casualty or taking, notify Landlord of its desire to terminate this Lease. If such a notice is given, this Lease shall terminate 90 days after such notice is given unless, in the case of (a) or (b) above, within 90 days of the giving of such notice, Landlord delivers to Tenant its certification (a “Landlord’s Restoration Certification”) that the Landlord intends to restore the Premises and the common facilities, as the case may be, to substantially the condition they were in prior to such casualty or taking within 365 days of the event giving rise to such notice (the “Outside Restoration Date”), and in the case of (d) above, the Landlord intends to replace what remains of the common facilities by the Outside Restoration Date so that Tenant will again be able to have the practical use and enjoyment of the Premises to substantially the same extent as prior to such taking. Unless terminated pursuant to the foregoing provision, this Lease shall remain in full force and effect following any damage or taking, subject, however, to the following provisions, and subject further to the additional right of Tenant to terminate this Lease if the restoration of the Premises or the common facilities has not occurred by the Outside Restoration Date (such date being extended by the number of days, not to exceed 90 in the aggregate, specified in a notice or notices given from time to time by Landlord to Tenant prior to the then applicable Outside Restoration Date, of delays in completion attributable to the occurrence of a Force Majeure Event). Tenant may not exercise such additional right to terminate this Lease except within 30 days after the Outside Restoration Date (as so extended by such a notice or notices). Notwithstanding the foregoing, upon the occurrence of a casualty or taking of the nature hereinabove described in clauses (a), (b), (c) or (d), which occurs within the last thirty (30) months of the Term, Landlord shall have the option to terminate this Lease upon written notice to Tenant.

If in any such case the Premises or any portion thereof are rendered unfit for use and occupation or any portion of the common facilities necessary for the practical use and enjoyment of the Premises are unavailable for use and this Lease is not so terminated, Landlord shall use due diligence (following the expiration of the period in which this Lease may be terminated pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section 6.1.2 ), subject to the availability of insurance proceeds and consent of the holders of any mortgages on the Lot, Building or both, to put the Premises, and any portion of the common facilities necessary for the practical use and enjoyment of the Premises or in case of a taking what may remain thereof (excluding in case of both damage and taking any items installed or paid for by Tenant), into proper condition for use and occupation. A just proportion of the fixed rent and additional rent according to the nature and extent of the injury shall be abated from the time of the damage or taking until the Premises or such portion of the common facilities or such remainder shall have been put into proper condition for use and occupation or until termination of this Lease, and in case of a taking which permanently reduces the area of the Premises, a just proportion of the fixed rent and additional rent shall be abated for the remainder of the Term.

8.2 Eminent Domain Damages . Landlord reserves to itself any and all rights to receive awards made for damages to the Premises and Building and Lot and the leasehold hereby created, or any one or more of them, accruing by reason of exercise of eminent domain or by reason of anything lawfully done in pursuance of public or other authority. Tenant hereby releases and assigns to Landlord all Tenant’s rights to such awards, and covenants to deliver such further assignments and assurances thereof as Landlord may from time to time request, hereby irrevocably designating and appointing Landlord as its attorney-in-fact to execute and deliver in Tenant’s name and behalf all such further assignments thereof. Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to preclude Tenant from obtaining, or to give Landlord any interest in, any separate award to Tenant for loss or damage to Tenant’s removable personal property or Tenant’s relocation costs.

8.3 Temporary Taking . In the event of any taking of the Premises or any part thereof for temporary use, (i) this Lease shall be and remain unaffected thereby and rent shall not abate, and (ii) Tenant shall be entitled to receive for itself such portion or portions of any award made for such use with respect to the period of the taking which is within the Term, provided that if such taking shall remain in force at the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, Tenant shall then pay to Landlord a sum equal to the reasonable cost of performing Tenant’s obligations under Section 6.1 with respect to surrender of the Premises and upon such payment shall be excused from such obligations.

ARTICLE IX RIGHTS OF PARTIES HOLDING PRIOR INTERESTS

9.1 Lease Subordinate - Superior . This Lease shall be subject and subordinate to any mortgage (“Mortgage”) now or hereinafter placed on the Lot, the Building, or both, or any portion or portions thereof or interest therein, which are separately and together hereinafter in this Article IX referred to as “the mortgaged premises”, and to each advance made or hereafter to be made under any Mortgage, and to all renewals, modifications, consolidations, replacements and extensions thereof and all substitutions therefor, provided, however, that conditioned upon Tenant not being in default under any of the terms of this Lease, subsequent to the Commencement Date and upon Tenant’s delivery of an estoppel certificate accepting the Premises and acknowledging that Landlord has completed the Leasehold Improvements in accordance with the provisions hereof, Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to obtain from any such mortgagee on Tenant’s behalf an agreement on the part of such mortgagee to recognize this Lease and all of Tenant’s rights hereunder as though this Lease were prior to any such mortgage, provided further, however, that the mortgagee, or any purchaser at a foreclosure sale or otherwise shall not be:

(a) liable for any act or omission of a prior Landlord (including the mortgagor); or

(b) subject to any offset or defenses which the Tenant might have against any prior Landlord (including the mortgagor); or

(c) bound by any rent or additional rent which the Tenant might have paid in advance to any prior Landlord (including the mortgagor) for any period beyond the month in which foreclosure or sale occurs; or

(d) bound by any security deposit which Tenant may have paid to any prior Landlord (including the mortgagor), unless such deposit is in an escrow fund available to the mortgagee; or

(e) bound by any agreement or modification of the Lease made without the consent of the mortgagee; or

(f) bound by the provisions of Section 4.1 hereof; or

(g) bound by any notice of termination given by any prior Landlord (including the mortgagor) without the mortgagee’s written consent thereto; or

(h) personally liable under this Lease and the mortgagee’s liability under the Lease shall be limited to the ownership interest of the mortgagee in the Premises; or

(i) liable for any fact or circumstance or condition to the extent existing or arising prior to the mortgagee’s (or such purchaser’s) succession to the interest of the Landlord under the Lease and such mortgagee or such purchaser further shall not be liable except during that period of time, if any, in which such mortgagee or purchaser and Tenant are in privity of estate.

In the event that any mortgagee or its successor in title shall succeed to the interest of Landlord, then, Tenant shall and does hereby agree to attorn to such mortgagee or successor and to recognize such mortgagee or successor as its Landlord. Any claim by Tenant under the Lease against the mortgagee or such successor shall be satisfied solely out of the mortgagee’s or such successor’s interest in the Premises and Tenant shall not seek recovery against or out of any other assets of mortgagee or such successor.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, any mortgagee may at its election subordinate its Mortgage to this Lease without the consent or approval of Tenant.

This Section 9.1 shall be self-operative. Tenant agrees to execute and deliver promptly any appropriate certificates or instruments requested by Landlord or any mortgagee to carry out the subordination and attornment agreements contained in this Section 9.1 .

9.2 Rights of Mortgagee to Cure . No act or failure to act on the part of Landlord which would entitle Tenant, under the terms of this Lease or as a matter of law, to be released from Tenant’s obligations hereunder or to terminate this Lease shall result in a release of such obligations or a termination of this Lease unless Tenant first gives written notice of and a specific description of Landlord’s act or failure to act to Landlord’s mortgagees of whom Tenant has been given written notice by Landlord, if any, and such mortgagee fails to cure such default within thirty (30) days after receipt of such notice. However, if such cure reasonably requires more than thirty days to effect, such mortgagee shall have such additional time as is reasonably necessary in the circumstances, including time to take possession of the Property. This section shall not impose any obligation on any such mortgagee. Landlord shall, from time to time, notify Tenant as to the identity of Landlord’s mortgagees; provided, however, that Tenant’s execution of estoppel certificates, nondisturbance agreements or similar agreements which identify Landlord’s mortgagee shall be deemed to be notice to Tenant hereunder.

ARTICLE X MISCELLANEOUS

10.1 Representations by Tenant . Tenant represents and warrants that any financial statements provided by it to Landlord were true, correct and complete when provided, and that no material adverse change has occurred since that date that would render them inaccurate or misleading. Tenant represents and warrants that those persons executing this Lease on Tenant’s behalf are duly authorized to execute and deliver this Lease on its behalf, and that this Lease is binding upon Tenant in accordance with its terms and upon execution of this Lease, Tenant shall deliver evidence of such authority to Landlord in form satisfactory to Landlord.

10.2 Notices . Any notice required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing. Communications shall be addressed to Landlord at Landlord’s Address and to Tenant at Tenant’s Address. Any communication so addressed shall be deemed duly given when delivered by hand, one day after being sent by Federal Express (or other guaranteed one day delivery service) or three days after being sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested. Either party may change its address by giving notice to the other.

10.3 No Waiver or Oral Modification . No provision of this Lease shall be deemed waived by Landlord or Tenant except by a signed written waiver. No consent to any act or waiver of any breach or default, express or implied, by Landlord or Tenant, shall be construed as a consent to any other act or waiver of any other breach or default. Landlord’s failure to enforce any covenant or condition of this Lease shall not be deemed a waiver thereof, and its failure to enforce any of the Rules and Regulations against Tenant or any other tenant in the Building shall not be deemed a waiver thereof. The receipt by Landlord of any rent with knowledge of the breach of any covenant of this Lease shall not be deemed a waiver of such breach, and the acceptance of any rental payment in any amount less than the full sum due shall not constitute a waiver of any claim to the remaining balance. This Lease may not be changed or amended orally, but only by written instrument.

10.4 Partial Invalidity . If any provision of this Lease, or the application thereof in any circumstances, shall to any extent be invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of this Lease shall not be affected thereby, and each provision hereof shall be valid and enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law.

10.5 Certain Landlord Remedies . If Tenant fails to perform any obligation hereunder, Landlord may, upon ten (10) days prior written notice to Tenant (except in the case of emergency in which case no notice shall be required), enter the Premises and perform it on Tenant’s behalf. In so doing, Landlord may make any payment of money or perform any other act. All sums so paid by Landlord, and all incidental costs and expenses, shall be considered additional rent under this Lease and shall be payable to Landlord immediately on demand, together with interest from the date of demand to the date of payment at the “Interest Rate.” For purposes of this Lease, the Interest Rate shall mean the lesser of the maximum interest rate permitted by law or three (3) percentage points above the then prevailing prime rate as set by Bank of America in its main office in Boston, MA (or, if such bank ceases to exist, the then largest bank in the Commonwealth of Massachusetts),

10.6 Tenant’s Estoppel Certificate . Within seven (7) days after written request by Landlord, Tenant shall execute, acknowledge and deliver to Landlord a written statement certifying (a) that this Lease is unmodified and in full force and effect, or is in full force and effect as modified and stating the modifications; (b) the amount of Base Rent and the date to which Base Rent and additional rent have been paid in advance; (c) the amount of any security deposited with Landlord; and (d) that, to the best of Tenant’s actual knowledge, Landlord is not in default hereunder or, if Landlord is claimed to be in default, stating the nature of any claimed default, and (e) such other matters as may be reasonably requested by Landlord. Any such statement may be relied upon by a purchaser, assignee or lender. Tenant’s failure to execute and deliver such statement within the time required shall be a default under this Lease and shall also be conclusive upon Tenant that (3) this Lease is in full force and effect and has not been modified except as represented by Landlord; (2) there are no uncured defaults in Landlord’s performance and Tenant has no right of offset, counterclaim or deduction against rent; and (3) not more than one month’s Base Rent has been paid in advance. In connection with any Transfer of this Lease or major corporate financing by Tenant, Landlord shall, within twenty (20) days after written request by Tenant, acknowledge and deliver to Tenant a written statement containing substantially similar certifications regarding Tenant to those listed above regarding Landlord (provided that Tenant reimburses Landlord for its reasonable legal and other expenses in connection with such request).

10.7 Waiver of Subrogation . Landlord and Tenant each hereby waive all rights of recovery against the other and against the officers, employees, agents, and representatives of the other, on account of loss by or damage to the waiving party or its property or the properly of others under its control, to the extent that such loss or damage is insured against under any insurance policy that either may have in force at the time of the loss or damage. Each party shall notify its insurers that the foregoing waiver is contained in this Lease. Landlord and Tenant shall cause each insurance policy obtained by each of them to provide that the insurer waives all right of recovery by way of subrogation against either Landlord or Tenant in connection with any loss or damage covered by such policy.

10.8 All Agreements; No Representations . This Lease contains all of the agreements of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior dealings between them with respect to such subject matter. Each party acknowledges that the other has made no representations or warranties of any kind except as may be specifically set forth in this Lease.

10.9 Brokerage . Each party represents and warrants that it has not dealt with any real estate broker or agent in connection with this Lease or its negotiation other than the “Brokers” identified in Section 1.2 . Each party shall indemnify the other and hold it harmless from any cost, expense, or liability (including costs of suit and reasonable attorneys’ fees) for any compensation, commission or fees claimed by any other real estate broker or agent in connection with this Lease or its negotiation by reason of any act or statement of the indemnifying party.

10.10 Successors and Assigns . This Lease shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns; provided, however, that the original

Landlord named herein and each successive owner of the Premises shall be liable only for obligations accruing during the period of their respective ownership; provided further, that Tenant’s right to make a Transfer shall always be governed by Section 6.3 hereof.

10.11 Construction of Document . This Lease shall be construed, governed and enforced according to the laws of the state where the Property is located. In construing this Lease, section headings shall be disregarded. Any recitals herein or riders or exhibits attached hereto are hereby incorporated into this Lease by this reference. Time is of the essence of this Lease and every provision contained herein. The parties acknowledge that this Lease was freely negotiated by both parties, each of whom was represented by counsel; accordingly, this Lease shall be construed according to the fair meaning of its terms, and not against either party.

10.12 Disputes Provisions .

(a) If either Landlord or Tenant institutes any action to enforce the provisions of this Lease or to seek a declaration of rights hereunder, the prevailing party shall be entitled to recover its reasonable attorneys’ fees and court costs as part of any award.

(b) Landlord and Tenant hereby waive trial by jury in any action, proceeding or counterclaim brought by either of the parties hereto against the other, on or in respect to any matter whatsoever arising out of or in any way connected with this Lease, the relationship of Landlord and Tenant hereunder, Tenant’s use or occupancy of the Premises, and/or claim of injury or damage.

10.13 Surrender . The voluntary or other surrender of this Lease by Tenant, or a mutual cancellation thereof, shall not work a merger, and shall, at the option of Landlord, operate as an assignment to it of any or all subleases or subtenancies.

10.14 Holdover . If Tenant holds over in occupancy of the Premises after the expiration of the Term, Tenant shall become a tenant at sufferance only, at a rental rate equal to two hundred (150%) percent of the Rent in effect at the end of the Term, and otherwise subject to the terms and conditions herein specified, so far as applicable, and shall be liable for all damages sustained by Landlord on account of such holding over. This Section shall not operate as a waiver of any right of reentry provided in this Lease, and Landlord’s acceptance of rent after expiration of the Term or earlier termination of this Lease shall not constitute consent to a holdover or result in a renewal. If Tenant fails to surrender the Premises upon the expiration of the Term or earlier termination despite demand by Landlord to do so, Tenant shall indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from all loss or liability, including, without limitation, any claim made by any succeeding tenant resulting from such failure.

10.15 Late Payment . Tenant acknowledges that the late payment by Tenant to Landlord of any sums due under this Lease will cause Landlord to incur costs not contemplated by this Lease, the exact amount of such costs being extremely difficult and impractical to ascertain. Therefore, if any Base Rent or other sum due hereunder is not paid on or by the date it is due more than once during any twelve (12) month period, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, as additional rent, the sum of ten percent (10%) of the overdue amount as a late charge. The overdue amount, if not received within ten days thereafter, shall also bear interest, as additional rent, at the rate of 1.50 % simple interest per month, calculated from the date the late charge becomes due until the date of payment to Landlord. Landlord’s acceptance of any late charge or interest shall not constitute a waiver of Tenant’s default with respect to the overdue amount.

10.16 Force Majeure . If Landlord or Tenant is prevented from or delayed in performing any act required of it hereunder, and such prevention or delay is caused by strikes, labor disputes, inability to obtain labor, materials, or equipment, inclement weather, acts of God, governmental restrictions, regulations, or controls, judicial orders, enemy or hostile government actions, civil commotion, fire or other casualty, or other causes beyond such party’s reasonable control (collectively, “Force Majeure”), the performance of such act shall be excused for a period equal to the period of prevention or delay. A party’s financial inability to perform its obligations shall in no event constitute Force Majeure. Nothing in this section shall excuse or delay Tenant’s obligation to pay any rent or other charges due under this Lease.

10.17 Limitation On Liability . In consideration of the benefits accruing hereunder, Tenant hereby covenants and agrees that, in the event of any actual or alleged failure, breach or default hereunder by Landlord:

(a) The obligations of Landlord under this Lease do not constitute personal obligations of the trustees, individual partners, directors, officers or shareholders of Landlord, Landlord’s beneficiary or any constituent partner of Landlord’s beneficiary, and Tenant shall not seek recourse against the trustees, partners, directors, officers or shareholders of Landlord, Landlord’s beneficiary or any constituent partner of Landlord’s beneficiary or any of their personal assets for satisfaction of any liability with respect to this Lease.

(b) Tenant’s sole and exclusive remedy shall be against the Landlord’s interest in the Property.

(c) Neither Landlord’s beneficiary nor any constituent partner of Landlord’s beneficiary shall be sued, named as a party in any suit or action, or served with process therein (except if necessary to secure jurisdiction), and neither Landlord’s beneficiary nor any constituent partner of Landlord’s beneficiary shall be required to respond to any service of process.

(d) No judgment will be taken against Landlord’s beneficiary nor any constituent partner of Landlord’s beneficiary, and no writ of execution will be levied against the assets of Landlord’s beneficiary or any such partner.

(e) These covenants and agreements are enforceable both by Landlord and also by Landlord’s beneficiary, any constituent partner of Landlord’s beneficiary, and shall bind Tenant and its successors and assigns.

10.18 Submission Not An Option . The submission of this Lease or a summary of some or all of its provisions for examination by Tenant does not constitute a reservation of the Premises for Tenant or an offer to lease the Premises to Tenant or the grant of an option for the Premises to Tenant, notwithstanding any contrary provision of statutory or common law.

10.19 Security Deposit . Landlord acknowledges receipt from Tenant of the Security Deposit to be held by Landlord or its agent, as security, for and during the Term, to be returned to Tenant within thirty (30) days after the expiration of the Term or the termination of this lease provided there exists no breach of any undertaking of Tenant. Upon the occurrence of any default by

Tenant hereunder, Tenant agrees that Landlord may apply all or any part of the Security Deposit together with accrued interest, if any, thereon to any obligation of Tenant hereunder. If all or any portion of the Security Deposit is applied to any obligation of Tenant hereunder, Tenant shall immediately upon request by Landlord restore the Security Deposit to its original amount. Tenant shall not have the right to call upon Landlord to apply all or any part of the Security Deposit to cure any default or fulfill any obligation of Tenant, but such use shall be solely in the discretion of Landlord. Upon any conveyance of the Premises by Landlord to Landlord’s grantee or transferee, the Security Deposit together with accrued interest, if any, thereon may be delivered by Landlord to Landlord’s grantee or transferee. Upon any such delivery, Tenant hereby releases Landlord herein named of any and all liability with respect to the Security Deposit, its application and return, and Tenant agrees to look solely to such grantee or transferee. It is further understood that this provision shall also apply to subsequent grantees and transferees.

10.20 Evidence of Authority . Simultaneously with the execution hereof, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord evidence, satisfactory to Landlord’s counsel, as to the authority of the persons executing this Lease on behalf of Tenant to enter into, execute, deliver and bind Tenant to this Lease.

10.21 Relocation . Landlord shall have the right, upon not less than 60 days written notice to Tenant, to relocate Tenant, at Landlord’s sole cost, to space of comparable size, fit-up and finish elsewhere in the Building. In no event will tenant’s cumulative rent be greater than that set forth in this lease.

10.22 Notice of Lease . Tenant agrees not to record this Lease, but upon request of either party, both parties shall execute and deliver a notice of this Lease in form appropriate for recording or registration, and if this Lease is terminated before the Term expires, an instrument in such form acknowledging the date of termination.

10.23 Option to Extend . Tenant may elect to extend the Term of this Lease for two (2) one- (1) year periods (the “Extension Terms”), by giving Landlord written notice of such election no later than six (6) months prior to the then current Term expiration. Failure to give such notice shall make this option null and void. Such extension shall be upon the terms, covenants, and conditions contained in this Lease except that Base Rent shall be the then fair market rent, but not less than the rent applicable immediately prior to the Extension Term.

EXECUTED as a sealed instrument in two or more counterparts on the day and year first above written.

EXHIBIT A

PREMISES

The Premises consists of a portion of the 1 ^st floor as shown on the attached Plan.

EXHIBIT A

“Premises”

LOGO

EXHIBIT B

CLEANING SERVICES

I. CLEANING

A. Office Area

Daily: (Monday through Friday 6:00-10:00 p.m.; holidays excepted).

1. Empty and clean all waste receptacles and ash trays and remove waste materials from the premises; wash receptacles as necessary.

2. Sweep and dust mop all uncarpeted areas using a dust-treated mop.

3. Vacuum all rugs and carpeted areas.

4. Hand dust and wipe clean with treated cloths all horizontal surfaces including furniture, office equipment, window sills, door ledges, chair rails, and convector tops, within normal reach.

5. Wash clean all water fountains.

6. Remove and dust under all desk equipment and telephone and replace same.

7. Wipe clean all brass and other bright work.

8. Hand dust all grill work within normal reach.

9. Upon completion of cleaning, all lights will be turned off and doors locked, leaving the premises in an orderly condition.

Weekly:

1. Dust coat racks, and the like.

2. Remove all finger marks from private entrance, doors, light switches, and doorways.

Quarterly:

Dusting not reached in daily cleaning to include:

a. Dusting all pictures, frames, charts, graphs, and similar wall hangings.

b. Dusting all vertical surfaces, such as walls, partitions, doors, and ducts.

c. Dusting of all pipes, ducts, and high moldings.

d. Dusting of all Venetian blinds.

B. Lavatories (Common Area)

Daily: (Monday through Friday, inclusive; holidays excepted).

1. Sweep and damp mop floors.

2. Clean all mirrors, powder shelves, dispensers and receptacles, bright work, flushometers, piping, and toilet seat hinges.

3. Wash both sides of all toilet seats.

4. Wash all basins, bowls, and urinals.

5. Dust and clean all powder room fixtures.

6. Empty and clean paper towel and sanitary disposal receptacles.

7. Remove waste paper and refuse.

8. Refill tissue holders, soap dispensers, towel dispensers, vending sanitary dispensers; materials to be furnished to landlord.

9. A sanitizing solution will be used in all lavatory cleaning.

Monthly:

1. Machine scrub lavatory floors.

2. Wash all partitions and tile walls in lavatories.

C. Main Lobby, Elevators, Building Exterior, and Corridors.

Daily: (Monday through Friday, inclusive, holidays excepted).

1. Sweep and wash all floors.

2. Wash all rubber mats.

3. Clean elevators, wash or vacuum floors, wipe down walls and doors.

4. Spot clean any metal work inside lobby.

5. Spot clean any metal work surrounding building entrance doors.

Monthly:

All resilient tile floors in public areas to be treated equivalent to spray buffing.

D. Window Cleaning

Windows of exterior walls will be washed bi-annually.

E. Tenant requiring services in excess of those described above shall request same through landlord, at the Tenant’s expense.

FIRST AMENDMENT OF LEASE

This FIRST AMENDMENT OF LEASE is entered into this 22 ^nd day of February, 2013 by and between Farley White Kilnbrook Three, LLC , having a mailing address at c/o Farley White Management Company, 155 Federal Street, Suite 1800, Boston, MA 02110 (hereinafter called “Landlord”) and Inotek Pharmaceuticals Corporation , having a mailing address at 131 Hartwell Avenue, Lexington, MA 02421 (hereinafter called “Tenant”)

Witnesseth:

A. Landlord and Tenant entered into a certain lease dated May 11, 2012 (the “Lease”) consisting of approximately 2,440 rentable square feet on the 1st floor of 131 Hartwell Avenue (the “Premises”), all as more particularly described therein.

B. Landlord and Tenant desire to amend the Lease in the manner set forth below.

The Term of the Lease is hereby extended and shall expire on December 31, 2013.

For the extended term, Tenant shall continue to pay Base Rent of $51,240.00 per annum payable in equal monthly installments of $4,279.00.

Except as specifically amended by the terms of this First Amendment of Lease, all of the terms, conditions and provisions of the Lease shall remain in full force and effect throughout the Term of the Lease. From and after the date hereof, the Lease and this First Amendment of Lease shall collectively be referred to as the “Lease.”

As of this date, the parties acknowledge that neither has a claim for damage or liability of any kind pursuant to this Lease, as amended, or at law or equity, and the parties hereby agree to release and hold each other harmless from and against all suits, liabilities, obligations or claims of any kind or any matters arising prior to this date.

WITNESS THE EXECUTION HEREOF , under seal, as of the date set forth above, in any number of counterpart copies, each of which counterpart copies shall be deemed an original for all purposes.


LANDLORD:				Farley White Kilnbrook Three, LLC

				/s/ Roger W. Altreuter
				By:
				Its:

SECOND AMENDMENT TO LEASE

THIS SECOND AMENDMENT TO LEASE (this “ Second Amendment ”), dated as of August 14, 2013, is entered into by and between WLC Three VI, L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company (“ Landlord ”), successor-in-interest to Farley White Kilnbrook Three, LLC, a Massachusetts limited liability company, and Inotek Pharmaceuticals Corporation, a Delaware corporation (“ Tenant ”).

W I T N E S S E T H

WHEREAS, Landlord and Tenant are parties to that certain Lease dated as of May 11, 2012, as amended by that certain First Amendment of Lease dated as of February 22, 2013 (the “ First Amendment ”) (as so amended, the “ Lease ”) with respect to the premises measuring approximately 2,440 rentable square feet (the “ Premises ”) located on the first (1 ^st ) floor of the building located at 131 Hartwell Avenue, Lexington, MA 02421 (the “ Building ”); and

WHEREAS, Landlord and Tenant wish to modify and amend the Lease subject to the terms and conditions set forth below.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the covenants herein reserved and contained, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, Landlord and Tenant hereby agree as follows:

1.	Term and Expiration Date . The Term of the Lease is presently due to expire on December 31, 2013. Section 1.2 (k) of the Lease shall be amended to provide that the Term of the Lease shall be extended from January 1, 2014 through December 31, 2014 (the “ Expiration Date ”).

2.	Base Rent . Commencing on January 1, 2014, Tenant shall pay Base Rent in the amount set forth on Exhibit “A” of this Second Amendment and pursuant to Section 3.1 of the Lease.

3.	Extension Option . Section 10.23 of the Lease is restated in its entirety to read:

Provided that Tenant is not in an event of default beyond any applicable cure period, Tenant may elect to extend the Term of this Lease from January 1, 2015 through December 31, 2015 (the “ Extension Term ”) by giving Landlord written notice of such election no later than June 30, 2014. Failure to give such notice shall make this option the (the “ Extension Option ”) null and void. The Extension Option shall be upon the terms, covenants, and conditions contained in this Lease, except that the Base Rent for the Extension Term shall be the then fair market rent, but not less than the Base Rent payable immediately prior to the Extension Term.

4.	Other Options . Tenant acknowledges and agrees that, other than the Extension Option set forth in this Second Amendment, Tenant has no (a) options or rights to extend the

Term of the Lease, (b) options, rights of first offer, rights of first refusal, or other rights to expand the rentable square feet comprising the Premises or lease any other premises in the Building, or (c) options to terminate the Lease or contract the rentable square feet comprising the Premises.

5.	Landlord’s Address . Effective immediately, Section 1.2(b) of the Lease shall be amended to provide that Landlord’s Address shall be:


If to Landlord:		WLC Three VI, L.L.C.
		c/o Walton Street Capital LLC
		900 North Michigan Avenue, Suite 1900
		Chicago, IL 60611
		Attention: James Holmes

With a copy to:		Griffith Properties LLC
		260 Franklin Street, 5 ^th Floor
		Boston, MA 02110
		Attention: Marci G. Loeber

6.	Tenant’s Address . Effective immediately, Section 1.2(d) of the Lease shall be amended to provide that Tenant’s Address shall be:


If to Tenant:		Inotek Pharmaceuticals Corporation
		131 Hartwell Avenue, 1st Floor
		Lexington, MA 02421
		Attention: James G. Ham, III

Brokers . Except for CB Richard Ellis (representing Landlord exclusively), each party represents and warrants to the other that they have not made any agreement or taken any action which may cause anyone to become entitled to a commission as a result of the transactions contemplated by this Second Amendment, and each will indemnify and defend the other from any and all claims, actual or threatened, for compensation by any such third person by reason of such party’s breach of their representation or warranty contained in this Second Amendment Landlord will pay any commission due to the broker(s) hereunder pursuant to its separate agreement with the broker(s) hereunder subject to execution and delivery of this Second Amendment by Landlord and Tenant.

8.	The Lease shall be modified such that each reference to the Lease contained therein shall be deemed to refer to the Lease as amended by this Second Amendment.

9.	Except as specifically modified or amended herein, the Lease remains unchanged and in full force and effect and is hereby ratified and confirmed in every respect.

10.	In the event of a conflict between this Second Amendment and the Lease, this Second Amendment shall control.

11.	Capitalized terms used in this Second Amendment but not defined in this Second Amendment have the meanings ascribed to them in the Lease.

12.	This Second Amendment shall not be effective until it has been duly executed by the parties hereto.

13.	This Second Amendment may be executed in counterparts, which taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

14.	Additional terms to this Second Amendment, if any, are set forth in the attached Exhibits, which are incorporated herein by reference as follows:

Exhibit A. Base Rent

[END OF TEXT; SIGNATURES FOLLOW ON NEXT PAGE.]

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have caused this Second Amendment to be executed as of the date set forth above.

LANDLORD:

WLC THREE VI, L.L.C. ,

a Delaware limited liability company

By:

WLC Equity VI, L.L.C.,

a Delaware limited liability company,

its Sole Member

By:

WLC-G Holdings VI, L.L.C.,

a Delaware limited liability company,

its Sole Member

By:

WLC Investors VI, L.L.C.,

a Delaware limited liability company,

its Member

By:

Walton REIT Holdings B-VI, L.L.C.,

a Delaware limited liability company,

its Sole Member

By:

Walton REIT B-VI, L.L.C.,

a Delaware limited liability company,

its Managing Member

By:

Walton Street Real Estate Fund VI-Q, L.P.,

a Delaware limited partnership,

its Managing Member

By:

Walton Street Managers VI, L.P.,

a Delaware limited partnership,

its General Partner

By:

WSC Managers VI, Inc.,

a Delaware corporation,

its General Partner

By:

/s/ James J. Holmes

Name:

/s/ James J. Holmes

Title:

Vice President

[COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE TO SECOND AMENDMENT]


TENANT:

INOTEK PHARMACEUTICALS CORPORATION , a Delaware corporation

By:		/s/ William K. McVicar
Name:		William K. McVicar
Title:		EVP, Chief Scientific Officer

[COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE TO SECOND AMENDMENT]

EXHIBIT “A”

BASE RENT


PREMISES (2,440 RSF)
Period	Annual Base Rent		Monthly Base Rent		Per RSF
January 1, 2014 - December 31, 2014	$	53,680.00	$	4,473.00	$	22.00

THIRD AMENDMENT TO LEASE

THIS THIRD AMENDMENT TO LEASE (this “ Third Amendment ”), dated as of August 14, 2014, is entered into by and between WLC Three VI, L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company (“ Landlord ”) and Inotek Pharmaceuticals Corporation, a Delaware corporation (“ Tenant ”).

W I T N E S S E T H

WHEREAS, Farley White Kilnbrook Three, LLC, a Massachusetts limited liability company (“ Original Landlord ”), as landlord, and Tenant, as tenant, entered into that certain Lease dated as of May 11, 2012 (the “ Original Lease ”), as amended by (a) that certain First Amendment of Lease dated as of February 22, 2013 by and between Original Landlord, as landlord, and Tenant, as tenant (the “ First Amendment ”) and (b) that certain Second Amendment to Lease dated as of August 14, 2013 by and between Landlord, as landlord, and Tenant, as tenant (the “ Second Amendment ”);

WHEREAS, the Original Lease, as amended by the First Amendment and the Second Amendment, shall be known as the “ Lease ”;

WHEREAS, the Lease relates to premises measuring approximately 2,440 rentable square feet (the “ Premises ”) located on the first (1 ^st ) floor of the building known as 131 Hartwell Avenue, Lexington, MA 02421 (the “ Building ”); and

WHEREAS, Landlord and Tenant wish to modify and amend the Lease subject to the terms and conditions set forth below.

1.	Term and Expiration Date . The Term of the Lease is presently due to expire on December 31, 2014. The Term of the Lease shall be extended from January 1, 2015 through March 31, 2015 (the “ Expiration Date ”).

2.	Base Rent . Tenant shall continue to pay Base Rent in the amount set forth on Exhibit “A” of the Second Amendment and pursuant to Section 3.1 of the Original Lease.

3.	Extension Option . Tenant acknowledges and agrees that Section 10.23 of the Original Lease, as amended by Section 3 of the Second Amendment, is hereby deleted in its entirety, and is of no further force or effect.

Other Options . Tenant acknowledges and agrees that Tenant has no (a) options or rights to extend the Term of the Lease, (b) options, rights of first offer, rights of first refusal, or other rights to expand the rentable square feet comprising the Premises or lease any other premises in the Building, or (c) options to terminate the Lease or contract the rentable square feet comprising the Premises.

Brokers . Except for CB Richard Ellis (representing Landlord exclusively), each party represents and warrants to the other that they have not made any agreement or taken any action which may cause anyone to become entitled to a commission as a result of the transactions contemplated by this Third Amendment, and each will indemnify and defend the other from any and all claims, actual or threatened, for compensation by any such third person by reason of such party’s breach of their representation or warranty contained in this Third Amendment. Landlord will pay any commission due to the broker(s) hereunder pursuant to its separate agreement with the broker(s) hereunder subject to execution and delivery of this Third Amendment by Landlord and Tenant.

6.	The Lease shall be modified such that each reference to the Lease contained therein shall be deemed to refer to the Lease as amended by this Third Amendment.

7.	Except as specifically modified or amended herein, the Lease remains unchanged and in full force and effect and is hereby ratified and confirmed in every respect.

8.	In the event of a conflict between this Third Amendment and the Lease, this Third Amendment shall control.

9.	Capitalized terms used in this Third Amendment but not defined in this Third Amendment have the meanings ascribed to them in the Lease.

10.	This Third Amendment shall not be effective until it has been duly executed by the parties hereto.

11.	This Third Amendment may be executed in counterparts, which taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

[END OF TEXT; SIGNATURES FOLLOW ON NEXT PAGE.]

LANDLORD:

WLC THREE VI, L.L.C. ,

a Delaware limited liability company

By:

WLC Equity VI, L.L.C.,

a Delaware limited liability company,

its Sole Member

By:

WLC-G Holdings VI, L.L.C.,

a Delaware limited liability company,

its Sole Member

By:

WLC Investors VI, L.L.C.,

a Delaware limited liability company,

its Member

By:

Walton REIT Holdings B-VI, L.L.C.,

a Delaware limited liability company,

its Sole Member

By:

Walton REIT B-VI, L.L.C.,

a Delaware limited liability company,

its Managing Member

By:

Walton Street Real Estate Fund VI-Q, L.P.,

a Delaware limited partnership,

its Managing Member

By:

Walton Street Managers VI, L.P.,

a Delaware limited partnership,

its General Partner

By:

WSC Managers VI, Inc.,

a Delaware corporation,

its General Partner

By:

/s/ James J. Holmes

Name:

/s/ James J. Holmes

Title:

Vice President

[COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE TO SECOND AMENDMENT]


TENANT:

INOTEK PHARMACEUTICALS CORPORATION , a Delaware corporation

By:		/s/ William K. McVicar
Name:		William K. McVicar
Title:		EVP, Chief Scientific Officer

[COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE TO SECOND AMENDMENT]

FOURTH AMENDMENT TO LEASE

THIS FOURTH AMENDMENT TO LEASE (this “ Fourth Amendment ”), dated as of March 3, 2015, is entered into by and between WLC Three VI, L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company (“ Landlord ”) and Inotek Pharmaceuticals Corporation, a Delaware corporation (“ Tenant ”).

W I T N E S S E T H

WHEREAS, Landlord and Tenant further amended the Original Lease pursuant to that certain Third Amendment to Lease, dated August 14, 2014 (the “ Third Amendment ”). The Original Lease, as amended by the First Amendment, Second Amendment and Third Amendment, shall be known as the “ Lease ”;

WHEREAS, the Lease relates to premises measuring approximately 2,440 rentable square feet (the “ Original Premises ”) located on the first (1 ^st ) floor of the building known as 131 Hartwell Avenue, Lexington, MA 02421 (the “ Building ”) for a Term that is scheduled to expire on March 31, 2015; and

WHEREAS, Landlord and Tenant wish to enter into this Amendment to (i) relocate Tenant to certain space on the first (1 ^st ) floor of the Building containing 3,500 rentable square feet, as more fully shown on Exhibit A to this Amendment (the “ New Premises ”), and to surrender the Original Premises, (ii) extend the Term of the Lease; and (iii) amend certain other terms and conditions of the Original Lease.

1. Relocation to New Premises . Landlord hereby agrees to lease to Tenant, and Tenant hereby agrees to lease from Landlord, the New Premises for a period commencing April 1, 2015 (the “ New Premises Commencement Date ”) and continuing through the Extended Term. The New Premises are hereby leased to Tenant as is, without representation or warranty by Landlord and Tenant shall have no obligation to perform any improvements or installation to prepare the New Premises for Tenant’s occupancy. On or before the New Premises Commencement Date, Tenant shall, at its sole cost and expense, fully vacate and surrender the Original Premises and relocate from the Original Premises to the New Premises. Tenant shall vacate and surrender the Original Premises to Landlord in the condition required under Section 6.1 of the Lease for surrendering the Premises at the expiration of the Term. Accordingly, from

and after the New Premises Commencement Date, Tenant’s right to use and occupy the Original Premises and all of Tenant’s obligations under the Original Lease with respect to the Original Premises (other than obligations that accrued prior to the date Tenant vacates the Original Premises) shall terminate and be of no further force or effect and all references in the Original Lease to the term “Premises” shall be deemed to refer to the New Premises. Until such date that Tenant is required to surrender the Original Premises, Tenant shall continue to occupy the Original Premises on the same terms and conditions as set forth in the Original Lease. Any holdover by Tenant in the Original Premises beyond the Surrender Date shall be subject to the provisions of Section 10.14 of the Original Lease.

2. Term . The Term of the Lease is hereby extended for an extended term of six (6) months (the “ Extended Term ”), commencing on the New Premises Commencement Date and expiring on September 30, 2015. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that Landlord and Tenant execute and deliver a new lease of premises in the building owned by an affiliate of Landlord and located at 81 Hartwell Avenue (“ 81 Hartwell Premises ”), the Extended Term shall expire on the Commencement Date under the new lease for the 81 Hartwell Premises.

3. Base Rent . Commencing on the New Premises Commencement Date and thereafter during the Extended Term, the monthly Base Rent under the Lease shall be equal to $7,291.67, payable by Tenant at the times and in the manner provided in the Lease.

4. Tenant’s Percentage . Effective as of the New Premises Commencement Date, “ Tenant’s Percentage ” is hereby amended to be 4.55%.

5. 81 Hartwell Base Rent Credit. In the event that Landlord and Tenant agree upon the terms for a new lease for the 81 Hartwell Premises, Landlord agrees that such terms shall include a credit against the Base Rent first due for the 81 Hartwell Premises equal to the product of $583.33 multiplied by the number of months from the date of this Fourth Amendment through the date that Tenant moves into the 81 Hartwell Premises, such amount to be apportioned for any partial month. By way of example, if there are five and a half months from the date of this Fourth Amendment until the commencement date for the 81 Hartwell Premises, Tenant shall be entitled to a Base Rent credit equal to $3,208.33. Such rent credit shall be in addition to any rent abatement negotiated by the parties for the 81 Hartwell Premises. If Landlord and Tenant do not execute and deliver a lease for the 81 Hartwell Premises, Tenant shall have no right to such Base Rent credit, which shall solely apply to the new lease at the 81 Hartwell Premises.

6. Brokers . Except for CB Richard Ellis (representing Landlord exclusively), each party represents and warrants to the other that they have not made any agreement or taken any action which may cause anyone to become entitled to a commission as a result of the transactions contemplated by this Fourth Amendment, and each will indemnify and defend the other from any and all claims, actual or threatened, for compensation by any such third person by reason of such party’s breach of their representation or warranty contained in this Fourth Amendment. Landlord will pay any commission due to the broker(s) hereunder pursuant to its separate agreement with the broker(s) hereunder subject to execution and delivery of this Fourth Amendment by Landlord and Tenant.

7. The Lease shall be modified such that each reference to the Lease contained therein shall be deemed to refer to the Lease as amended by this Fourth Amendment.

8. Except as specifically modified or amended herein, the Lease remains unchanged and in full force and effect and is hereby ratified and confirmed in every respect.

9. In the event of a conflict between this Fourth Amendment and the Lease, this Fourth Amendment shall control.

10. Capitalized terms used in this Fourth Amendment but not defined in this Fourth Amendment have the meanings ascribed to them in the Lease.

11. This Fourth Amendment shall not be effective until it has been duly executed by the parties hereto.

12. This Fourth Amendment may be executed in counterparts, which taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

[END OF TEXT; SIGNATURES FOLLOW ON NEXT PAGE.]

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have caused this Fourth Amendment for Inotek to be executed as of the date set forth above.

LANDLORD:

WLC THREE VI, L.L.C. ,

a Delaware limited liability company

By:

WLC Equity VI, L.L.C.,

a Delaware limited liability company,

its Sole Member

By:

WLC-G Holdings VI, L.L.C.,

a Delaware limited liability company,

its Sole Member

By:

WLC Investors VI, L.L.C.,

a Delaware limited liability company,

its Member

By:

Walton REIT Holdings B-VI, L.L.C.,

a Delaware limited liability company,

its Sole Member

By:

Walton REIT B-VI, L.L.C.,

a Delaware limited liability company,

its Managing Member

By:

Walton Street Real Estate Fund VI-Q, L.P.,

a Delaware limited partnership,

its Managing Member

By:

Walton Street Managers VI, L.P.,

a Delaware limited partnership,

its General Partner

By:

WSC Managers VI, Inc.,

a Delaware corporation,

its General Partner

By:

/s/ Laura Weidaw

Name:

Laura Weidaw

Title:

[COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE TO FOURTH AMENDMENT]


TENANT:

INOTEK PHARMACEUTICALS CORPORATION. a Delaware corporation

By:		/s/ Dale Ritter
Name:		Dale Ritter
Title:		VP – Finance

[COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE TO FOURTH AMENDMENT]

Exhibit A

PLAN OF NEW PREMISES

Exhibit 10.10

THIS WARRANT HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED OR ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS. NO SALE OR DISPOSITION MAY BE EFFECTED WITHOUT (i) EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENTS RELATED THERETO, (ii) AN OPINION OF COUNSEL OR OTHER EVIDENCE, REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY, THAT SUCH REGISTRATIONS ARE NOT REQUIRED, (iii) RECEIPT OF NO-ACTION LETTERS FROM THE APPROPRIATE GOVERNMENTAL AUTHORITIES, OR (iv) OTHERWISE COMPLYING WITH THE PROVISIONS OF SECTION 7 OF THIS WARRANT.

INOTEK PHARMACEUTICALS CORPORATION

WARRANT TO PURCHASE SHARES

OF SERIES PREFERRED STOCK

(Loan A)

THIS CERTIFIES THAT, for value received, HORIZON TECHNOLOGY FINANCE CORPORATION and its assignees are entitled to subscribe for and purchase that number of the fully paid and nonassessable shares of Series Preferred Stock (as adjusted pursuant to Section 4 hereof, the “Shares”) of INOTEK PHARMACEUTICALS CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (the “Company ”), as is determined pursuant to the next paragraph hereof at the price per share as is determined pursuant to the next paragraph hereof (such price and such other price as shall result, from time to time, from the adjustments specified in Section 4 hereof is herein referred to as the “Warrant Price”), subject to the provisions and upon the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth. As used herein, (a) the term “Series Preferred” shall mean, at the holder’s election, either (i) the Company’s presently authorized Series AA Convertible Preferred Stock, par value $0.001 per share (the “Series AA Preferred Stock”) and any stock into or for which such Series AA Preferred Stock may hereafter be converted or exchanged, and after the automatic conversion of the Series AA Preferred Stock to Common Stock shall mean the Company’s Common Stock, or (ii) the Next Round Stock (as defined below), and any stock into or for which such Next Round Stock may hereafter be converted or exchanged, and after the automatic conversion of the Next Round Stock to Common Stock shall mean the Company’s Common Stock and (b) the term “Date of Grant” shall mean June 28, 2013.

The Warrant Price shall be (i) if the holder elects to exercise this Warrant for Series AA Preferred Stock, $1.529 or (ii) if the holder elects to exercise this Warrant for Next Round Stock, the lowest effective price per share (on a common stock equivalent basis and taking into account any securities issued together with the preferred stock) at which shares of the Company’s convertible preferred stock are sold in a Qualified Financing (the “Next Round Stock”). A “Qualified Financing” shall mean the sale of the convertible preferred stock of the Company to purchasers which include instititutional investors in an aggregate cash amount not less than $10,000,000. The number of shares for which this Warrant is exercisable shall rounded down to the nearest whole number determined by dividing One Hundred Seventy-Five Thousand Dollars ($175,000) by the Warrant Price determined pursuant to this paragraph.

1. Term . The purchase right represented by this Warrant is exercisable, in whole or in part, at any time and from time to time from the Date of Grant through the earlier of (a) ten (10) years after the Date of Grant and (b) immediately prior to the closing of an Acquisition Transaction (as defined below) in which the consideration is cash, Marketable Securities or a combination thereof. As used herein, “ Marketable Securities ” means securities meeting all of the following requirements: (1) the issuer thereof is then subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act, and is then current in its filing of all required reports and other information under the Act and the Exchange Act, (2) the class and series of shares or other security of the issuer that would be received by the holder of this Warrant in connection with a merger were such holder to exercise or convert this Warrant on or prior to the closing thereof is then traded on a national securities exchange or over-the-counter market, (3) the issuer thereof has a market cap of at least Seven Hundred Fifty Million Dollars ($750,000,000) and (4) such holder would not be restricted by contract or by applicable federal and state securities laws from publicly re-selling, within six (6) months and one day following the closing of such Acquisition, all of the issuer’s shares and/or other securities that would be received by such holder in such merger were such holder to exercise or convert this Warrant in full on or prior to the closing of such merger.

2. Method of Exercise; Payment; Issuance of New Warrant . Subject to Section 1 hereof, the purchase right represented by this Warrant may be exercised by the holder hereof, in whole or in part and from time to time, at the election of the holder hereof, by (a) the surrender of this Warrant (with the notice of exercise substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A-1 duly completed and executed) at the principal office of the Company and by the payment to the Company, by certified or bank check, or by wire transfer to an account designated by the Company (a “Wire Transfer”) of an amount equal to the then applicable Warrant Price multiplied by the number of Shares then being purchased; (b) if in connection with a registered public offering of the Company’s securities, the surrender of this Warrant (with the notice of exercise form attached hereto as Exhibit A-2 duly completed and executed) at the principal office of the Company together with notice of arrangements reasonably satisfactory to the Company for payment to the Company either by certified or bank check or by Wire Transfer from the proceeds of the sale of shares to be sold by the holder in such public offering of an amount equal to the then applicable Warrant Price per share multiplied by the number of Shares then being purchased; or (c) exercise of the “net issuance” right provided for in Section 10.2 hereof. The person or persons in whose name(s) any certificate(s) representing shares of Series Preferred shall be issuable upon exercise of this Warrant shall be deemed to have become the holder(s) of record of, and shall be treated for all purposes as the record holder(s) of, the shares represented thereby (and such shares shall be deemed to have been issued) immediately prior to the close of business on the date or dates upon which this Warrant is exercised. In the event of any exercise of the rights represented by this Warrant, certificates for the shares of stock so purchased shall be delivered to the holder hereof as soon as possible and in any event within thirty (30) days after such exercise and, unless this Warrant has been fully exercised or expired, a new Warrant representing the portion of the Shares, if any, with respect to which this Warrant shall not then have been exercised shall also be issued to the holder hereof as soon as possible and in any event within such thirty-day period; provided, however, at such time as the Company is subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, if requested by the holder of this Warrant, the Company shall cause its transfer agent to deliver the certificate

-2-

representing Shares issued upon exercise of this Warrant to a broker or other person (as directed by the holder exercising this Warrant) within the time period required to settle any trade made by the holder after exercise of this Warrant. Each holder, as a condition to the issuance of shares of Series Preferred upon exercise of this Warrant, shall become party to (i) that certain Third Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement, dated as of June 9, 2010, by and between the Company and the persons and entities identified therein, as amended from time to time (the “Investor Rights Agreement”), as an “Investor” for all purposes thereunder by executing and delivering the Adoption Agreement attached to the Investor Rights Agreement as Schedule I and (ii) that certain Third Amended and Restated Stockholders Agreement, dated as of June 9, 2010, by and between the Company and the persons and entities identified therein, as amended from time to time (the “Stockholders Agreement”), as an “Investor” and “Stockholder” for all purposes thereunder by executing and delivering the Adoption Agreement attached to the Stockholders Agreement as Schedule III.

3. Stock Fully Paid; Reservation of Shares . All Shares that may be issued upon the exercise of the rights represented by this Warrant will, upon issuance pursuant to the terms and conditions herein, be fully paid and nonassessable, and free from all preemptive rights and taxes, liens and charges with respect to the issue thereof. During the period within which the rights represented by this Warrant may be exercised, the Company will at all times have authorized, and reserved for the purpose of the issue upon exercise of the purchase rights evidenced by this Warrant, a sufficient number of shares of its Series Preferred to provide for the exercise of the rights represented by this Warrant and a sufficient number of shares of its Common Stock to provide for the conversion of the Series Preferred into Common Stock.

4. Adjustment of Warrant Price and Number of Shares. The number and kind of securities purchasable upon the exercise of this Warrant and the Warrant Price shall be subject to adjustment from time to time upon the occurrence of certain events, as follows:

(a) Reclassification or Merger. Except for an Acquisition Transaction that causes an expiration of the term of this Warrant as set forth in Section 1 above, in case of any reclassification or change of securities of the class issuable upon exercise of this Warrant (other than a change in par value, or from par value to no par value, or from no par value to par value, or as a result of a subdivision or combination), or in case of any merger of the Company with or into another corporation (other than a merger with another corporation in which the Company is the acquiring and the surviving corporation and which does not result in any reclassification or change of outstanding securities issuable upon exercise of this Warrant), or in case of any sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, the Company, or such successor or purchasing corporation, as the case may be, shall duly execute and deliver to the holder of this Warrant a new Warrant (in form and substance satisfactory to the holder of this Warrant), so that the holder of this Warrant shall have the right to receive upon exercise of this Warrant, at a total purchase price not to exceed that payable upon the exercise of the unexercised portion of this Warrant, and in lieu of the shares of Series Preferred theretofore issuable upon exercise of this Warrant, (i) the kind and amount of shares of stock, other securities, money and property receivable upon such reclassification, change, merger or sale by a holder of the number of shares of Series Preferred then purchasable under this Warrant, or (ii) in the case of such a merger or sale in which the consideration paid consists all or in part of assets

-3-

other than securities of the successor or purchasing corporation, at the option of the holder of this Warrant, the securities of the successor or purchasing corporation having a value at the time of the transaction equivalent to the value of the Series Preferred purchasable upon exorcise of this Warrant at the time of the transaction. Any new Warrant shall provide for adjustments that shall be as nearly equivalent as may be practicable to the adjustments provided for in this Section 4. The provisions of this Section 4(a) shall similarly apply to successive reclassifications, changes, mergers and sales.

(b) Subdivision or Combination of Shares. If the Company at any time while this Warrant remains outstanding and unexpired shall subdivide or combine its outstanding shares of Series Preferred, the Warrant Price shall be proportionately decreased and the number of Shares issuable hereunder shall be proportionately increased in the case of a subdivision and the Warrant Price shall be proportionately increased and the number of Shares issuable hereunder shall be proportionately decreased in the case of a combination.

(c) Stock Dividends and Other Distributions. If the Company at any time while this Warrant is outstanding and unexpired shall (i) pay a dividend with respect to Series Preferred payable in Series Preferred, then the Warrant Price shall be adjusted, from and after the date of determination of shareholders entitled to receive such dividend or distribution, to that price determined by multiplying the Warrant Price in effect immediately prior to such date of determination by a fraction (A) the numerator of which shall be the total number of shares of Series Preferred outstanding immediately prior to such dividend or distribution, and (B) the denominator of which shall be the total number of shares of Series Preferred outstanding immediately after such dividend or distribution; or (ii) make any other distribution with respect to Series Preferred (except any distribution specifically provided for in Sections 4(a) and 4(b)), then, in each such case, provision shall be made by the Company such that the holder of this Warrant shall receive upon exercise of this Warrant a proportionate share of any such dividend or distribution as though it were the holder of the Series Preferred (or Common Stock issuable upon conversion thereof) as of the record date fixed for the determination of the shareholders of the Company entitled to receive such dividend or distribution.

(d) Adjustment of Number of Shares. Upon each adjustment in the Warrant Price, the number of Shares of Series Preferred purchasable hereunder shall be adjusted, to the nearest whole share, to the product obtained by multiplying the number of Shares purchasable immediately prior to such adjustment in the Warrant Price by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the Warrant Price immediately prior to such adjustment and the denominator of which shall be the Warrant Price immediately thereafter.

(e) Antidilution Rights . The other antidilution rights applicable to the Shares of Series Preferred purchasable hereunder are set forth in the Company’s Fifth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as amended from time to time (the “Charter”). Such antidilution rights shall not be restated, amended, modified or waived without the prior written consent of the holder hereof unless such amendment, restatement, modification or waiver affects the rights associated with the Shares of Series Preferred Stock in the same manner as such amendment, restatement, modification or waiver affects the rights associated with all other outstanding shares of Series Preferred Stock. The Company shall promptly provide the holder hereof with any restatement, amendment, modification or waiver of the Charter promptly after the same has been made.

-4-

5. Notice of Adjustments. Whenever the Warrant Price or the number of Shares purchasable hereunder shall be adjusted pursuant to Section 4 hereof, the Company shall make a certificate signed by its chief financial officer setting forth, in reasonable detail, the event requiring the adjustment, the amount of the adjustment, the method by which such adjustment was calculated, and the Warrant Price and the number of Shares purchasable hereunder after giving effect to such adjustment, and shall cause copies of such certificate to be mailed (without regard to Section 13 hereof, by first class mail, postage prepaid) to the holder of this Warrant. In addition, whenever the conversion price or conversion ratio of the Series Preferred shall be adjusted, the Company shall make a certificate signed by its chief financial officer setting forth, in reasonable detail, the event requiring the adjustment, the amount of the adjustment, the method by which such adjustment was calculated, and the conversion price or ratio of the Series Preferred after giving effect to such adjustment, and shall cause copies of such certificate to be mailed (without regard to Section 13 hereof, by first class mail, postage prepaid) to the holder of this Warrant.

6. Fractional Shares. No fractional shares of Series Preferred will be issued in connection with any exercise hereunder, but in lieu of such fractional shares the Company shall make a cash payment therefor based on the fair market value of the Series Preferred on the date of exercise as reasonably determined in good faith by the Company’s Board of Directors.

7. Compliance with Act; Disposition of Warrant or Shares of Series Preferred .

(a) Compliance with Act . The holder of this Warrant, by acceptance hereof, agrees that this Warrant, and the shares of Series Preferred to be issued upon exercise hereof and any Common Stock issued upon conversion thereof are being acquired for investment and that such holder will not offer, sell or otherwise dispose of this Warrant, or any shares of Series Preferred to be issued upon exercise hereof or any Common Stock issued upon conversion thereof except under circumstances which will not result in a violation of the Act or any applicable state securities laws. Upon exercise of this Warrant, unless the Shares being acquired are registered under the Act and any applicable state securities laws or an exemption from such registration is available, the holder hereof shall confirm in writing that the shares of Series Preferred so purchased (and any shares of Common Stock issued upon conversion thereof) are being acquired for investment and not with a view toward distribution or resale in violation of the Act and shall confirm such other matters related thereto as may be reasonably requested by the Company. This Warrant and all shares of Series Preferred issued upon exercise of this Warrant and all shares of Common Stock issued upon conversion thereof (unless registered under the Act and any applicable state securities laws) shall be stamped or imprinted with a legend in substantially the following form:

“THE SECURITIES EVIDENCED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS. NO SALE OR DISPOSITION MAY BE EFFECTED WITHOUT (i) EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENTS RELATED THERETO, (ii) AN OPINION OF COUNSEL OR OTHER EVIDENCE, REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY, THAT SUCH

-5-

REGISTRATIONS ARE NOT REQUIRED, (iii) RECEIPT OF NO-ACTION LETTERS FROM THE APPROPRIATE GOVERNMENTAL AUTHORITIES, OR (iv) OTHERWISE COMPLYING WITH THE PROVISIONS OF SECTION 7 OF THE WARRANT UNDER WHICH THESE SECURITIES WERE ISSUED, DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY.”

Said legend shall be removed by the Company, upon the request of a holder, at such time as the restrictions on the transfer of the applicable security shall have terminated. In addition, in connection with the issuance of this Warrant, the holder specifically represents to the Company by acceptance of this Warrant as follows:

(1) The holder is aware of the Company’s business affairs and financial condition, and has acquired information about the Company sufficient to reach an informed and knowledgeable decision to acquire this Warrant. The holder is acquiring this Warrant for its own account for investment purposes only and not with a view to, or for the resale in connection with, any “distribution” thereof in violation of the Act.

(2) The holder understands that this Warrant has not been registered under the Act in reliance upon a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of the holder’s investment intent as expressed herein.

(3) The holder further understands that this Warrant must be held indefinitely unless subsequently registered under the Act and qualified under any applicable state securities laws, or unless exemptions from registration and qualification are otherwise available. The holder is aware of the provisions of Rule 144, promulgated under the Act.

(4) The holder is an “accredited investor” as such term is defined in Rule 501 of Regulation D promulgated under the Act.

(b) Disposition of Warrant or Shares. With respect to any offer, sale or other disposition of this Warrant or any shares of Series Preferred acquired pursuant to the exercise of this Warrant prior to registration of such Warrant or shares, the holder hereof agrees to give written notice to the Company prior thereto, describing briefly the manner thereof, together with a written opinion of such holder’s counsel, or other evidence, if reasonably satisfactory to the Company, to the effect that such offer, sale or other disposition may be effected without registration or qualification (under the Act as then in effect or any federal or state securities law then in effect) of this Warrant or such shares of Series Preferred or Common Stock and indicating whether or not under the Act certificates for this Warrant or such shares of Series Preferred to be sold or otherwise disposed of require any restrictive legend as to applicable restrictions on transferability in order to ensure compliance with such law. Upon receiving such written notice and reasonably satisfactory opinion or other evidence, the Company, as promptly as practicable but no later than fifteen (15) days after receipt of the written notice, shall notify such holder that such holder may sell or otherwise dispose of this Warrant or such shares of Series Preferred or Common Stock, all in accordance with the terms of the notice delivered to the Company. If a determination has been made pursuant to this Section 7(b) that the opinion of counsel for the holder or other evidence is not reasonably satisfactory to the Company, the Company shall so notify the holder promptly with details thereof after such

-6-

determination has been made. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Warrant or such shares of Series Preferred or Common Stock may, as to such federal laws, be offered, sold or otherwise disposed of in accordance with Rule 144 or 144A under the Act, provided that the Company shall have been furnished with such information as the Company may reasonably request to provide a reasonable assurance that the provisions of Rule 144 or 144A have been satisfied. Each certificate representing this Warrant or the shares of Series Preferred thus transferred (except a transfer pursuant to Rule 144 or 144A) shall bear a legend as to the applicable restrictions on transferability in order to ensure compliance with such laws, unless in the aforesaid opinion of counsel for the holder, such legend is not required in order to ensure compliance with such laws. The Company may issue stop transfer instructions to its transfer agent in connection with such restrictions.

(c) Applicability of Restrictions. Neither any restrictions of any legend described in this Warrant nor the requirements of Section 7(b) above shall apply to any transfer of, or grant of a security interest in, this Warrant (or the Series Preferred or Common Stock obtainable upon exercise thereof) or any part hereof (i) to a partner of the holder if the holder is a partnership or to a member of the holder if the holder is a limited liability company, (ii) to a partnership of which the holder is a partner or to a limited liability company of which the holder is a member, (iii) to any affiliate of the holder if the holder is a corporation, (iv) notwithstanding the foregoing, to any corporation, company, limited liability company, limited partnership, partnership, or other person managed or sponsored by Horizon Technology Finance Corporation (“HRZN”) or in which HRZN has an interest, (v) or to a lender to the holder or any of the foregoing; provided, however , in any such transfer, if applicable, the transferee shall on the Company’s request agree in writing to be bound by the terms of this Warrant as if an original holder hereof.

(d) Market Stand-Off Agreement . The holder of this Warrant (“Holder”) shall not sell, dispose of, transfer, make any short sale of, grant any option for the purchase of, or enter into any hedging or similar transaction with the same economic effect as a sale, any Common Stock of the Company held by such Holder, for a period of time specified by the managing underwriter(s) (such period not to exceed one hundred eighty (180) days, except in order to comply with Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (FINRA) Rule 2711 or a successor rule thereto) following the effective date of a registration statement of the Company filed under the Act. Holder agrees to execute and deliver such other agreements as may be reasonably requested by the Company and/or the managing underwriter(s) which are consistent with the foregoing or which are necessary to give further effect thereto, provided that all officers and directors of the Company and all holders of at least one percent (1%) of the Company’s voting securities enter into similar agreements. In order to enforce the foregoing covenant, the Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to such Common Stock (or other securities) until the end of such period. The underwriters of the Company’s stock are intended third party beneficiaries of this Section 7(d) and shall have the right, power and authority to enforce the provisions hereof as though they were a party hereto.

8. Rights as Shareholders; Information. No holder of this Warrant, as such, shall be entitled to vote or receive dividends or be deemed the holder of Series Preferred or any other securities of the Company which may at any time be issuable upon the exercise hereof for any purpose, nor shall anything contained herein be construed to confer upon the holder of this Warrant, as such, any of the rights of a shareholder of the Company or any right to vote for the election of

-7-

directors or upon any matter submitted to shareholders at any meeting thereof, or to receive notice of meetings, or to receive dividends or subscription rights or otherwise until this Warrant shall have been exercised and the Shares purchasable upon the exercise hereof shall have become deliverable, as provided herein. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company will transmit to the holder of this Warrant such information, documents and reports as are generally distributed to the holders of any class or series of the securities of the Company concurrently with the distribution thereof to the shareholders.

9. Registration Rights . The Company grants registration rights to the holder of this Warrant for any Common Stock of the Company obtained upon conversion of the Series Preferred, comparable to the registration rights granted to the investors in the Investor Rights Agreement, with the following exceptions and clarifications:

(1) The holder will not have the right to demand registration, but can otherwise participate in any registration demanded by others.

(2) The holder will be subject to the same provisions regarding indemnification as contained in the Registration Rights Agreement.

(3) The registration rights are freely assignable by the holder of this Warrant in connection with a permitted transfer of this Warrant or the Shares.

10. Additional Rights .

10.1 Acquisition Transactions . The Company shall provide the holder of this Warrant with at least ten (10) days’ written notice prior to closing thereof of the terms and conditions of any of the following transactions (to the extent the Company has notice thereof), each of which shall constitute an “Acquisition Transaction”: (i) the sale, lease, exchange, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of the Company’s property or business, or (ii) its merger into or consolidation with any other corporation (other than a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company), or any transaction (including a merger or other reorganization) or series of related transactions, in which more than 50% of the voting power of the Company is disposed of (other than the sale of the Company’s capital stock in a transaction or series of transactions primarily for capital raising purposes).

10.2 Right to Convert Warrant into Stock: Net Issuance.

(a) Right to Convert . In addition to and without limiting the rights of the holder under the terms of this Warrant, the holder shall have the right to convert this Warrant or any portion thereof (the “Conversion Right”) into shares of Series Preferred as provided in this Section 10.2 at any time or from time to time during the term of this Warrant. Upon exercise of the Conversion Right with respect to a particular number of shares subject to this Warrant (the “Converted Warrant Shares”), the Company shall deliver to the holder (without payment by the holder of any exercise price or any cash or other consideration) that number of shares of fully paid and nonassessable Series Preferred as is determined according to the following formula:

X = B - A

-8-



Y Where: X =		the number of shares of Series Preferred that shall be issued to holder

Y =		the fair market value of one share of Series Preferred

A =		the aggregate Warrant Price of the specified number of Converted Warrant Shares immediately prior to the exercise of the Conversion Right (i.e., the number of Converted Warrant Shares multiplied by the Warrant Price)

B =		the aggregate fair market value of the specified number of Converted Warrant Shares ( i.e . , the number of Converted Warrant Shares multiplied by the fair market value of one Converted Warrant Share)

No fractional shares shall be issuable upon exercise of the Conversion Right, and, if the number of shares to be issued determined in accordance with the foregoing formula is other than a whole number, the Company shall pay to the holder an amount in cash equal to the fair market value of the resulting fractional share on the Conversion Date (as hereinafter defined). For purposes of Section 10 of this Warrant, shares issued pursuant to the Conversion Right shall be treated as if they were issued upon the exercise of this Warrant.

(b) Method of Exercise . The Conversion Right may be exercised by the holder by the surrender of this Warrant at the principal office of the Company together with a written statement (which may be in the form of Exhibit A-1 or Exhibit A-2 hereto) specifying that the holder thereby intends to exercise the Conversion Right and indicating the number of shares subject to this Warrant which are being surrendered (referred to in Section 10.2(a) hereof as the Converted Warrant Shares) in exercise of the Conversion Right. Such conversion shall be effective upon receipt by the Company of this Warrant together with the aforesaid written statement, or on such later date as is specified therein (the “Conversion Date”), and, at the election of the holder hereof, may be made contingent upon the closing of the sale of the Company’s Common Stock to the public in a public offering pursuant to a Registration Statement under the Act (a “Public Offering”). Certificates for the shares issuable upon exercise of the Conversion Right and, if applicable, a new warrant evidencing the balance of the shares remaining subject to this Warrant, shall be issued as of the Conversion Date and shall be delivered to the holder within thirty (30) days following the Conversion Date.

(c) Determination of Fair Market Value . For purposes of this Section 10.2, “fair market value” of a share of Series Preferred (or Common Stock if the Series Preferred has been automatically converted into Common Stock) as of a particular date (the “Determination Date”) shall mean:

(i) If the Conversion Right is exercised in connection with and contingent upon a Public Offering, and if the Company’s Registration Statement relating to such Public Offering (“Registration Statement ”) has been declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission, then the initial “Price to Public” specified in the final prospectus with respect to such offering.

-9-

(ii) If the Conversion Right is not exercised in connection with and contingent upon a Public Offering, then as follows:

(A) If traded on a securities exchange, the fair market value of the Common Stock shall be deemed to be the average of the closing prices of the Common Stock on such exchange over the five trading days immediately prior to the Determination Date, and the fair market value of the Series Preferred shall be deemed to be such fair market value of the Common Stock multiplied by the number of shares of Common Stock into which each share of Series Preferred is then convertible;

(B) If traded on the Nasdaq Stock Market or other over-the-counter system, the fair market value of the Common Stock shall be deemed to be the average of the closing prices of the Common Stock over the five trading days immediately prior to the Determination Date, and the fair market value of the Series Preferred shall be deemed to be such fair market value of the Common Stock multiplied by the number of shares of Common Stock into which each share of Series Preferred is then convertible; and

(C) If there is no public market for the Common Stock, then fair market value shall be determined by the Board of Directors of the Company in good faith.

In making a determination under clauses (A) or (B) above, if on the Determination Date, five trading days had not passed since the IPO, then the fair market value of the Common Stock shall be the average closing prices or closing bid prices, as applicable, for the shorter period beginning on and including the date of the IPO and ending on the trading day prior to the Determination Date (or if such period includes only one trading day, the closing price or closing bid price, as applicable, for such trading day). If closing prices or closing bid prices are no longer reported by a securities exchange or other trading system, the closing price or closing bid price shall be that which is reported by such securities exchange or other trading system at 4:00 p.m. New York City time on the applicable trading day.

10.3 Exercise Prior to Expiration. To the extent this Warrant is not previously exercised as to all of the Shares subject hereto, and if the fair market value of one share of the Series Preferred is greater than the Warrant Price then in effect, this Warrant shall be deemed automatically exercised pursuant to Section 10.2 above (even if not surrendered) immediately before its expiration. For purposes of such automatic exercise, the fair market value of one share of the Series Preferred upon such expiration shall be determined pursuant to Section 10.2(c). To the extent this Warrant or any portion thereof is deemed automatically exercised pursuant to this Section 10.3, the Company agrees to promptly notify the holder hereof of the number of Shares, if any, the holder hereof is to receive by reason of such automatic exercise.

-10-

11. Representations and Warranties . The Company represents and warrants to the holder of this Warrant as follows:

(a) This Warrant has been duly authorized and executed by the Company and is a valid and binding obligation of the Company enforceable in accordance with its terms, subject to laws of general application relating to bankruptcy, insolvency and the relief of debtors and the rules of law or principles at equity governing specific performance, injunctive relief and other equitable remedies.

(b) The Shares have been duly authorized and reserved for issuance by the Company and, when issued in accordance with the terms hereof, will be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable and free from preemptive rights.

(c) The rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions granted to or imposed upon the Series Preferred and the holders thereof are as set forth in the Charter, and on the Date of Grant, each share of the Series Preferred represented by this Warrant is convertible into one share of Common Stock.

(d) The shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Shares have been duly authorized and reserved for issuance by the Company and, when issued in accordance with the terms of the Charter will be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable.

(e) The execution and delivery of this Warrant are not, and the issuance of the Shares upon exercise of this Warrant in accordance with the terms hereof will not be, inconsistent with the Company’s Charter or by-laws, do not and will not contravene any law, governmental rule or regulation, judgment or order applicable to the Company, and do not and will not conflict with or contravene any provision of, or constitute a default under, any indenture, mortgage, contract or other instrument of which the Company is a party or by which it is bound or require the consent or approval of, the giving of notice to, the registration or filing with or the taking of any action in respect of or by, any Federal, state or local government authority or agency or other person, except for the filing of notices pursuant to federal and state securities laws, which filings will be effected by the time required thereby.

(f) There are no actions, suits, audits, investigations or proceedings pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened against the Company in any court or before any governmental commission, board or authority which, if adversely determined, could have a material adverse effect on the ability of the Company to perform its obligations under this Warrant.

(g) The number of shares of Common Stock of the Company outstanding on the date hereof, on a fully diluted basis (assuming the conversion of all outstanding convertible securities and the exercise of all outstanding options and warrants), does not exceed 35,000,000 shares.

12. Modification and Waiver. This Warrant and any provision hereof may be changed, waived, discharged or terminated only by an instrument in writing signed by the party against which enforcement of the same is sought.

13. Notices . Any notice, request, communication or other document required or permitted to be given or delivered to the holder hereof or the Company shall be delivered, or shall be sent by certified or registered mail, postage prepaid, to each such holder at its address as shown on the books of the Company or to the Company at the address indicated therefor on the signature page of this Warrant.

-11-

14. Binding Effect on Successors. This Warrant shall be binding upon any corporation succeeding the Company by merger, consolidation or acquisition of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets, and all of the covenants and agreements of the Company shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the holder hereof.

15. Lost Warrants or Stock Certificates . The Company covenants to the holder hereof that, upon receipt of evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Company of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Warrant or any stock certificate and, in the case of any such loss, theft or destruction, upon receipt of an indemnity reasonably satisfactory to the Company, or in the case of any such mutilation upon surrender and cancellation of such Warrant or stock certificate, the Company will make and deliver a new Warrant or stock certificate, of like tenor, in lieu of the lost, stolen, destroyed or mutilated Warrant or stock certificate.

16. Descriptive Headings. The descriptive headings of the various Sections of this Warrant are inserted for convenience only and do not constitute a part of this Warrant. The language in this Warrant shall be construed as to its fair meaning without regard to which party drafted this Warrant.

17. Governing Law . This Warrant shall be construed and enforced in accordance with, and the rights of the parties shall be governed by, the laws of the State of Delaware.

18. Survival of Representations, Warranties and Agreements . All representations and warranties of the Company and the holder hereof contained herein shall survive the Date of Grant, the exercise or conversion of this Warrant (or any part hereof) or the termination or expiration of rights hereunder. All agreements of the Company and the holder hereof contained herein shall survive indefinitely until, by their respective terms, they are no longer operative.

19. Remedies. In case any one or more of the covenants and agreements contained in this Warrant shall have been breached, the holders hereof (in the case of a breach by the Company), or the Company (in the case of a breach by a holder), may proceed to protect and enforce their or its rights either by suit in equity and/or by action at law, including, but not limited to, an action for damages as a result of any such breach and/or an action for specific performance of any such covenant or agreement contained in this Warrant.

20. No Impairment of Rights. The Company will not, by amendment of its Charter or through any other means, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms of this Warrant, but will at all times in good faith assist in the carrying out of all such terms and in the taking of all such action as may be necessary or appropriate in order to protect the rights of the holder of this Warrant against impairment.

-12-

21. Severability . The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision of this Warrant in any jurisdiction shall not affect the validity or enforceability of such provision in any other jurisdiction, or affect any other provision of this Warrant, which shall remain in full force and effect.

22. Recovery of Litigation Costs. If any legal action or other proceeding is brought for the enforcement of this Warrant, or because of an alleged dispute, breach, default, or misrepresentation in connection with any of the provisions of this Warrant, the successful or prevailing party or parties shall be entitled to recover reasonable attorneys’ fees and other costs incurred in that action or proceeding, in addition to any other relief to which it or they may be entitled.

23. Entire Agreement Modification. This Warrant constitutes the entire agreement between the parties pertaining to the subject matter contained in it and supersedes all prior and contemporaneous agreements, representations, and undertakings of the parties, whether oral or written, with respect to such subject matter.

[Remainder of page intentionally blank. Signature page follows.]

-13-

The Company has caused this Warrant to be duly executed and delivered as of the Date of Grant specified above.


INOTEK PHARMACEUTICALS CORPORATION

By:		/s/ James G. Ham, III
Name:		James G. Ham, III
Title:		CFO
Address:		131 Hartwell Avenue, 1 ^st Floor Lexington, MA 02421

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO WARRANT (Loan A)]

EXHIBIT A-1

NOTICE OF EXERCISE

To:	INOTEK PHARMACEUTICALS CORPORATION (the “Company”)

1. The undersigned hereby:

elects to purchase shares of [Series Preferred Stock] [Common Stock] of the Company pursuant to the terms of the attached Warrant, and tenders herewith payment of the purchase price of such shares in full, or

elects to exercise its net issuance rights pursuant to Section 10.2 of the attached Warrant with respect to Shares of [Series Preferred Stock] [Common Stock].

2. Please issue a certificate or certificates representing shares in the name of the undersigned or in such other name or names as are specified below:

(Name)

(Address)

3. The undersigned represents that the aforesaid shares are being acquired for the account of the undersigned for investment and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, the distribution thereof and that the undersigned has no present intention of distributing or reselling such shares, all except as in compliance with applicable securities laws.

(Signature)

(Date)

EXHIBIT A-2

NOTICE OF EXERCISE

To:	INOTEK PHARMACEUTICALS CORPORATION (the “Company”)

1. Contingent upon and effective immediately prior to the closing (the “Closing”) of the Company’s public offering contemplated by the Registration Statement on Form S , filed , 200 , the undersigned hereby:

¨ elects to purchase shares of [Series Preferred Stock] [Common Stock] of the Company (or such lesser number of shares as may be sold on behalf of the undersigned at the Closing) pursuant to the terms of the attached Warrant, or

¨ elects to exercise its net issuance rights pursuant to Section 10.2 of the attached Warrant with respect to Shares of [Series Preferred Stock] [Common Stock].

2. Please deliver to the custodian for the selling shareholders a stock certificate representing such shares.

3. The undersigned has instructed the custodian for the selling shareholders to deliver to the Company $ or, if less, the net proceeds due the undersigned from the sale of shares in the aforesaid public offering. If such net proceeds are less than the purchase price for such shares, the undersigned agrees to deliver the difference to the Company prior to the Closing.

(Signature)

(Date)

Exhibit 10.11

INOTEK PHARMACEUTICALS CORPORATION

WARRANT TO PURCHASE SHARES

OF SERIES PREFERRED STOCK

(Loan B)

THIS CERTIFIES THAT, for value received, DRAWBRIDGE SPECIAL OPPORTUNITIES FUND LP (“Drawbridge”) and its assignees are entitled to subscribe for and purchase that number of the fully paid and nonassessable shares of Series Preferred Stock (as adjusted pursuant to Section 4 hereof, the “Shares”) of INOTEK PHARMACEUTICALS CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), as is determined pursuant to the next paragraph hereof at the price per share as is determined pursuant to the next paragraph hereof (such price and such other price as shall result, from time to time, from the adjustments specified in Section 4 hereof is herein referred to as the “Warrant Price”), subject to the provisions and upon the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth. As used herein, (a) the term “Series Preferred” shall mean, at the holder’s election, either (i) the Company’s presently authorized Series AA Convertible Preferred Stock, par value $0.001 per share (the “Series AA Preferred Stock ”) and any stock into or for which such Series AA Preferred Stock may hereafter be converted or exchanged, and after the automatic conversion of the Series AA Preferred Stock to Common Stock shall mean the Company’s Common Stock, or (ii) the Next Round Stock (as defined below), and any stock into or for which such Next Round Stock may hereafter be converted or exchanged, and after the automatic conversion of the Next Round Stock to Common Stock shall mean the Company’s Common Stock and (b) the term “Date of Grant” shall mean June 28, 2013.

The Warrant Price shall be (i) if the holder elects to exercise this Warrant for Series AA Preferred Stock, $1.529 or (ii) if the holder elects to exercise this Warrant for Next Round Stock, the lowest effective price per share (on a common stock equivalent basis and taking into account any securities issued together with the preferred stock) at which shares of the Company’s convertible preferred stock are sold in a Qualified Financing (the “Next Round Stock”). A “Qualified Financing” shall mean the sale of the convertible preferred stock of the Company to purchasers which include institutional investors in an aggregate cash amount not less than $10,000,000. The number of shares for which this Warrant is exercisable shall rounded down to the nearest whole number determined by dividing One Hundred Seventy-Five Thousand Dollars ($175,000) by the Warrant Price determined pursuant to this paragraph.

1. Term. The purchase right represented by this Warrant is exercisable, in whole or in part, at any time and from time to time from the Date of Grant through the earlier of (a) ten (10) years after the Date of Grant and (b) immediately prior to the closing of an Acquisition Transaction (as defined below) in which the consideration is cash, Marketable Securities or a combination thereof. As used herein, “Marketable Securities” means securities meeting all of the following requirements: (1) the issuer thereof is then subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act, and is then current in its filing of all required reports and other information under the Act and the Exchange Act, (2) the class and series of shares or other security of the issuer that would be received by the holder of this Warrant in connection with a merger were such holder to exercise or convert this Warrant on or prior to the closing thereof is then traded on a national securities exchange or over-the-counter market, (3) the issuer thereof has a market cap of at least Seven Hundred Fifty Million Dollars ($750,000,000) and (4) such holder would not be restricted by contract or by applicable federal and state securities laws from publicly re-selling, within six (6) months and one day following the closing of such Acquisition, all of the issuer’s shares and/or other securities that would be received by such holder in such merger were such holder to exercise or convert this Warrant in full on or prior to the closing of such merger.

-2-

4. Adjustment of Warrant Price and Number of Shares . The number and kind of securities purchasable upon the exercise of this Warrant and the Warrant Price shall be subject to adjustment from time to time upon the occurrence of certain events, as follows:

(a) Reclassification or Merger . Except for an Acquisition Transaction that causes an expiration of the term of this Warrant as set forth in Section 1 above, in case of any reclassification or change of securities of the class issuable upon exercise of this Warrant (other than a change in par value, or from par value to no par value, or from no par value to par value, or as a result of a subdivision or combination), or in case of any merger of the Company with or into another corporation (other than a merger with another corporation in which the Company is the acquiring and the surviving corporation and which does not result in any reclassification or change of outstanding securities issuable upon exercise of this Warrant), or in case of any sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, the Company, or such successor or purchasing corporation, as the case may be, shall duly execute and deliver to the holder of this Warrant a new Warrant (in form and substance satisfactory to the holder of this Warrant), so that the holder of this Warrant shall have the right to receive upon exercise of this Warrant, at a total purchase price not to exceed that payable upon the exercise of the unexercised portion of this Warrant, and in lieu of the shares of Series Preferred theretofore issuable upon exercise of this Warrant, (i) the kind and amount of shares of stock, other securities, money and property receivable upon such reclassification, change, merger or sale by a holder of the number of shares of Series Preferred then purchasable under this Warrant, or (ii) in the case of such a merger or sale in which the consideration paid consists all or in part of assets

-3-

other than securities of the successor or purchasing corporation, at the option of the holder of this Warrant, the securities of the successor or purchasing corporation having a value at the time of the transaction equivalent to the value of the Series Preferred purchasable upon exercise of this Warrant at the time of the transaction. Any new Warrant shall provide for adjustments that shall be as nearly equivalent as may be practicable to the adjustments provided for in this Section 4. The provisions of this Section 4(a) shall similarly apply to successive reclassifications, changes, mergers and sales.

(b) Subdivision or Combination of Shares . If the Company at any time while this Warrant remains outstanding and unexpired shall subdivide or combine its outstanding shares of Series Preferred, the Warrant Price shall be proportionately decreased and the number of Shares issuable hereunder shall be proportionately increased in the case of a subdivision and the Warrant Price shall be proportionately increased and the number of Shares issuable hereunder shall be proportionately decreased in the case of a combination.

(c) Stock Dividends and Other Distributions . If the Company at any time while this Warrant is outstanding and unexpired shall (i) pay a dividend with respect to Series Preferred payable in Series Preferred, then the Warrant Price shall be adjusted, from and after the date of determination of shareholders entitled to receive such dividend or distribution, to that price determined by multiplying the Warrant Price in effect immediately prior to such date of determination by a fraction (A) the numerator of which shall be the total number of shares of Series Preferred outstanding immediately prior to such dividend or distribution, and (B) the denominator of which shall be the total number of shares of Series Preferred outstanding immediately after such dividend or distribution; or (ii) make any other distribution with respect to Series Preferred (except any distribution specifically provided for in Sections 4(a) and 4(b)), then, in each such case, provision shall be made by the Company such that the holder of this Warrant shall receive upon exercise of this Warrant a proportionate share of any such dividend or distribution as though it were the holder of the Series Preferred (or Common Stock issuable upon conversion thereof) as of the record date fixed for the determination of the shareholders of the Company entitled to receive such dividend or distribution.

(d) Adjustment of Number of Shares . Upon each adjustment in the Warrant Price, the number of Shares of Series Preferred purchasable hereunder shall be adjusted, to the nearest whole share, to the product obtained by multiplying the number of Shares purchasable immediately prior to such adjustment in the Warrant Price by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the Warrant Price immediately prior to such adjustment and the denominator of which shall be the Warrant Price immediately thereafter.

-4-

5. Notice of Adjustments . Whenever the Warrant Price or the number of Shares purchasable hereunder shall be adjusted pursuant to Section 4 hereof, the Company shall make a certificate signed by its chief financial officer setting forth, in reasonable detail, the event requiring the adjustment, the amount of the adjustment, the method by which such adjustment was calculated, and the Warrant Price and the number of Shares purchasable hereunder after giving effect to such adjustment, and shall cause copies of such certificate to be mailed (without regard to Section 13 hereof, by first class mail, postage prepaid) to the holder of this Warrant In addition, whenever the conversion price or conversion ratio of the Series Preferred shall be adjusted, the Company shall make a certificate signed by its chief financial officer setting forth, in reasonable detail, the event requiring the adjustment, the amount of the adjustment, the method by which such adjustment was calculated, and the conversion price or ratio of the Series Preferred after giving effect to such adjustment, and shall cause copies of such certificate to be mailed (without regard to Section 13 hereof, by first class mail, postage prepaid) to the holder of this Warrant.

6. Fractional Shares . No fractional shares of Series Preferred will be issued in connection with any exercise hereunder, but in lieu of such fractional shares the Company shall make a cash payment therefor based on the fair market value of the Series Preferred on the date of exercise as reasonably determined in good faith by the Company’s Board of Directors.

7. Compliance with Act; Disposition of Warrant or Shares of Series Preferred .

-5-

(4) The holder is an “accredited investor” as such term is defined in Rule 501 of Regulation D promulgated under the Act.

(b) Disposition of Warrant or Shares . With respect to any offer, sale or other disposition of this Warrant or any shares of Series Preferred acquired pursuant to the exercise of this Warrant prior to registration of such Warrant or shares, the holder hereof agrees to give written notice to the Company prior thereto, describing briefly the manner thereof, together with a written opinion of such holder’s counsel, or other evidence, if reasonably satisfactory to the Company, to the effect that such offer, sale or other disposition may be effected without registration or qualification (under the Act as then in effect or any federal or state securities law then in effect) of this Warrant or such shares of Series Preferred or Common Stock and indicating whether or not under the Act certificates for this Warrant or such shares of Series Preferred to be sold or otherwise disposed of require any restrictive legend as to applicable restrictions on transferability in order to ensure compliance with such law. Upon receiving such written notice and reasonably satisfactory opinion or other evidence, the Company, as promptly as practicable but no later than fifteen (15) days after receipt of the written notice, shall notify such holder that such holder may sell or otherwise dispose of this Warrant or such shares of Series Preferred or Common Stock, all in accordance with the terms of the notice delivered to the Company. If a determination has been made pursuant to this Section 7(b) that the opinion of counsel for the holder or other evidence is not reasonably satisfactory to the Company, the Company shall so notify the holder promptly with details thereof after such

-6-

(c) Applicability of Restrictions. Neither any restrictions of any legend described in this Warrant nor the requirements of Section 7(b) above shall apply to any transfer of, or grant of a security interest in, this Warrant (or the Series Preferred or Common Stock obtainable upon exercise thereof) or any part hereof (i) to a partner of the holder if the holder is a partnership or to a member of the holder if the holder is a limited liability company, (ii) to a partnership of which the holder is a partner or to a limited liability company of which the holder is a member, (iii) to any affiliate of the holder if the holder is a corporation, (iv) notwithstanding the foregoing, to any corporation, company, limited liability company, limited partnership, partnership, or other person managed or sponsored by Drawbridge or its affiliates in which Drawbridge has an interest, (v) or to a lender to the holder or any of the foregoing; provided , however , in any such transfer, if applicable, the transferee shall on the Company’s request agree in writing to be bound by the terms of this Warrant as if an original holder hereof.

(d) Market Stand-Off Agreement . The holder of this Warrant (“Holder ”) shall not sell, dispose of, transfer, make any short sale of, grant any option for the purchase of, or enter into any hedging or similar transaction with the same economic effect as a sale, any Common Stock of the Company held by such Holder, for a period of time specified by the managing underwriter(s) (such period not to exceed one hundred eighty (180) days, except in order to comply with Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (FINRA) Rule 2711 or a successor rule thereto) following the effective date of a registration statement of the Company filed under the Act. Holder agrees to execute and deliver such other agreements as may be reasonably requested by the Company and/or the managing underwriter(s) which are consistent with the foregoing or which are necessary to give further effect thereto, provided that all officers and directors of the Company and all holders of at least one percent (1%) of the Company’s voting securities enter into similar agreements. In order to enforce the foregoing covenant, the Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to such Common Stock (or other securities) until the end of such period. The underwriters of the Company’s stock are intended third party beneficiaries of this Section 7(d) and shall have the right, power and authority to enforce the provisions hereof as though they were a party hereto.

8. Rights as Shareholders; Information . No holder of this Warrant, as such, shall be entitled to vote or receive dividends or be deemed the holder of Series Preferred or any other securities of the Company which may at any time be issuable upon the exercise hereof for any purpose, nor shall anything contained herein be construed to confer upon the holder of this Warrant, as such, any of the rights of a shareholder of the Company or any right to vote for the election of

-7-

(1) The holder will not have the right to demand registration, but can otherwise participate in any registration demanded by others.

(2) The holder will be subject to the same provisions regarding indemnification as contained in the Registration Rights Agreement.

(3) The registration rights are freely assignable by the holder of this Warrant in connection with a permitted transfer of this Warrant or the Shares.

10. Additional Rights .

10.1 Acquisition Transactions. The Company shall provide the holder of this Warrant with at least ten (10) days’ written notice prior to closing thereof of the terms and conditions of any of the following transactions (to the extent the Company has notice thereof), each of which shall constitute an “Acquisition Transaction”; (i) the sale, lease, exchange, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of the Company’s property or business, or (ii) its merger into or consolidation with any other corporation (other than a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company), or any transaction (including a merger or other reorganization) or series of related transactions, in which more than 50% of the voting power of the Company is disposed of (other than the sale of the Company’s capital stock in a transaction or series of transactions primarily for capital raising purposes).

10.2 Right to Convert Warrant into Stock; Net Issuance .

X = B - A

-8-


	Y

Where:	X =	the number of shares of Series Preferred that shall be issued to holder

	Y =	the fair market value of one share of Series Preferred

	A =	the aggregate Warrant Price of the specified number of Converted Warrant Shares immediately prior to the exercise of the Conversion Right ( i.e ., the number of Converted Warrant Shares multiplied by the Warrant Price)

	B =	the aggregate fair market value of the specified number of Converted Warrant Shares ( i.e ., the number of Converted Warrant Shares multiplied by the fair market value of one Converted Warrant Share)

(b) Method of Exercise . The Conversion Right may be exercised by the holder by the surrender of this Warrant at the principal office of the Company together with a written statement (which may be in the form of Exhibit A-1 or Exhibit A-2 hereto) specifying that the holder thereby intends to exercise the Conversion Right and indicating the number of shares subject to this Warrant which are being surrendered (referred to in Section 10.2(a) hereof as the Converted Warrant Shares) in exercise of the Conversion Right Such conversion shall be effective upon receipt by the Company of this Warrant together with the aforesaid written statement, or on such later date as is specified therein (the “Conversion Date”), and, at the election of the holder hereof, may be made contingent upon the closing of the sale of the Company’s Common Stock to the public in a public offering pursuant to a Registration Statement under the Act (a “Public Offering”). Certificates for the shares issuable upon exercise of the Conversion Right and, if applicable, a new warrant evidencing the balance of the shares remaining subject to this Warrant, shall be issued as of the Conversion Date and shall be delivered to the holder within thirty (30) days following the Conversion Date.

(i) If the Conversion Right is exercised in connection with and contingent upon a Public Offering, and if the Company’s Registration Statement relating to such Public Offering (“Registration Statement”) has been declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission, then the initial “Price to Public” specified in the final prospectus with respect to such offering.

-9-

(ii) If the Conversion Right is not exercised in connection with and contingent upon a Public Offering, then as follows:

(C) If there is no public market for the Common Stock, then fair market value shall be determined by the Board of Directors of the Company in good faith.

11. Representations and Warranties . The Company represents and warrants to the holder of this Warrant as follows:

-10-

12. Modification and Waiver . This Warrant and any provision hereof may be changed, waived, discharged or terminated only by an instrument in writing signed by the party against which enforcement of the same is sought.

-11-

14. Binding Effect on Successors . This Warrant shall be binding upon any corporation succeeding the Company by merger, consolidation or acquisition of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets, and all of the covenants and agreements of the Company shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the holder hereof.

16. Descriptive Headings . The descriptive headings of the various Sections of this Warrant are inserted for convenience only and do not constitute a part of this Warrant. The language in this Warrant shall be construed as to its fair meaning without regard to which party drafted this Warrant.

17. Governing Law . This Warrant shall be construed and enforced in accordance with, and the rights of the parties shall be governed by, the laws of the State of Delaware.

19. Remedies . In case any one or more of the covenants and agreements contained in this Warrant shall have been breached, the holders hereof (in the case of a breach by the Company), or the Company (in the case of a breach by a holder), may proceed to protect and enforce their or its rights either by suit in equity and/or by action at law, including, but not limited to, an action for damages as a result of any such breach and/or an action for specific performance of any such covenant or agreement contained in this Warrant.

20. No Impairment of Rights . The Company will not, by amendment of its Charter or through any other means, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms of this Warrant, but will at all times in good faith assist in the carrying out of all such terms and in the taking of all such action as may be necessary or appropriate in order to protect the rights of the holder of this Warrant against impairment.

-12-

22. Recovery of Litigation Costs . If any legal action or other proceeding is brought for the enforcement of this Warrant, or because of an alleged dispute, breach, default, or misrepresentation in connection with any of the provisions of this Warrant, the successful or prevailing party or parties shall be entitled to recover reasonable attorneys’ fees and other costs incurred in that action or proceeding, in addition to any other relief to which it or they may be entitled.

23. Entire Agreement; Modification. This Warrant constitutes the entire agreement between the parties pertaining to the subject matter contained in it and supersedes all prior and contemporaneous agreements, representations, and undertakings of the parties, whether oral or written, with respect to such subject matter.

[Remainder of page intentionally blank. Signature page follows.]

-13-

The Company has caused this Warrant to be duly executed and delivered as of the Date of Grant specified above.


INOTEK PHARMACEUTICALS CORPORATION

By:		/s/ James G. Ham, III
Name:		James G. Ham, III
Title:		CFO
Address: 131 Hartwell Avenue, 1 ^st Floor Lexington, MA 02421

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO WARRANT (Loan B)]

EXHIBIT A-1

NOTICE OF EXERCISE

To:	INOTEK PHARMACEUTICALS CORPORATION (the “Company”)

1. The undersigned hereby:

elects to exercise its net issuance rights pursuant to Section 10.2 of the attached Warrant with respect to Shares of [Series Preferred Stock] [Common Stock].

2. Please issue a certificate or certificates representing shares in the name of the undersigned or in such other name or names as are specified below:

(Name)

(Address)

(Signature)

(Date)

EXHIBIT A-2

NOTICE OF EXERCISE

To:	INOTEK PHARMACEUTICALS CORPORATION (the “Company”)

¨ elects to exercise its net issuance rights pursuant to Section 10.2 of the attached Warrant with respect to Shares of [Series Preferred Stock] [Common Stock].

2. Please deliver to the custodian for the selling shareholders a stock certificate representing such shares.

(Signature)

(Date)

Exhibit 31.1

CERTIFICATIONS UNDER SECTION 302

I, David P. Southwell, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Inotek Pharmaceuticals Corporation;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) for the registrant and have:

a) designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b) evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

c) disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a) all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b) any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: March 31, 2015

/s/ David P. Southwell

David P. Southwell

President, Chief Executive Officer and Director

(Principal Executive Officer)

Exhibit 31.2

CERTIFICATIONS UNDER SECTION 302

I, Dale Ritter, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Inotek Pharmaceuticals Corporation;

b) any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: March 31, 2015

/s/ Dale Ritter

Dale Ritter

Vice President–Finance

(Principal Financial Officer)

Exhibit 32.1

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO

SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

In connection with the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Inotek Pharmaceuticals Corporation (the “Company”) for the year ended December 31, 2014 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), each of the undersigned officers of the Company hereby certifies, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that to his knowledge:

(1) the Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

(2) the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.


Dated:	March 31, 2015	/s/ David P. Southwell
		David P. Southwell
		President, Chief Executive Officer and Director
		(Principal Executive Officer)

Dated:	March 31, 2015	/s/ Dale Ritter
		Dale Ritter
		Vice President–Finance
		(Principal Financial Officer)

The foregoing certifications are not deemed filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (Exchange Act), and are not to be incorporated by reference into any filing of Inotek Pharmaceuticals Corporation under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Exchange Act, whether made before or after the date hereof, regardless of any general incorporation language in such filing.